YEAR ONE - University of Calabar
advertisement
UNIVERSITY OF CALABAR CALABAR – NIGERIA CALENDAR 2011 – 2015 1 ADDRESSES The University Postal Address: The University of Calabar P.M.B. 1115, Calabar, Nigeria Cables & Telegrams: Unical, Calabar Telephone/Fax: 00234-087-223969, 00234-04665150 E-mail: vcunical@yahoo.com Abuja Office: Plot 222 Fort Lammy Crescent Zone 6, Wuse Abuja – Nigeria Telephone/Fax: 00234-09-5237773 Solicitor: Kanu G. Agabi Chambers Auditors: Messrs Peat, Marwick, Ani, Oguride & Co. Overseas Offices of the National Universities Commission U.S.A. Office of the Education Attache Embassy of Nigeria 2010 Massachusetts Ave., N.W. 4th Floor Washington, D.C. 20036 England The Education Attache Nigeria Universities Commission 180 Tottenham Court Road London WIP, 9LE England. Correspondence: All Communications should be addressed to: The Registrar University of Calabar P.M.B. 1115 Calabar, Nigeria. 2 C O N T E N T S Address … … … … … … … Visitor and Principal Officers … … … … … Historical Background … … … … … … University of Calabar Decree 1979 … … … … The Council of the University … … … … … Deans, Provost and Directors of Institutes (2010/2011) … … Members of Senate, 2010/2011 Session … … … … Committees of the University … … … … … General Information … … … … … … Academic Organization and Programmes … … Departmental Requirements … … … … Academic Regulations Governing First Degree Programmes Schedule of Charges … … … … … General Studies Programme … …. … … The University Library … … … … … The University Bookshop … … … … The University of Calabar Farm Limited … … … The University Health Services Department … … University of Calabar Guest House … … … The Computer Centre … … … … … Internal Audit Unit … … … … … The Graduate School … … … … … … Institute of Education … … … … … … Institute of Oceanography … … … … … Institute of Public Policy & Administration … … … Faculty of Agriculture … … … … … … Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension … Department of Animal Science … … … … Department of Crop Science … … … … Department of Forestry and Wildlife Resources Management Department of Soil Science … … … … Faculty of Allied Medical Sciences … … … … Department of Medical Laboratory Science … … Department of Nursing Science … … … … Department of Radiography … … … … Department of Environmental Health Science … … Faculty of Arts … … … … … … … Department of English and Literary Studies … … Department of History and International Studies … … Department of Modern Language and Translation Studies Department of Linguistics … … … … Department of Religious Studies and Philosophy … … Department of Theatre Arts … … … … Faculty of Basic Medical Science … … … … Department of Anatomy … … … … … Department of Biochemistry … … … … Department of Physiology … … … … Department of Pharmacology … … … … Faculty of Clinical Sciences … … … … … Department of Pathology … … … … Department of Chemical Pathology … … … Department of Community Medicine … … … Department of Anesthesiology … … … … Department of Family Medicine … … … … Department of Paediatrics … … … … 3 … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ii 1 2 7 27 28 29 33 43 43 46 68 84 93 104 108 109 109 110 110 111 112 178 191 196 219 220 233 253 266 277 294 295 303 310 314 329 329 340 354 372 384 414 434 434 441 449 460 463 463 464 465 465 465 466 Department of Haematology … … … … … Department of Ophthalmology … … … … … Department of Internal Medicine … … … … Department of Surgery … … … … … … Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology … … … Department of Psychiatry … … … … … Department of Radiology … … … … … Department of Medical Microbiology/Parasitology … … Faculty of Education … … … … … … … Department of Adult and Continuing Education … … … Department of Curriculum and Teaching … … … … Department of Educational Administration and Planning … … Department of Educational Foundation, Guidance & Counselling … Department of Human Kinetics and Health Education… … Department of Vocational and Special Education… … … Faculty of Law … … … … … … … … Faculty of Management Sciences … … … … … Department of Accounting … … … … … Department of Banking and Finance … … … … Department of Business Management … … … … Department of Marketing … … … … … Faculty of Sciences … … … … … … … Department of Botany … … … … … … Department of Pure and Applied Chemistry … … … Department of Genetics and Biotechnology … … … Department of Geology … … … … … … Department of Maths/ Statistics and Computer Science … … Department of Microbiology … … … … … Department of Physics … … … … … … Department of Zoology and Environmental Biology … … Faculty of Social Sciences … … … … … … Department of Economics … … … … … Department of Geography and Environmental Science … … Department of Political Science … … … … … Department of Sociology … … … … … Non Teaching Units … … … … … … … Estate Unit … … … … … … … Works Department … … … … … … Academic Division … … … … … … Physical Planning Unit … … … … … … Academic Planning Unit … … … … … Staff List … … … … … … … … Index … … … … … … … … Indexing Consultant: Prof. O. O. Lawal 4 470 470 470 471 481 481 481 482 483 484 534 561 571 577 592 649 665 665 689 696 711 727 727 736 747 755 766 795 809 833 850 850 865 897 909 922 922 923 924 925 928 930 1662 Change this Picture etc 5 Alhaji (Dr.) Muhammadu Kabir Umar The Emir of Katagum Chancellor 6 DR. ROLAND EHIGIAMUSOE Pro Chancellor and Chairman of Council 7 PROFESSOR JAMES E. EPOKE Vice Chancellor 8 PROFESSOR AUSTIN I. OBIEKEZIE Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic) 9 PROFESSOR S. J. UTSALO Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration) 10 11 MR. OBOT M. NSEOBOT Bursar 12 DR. (MRS) MARGARET EDEM Librarian 13 VISITOR His Excellency, Dr. Goodluck Ebele Jonathan, GCFR President and Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces Federal Republic of Nigeria. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY CHANCELLOR His Royal Highness Alhaji (Dr.) Muhammadu Kabir Umar, CON The Emir of Katagum PRO-CHANCELLOR Dr. Roland Ehigiamusoe BSc. (Hons) Ibadan, Msc. (Manchester) PhD (Salford) VICE-CHANCELLOR Professor James E.Epoke B.Sc (Nig), M.S C.(London), Ph.D (Lagos) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic) Professor Austin I. Obiekezie Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration) Professor Simon J. Utsalo REGISTRAR Dr. (Mrs.) Julia D. Omang B.A (Hons) PGDE, Ph.D BURSAR Mr. O. M. Nseobot B.Sc., MBA, MSc., CAN, AMNIM UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN Dr. (Mrs) Margaret B. Edem B.A(Hons) Calabar, MLS,Ph.D (Ibadan) 14 HISTORICAL BACKGROUND University of Calabar grew out of the Calabar campus of University of Nigeria, which began functioning during the 1973 academic session with 154 students and a small cadre of academic, administrative and professional staff. In April 1975, the Federal Military Government of Nigeria announced that as part of the National Development Plan, seven new universities were to be established at various locations in the country. The University of Calabar was one of the seven universities set up under this programme. Located in Calabar, an ancient city with a long tradition of culture and contact with western civilization, the already developed area of the University occupies a 17-hectare site on the eastern side of the town, between the Great Qua River and the Calabar River. Additional land has been acquired on both sides of the Great Qua River for the development of the University. Academic activities actually commenced in the 1973/74 session, in what was then a campus of the University of Nigeria (UNN), Nsukka. However, the new autonomous Institution started academic work with the Faculties of Arts, Science and Social Sciences in October 1976 with an initial enrolment of 896 students. Of this number, 406 students were carried over from the University of Nigeria. The teaching, administrative and technical staff either transferred from the University of Nigeria or newly recruited, numbered about 156. At the beginning of the 1977/78 academic year, the Department of Education, formerly a part of Faculty of Arts, was upgraded to the Faculty of Education. In 1978/79 academic year, the College of Medical Sciences was added, while the Faculty of Law, established during the 1979/80 academic year began offering courses in October 1980. The Faculty of Agriculture was established during the 1980/81 academic year. Since then the University has been experiencing impressive growth. The University now has one Graduate School, ten Faculties, and three Institutes. These are: the Faculties of Agriculture, Arts, Education, Law, Management Sciences, Sciences, Social Sciences, Allied Medical Sciences, Basic Medical Sciences, Clinical Sciences, Institute of Education, Institute of Oceanography, and Institute of Policy and Administrative Studies. Academic programmes of the University aim at laying a sound and broad undergraduate foundation upon which further intellectual and professional pursuits can be based at the Graduate School level. As any other university in the country, the University of Calabar places great premium not only on learning, but also on character. The emphasis on character is to help provide the nation with learned Nigerian men and women with a sense of responsibility, crying out against machiavelianism, bribery, nepotism, and other forms of corruption. To encourage good character, the University established an annual Pro-Chancellor’s prize for the best-behaved student of the graduating class. As a Federal Institution, the University strives to bring about an atmosphere conducive to patriotic interaction between people from all parts of the world including Nigerians from all States and language groups. Therefore, all States of the federation are represented in the student population of the Institution. On academic programming, the University adopts a flexible and forward-looking attitude. Thus, from its inception, the University adopted the four-year integrated degree programme based on the semester, and course system in the Faculties. The University also makes conscious use of local materials for instructional purposes, in the sincere effort to make her programmes relevant to the needs of Nigeria. Though not responsible to the Cross River State in which it is located, the University is responsive to the genuine aspirations and interests of her immediate community and interacts freely with that community through her programmes in Adult and Continuing Education, comprehensive health scheme, as well as symposia, seminars and workshops organized frequently on and off-campus. Founded at the peak of the cultural renaissance of the country, and situated in an area of the country distinguished for her rich culture, the University prides itself as a significant academic custodian of the rich culture of the people through the performances of the Department of Theatre Arts, which has established an enviable record for itself within Nigeria and abroad. Founded in 1975 under the National Higher Education Expansion Programme of the Federal Military Government, the University of Calabar ranks among the leading and largest of Nigeria’s second generation universities. It witnessed phenomenal physical, academic and staff growth in its first decade of existence. Those were the halcyon days of the petroleum revenue boom, the third quinquennial National Development Plan. From its nucleus on the Duke Town Campus, the University rapidly expanded into a busy academic community that is housed in a vast constellation of modern academic blocks, students’ residential halls and staff quarters. The student population rose from 896 in 1976, spread in the Faculties of 15 Arts, Science and Social Sciences to over 30,000 full-time and part-time degree and diploma students in the 2001/2002 session. By the 2003/2004 session, some Diploma programmes were phased out. Currently, the student population stands at about 40,645. University of Calabar Logo/Motto/Song Logo: Base: Manilla – traditional local currency Inserts: (i) (ii) (iii) Cowries – Another traditional local currency Palm fruit bunch – one of the major products of the area Book - knowledge Colours: (i) (ii) Green – Agricultural Revolution Blue – Water Resources Interpretation: Invest knowledge in the development of the natural Aquarian and forest resources of the Region. Motto: Knowledge for Service University of Calabar Song 1. Neath and broad expanse of Nigeria’s sky Stands a school with a vision bright Ever holding the banner of knowledge high, We’ll go forward by wisdom’s might. Chorus: All hail to thee, Alma Mater We have come from near and far To unite in Calabar We’ll work to build our Alma Mater University of Calabar. 2. May our quest for knowledge in every field, Have its purpose to serve mankind. With the fervent hope that our efforts yield Fruit for all who will come behind. 3. Mighty God, from whom all knowledge comes Let thy wisdom us o’er flow: May the knowledge gained in our campus here Guide our steps as we onward go. Vision, Mission, Philosophy and Objectives of the University Vision, Mission, Philosophy and Objectives of the University a) b) Vision of the University To be a centre of excellence producing globally competitive graduates andf contributing significantly to development through research. Mission of the University To produce high quality graduates and scholars in local areas of learning with theoretical, practical and entrepreneurial skills for the world of work in a conducive environment through quality research and teaching. 16 c) Philosophy of the University The University is grounded on the pursuit of knowledge for enlightenment, freedom, and service to humanity. University of Calabar Aims and Objectives As indicated in Decree No. 80 of 28th September, 1979, which gave legal backing to its establishment, the objectives of the University are: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) “To encourage the advancement of learning and to hold out to all persons without distinction of race, creed, sex or political conviction, the opportunity of acquiring a higher and liberal education. To provide courses of instruction and other facilities for the pursuit of learning in all its branches, and to make those facilities available on proper terms to such persons as are equipped to benefit from them. To encourage and promote scholarship and conduct research in all fields of learning and human endeavours. To relate its activities to the social, cultural and economic needs of the people of Nigeria. To undertake any other activities appropriate for a University of the highest standards”. 2011 – 2015 STRATEGIC PLAN In recognition of the fact that planning is central to the success of any organization, barely a month after taking over as the Vice Chancellor of the University of Calabar on the 1 st of December, 2010, Prof. James Epoke inaugurated a committee to develop a strategic plan for the University. This was necessitated by the challenges on ground and the need to chart a course for the University in the next five years. The committee in undertaking its responsibility adopted a participatory approach in the strategic planning process, which produced a logical framework for moving the University in the following strategic directions in the next five years. S/N 1 STRATEGIC DIRECTIONS Provide adeguate power and water supply 2 Establish and maintain a disciplined and motivated workforce Reduce and eliminate examination misconduct among staff and student Release student results and certificates timely 3 4 5 6 7 8 Provide adequate ICT facilities for computerization and networking of the University system Increase funding of research and availability of instructional materials Improve staff mix in line with NUC guidelines Provide and maintain adequate infrastructure for teaching, learning, research and community service OBJECTIVES To provide stable 24 hour water and power supply. To maintain an efficient disciplined and motivated workforce. To attain zero tolerance for examination misconduct in the University. To achieve 100% computerization of student records. To release results and certificates timely. To attain 100% digitalization of all the processes in the University (Library, Registry, Bursary, etc). To significantly improve the quality of research and instructional delivery. To recruit and retrain staff in areas of need in the University. To provide and maintain adequate infrastructure for teaching, learning, research and community service. Strategies for Stated Objectives The mission of the University of Calabar shall be achieved through: a) Creation of Centres of excellence. b) Controlling and checking losses through brain drain. c) Strengthening and sustaining academic freedom and autonomy. d) Revamping, renovating, and maintaining international standards of infrastructures and facilities. 17 e) f) Establishing and stabilizing the rich cultural heritage of the South-Eastern section of Nigeria which is the location of the University. Keeping abreast of global trends and changes. c) Philosophy of the University The philosophy of the University of Calabar is to: a) create a citizenry imbued with a high sense of duty and responsibility to the Nigerian nation with character development receiving as much attention as academics. b) establish a conducive campus atmosphere for the cultivation of healthy social interactions among groups from all parts of Nigeria and elsewhere. c) make conscious use of local materials for instructional purposes in an effort to make her programme relevant to the needs of Nigeria. d) Objectives The mission and philosophy of the University of Calabar as enunciated above cannot exist in isolation but must take cognizance of the Nigerian national objectives as pertains to Higher Education. National Objectives The Nigerian national objectives for Higher Education seek to, among others, encourage learning, develop high level manpower, generate and disseminate knowledge, undertake research on national and local development problems, maintain the national cultural heritage and render public service. These objectives that sum up to teaching, research and service are expected to be attained through a University System that will produce people of special motivation and qualification equipping the individual to develop to his/her full potential for the service of self and the nation. University of Calabar Aims and Objectives In line with the overall philosophy of Nigerian education, the University of Calabar, a second generation university, aims at providing specialized manpower needed for nation-building, promotion of economic and social well-being of the nation, self-reliance and self-sufficiency. Specifically, the objectives of the University as stated in University of Calabar Decree No. 80 of 28th September, 1979 are to: a) Encourage the advancement of learning and to hold out to all persons without distinction of race, creed, sex or political conviction, the opportunity of acquiring a higher and liberal education. b) Provide courses of instruction and other facilities for the pursuit of learning in all its branches, and to make those facilities available on proper terms to such persons as are equipped to benefit from them. c) Develop new science and technology-related areas such as Forestry, Engineering and Marine Sciences as well as Dentistry. d) Encourage and promote scholarship and conduct research in all fields of learning and human endeavour. e) Relate its activities to the social, cultural and economic needs of the people of Nigeria. f) Encourage and promote greater access of women to all Faculties in the University. (g) Mount and promote consultancy services to embrace the immediate and farther communities around the University. (h) Revamp and develop post-graduate work that would broaden the areas in which such graduate students can be of better service to the nation. (j) Achieve and maintain staffing quotas in order to meet NUC Full-Time Equivalent (FTE) requirements and staff/student ratio guidelines. (j) Undertake cost-recovery and cost-saving measures as a means of reducing direct cost of government spending on the University and increase internally-generated revenue percentage. (k) Promote income-generating and fund-raising activities, including endowment to supplement government funding. (l) Redirect efforts in internal administration of the University to encourage deserving staff at all levels to benefit from moral boosting incentives such as Staff Development Schemes, Conference and Workshop participation, Sabbatical and other leaves. (m) Develop and improve campus facilities for sports, entertainment and other extra-curricular activities. 18 (n) (o) (p) (q) Enhance the general outlook of the campus by re-planning trading posts (kiosks) to achieve a cleaner environment, controlled traffic, and classroom facilities. Immediately decongest the Duke Town Campus. Put in place an efficient, reliable Security System which, among other things, shall monitor and control the movement of hawkers, traffic, activities around public halls, lecture rooms, and Administrative buildings and offices. Undertake any other activities appropriate for a university of the highest standard. Strategies for Stated Objectives The mission of the University of Calabar shall be achieved through: (a) Creation of Centres of excellence. (b) Controlling and checking losses through brain drain. (c) Strengthening and sustaining academic freedom and autonomy. (d) Revamping, renovating, and maintaining international standards of infrastructures and facilities. (e) Establishing and stabilizing the rich cultural heritage of the South-Eastern section of Nigeria which is the location of the University. (f) Keeping abreast of global trends and changes. Planning and Development Detailed planning work for the University of Calabar began in December 1976, by an interdisciplinary team of planners led by Project Group International Limited, in accordance with the guidelines evolved by the National Universities Commission’s Academic Planning Group. The master plan that has been developed sets out a framework for the development of a new academic campus for 10,000 students, students housing for 10,000 students and as much housing as possible on a site within a few minutes’ walk of the existing campus. Other principal criteria evolved in the master plan include the development of a new campus on a 50 hectare site that is closely integrated with the existing campus on the West, the Teaching Hospital on the North and the Great Qua River on the East. The physical development of the University had to focus initially, on the expansion of the facilities at the existing campus site in order to meet academic requirements. Several interim buildings had to be constructed at the same time as work on the main campus was progressing. At present, several definitive halls of residence, a students’ centre, senior staff quarters and an elementary school have been completed on the west bank campus. Conscious effort is being made to complete the various academic buildings on the main campus. However, the Teaching Hospital, College of Medical Sciences, a definitive Library, and the Faculties of Arts and Science buildings have been completed. 19 UNIVERSITY OF CALABAR DECREE 1979 Decree No. 80 (28th September, 1979) THE FEDERAL MILITARY GOVERNMENT hereby decrees as follows: Constitution and functions of the University and its constituent Bodies, etc. 1. There is hereby established the University of Calabar (hereafter in this Decree referred to as “the University”) which shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal. 2. The University may sue or be sued in its corporate name. 3. The objects of the University shall bea. To encourage the advancement of learning and to hold out to all persons without distinction of race, creed, sex or political conviction the opportunity of acquiring higher and liberal education; b. To provide courses of instruction and other facilities for the pursuit of learning in all its branches, and to make those facilities available on proper terms of such persons as are equipped to benefit from them; c. To encourage and promote scholarship and conduct research in all fields of learning and human endeavour; d. To relate its activities to the social, cultural and economic needs of the people of Nigeria; and e. To undertake any other activities appropriate for a university of highest standard. 4. The University shall consist of – (a) A Chancellor; (b) A Pro-Chancellor and a Council; (c) A Vice-Chancellor and a Senate; (d) A body to be called Congregation; (e) A body to be called Convocation; (f) The campuses and colleges of the University; (g) The faculties, schools, institutes and other teaching and research units of the University; (h) The persons holding the office constituted by Schedule 1 to this Decree other than those mentioned in paragraphs(a) to (c) above; (i) All graduates and undergraduates; and (j) All other persons who are members of the University in accordance with provisions made by statute in that behalf. 5. Schedule 1 to this Decree shall have effect with respect to the principal officers of the University therein mentioned. 6. Provision shall be made by statute with respect to the constitution of the following bodies, namely the Council, the , Congregation and Convocation. (I) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) For the carrying out of its objects as specified in section 1 of this Decree the University shall be empowered; to establish such campuses, colleges, faculties, institutes, schools, extra-mural departments and other teaching and research units within the University as may from time to time seem necessary or desirable subject to the approval of the National Universities Commission; to institute professorships, readerships, lectureships and other posts and offices and to make appointments thereto; to institute and award fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries medals, prizes and other titles, distinctions, awards and forms of assistance; to provide for the discipline and welfare of members of the University; to hold examinations and grant degrees, diplomas, certificates and other distinctions to persons who have pursued a course of study approved by the University and have satisfied such other requirements as the University may lay down; to grant honorary degrees, fellowships or academic titles; 20 (g) to demand and receive from any student or any other person attending the University for the purpose of instruction such fees as the University may from time to time determine subject to the overall directive of the Commissioner; (h) subject to section 19 of this Decree, to acquire, hold, grant, charge or otherwise deal with or dispose of movable and immovable property wherever situate; (i) to accept gifts, legacies and donations, but without obligation to accept the same for a particular purpose unless it approves the terms and conditions attaching thereto; (j) to enter into contracts, establish trusts, act as trustee, solely or jointly with any other person, and employ and act through agents; (k) to erect, provide, equip and maintain libraries, laboratories, lecture halls, halls of residence, refectories, sports ground, playing fields and other buildings or things necessary or suitable or convenient for any of the objects of the University; (l) to hold public lectures and to undertake printing, publishing and book selling; (m) subject to any limitations or conditions imposed by statute, to invest any moneys appertaining to the University by way of endowment, whether for general or special purposes, and such other moneys as may not be immediately required for current expenditure, in any investments or securities or in the purchase or improvement of land, with power from time to time to vary and such investments, and to deposit any moneys for the time being uninvested with any bank on deposit or current account; (n) to borrow, whether on interest or not and if need be upon the security of any or all of the property movable or immovable of the University, such moneys as the council may be from time to time in its discretion find it necessary or expedient to borrow or to guarantee any loan advances or credit facilities; (o) to make gifts for any charitable purpose; (p) to arrange for the general welfare of children of members of staff; (q) to do anything which it is authorized or required by this Decree or by statute to do; and (r) to do all such acts or tings, whether or not incidental to the foregoing powers, as may advance the objects of the University. (II) Subject to the provisions of this Decree and of the statutes and without prejudice to section 7.(2) of this Decree, the powers conferred on the University by subjection (1) above shall be exercisable on behalf of the University by the council or by the or in any other manner which may be authorized by statute (III) The power of the University to establish further campuses and colleges within the University shall be exercisable by statute and not otherwise. (IV) a. The chancellor shall, in relation to the University take precedence before all other members of the University and when he is present shall preside at all meetings of convocation held for conferring degrees. b. The pro-chancellor shall, in relation to the University, take precedence before all other members of the University except the chancellor and except the Vice-Chancellor when acting as chairman of congregation or convocation and the pro-chancellor shall, when he is present, be the chairman at all meetings of the council. (V) a. Subject to the provisions of this Decree relating to the visitor, the council shall be the governing body of the University and shall be charged with the general control and superintendence of the policy, finances and property of the University, including its public relations. b. There shall be a committee of the council, to be known as the finance and general purposes committee, which shall be subject to the directions of the council, exercise control over the property and expenditure of the University and perform such other functions of the council as the council may from time to time delegate to it. (3) Provision shall be made by statute with respect to the constitution of the finance and general purposes committee. 21 (4) The council shall ensure that proper accounts of the University are kept and that the accounts of the University are audited annually by an independent firm of auditors approved by the council and that an annual report is published by the University together with certified copies of the said accounts as audited. (5) Subject to this Decree and the statutes, the council and the finance and general purposes committee may each make rules for the purpose of exercising any of their respective functions or of regulating their own procedure. (6) Rules made under subsection (5) above by the finance and general purposes committee shall not come into force unless approved by the council; and in so far and to the extent that any rules so made by the committee conflict with any directions given by the council (whether before or after the coming into force of the rules in question), the directions of the council shall prevail. (7) There shall be paid to the members respectively of the council, of the finance and general purposes committee and of any other committee set up by the council allowances in respect of traveling and other reasonable expenses, at such rates as may from time to time be fixed by the council. (8) The council shall meet as and when necessary for the performance of its functions under this Decree, and shall meet at least three times in every year. (9) If requested in writing by any five members of the council, the chairman shall within twenty-eight days after the receipt of such request call a meeting of the council. The request shall specify the business to be considered at the meeting and no business not so specified shall be transacted at that meeting. VI. (a) Subject to section 5 of this Decree and sub-sections (3) and (4) below, and to the provisions of this Decree relating to the visitor, it shall be the general function of the Senate to organize and control the teaching by the University, the admission (where no other enactment provides to the contrary) of students and the discipline of students, and to promote research at the University. (b) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) above and subject as there mentioned, it shall in particular be the function of the to make provision for:a. The establishment, organization and control of campuses, colleges, faculties, departments, schools, institutes and other teaching and research units of the University, and the allocation of responsibility for different branches of learning; b. the organization and control of courses of study at the University and of the examinations held in conjunction with those courses, including the appointment of examiners, both internal and external; c. the award of degrees, and such other qualifications as may be prescribed, in connection with examinations held as aforesaid; d. the making of recommendations to the council with respect to the award to any person of an honorary fellowship or honorary degree or the title of professor emeritus; e. the establishment, organization and control of halls of residence and similar institutions at the University; f. the supervision of the welfare of students in the University and the regulation of their conduct; g. the granting of fellowships, scholarships, prizes and similar awards in so far as the awards are within the control of the University; and h. determining what descriptions of dress shall be academic dress for the purposes of the University, and regulating the use of academic dress. (3) The Senate shall not establish any new campus, college, faculty, department, school, institute or other teaching and research units of the University, or any hall of residence or similar institution at the University, without the approval of the council. (4) Subject to this Decree and the statutes, the Senate may make regulations for the purpose of exercising any function conferred on it either by the foregoing provisions of this section or otherwise or for the purpose of making provision for any matter for which provision by regulations is authorised or required by this Decree or by statute. (5) Regulations shall provide that at least one of the persons appointed as the examiners at each final or professional examination held in conjunction with any course of study at the University is 22 not a teacher at the University but is a teacher of the branch of learning to which the course relates at some other university of high repute. (6) Subject to a right of appeal to the council from a decision of the Senate under this subsection, the Senate may deprive any person of any degree, diploma or other award of the University which has been conferred upon him if after due enquiry he is shown to have been guilty of dishonourable scandalous conduct in gaining admission into the University or obtaining that award. 7) (a) The Vice-Chancellor shall, in relation to the University, take precedence before all other members of the University except the chancellor and, subject to section 4 of this Decree, except the prochancellor and any other person for the time being acting as chairman of the council. (b) Subject to sections 5, 6 and 13 of this Decree, the Vice-Chancellor shall have the general function, in addition to any other functions conferred on him by this Decree or otherwise, of directing the activities of the university, and shall to the exclusion of any other person or authority be the chief executive and academic officer of the University and ex-officio chairman of the Senate. Transfer of Property, etc. to the University 8) (a) All property held by or on behalf of the provisional council shall, by virtue of this subsection and without further assurance, vest in the University and be held by it for the purposes of the University. (b) The provisions of Schedule 2 to this Decree shall have effect with respect to, and to matters arising from, the transfer of property by this section and with respect to the other matters mentioned in that schedule. Statutes of the University 9) (a) Subject to this Decree, the University may make statutes for any of the following purposes, that is to say – i. making provision with respect to the composition and constitution of any authority of the University; ii. specifying and regulating the powers and duties of any authority of the University, and regulating any other matter connected with the University or any of its authorities; iii. regulating the admission of students where it is done by the University and their discipline and welfare; iv. determining whether any particular matter is to be treated as an academic or a non-academic matter for the purposes of this Decree and of any statute, regulation or other instrument made thereunder; or v. making provision for any other matter for which provision by statute is authorised or required by this Decree. (b) Subject to section 22(6) of this Decree, the Interpretation Act 1964 shall apply in relation to any statute made under this section as it applies to a subsidiary instrument within the meaning of section 27(1) of that Act. (3) The statute contained in Schedule 3 to this Decree shall be deemed to have come into force on the commencement of this Decree and shall be deemed to have been made under this section. (4) The power to make statutes conferred by this section shall not be prejudiced or limited in any way by reason of the inclusion or omission of any matter in or from the statute contained in Schedule 3 to this Decree or any subsequent statute. 10) (a) The power of the University to make statutes shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of this section and not otherwise. (b) A proposed statute shall not become law unless it has been approved – 23 i. ii. (c) at a meeting of the Senate, by the votes of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting; and at a meeting of the council, by the votes of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting. A proposed statute may originate either in the Senate or in the council, and may be approved as required by subsection (2) above by either one of those bodies before the other. (d) A statute which – i. makes provision for or alters the composition or constitution of the council, the Senate or any other authority of the University; or ii. provides for the establishment of a new campus or college or for the amendment or revocation of any statute whereby a campus or college is established, shall not come into operation unless it has been approved by the Federal Executive Council. (e) For the purposes of section 1 (2) of the Interpretation Act 1964, a statute shall be treated as being made on the date on which it is duly approved by the council after having been duly approved by the Senate, or on the date on which it is duly approved by after having been duly approved by the council, as the case may be or, in the case of a statute falling within subsection (4) above, on the date on which it is approved by the Federal Executive Council. 11) A statute may be proved in any court by the production of a copy thereof bearing or having affixed to it a certificate purporting to be signed by the Vice-Chancellor or the registrar to the effect that the copy is a true copy of the state of the University. 12) (a) In the event of any doubt or dispute arising at any time as to the meaning of any provision of a statute, the matter may be referred to the visitor, who shall take such advice and make such decision thereon as he shall think fit. (b) The decision of the visitor on any matter referred to him under this section shall be binding upon the authorities, staff and students of the University, and where any question as to the meaning of any provision of a statute has been decided by the visitor under this section, no question as to the meaning of that provision shall be entertained by any court of law in Nigeria. Provided that nothing in this subsection shall affect any power of a court of competent jurisdiction to determine whether any provision of a statute is wholly or partly void as being ultra vires or as being inconsistent with the Constitution of the Federation. (c) The foregoing provisions of this section shall apply in relation to any doubt or dispute as to whether any matter is for the purpose of this Decree an academic or a non-academic matter as they apply in relation to any such doubt or dispute as is mentioned in subsection (1) above: and accordingly the references in subsection (2) to any question as to the meaning of any provision of a statute shall include references to any question as to whether any matter is for the said purposes an academic or a non-academic matter. 13) (a) The Head of State of Nigeria shall be the visitor of the University. (b) The visitor shall as often as the circumstances may require, not being less than once every five years, conduct a visitation of the University or direct that such a visitation be conducted by such persons as the visitor may deem fit and in respect of any of the affairs of the University. (c) It shall be the duty of the bodies and persons comprising the University. i. to make available to the visitor, and to any other persons conducting a visitation in pursuance of this section, such facilities and assistance as he or they may reasonably require for the purposes of visitation; and ii. To give effect to any instructions consistent with the provision of this Decree which may be given by the visitor in consequence of a visitation. 24 14) (a) If it appears to the council that a member of the council (other than the Pro-Chancellor or the ViceChancellor) shall be removed from office on the ground of misconduct or inability to perform the functions of his office or employment, the council shall make a recommendation to that effect through the Commissioner to the Federal Executive Council and if the Federal Executive Council, after making such enquiries (if any) as may be considered appropriate, approves the recommendation it may direct the removal of the person in question from office. (b) It shall be the duty of the Commissioner to use his best endeavours to cause a copy of the instrument embodied under subsection (1) above to be served as soon as reasonably practicable on the person to whom it relates. 15) (a) If it appears to the council that there are reasons for believing that any person employed as a member of the academic or administrative or professional staff of the University, other than the Vice-Chancellor, should be removed from his office or employment on the ground of misconduct or of inability to perform the functions of his office or employment, the council shall – i. Give notice of those reasons to the person in question; ii. Afford him an opportunity of making presentations in person on the matter to the council; and (b) If he or any three members of the council so request within the period of one month beginning with the date of the notice, make arrangementsi. For a joint committee of the council and the Senate to investigate the matter and to report on it to the council; and ii. For the person in question to be afforded any opportunity of appearing before and being heard by the investigating committee with respect to the matter; and if the council, after considering the report of the investigating committee, is satisfied that the person in question should be removed as aforesaid, the council may so remove him by an instrument in writing signed on the directions of the council. (c) The Vice-Chancellor may, in a case of misconduct by a member of the staff which in the opinion of the Vice-Chancellor is prejudicial to the interests of the University, suspend such a member and any such suspension shall forthwith be reported to the council. (d) For good cause, any member of staff may be suspended from his duties or his appointment may be terminated by council; and for the purposes of this subsection “good cause” meansi. Conviction for any offence which the council considers to be such as to render the person concerned unfit for the discharge of the functions of his office; or ii. Any physical or mental incapacity which the council, after obtaining medical advice, considers to be such as to render the person concerned unfit to continue to hold his office; or iii. Conduct of a scandalous or other disgraceful nature which the council considers to be such as to render the person concerned unfit to continue to hold his office; or iv. Conduct which the council considers to be such as to constitute failure or inability of the person concerned to discharge the functions of his office or to comply with the terms and conditions of his service. (e) Any person suspended pursuant to subsection (2) or (3) above shall be on half pay and the councilshall before the expiration of a period of three months after the date of such suspension consider the case against that person and come to a decision as toi. Whether to continue such a person’s suspension and if so on what terms (including the proportion of his emoluments to be paid to him); ii. Whether to reinstate such a person in which case the council shall restore his full emoluments to him with effect from the date of suspension; iii. Whether to terminate the appointment of the person concerned in which case such a person will not be entitled to the proportion of his emoluments withheld during the period of suspension; or iv. Whether to take such lesser disciplinary action against such person (including the restoration of such proportion of his emoluments that might have been withheld) as the council may determine; and in any case where the council, pursuant to this section, decides to continue a person’s suspension or decides to take further disciplinary action against a person, the council 25 shall before the expiration of a period of three months from such decision come to a final determination in respect of the case concerning any such person. (f) It shall be the duty of the person by whom an instrument of removal is signed in pursuance of subsection (1) above to use his best endeavours to cause a copy of the instrument to be served as soon as reasonably practicable on the person to whom it relates. (g) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this section shall prevent the Council from making regulations for the discipline of other categories of staff and workers of the University as may be prescribed. 16) (a) If, on the recommendation of the Senate, it appears to the Vice-Chancellor that a person appointed as an examiner for any examination of the University ought to be removed from his office or appointment, then, except in such cases as may be prescribed, he may, after affording the examiner an opportunity of making representations in person on the matter to the Vice-Chancellor, remove the examiner from the appointment by an instrument in writing signed by the ViceChancellor and, subject to the provisions of regulations made in pursuance of section 6(5) of this Decree, the Vice-Chancellor may, on the recommendation of the Senate, appoint an appropriate person as examiner in the place of the examiner removed in pursuance of this subsection. (b) It shall be the duty of the Vice-Chancellor, on signing an instrument of removal in pursuance of this section, to use his best endeavours to cause a copy of the instrument to be served as soon as reasonably practicable on the person to whom it relates. 17) (a) Subject to the provisions of this section, where it appears to the Vice-Chancellor that any student of the University has been guilty of misconduct, the Vice-Chancellor may, without prejudice to any other disciplinary powers conferred on him by statute or regulations, direct – i. that the student shall not, during such period as may be specified in the direction, participate in such activities of the University, or make use of such facilities of the University, as my be so specified; or ii. that the activities of the student shall, during such period as may be specified in the direction, be restricted in such manner as may be so specified; or iii. that the student be rusticated for such period as may be specified in the direction or iv. that the student be expelled from the University. (b) Where a direction is given under subsection (1) (c) or (d) above in respect of any student, the student may, within the prescribed period and in the prescribed manner, appeal from the direction to the council; and where such an appeal is brought the council shall, after causing inquiry to be made in the matter as the council considers just, either confirm or set aside the direction or modify it in such manners as the council thinks fit. (c) The fact that an appeal from a direction is brought in pursuance of the last foregoing subsection shall not affect the question of the direction while the appeal is pending. (d) The Vice-Chancellor may delegate his powers under this section to a disciplinary board consisting of such members of the University as he may nominate. (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing the restriction or termination of a student’s activities at the University otherwise than on the grounds of misconduct. (f) It is hereby declared that a direction under subsection (1) (a) above may be combined with a direction under subsection (1) (b) above. 18) Miscellaneous and General No person shall be required to satisfy requirements as to any of the following matters, that is to say, race (including ethnic grouping), sex, place of birth or of family origin or religious or political persuasion, as a condition of becoming or continuing to be a student at the University, the holder 26 of any degree of the University or of any appointment or employment at the University, or a member of any body established by virtue of this Decree; and no person shall be subjected to any disadvantage or accorded any advantage in relation to the University by reference to any of those matters: Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing the University from imposing any disability or restriction on any of the aforementioned person where such person willfully refuses or fails on grounds of religious belief to undertake any duty generally and uniformly imposed on all such persons or any group of them which duty, having regard to its nature and the special circumstances pertaining thereto, is in the opinion of the University reasonably justifiable in the national interest. 19) Without prejudice to the provisions of the Land Use Decree 1978, the University shall not dispose of or charge any land or an interest in any land (including any land transferred to the University by the Decree) except with the prior written consent, either general or special, of the Federal Executive Council: Provided that such consent shall not be required in the case of any lease or tenancy at a rack-rent for a term not exceeding twenty-one years or any lease or tenancy to a member of the University for residential purposes. 20) Except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by regulations, the quorum and procedure of any body of persons established by this Decree shall be such as may be determined by that body. 21) (a) Any body of persons established by this Decree shall, without prejudice to the generality of the powers of that body, have power to appoint committees, which need not consist exclusively of members of that body, and to authorize a committee established by it – i. To exercise, on its behalf, such of its functions as it may determine; ii. To co-opt members, and may direct whether or not co-opted members (if any) shall be entitled to vote in that committee. (b) Any two or more such bodies may arrange for the holding of joint meetings of those bodies, or for the appointment of committees consisting of members of those bodies, for the purpose of considering any matter within the competence of those bodies or any of them, and either of dealing with it or of reporting on it to those bodies or any of them. (c) Except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by regulations, the quorum and procedure of a committee established or meeting held in pursuance of this section shall be such as may be determined by the body or bodies which have decided to establish the committee or hold the meeting. (d) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this section shall be construed as – i. enabling statutes to be made otherwise than in accordance with section 10 of this Decree; or ii. enabling the Senate to empower any other body to make regulations or to award degree or other qualifications. (e) The pro-chancellor and the Vice-Chancellor shall be members of every committee of which the members are wholly or partly appointed by the council (other than a committee appointed to inquire into the conduct of the officer in question); and the Vice-Chancellor shall be a member of every committee of which the members are wholly or partly appointed by the Senate. 22) (a) The seal of the University shall be such as may be determined by the council and approved by the chancellor; and the affixing of the seal shall be authenticated by any member of the council and by the Vice-Chancellor, registrar or any other person authorised by statute. (b) Any document purporting to be a document executed under the seal of the University shall be received in evidence and shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be so executed. 27 (c) Any contract or instrument which, if made or executed by a person not being a body corporate, would not be required to be under seal may be made or executed on behalf of the University by any person generally or especially authorised to do so by the council. (d) The validity of any proceedings of any body established in pursuance of this Decree shall not be affected by any vacancy in the membership of the body, or by any defect in the appointment of a member of the body or by reason that any person not entitled to do so took part in the proceedings. (e) Any member of any such body who has a personal interest in any matter proposed to be considered by that body shall forthwith disclose his interest to the body and shall not vote on any question relating to that matter. (f) Nothing in section 12 of the Interpretation Act 1964 (which provides for the application, in relation to subordinate legislation, of certain incidental provisions) shall apply to statutes or regulations made in pursuance of this Decree; but the power conferred by this Decree to make statutes or regulations shall include power to revoke or vary any statute (including the Statute contained in Schedule 3 of this Decree) or any regulation by a subsequent statute or, as the case may be, by a subsequent regulation, and statute and regulations may make different provisions in relation to different circumstances. (g) No stamp or other duty shall be payable in respect of any transfer of property to the University by virtue of section 8, section 19 or Schedule 2 of this Decree. i. Any notice or other instrument authorized to be served by virtue of this Decree may, without prejudice to any other mode of service, be served by post. 23) (a) In this Decree, unless the context otherwise requires – “CAMPUS” means any campus which may be established by the University; “COLLEGE” means any college which may be established by the University; “The COMMISSIONER” means the Federal Commissioner charged with responsibility for higher education; “THE COUNCIL” means the council established by this Decree for the University; “GRADUATE” means a person on whom a degree (other than an honorary degree) has been conferred by the University; “NOTICE” means notice in writing; “OFFICE” does not include the visitor; “PRESCRIBED” means prescribed by statute or regulations; “PROFESSOR” means a person designated as a professor of the University in accordance with provisions made in that behalf by statute or by regulations; “PROPERTY” includes rights, liabilities and obligations; “THE PROVISIONAL COUNCIL” means the provisional council appointed for the University by the Federal Executive Council with effect from 1st June 1976; “REGULATIONS” means regulations made by the Senate or Council; “THE SENATE” means the of the University established pursuant of section 2(1) (c) of this Decree. “THE STATUTES” mean all such statutes made by the University under section 9 of this Decree and in accordance with the provisions of section 10 of this Decree, and “the statutes” means all such statutes as are in force from time to time; “TEACHER” means a person holding a full time appointment as a member of the teaching or research staff of the University; “UNDERGRADUATE” means a person in statu pupillari at the University, other than – i. a graduate; and ii. a person of such description as may be prescribed for the purposes of this definition. “THE UNIVERSITY” means the University of Calabar as incorporated and constituted by this Decree. 28 (b) It is hereby declared that where in any provision of this Decree it is laid down that proposals are to be submitted or a recommendation is to be made by one authority to another through one or more intermediate authorities, it shall be the duty of every such intermediate authority to forward any proposals or recommendations received by it in pursuance of that provision to the appropriate authority; but any such intermediate authority may, if it thinks fit, forward therewith its own comments thereon. 24) This Decree may be cited as the University of Calabar Decree 1979. SCHEDULES SCHEDULE 1 Section 2 (2) Principal Officers of the University The Chancellor The Chancellor shall be appointed by the Head of State of Nigeria. 1) The Chancellor shall hold office for a period of five years. 2) If it appears to the Visitor that the Chancellor should be removed from his office on Grounds of misconduct or of inability to perform the functions of his office, the Visitor may by notice in the Gazette remove the Chancellor from office. The Pro-Chancellor 3) (a) The pro-chancellor shall be appointed or removed by the Federal Executive Council on the recommendation of the Commissioner. (b) Subject to the provisions of this Decree, the Pro-chancellor shall hold office for a four years beginning with the date of his appointment. period of The Vice-Chancellor 4) (a) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed or removed from office by the Supreme Military Council after consultation with the University Council. (b) The Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for four years in the first instance and shall be eligible for re-appointment for a second term of three years, thereafter he shall no longer be eligible for appointment until at least four years have elapsed since he last held office as Vice-Chancellor. (c) Subject to this paragraph, the Vice-Chancellor shall hold office on such terms as to emoluments and otherwise as may be specified in this instrument of appointment. 5) (a) Other Principal Officers of the University There shall be a registrar, who shall be the chief administrative officer of the University and shall be responsible to the Vice-Chancellor for the day-to-day administrative work of the university except as regards matters for which the bursar is responsible in accordance with sub-paragraph (3) below. (b) The person holding the office of registrar shall by virtue of that office be secretary to the council, the Senate, Congregation and Convocation. (c) There shall be a bursar, who shall be the chief financial officer of the University and shall be responsible to the Vice-Chancellor for the day-to-day administration and control of the financial affairs of the University. (d) There shall be a librarian who shall be responsible to the Vice-Chancellor for the administration of the University library and the co-ordination of all library services in the University and its 29 campuses, colleges, faculties, schools, departments and institutes and other teaching or research units. (e) The officers aforesaid shall be appointed in such manner as may be specified by statute and shall hold office for such period and on such terms as to the emoluments of their offices and otherwise as may be specified. (f) Any question as to the scope of the responsibilities of the aforesaid office shall be determined by the Vice-Chancellor. Resignation and Re-appointment 6) (a) Any officer mentioned in the foregoing provision of this Schedule may resign his officei. in the case of the Chancellor, by notice to the Head of State; and ii. in any other case, by notice to the council and the council shall immediately notify the Commissioner in the case of the Vice-Chancellor. (b) Subject to paragraph 4 above, a person who has ceased to hold an office so mentioned otherwise than by removal for misconduct shall be eligible for re-appointment to that office. SCHEDULE 2 Section 8 (2) Transitional Provisions as to Property, Functions, etc. Transfer of Property to University 1) Without prejudice to the generality of section 8(1) of this Decree i. the reference in that subsection to property held by the Provisional Council shall include a reference to the right to receive and give a good discharge for any grants or contributions which may have been voted or promised to the Provisional Council; ii. all debts and liabilities of the provisional council outstanding shall become debts or liabilities of the University. 2) (a) All agreements, contracts, deeds and other instruments to which the Provisional Council was a party shall so far as possible and subject to any necessary modifications, have effect as if the University had been a party thereto in place of the Provisional Council. (b) Documents not falling within sub-paragraph (1) above, including enactments, which refer whether specially or generally to the Provisional Council, shall be constructed in accordance with that subparagraph so far as applicable. (c) Any legal proceedings or application to any authority pending by or against the Provisional Council may be continued by or against the University. Registration of Transfers 3) If the law in force at the place where any property transferred by this Decree is situated provides for the registration of transfer of property of the kind in question (whether by reference to an instrument of transfer or otherwise), the law shall, so far as it provides for alterations of a register (but not for avoidance of transfers, the payment of fees or any other matter) apply with the necessary modifications to the transfer of the property aforesaid; and it shall be the duty of the body to which any property is transferred by this Decree to furnish the necessary particulars of the transfer to the proper officer of the registration authority and of that officer to register the transfer accordingly. Transfer of Functions, etc. 4) (a) The first meeting of the Council shall be convened by the Pro-Chancellor on such date and in such manner as he may determine. 30 (b) The persons who were members of the Provisional Council shall be deemed to constitute the council until the date when the council set up under Schedule 3 of this Decree shall have been duly constituted. (c) The first meeting of the Senate as constituted by this Decree shall be convened by the ViceChancellor on such date and in such manner as he may determine. (d) The persons who were members of the Senate immediately before the coming into force of this Decree shall be deemed to constitute the Senate of the University until the date when the as set up under Schedule 3 of this Decree shall have been duly constituted. (e) Subject to any regulations which may be made by the Senate after the date on which this Decree is made, the faculties, faculty boards and students of the University immediately before the coming into force of this Decree shall on that day become faculties, faculty boards and students of the University as constituted by this Decree. (f) Persons who were deans or associate deans of faculties or schools or members of faculty boards shall continue to be deans or associate deans or become members of the corresponding faculty boards, until new appointments are made in pursuance of the statutes. (g) Any person who was a member of the staff of the University as established or was otherwise employed by the provisional council shall become the holder of an appointment at the University with the status, designation and functions which correspond as nearly as may be to those who appertained to him as a member of that staff or as such employee. SECTION 3 Section 9 (3) University of Calabar Statute No. 1 Arrangement of Articles Article The Council The Finance and General Purposes Committee The Senate Congregation Convocation Organisation of Faculties and Branches thereof Faculty Boards Dean of the Faculty Selection of Certain Principal Officers Creation of Academic Posts Appointment of Academic Staff Appointments of Administrative and Professional Staff Interpretation Citation The Council 1) (a) The council shall consist of – i. The Pro-Chancellor; ii. The Vice-Chancellor and the deputy Vice-Chancellor; iii. Six persons representing a variety of interests and broadly representative of the whole Federal Executive Council; iv. Four persons appointed by the Senate from among the members of that body; v. One person appointed by congregation from among the members of that body; 31 vi. The Permanent Secretary, Federal Ministry of Education or, in his absence, such member of his Ministry as he may designate to represent him; and vii. One person to represent the armed forces of the Federation and the Nigeria Police Force (b) Any member of the council holding office otherwise than in pursuance of paragraph (1) (a), (b), or (h) above may, by notice to the council, resign his office. (g) (c) A member of the council holding office otherwise than in pursuance of paragraph (1) (a), (b), (g) or (h) above shall, unless he previously vacates it, vacate that office on the expiration of the period of four years beginning with effect from 1st of August in the year in which he was appointed. (d) Where a member of the council holding office otherwise than in pursuance of paragraph (1) (a), (b), (g) or (h) above vacates office before the expiration of the period aforesaid, the body or person by whom he was appointed may appoint a successor to hold office for the residue of the term of his predecessor. (e) A person ceasing to hold office as a member of the council otherwise than by removal for misconduct shall be eligible for re-appointment for only one further period of four years. (f) The quorum of the council shall be five at least one of whom shall be a member appointed pursuant to paragraph 1 (c), (f), (g) and (h) above. (g) If the pro-chancellor is not present at a meeting of the council, such other member of the council present at the meeting as the council may appoint in respect of that meeting shall be the chairman at the meeting and subject to section 4 of the Decree and the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the council may regulate its own procedure. (h) Where the council desires to obtain advice with respect to any particular matter, it may co-opt not more than two persons for the purpose; and the persons co-opted may take part in the deliberations of the council at any meeting but shall not be entitled to vote. The Finance and General Purposes Committee 2) (a) The finance and general purposes committee of the council shall consist of – i. The Pro-Chancellor, who shall be the chairman of the committee at any meeting at which he is present; ii. The Vice-Chancellor and deputy Vice-Chancellor; iii. Six other members of the council appointed by the council, two of whom shall be selected from among the four members of the council appointed by the Senate and one member appointed to council by the congregation. iv. The Permanent Secretary, Federal Ministry of Education or, in his absence, such member of his Ministry as he may designate to represent him. v. The quorum of the committee shall be five. vi. Subject to any directions given by the council, the committee may regulate its own procedure. The Senate 3) (a) The Senate shall consist of – i. The Vice-Chancellor and the deputy Vice-Chancellor; ii. The deans of the several faculties; iii. The directors of the several institutes; iv. The professors; v. The librarian; vi. The persons for the time being holding such appointments on the staff of the University as may be specified by the Vice-Chancellor; and vii. Such teachers (of senior lecturer rank and above and not being more than two in respect of each faculty) as may be elected from among the members of each faculty, the total number thereof to be determined from time to time by the Senate. 32 (b) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the chairman at all meetings of the Senate when he is present; and in his absence such other member of the Senate present at the meeting as the Senate may appoint for that meeting, shall be the chairman at the meeting. (c) The quorum of the Senate shall be one-quarter (or the nearest whole number less than one quarter); and subject to paragraph (2) above, the Senate may regulate its own procedure. (d) An elected member may, by notice to the Senate, resign his office. (e) Subject to paragraph (7) below, there shall be election for the selection of elected members which shall be held in the prescribed manner on such day in the month of May or June in each year as the Vice-Chancellor may from time to time determine. (f) An elected member shall hold office for the period of two years beginning with 1 st August in the year of his election, and may be a candidate at any election held in pursuance of paragraph (5) above in the year in which his period of office expires, so however that no person shall be such a candidate if at the end of his current period of office he will have held office as an elected member for a continuous period of six years or would have so held office if he had not resigned it. (g) No election shall be held in pursuance of this article in any year if the number specified in the certificate given in pursuance of paragraphs (9) below does not exceed by more than one the figure which is thrice the number of those elected members holding office on the date of the certificate who do not vacate office during that year in pursuance of paragraph (6) above; but for the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that no person shall be precluded from continuing in or taking office as an elected member by reasons only of a reduction in the total of non-elected members occurring on or after 30th April in any year in which he is to continue in or take office as an elected member. (h) If so requested in writing by any ten members of the Senate; the Vice-Chancellor, or in his absence a person duly appointed by him, shall convene a meeting of the Senate to be held not later than the tenth day following that on which the request was received. (i) In this article “total of non-elected members’ means as respects any year, such number as may be certified by the Vice-Chancellor on the 30th April of that year to be the number of persons holding office as members of the Senate on the day otherwise than as elected members. 4) (a) Congregation Congregation shall consist of – i. the Vice-Chancellor and the deputy Vice-Chancellors; ii. the full time members of the academic staff; iii. the registrar; iv. the bursar; and v. every member of the administrative staff who holds a degree of any university recognized for the purposes of this statute by the Vice-Chancellor, not being an honorary degree. (b) Subject to section 4 of the Decree, the Vice-Chancellor shall be the chairman at all meetings of congregation when he is present; and in his absence such other member of congregation present at the meeting as congregation may appoint for that meeting, shall be the chairman at the meeting. (c) The quorum of t he congregation shall be one-third (or the whole number nearest to one-third) of the total number of members of the congregation or fifty, whichever is less. (d) A certificate signed by the Vice-Chancellor specifying – i. the total number of members of congregation for the purpose of any particular meeting or meetings of congregation; or ii. the names of the persons who are members of congregation during a particular period; shall be conclusive evidence of that number or, as the case may be, of the names of those persons. 33 (e) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this article, congregation may regulate its own procedure. (f) Congregation shall be entitled to express by resolution or otherwise its opinion on all matters affecting the interest and welfare of the University and shall have such other functions in addition to the function of electing a member of the council, as may be provided by state or regulations. Convocation 5) (a) Convocation shall consists of – i. the officers of the University mentioned in Schedule to the Decree; ii. all teachers within the meaning of the Decree; and iii. all other persons whose names are registered in accordance with paragraph (2) below. (b) A person shall be entitled to have his name registered as a member of convocation if – i. he is either a graduate of the University or a person satisfying such requirements as may be prescribed for the purpose of this paragraph; and ii. he applies for the registration of his name in the prescribed manner and pays the prescribed fees; and regulations shall provide for the establishment and maintenance of a register for the purposes of this paragraph and, subject to paragraph (3) below, may provide for the payment from time to time of further fees by persons whose names are on the register and for the removal from the register of the name of any person who fails to pay those fees. (c) The person responsible for maintaining the register shall, without the payment of any fees, ensure that the names of all persons who are for the time being members of convocation by virtue of paragraph (1) (a) or (b) above are entered and retained on the register. (d) A person who reasonably claims that he is entitled to have his name on the register shall be entitled on demand to inspect the register, or a copy of the register at the principal offices of the University at all reasonably times. (e) The register shall, unless the contrary is proved, be sufficient evidence that any person named therein is, and that any person not named therein is not, a member of convocation; but for the purpose of ascertaining whether a particular person was such a member on a particular date, any entries in and deletions from the register made on or after that date shall be disregarded. (f) The quorum of convocation shall be fifty or one- third (or the whole number nearest to one-third) of the total number of members of convocation, which ever is less. (g) Subject to section 4 of the Decree, the chancellor shall be chairman at all meetings of convocation when he is present, and in his absence the Vice-Chancellor shall be the chairman at the meeting. (h) Convocation shall have such functions, in addition to the function of appointing a member of the council, as may be provided by statute. Organisation of Faculties and Branches thereof Each faculty shall be divided into such number of branches as may be prescribed. 6) 7) (a) There shall be established in respect of each faculty a faculty board, which subject to the provision of this statute, and subject to the directions of the Vice-Chancellor, shalli. regulate the teaching and study of, and the conduct of examinations connected with, the subjects assigned to the faculty; ii. deal with any other matter assigned to it by statute or by the Vice-Chancellor or by the Senate, and iii. advice the Vice-Chancellor or the Senate on any matter referred to it by the Vice-Chancellor or the . (b) Each faculty board shall consist of – 34 i. the Vice-Chancellor; ii. the persons severally in charge of the branches of the faculty; iii. such of the teachers assigned to the faculty having the prescribed qualifications as the board may determine and iv. such persons whether or not members of the University as the board may determine with the general or special approval of the Senate. (c) The quorum of the board shall be eight members or one-quarter (whichever is greater) of the members for the time being of the board; and subject to the provisions of this statute and to any provision made by regulations in that behalf, the board may regulate its own procedure. The Dean of the Faculty 8) (a) The dean of a faculty shall be a professor elected by the faculty board and such dean shall hold office for a term of two years. He will be eligible for re-election for another term of two years after which he may not be elected again until two years have elapsed. (b) If there is no professor in a faculty, the office of the dean of the faculty shall be held in rotation by members of the faculty holding the ranks of reader or senior lecturer on the basis of seniority as determined by the Senate. (c) The dean shall be the chairman at all meetings of the faculty board when he is present and he shall be member of all committees and other boards appointed by the faculty. (d) The dean of a faculty shall exercise general superintendence over the academic and administrative affairs of the faculty. It shall be the function of the dean to present to convocation for the conferment of degrees persons who have qualified for the degrees of the University at examinations held in the branches of learning for which responsibility is allocated to that faculty. (e) There shall be a committee to be known as the committee of deans consisting of all the deans of the several faculties and that committee shall advise the Vice-Chancellor on all academic matters and on particular matters referred to the University council by Senate. (f) The dean of a faculty may be removed from office for good cause by the faculty board after a vote would have been taken at a meeting of the board, and in the event of a vacancy occurring following the removal of a dean, an acting dean may be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor provided that at the next faculty board meeting an election shall be held for a new dean. (g) In this article, “good cause” has the same meaning as in section 15(3) of the Decree. Selection of Certain Principal Officers 9) (a) When a vacancy occurs in the office of the registrar, bursar, librarian, or director of works, a selection board shall be constituted by the council and shall consist of – i. The Pro-Chancellor; ii. The Vice-Chancellor; iii. Two members appointed by the council, not being members of the Senate; and iv. Two members appointed by the Senate. (b) 10) The selection board, after making such inquiries as it thinks fit, shall recommend a candidate to the council for appointment to the vacant office; and after considering the recommendation of the board the council may make an appointment to that office. Creation of Academic Posts Recommendations for the creation of posts other than those mentioned in article 9 of this Statute shall be made by the Senate to the council through the finance and general purposes committee. Appointment of Academic Staff 35 11) Subject to the Decree and the statutes, the filling of vacancies in academic posts (including newly created ones) shall be as prescribed from time to time by statutes. Appointment of Administrative and Professional Staff 12) (a) The administrative and professional staff of the University, other than those mentioned in article 9 of this Statute, shall be appointed by the council or on its behalf by the Vice-Chancellor or the registrar in accordance with any delegation of powers made by the council in that behalf. (b) In the case of administrative or professional staff who have close and important contacts with the academic staff, there shall be Senate participation in the process of selection. 13) 14) Interpretation In this Statute, the expression “the Decree” means the University of Calabar Decree 1979 and any expression defined in the Decree has the same meaning in this Statute. The Statute may be cited as University of Calabar Statute No. 1. MADE at Lagos this 28th day of September 1979. GENERAL O. OBASANJO Head of the Federal Military Government, Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces, Federal Republic of Nigeria EXPLANATORY NOTE (This note does not form part of the above Decree but is intended to explain its purport) The Decree provides for the establishment and incorporation of the University of Calabar and makes comprehensive provisions for its due administration. 36 THE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY COUNCIL MEMBERS (CONSTITUTED IN 2009) 1. Dr. Roland Ehigiamusoe (Pro-Chancellor) - Chairman 2. Professor James E. Epoke (Vice-Chancellor) - Member 3. Professor Austin I. Obiekezie (Deputy Vice-Chancellor[Academic]) - Member 4. Professor Simon J. Utsalo (Deputy Vice-Chancellor[Admin]) - Member 5. Chief Richard M. Otazi - Member 6. Barrister Hentry Idahagbon - Member 7. Dr (Mrs) Ezinwa Uzuegbunam (Rep. of Federal Ministry of Edu.) - Member 8. Professor Emeka E. Okwueze (Senate Representative) - Member 11. Professor Celestine Oyom Bassey (Senate Representative) - Member 12. Professor. S. O. Abang (Senate Representative) - Member 13. Professor Alphonsus E. Udoh (Senate Representative) - Member 14. Prof. Louisa Etubom Bassey Uwatt (Congregational Representative) - Member 15. Dr. Chike Ekeopara (Congregational Representative) - Member 16. Mr. Kennedy Dike (Convocation Representative) - Member 17. Dr. (Mrs.) Julia D. Omang ( Registrar) - Member/Secretary 37 PROVOST DEANS, AND DIRECTORS OF INSTITUTES. Provost, College of Medical Sciences Dean of Graduate School Deans of Faculties Agriculture Allied Medical Sciences Arts - Prof. S. J. Etuk Prof. Francis E. Bisong Basic Medical Sciences - Prof. Atim B. Antai Clinical Sciences - Prof. E. U. Udoma Education - Prof. (Mrs.) Eno M. Ukpong Law - Prof. K. S. A. Ebeku Management Sciences - Prof. E. J. Etuk Sciences - Prof. Ani Nkang Social Sciences - Prof. Eugene J. Aniah Dean, Students’ Affairs - Prof. Eyong U. Eyong Education - Prof. A. J. Isangedighi Institute of Oceanography - Prof. U. I. Enin Public Policy and Administration - Dr. C. C. Ikeji Prof. M. G. Solomon Prof. Mildred John Prof. Francis Angrey Director of Institutes MEMBERS OF SENATE: UNIVERSITY OF CALABAR 2010/2011 SESSION Prof. James Epoke Prof. A. I. Obiekezie Prof. S. J. Utsalo Prof. Francis E. Bisong Prof. S. J. Etuk Prof. (Mrs.) M. G. Solomon Prof. Francis Angrey Prof. Mildred John Prof. (Mrs.) Atim B. Antai Prof. E. U. Udoma Prof. (Mrs.) Eno M. Ukpong Prof. K. S. A. Ebeku Prof. E. J. Etuk Prof Ani Nkang Prof. Eugene J. Aniah Prof. Eyong U. Eyong Revd. Prof. Imo E. Umoinyang Prof. U. I. Enin - Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor (Acad.) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Admin.) Dean, Graduate School Provost, College of Medical Sciences Dean, Faculty of Agriculture Dean, Faculty of Arts Dean, Faculty of Allied Medical Sciences Dean, Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Dean, Faculty of Clinical Sciences Dean, Faculty of Education Dean, Faculty of Law Dean, Faculty of Management Sciences Dean, Faculty of Sciences Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences Dean, Student’s Affairs Director, Institute of Education Director, Institute of Oceanography 38 Prof. B. N. Ekwueme Prof. Eze B. Eze Dr. C. C. Ikeji Dr. C. Ekeokpara Dr. R. C. Okoro Dr. Enu D. Bette - Director, UNICALCONS Director, CES Ag. Director, Institute of public policy and administration Ag. Director, Centre for General Studies & Comm. Skills Ag. Director, Information Communication Technology Coordinator, Sandwich Prof. I. Asouzu Prof. G. O. Ozumba Prof. Imeyen A. Noah Prof. A. Uduigwomen Prof. Ebele Eko Prof. E. M. Uka Prof. F. M. Mbon Prof. Chris Nwamuo Prof. Princewill I. Alozie Prof. Dele Orisawayi Dr. (Mrs.) Stella I. Ekpe Prof. I. R. Amadi Prof. M. M. Okon Prof. Stella Effa-Attoe Prof. E. A. Offiong Prof. H. O. Anyanwu Prof. C. O. Ijiomah Prof. Udobata Onunwa Prof. J. N. Ogu Prof.(Mrs) G. E. Okereke Prof. L. O. M. Enendu Dr. Bassey O. Oben Dr. Ndubuisi C. Osuagwu Dr. Samuel L. Agada - FACULTY OF ARTS Dept. of Philosophy Head, Department of Philosophy Dept. of Modern Lang. & Trans. Studies Dept. of Philosophy Dept. of English & Lit. Studies Dept. of Rel. Cultural Studies Dept. of Rel. & Cultural Studies Head, Dept. of Theatre & Media Studies Dept. of Rel. Studies/Philosophy Dept. of English & Literary Studies Dept of English & Literary Studies Head, Dept. of History & Inter. Studies Head Dept. of Linguistics & Comm. Dept of History & Int. Studies Head, Dept of Rel. & Cultural Studies Dept of Rel. & Cultural Studies Dept of Philosophy Dept of Rel. & Cultural Studies Dept of English & Lit. Studies Dept of English & Lit. Studies Dept of Theatre & Media Studies Ag. Head of Modern Lang. & Trans. Studies Ag. Head of English & Lit. Studies Dept of Ling. & Comm. Studies Prof. S. O. Abang Prof. Ivara E. Esu (OFR) Prof. U. C. Amalu Prof. E. A. Agiang Prof. A. E. Eneji Prof. Mrs. S. B. A. Umoetok Prof. B. I. Okon Prof. U. E. Umoren Dr. A. O. Angba Dr. John Shiyam Dr. O. S. Bello Dr. A. A. Ayuk Prof. E. I. Inah - Prof. (Mrs) Akon. E. O. Esu Prof. D. N. Nwachuku Prof. A. J. Isangedighi Prof. (Mrs) H. M. Denga PROF. E. A. Uwe Prof. O. O. Lawal Prof. R. A. E. Iheanacho Prof. C. G. Asagwara - FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE Dept of Agric Econs. & Ext. Department of Soil Science Department of Soil Science Dept of Animal Science Department of Soil Science Dept of Crop Science Dept of Animal Science Dept of Animal Science Ag. Head, Dept. of Agric. Econs & Ext. Ag. Head, Dept. of Crop Science Ag. Head, Dept. of Soil Science Ag. Head, Dept of Animal Science Head, Dept. of For. & Wildlife Res. Mgt FACULTY OF EDUCATION Dept. of Curriculum & Teaching Dept. of Edu. Found. Guid & Couns. -DO-DO-DO-DO-DO-DO- 39 Prof. D. I. Denga Prof. (Mrs.) Arit E. Obot Prof. Monday T. Joshua Prof. L. O. Ogunjimi Prof. C. A. Ajibola Prof. Obinna T. Enukoha Prof. (Mrs) Jane Omojuwa Prof. I. M. Kalu Prof. Louisa Uwatt Prof. S. C. Uche Prof. (Mrs.) S. J. Umoh Prof. (Mrs) C. I. Oreh Prof. R. B. Etor Prof. Florence Obi Prof. E. E. Anejo Dr. M. U. Ojuah Dr. Ajayi Omoogun Dr. U. I. Udofia Dr. (Mrs) Anthonia Inaja Dr. C. Chukwurah Dr. (Mrs) V. C. Emeribe - -DO-DO-DODept. of Human Kinetics & Health Educ. -DODept. of Curr. & Teaching -DO-DO-DO-DO-DODept. of Adult & Cont. Education -DODept. of Voc. & Special Education -DOAg. Head, Dept. of Adult & Cont. Edu. Ag. Head, Dept. of Curr. & Teaching Ag. Head, Dept. of Edu. Admin & Planning Ag. Head. Dept of Edu. Found. Guid & Couns Ag. Head, Dept. of Voc & Special Edu. Ag. Head, Dept. of Human Kinetics & Health. Educ. Prof. Kingsly I. Iqweike Dr. E. E. Alobo Dr. E. E. Udoaka - FACULTY OF LAW Faculty of Law. Ag. Head, Dept. of Pub. & Int. Law Ag. Head, Dept. of Private Law Prof. Itam H. Itam Prof. P. E. Ebong Prof. Obiora Onuba Prof. O. O. Bassey Prof. A. A. Otu Prof. E. O. Nkposong Prof. Ayi E. Archibong Prof. Rowland Ndoma-Egba Prof. Akanimo Essiet Prof. E. N. U. Ezedinachi Prof. C. O. Odigwe Prof. Ima- Obong Ekanem Prof. Owoidoho Udofia Prof. A. D. Ekanem Prof. Eric I. Archibong Prof. E. E. J. Asuquo Prof. A. A. Asindi Prof. M. Meremikwu Prof. A. M. Udosen Prof. Emmanuel Ekanem Prof. G. C. Ejezie Prof. (Mrs) A. E. Asuquo Prof. Maisie Etuk Udo Prof. A. A. Alaribe Prof. M. F. Useh Prof. Lydia Abia-Bassey Prof. E. K. Uko Prof. C. A. Usoro Prof. A. E. Udoh COLLEGE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES Dept of Obst. & Gynaecology Dept of Biochemistry Department of Surgery Head, Dept. of Surgery Department of Surgery Department of Surgery Department of Surgery -DO-DODepartment of Medicine -DODept. of Pathology Dept. of Psychiatry Dept. of Obst. & Gynaecology -DODept. of Obst. & Gynaecology Department of Paediatrics -DO-DO-DODept. of Med. Lab. Sciences -DO-DO-DO-DO-DO-DO-DO-DO- 40 Prof. V. Braide Prof. E. E. Osim Prof.A. E. Eno Prof. A. O. Emeribe Prof. E. U. Essien Prof. Edisua Itam Prof. Esua O. Udosen Prof. (Mrs.) N. Eneobong Prof. Atim I. Eshiet Dr. O. E. Essien Dr. A. U. Etiuma Dr. John E. Ekabua Dr. Michael E. Eyong Dr. Paul .C . Inyang-Etoh Dr. Pius Udia Dr. F. E. Uboh Dr. Idongesit I. U. Akpabio Dr. (Mrs.) M. A. Eluwa Dr. A. O. Obembe Mr. Nneoyi Egbe Dr. Grace B. Inah Dr. N. C. Osuchukwu Dr. Ubleni Emanghe Dr. Wilfred O. Ndifon Dr. Teresa Edentekhe Dr. Uduak Asana Dr. Ita B. Okokon Prof. Owoidoho Udofia Dr. Marcus Inyama Dr. H. C. Okpara - Dept. of Pharmacology Dept. of Physiology -DODept. of Haematology Dept. of Biochemistry -DO-DO-DODept. of Anaesthesiology Ag. Head, Dept. of Internal Medicine Ag. Head, Dept. of Surgery Ag. Head, Dept. of Obst. & Gynaecology Ag. Head, Dept. of Paediatrics Ag. Head, Dept. of Med. Lab. Scs. Ag. Head, Dept. of Pharmacology Ag. Head, Dept. of Biochemistry Ag. Head, Dept. of Nursing Science Ag. Head, Dept. of Human Anatomy Ag. Head, Dept. of Physiology Ag. Head, Dept. of Radiography Ag. Head, Dept. of Radiology Ag. Head, Dept. Public. Health Sciences Ag. Head, Dept. of Med. Micro & Para. Ag. Head, Dept. of Community Medicine Ag. Head, Dept. of Anaethesiology Ag. Head, Dept. of Ophthalmology Ag. Head, Dept. of Family Medicine Head, Dept. of Psychiatry Ag. Head, Dept. of Haematology Ag. Head, Dept. of Chem. Pathology Prof. D. O. Mbat Dr. Akambom I. Asuquo Dr. (Mrs) A. I. Offiong Dr. B. J. Inyang Dr. E. B. Ebitu FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Dept. of Banking & Finance Ag. Head, Dept. of Accounting Ag. Head, Dept. of Banking & Finance Ag. Head, Dept. of Business Management Ag. Head, Dept. of Marketing Prof. O. D. Ekpa Prof. M. I.Dosunmu Prof. E. J. Ekpe Prof. J. O. Ofem Prof. Aniekan E. Edet Prof. E. B. Akpan Prof. C. S. Okereke Prof. S. J. Ekwere Prof. E. O. Esu Prof. S. P. Antai Prof. Bene Madunagu Prof. Zsolt Lipcsey Prof. E. E. Okwueze Prof. F. W. Mbipom Prof. A. I. Menkiti Prof. M. U. Onuu Prof. E. J. Uwah Prof. F. N. I. Morah FACULTY OF SCIENCE Dept. of Pure & Applied Chemistry -DO-DO-DODept. of Geology Department of Geology -DO-DO-DODepartment of Microbiology Department of Botany Dept. of Maths/Stat/Comp. Sc. Dept. of Physics -DO-DO-DO-DODept. of Pure & Applied Chemistry 41 Prof. E. J. Usua Prof. Joe Asor Prof. S. B. Ekanem Prof. (Mrs) E. A. Uyoh Dr. A. T. Owolabi Prof. S. O. Udo Dr. Victor Obianwu Dr. C. A. Edem Prof. B. I. Ita Dr. E. E. Oku Dr. Utip B. Ekaluo Dr. I. O. Isaac Dr. Josiah Lennox Dr. T. N. Ngange - Dept. of Zoology & Env. Biology -DO-DODept. of Genetics & Biotechnology Ag. Head, Dept. of Botany Dept. of Physics Ag. Head, Dept. of Physics Ag. Head, Dept. of Pure & Applied Chemistry Dept. of Pure & Applied Chem. Ag. Head, Dept. of Zoology & Env. Biology Ag. Head, Dept. of Genetics & Biotechnology Ag. Head, Dept. of Maths/Stats/Comp. Sc. Ag. Head, Dept. of Microbiology Ag. Head, Dept. of Geology Prof. G. A. Ugal Prof. J. O. Charles Prof. J. U. Obot Prof. R. O. Sule Prof. M. O. Ebong Prof. J. E. U. Ndebbio Prof. J. G. Ottong Prof. C. O. Bassey Prof. S. P. Agi Dr. Friday S. Ebong Dr. James Okoro Dr. Simon Odey Ering Dr. D. D. Eni - FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES Dept. of Sociology -DODept. of Geo. & Environ. Science -DO-DODepartment of Economics Department of Sociology Dept. of Political Science -DOAg. Head, Dept. of Economics Ag. Head, Dept. of Political Science Ag. Head, Dept. of Sociology Ag. Head, Dept. of Geo. & Reg. Planning Prof. S. Holzloehner Prof. Ekom R. Akpan - INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY Institute of Oceanography -DO- Prof. E. E. Nkereuwem LIBRARY Library Prof. B. O. Asuquo Prof. A. I. Essien Prof. C. A. Ajibola Prof. C. S. Okereke Prof. M. O. Nyong Prof. Agwunobi Prof. Francis E. Asuquo - SABBATICAL LEAVE Dept. of Animal Science Dept. of Animal Science Dept. of Human Kinetics & Health Education Dept. of Geology Dept. of Economics Dept. of Animal Science IOC Prof. Effiom E. Antia Prof. O. E. Antia-obong Prof. S. W. Petters Prof. U. J. Ibok Prof. Offiong E. Offiong Prof. E. E. Enoobong Prof. Zana Akpagu Prof. Anthony Emeribe Prof. Etete Peters prof. Eka I. Braide - LEAVE OF ABSENCE Institute of Oceanography Dept. of Paediatrics Department of Geology Dept. of Pure & Applied Chemistry Dept. of Pure & Applied Chemistry Dept. of Genetics & Biotech. Dept. of Modern Lang.& Trans. Studies Dept. of Med. Lab. Science Dept. of Medicine Dept. of Zoology & Envirn. Biology 42 Prof. P. D. Ekwere - Dr. C. A. Eneji Dr. Chinyere L. Ochulor Dr. Bassey A. Okon Dr. U. U. Bassey Dr. I. N. E. Woruji Dr. C. O. Ndifon Dr. P. B. Udoh Dr. A. B. Udoimuk Dr. C. O. Nku Dr. Theresa Ekanem Dr. J. J. Udo Dr. Anthonia Adindu Dr. J. O. Akpotuzor Dr. P. K. Bessong Dr. E. I. Akpan Dr. A. Afangideh Dr. C. N. Odock - Mr. Obot M. Nseobot Dr. (Mrs.) Julia D. Omang Prof. P. N. Asuquo Dr. (Mrs) Margaret Edem - - Dept. of Surgery FACULTY REPRESENTATIVES Fac. of Agric. For & Wildlife Res. Mgt. Faculty of Arts -DOFaculty of Education Faculty of Law -DOFaculty of Science -DOFaculty of Basic Med. Scs. -DOFaculty of Clinical Scs. Faculty of Allied Med. Scs. -DOFaculty of Management Scs. -DOFaculty of Social Sciences -DOOTHER OFFICERS Bursar Registrar & Secretary to Senate Director Academic Planning University Librarian SENATE EXAMINATIONS MISCONDUCT COMMITTEE Prof. A. I. Menkiti Prof. E. E. Osim Prof. A. I. Obiekezie Prof. D. O. Mbat Prof. Zsolt Lipcsey Dr. C. O. Ndifon Mrs. Chukwuka Icha - Chairman Member Member Member Member Member Secretary SENATE STUDENTS DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE Prof. F. E. Bisong Prof. A. A. Asindi Prof. B. N. Ekwueme Barr. (Mrs.) Asari E. Young Mrs. Chukwuka I. Icha - Chairman Member Member Member Member & Secretary ANTI-CORRUPTION AND TRANSPARENCY MONITORING UNIT Prof. C. O. Odigwe Prof. E. E. Okwueze Prof. Susanne Umoh Mr. Dele Olowojoba Dr. A. Agiang Barr. Eno Abia Mr. Okpo Usani Mr. Godwin Mbeke Ms Comfort Oko Mr. Matthew Agbor - Chairman Member Member Member Member Member Member Member Member Member 43 Mrs. Glory Egong Prof. O. D. Ekpa - Member & Secretary Member DIRECTORATE OF RESEARCH Prof. E. N. U. Ezedinachi - Director One Co-ordinator from each Faculty or Institute A representative from each of the ten faculties A representative from each of the three institutes Terms of Reference 1. To identify significant key research areas that seek to resolve existing problems that are relevant to Nigeria in general and Cross River State in particular. 2. To identify sources of funding research from both local and international agencies and communicate same to the University of Calabar Community and to guide them through workshops and seminars to acquire relevant skills for research proposal preparation and application. COMMITTEE OF THE UNIVERSITY STATUTORY COUNCIL COMMITTEES/MEMBERSHIP 1. FINANCE AND GENERAL PURPOSES COMMITTEE (Constituted by Council in accordance with Section 5(2) of the University of Calabar Decree No. 8 of 1979) MEMBERSHIP Pro-Chancellor/Chairman of Council Vice-Chancellor Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic) Barr. Henry Idahagbon Dr. (Mrs) Ezinwa Uzuegbunam Prof. (Mrs) Louisa Etebom Bassey Uwatt Bursar Mr. Kennedy Dike Registrar - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member/Secretary In Attendance Director of Audit University Librarian Quorum 5 Members of the Committee Terms of Reference The Finance and General Purposes Committee shall, subject to the directives of the Council, exercise control over the property and expenditure of the University and perform such other functions of the Council as Council may from time to time delegate to it. 2. UNIVERSITY TENDERS BOARD MEMBERSHIP Vice-Chancellor - Chairman 44 Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Admin.) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Acad.) Librarian Director, Interna Audit Director, Health Services Director, ICT Director of Physical Planning Bursar Director, CES Director of Works Registrar - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member/Secretary In Attendance Director of Works Director of Physical Planning Quorum A quorum shall consist of five members of the Board. Terms of Reference Subject to either Council’s or Finance and General Purposes Committee’s directive, the University Tenders Board shall1. Determine the procedure for tendering and award of contract; 2. Arrange for the registration of contractors eligible to tender for contracts within the Committee’s powers of award; and 3. Authorize the award of all contracts involving a sum not greater than N500,000.00. 3. APPOINTMENTS AND PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE (ACADEMIC) MEMBERSHIP Vice Chancellor DVC Academic Deans of Faculties Provost, College of Medical Sciences Directors of Institutes Dean, Graduate School Librarian Registrar Deputy Registrar Estab . In Attendance Head of Department whose business is being discussed - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary Quorum One-third of membership Terms of Reference 1. To consider and make all appointments and promotions of academic staff, provided that the ViceChancellor, in collaboration with the appropriate Heads of Departments should have the power to make temporary appointments to the academic staff for a period not exceeding one year; and 2. To decided the points in the appropriate salary scale at which members of the academic staff shall be placed on appointment or on promotion in accordance with the regulations made from time to time. 4. APPOINTMENTS AND PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE (ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL STAFF) 45 MEMBERSHIP Vice-Chancellor DVC (Admin) Registrar Bursar Librarian Director Of Works Dep. Registrar Estab - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary In Attendance Head of Departments whose business is to be discussed by the Committee Terms of Reference 1. To consider and make all appointments to and promotions within the Administrative and Professional Grades provided that the Vice-Chancellor in consultation with the appropriate Head of Department, shall have power to make temporary appointments to the Administrative and Professional Grade for a period not exceeding one year; 2. To decide the point in the appropriate salary scale at which a member of the Administrative and Professional Staff shall be placed on first appointment or on promotion, in accordance with the regulations approved from time to time. 5. LABOUR RELATIONS COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP Pro-Chancellor/Chairman of Council Vice-Chancellor Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Administration) Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic) Mr. Kennedy Dike Prof. Celestine Oyom Bassey Prof. Alphonsus Ekpe Udoh Bursar Registrar Bar, Henry Idahagbon Dr. (Mrs) Ezinwa Uzuegbunam Head of Legal Unit Mr Dele Olowojoba 6. - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP Barr. Henry Idahagbon Prof. C. O. Bassey Dr, (Mrs) Ezinwa Uzuegbunam Prof. A. E. Udoh Dr. Chike Augustine Ekeopara Registrar 7. - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member/Secretary COMMITTEE ON CONTISS 5 AND BELOW MEMBERSHIP Registrar Chief D. Ulasi Prof. Emeka E. Okwueze Dr. (Mrs) Louisa Etebom Bassey Uwatt Director, Health Services Director, Physical Planning - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member 46 University Librarian One Representative from each Faculty Director of Works Head of Junior Establishment 8. - Member - Member - Member - Member CENTRE FOR EDUCATIONAL SERVICES BOARD MEMBERSHIP Vice-Chancellor Registrar Director (CES) Prof. Celestine Oyom Bassey Administrative Officer 9. - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Secretary COLLEGE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES BOARD MEMBERSHIP Pro-Chancellor/Chairman of Council Vice-Chancellor Provost, College of Medical Sciences Registrar Chief D. Ulasi Prof./Alphonsus Ekpe Udoh Chief Medical Director, UCTH Chairman, Med. Advisory Committee, UCTH CRS Commissioner for Health Deputy Provost The 3 Deans of Faculties in the College College Accountant Director of Physical Planning College Secretary - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary OTHER COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL 1. PROJECT MONITORING AND IMPLEMNTATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP Chief Otazi, Moses Richard Vice-Chancellor Registrar Barr. Henry Idahagbon Dr. Chike Augustine Ekeopara Director of Physical Planning Director of works Deputy Registrar (Development Division) 2. - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary UNICAL CONSULTANCY SERVICE BOARD MEMBERSHIP Pro-Chancellor/Chairman of Council Vice-Chancellor Registrar Prof. Louisa Etebom Bassey Uwatt Prof. Alphonsus Ekpe Udoh Director (UCS) Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Administration) - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member 47 Administrative Officer 3. - Secretary UNICAL STAFF SCHOOL REPRESENTATIVE MEMBERSHIP Prof. Emeka E. Okuweze 4. JOINT COUNCIL-SENATE ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP Mr. Kennedy Dike Chief Moses Otazi Dr. (Mrs) Louisa Etebom Bassey Uwatt Prof. Celestine Oyom Bassey Four members from Senate - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Members 5. INTERNATIONAL SECONDARY SCHOOL REPRESENTATIVE Prof. (Mrs) Louisa Etebom Bassey Uwatt 6. COUNCIL REPRESENTATIVE ON DUE PROCESS Chief Moses Otasi 7. Senate Research Grant Committee Prof. E. E. Okwueze (Physics. Dept.) Provost, CMS Dean, Graduate School Dean. Agric. Dean, Arts Dean, Allied Med. Science Dean, Basic.Med. Science Dean, Clinical Science Dean, Education Dean, Law Dean, Mgt. Science Dean, Sciences Dean, Social Science Director., IOE) Director., IPPA) Director., IOC) Rep., Fac.of Agric. - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member Rep., Fac. of Arts Rep., Fac. of Education. Rep., Fac. of Science. Rep., Fac. of Soc. Science Rep., Fac. of Law Rep., Fac. of Clin. Science. PAR, Dev. Div. AA, Dev. Div. Conf. Sec., Dev. Div. - Member - Member - Member - Member - member - Member - Secretary - Member - Member Central Admission Committee Vice-Chancellor DVC Academic DVC (Admin.) - Chairman - Member - Member 8. 48 Dean, Grad. School Provost, CMS Dean, Agric. Dean, Arts Dean, Education Dean, Basic Med. Science Dean, Clin. Science Dean, Allied Med. Science Dean, Law Dean, Mgt. Science Dean, Sciences Dean, Social Science Director, IOE Director, IOC Direcotr, IPPA Director, Acad. Planning (Sub-Dean, Agric.) (Sub-Dean, Arts) Sub-Dean, Educ.) (Sub-Dean, Law) (Sub-Dean, Bas. Med. Sc.) (Sub-Dean, Ald. Med. Sc.) (Sub-Dean of Clinical Sciences) (Sub-Dean, Sciences) (Sub-Dean, Soc. Sc.) (Sub-Dean, Mgt. Sc.) Registrar All Heads of Departments Dep. Registrar [Acad.] - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Memb - Secretary 49 10. Student’s Welfare Board Dean, Student Affairs Dr. (Mrs.) Eno P. Ebong Dr. C. A. Ajibola Mr. E. Archibong Mr. Richard I. Ita Mr. Okon Usani Mr. Kingsley Odey Bldr. Alderton Ewa Mr. Iwuala Kelechi Mr. Okoi Arikpo Ettah Mr. Nsimene Ekpo Mr. Cyprian Ntui Mr. Dele Olowojoba (Dep. Reg.) - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary 12. Academic Planning Committee There is no existing one; the University has never had any. Instead, the Academic Unit has an Accreditation Committee which consists of the following members: DVC Academic - Chairman Director of Academic Planning - Member All Deans of Faculties/Directors of Institutes - Members Representatives from all Faculties - Members The Secretary of the Committee is provided by the Registrar 50 Planning 16 a) Unical Printing Press Board Vice-Chancellor Librarian Prof. D. O. Mbat Prof. C. S. Okereke Director CES Bursar Barr. (Mrs.) Uba E. Eta b) Unical Bookshop Leased to a private investor c) Motor Vehicle Loans Barr. E. B. Iniama* d) Chairman Member Member Member Member Member Secretary - Sole Administrator Unical Sports Council Dr. Eta Edim Eta Dr. S. B. C. Iheanacho Dir. of Works Dir. of Hlth. Services Director, CES Dir. of Sports Bursar Dr. Charles B. O’Neil DOS, SUG Secretary to be nominated by Unical Director of Sports - Chairman - Vice-Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member e) Library Committee Vice-Chancellor/Representative - Chairman University Librarian - Member Representatives of various Faculties/Institutes - Member Representative of Graduate School Students - Member PAR (Development Division) - Secretary Terms of Reference To advise the University Librarian on the formulation of library policy and on the development of the library as a centre of learning and research. To provide information and feed-back to and from the faculties on practical ways to enhance the quality of library provision and service. To advise in the preparation of estimates, the allocation of funds and the planning of major additions to physical facilities and services. To advise on the making of regulations governing the use of the library. f) Graduate School Board Membership Dean, Graduate School Dean, Fac. of Agric. Provost, Coll. of Med. Science Dean, Fac. of Law Dean, Fac. of Basic Med. Science Dean, Faculty of Science Dean, Faculty of Allied Med. Science Dean, Faculty of Social Science Dean, Faculty of Mgt. Science Dean, Faculty of Education Dean, Faculty of Arts Dean, Fac. of Theology, CIWA) - Chairman - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member 51 Director, Institute of Education) Director, Institute of Oceanography Director, IPPA University Librarian Chair, Fac of Mgt Sc Grad Committee Chair, Fac of Ald Med.Sc Grad Comt Chair, Fac of Law Grad. Comt. Chair, Fac of Sc. Grad. Comt. Chair, Fac of Soc. Sc. Grad. Comt. Chair, Fac of Arts Grad. Comt. Chairman, Fac of Agric. Grad. Comt. Rep. University Library Director, Acad. Planning Academic Sec., Graduate School - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Member - Secretary 52 GENERAL INFORMATION ACADEMIC ORGANISATION AND PROGRAMMES The University of Calabar offers the following academic programmes and confers degrees/diplomas/ certificates in the respective Faculties, Institutes and the College of Medical Sciences: Faculty of Agriculture Departments Agric. Econs & Extension Animal Science Crop Science Forestry & Wildlife Resource Management Soil Science - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Agric, PGD,M.Sc., Ph.D B.Agric, PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Agric, PGD, M.Sc, Ph.D Faculty of Allied Medical Sciences Departments Medical Lab. Science Environmental/Public Health Science Nursing Radiography - B.M.L.S B.Sc, MPH, Ph.D B.N.Sc., M.Sc, Ph.D B.Sc, M.Sc., Ph.D Faculty of Arts Departments English & Literary Studies History & International Studies Modern Lang. & Trans. Studies Linguistics Religious & Cultural Studies Philosophy Theatre & Media Arts - B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D B.A., PGD, M.A., Ph.D Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Departments Anatomy Biochemistry Physiology Pharmacology - B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D Faculty of Clinical Sciences Departments Pathology - MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. Collge, Fel. West African College, Ph.D MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College, Ph.D MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College D.A, MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. Chemical Pathology - Community Medicine - Anaesthesiology - Family Medicine - Paediatrics - Haematology - 53 Ophthalmology - Internal Medicine - Surgery - Obst./Gynaecology - Psychiatry - Radiology - Med. Microbiology/Parasitology - Faculty of Education Departments Adult & Continuing Education College, Fel. West African College, Ph.D MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College MB,BCh., Fel. Nat. PostGrad. College, Fel. West African College, Ph.D Curriculum and Teaching - Edu. Admin. and Planning Edu. Foun., Guid & Counselling Human kinetics & Health Education Vocational and Special Education - Certificate, B.Ed., PGD, M.Ed., Ph.D B.A., B.Sc.(Ed), PGD, M.Ed., Ph.D B.Ed., PGD, M.Ed., Ph.D B.Ed., PGDE., M.Ed., MLS, Ph.D B.Ed., PGDE., M.Ed., Ph.D B.Ed., PGD, M.Ed., Ph.D Faculty of Law Jurisprudence & Int’l Law Private Law - LL.B, LL.M, Ph.D LL.B, LL.M, Ph.D Faculty of Management Sciences Departments Accounting Banking and Finance Business Management Marketing - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D Faculty of Science Departments Botany Chemistry Genetics & Biotechnology Geology Maths Stat. & Computer Sc. Microbiology Physics Applied Geophysics (b) Electronics & Computer Tech. (c) Pure Physics Zoology & Env. Biology Faculty of Social Sciences Departments Economics Geography & Environmental Science - 54 Political Science Sociology Institute of Education Departments Education Technology Environmental Education Extension/Distance Learning - B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D B.Sc., PGD, M.Sc., Ph.D - Diploma Diploma Diploma Institute of Oceanography Departments Fisheries and Aquaculture Institute of Public Policy & Administration Departments Local Government and Rural Development Personnel Mgt. & Labour Stud. Policy and Admin Studies - PGD - DPA, Dip. Dip. DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to satisfying the minimum entry requirements of the University, prospective entrants are expected to meet the following Departmental requirements: A. FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension i. The UME candidates are admitted into a five-year degree programme of the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. The UME entry requirements are credit passes in SSCE/GCE O-Level in five subjects (which should include, Chemistry, Mathematics, English Language, Biology or Agricultural Science and any other subject) in not more than two sittings. At least a pass in Physics is required. However, a candidate with a pass in English Language or Mathematics may be allowed by to remedy the deficiency and must pass it during the first year of study. ii. The Second mode of admission is through the remedial programme. Candidates who have successfully passed the University of Calabar Remedial Science Programme may also be admitted into first year of the degree programme. Direct Entry Students with requisite qualification are also admitted to do four years for the B.Agric. Programme. iii. Apart from the UME and Remedial programme, students may be admitted from other Departments in the Faculty in their final year. To be eligible for transfer into the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension, candidates must satisfy the following requirements, as applicable: iv. Remedial candidates must have credit passes in Economics and mathematics; v. Candidates on inter-departmental transfer must have a minimum CGPA of 2.50 in addition to an average of a B-grade in Agricultural Economics and Extension courses; vi. Candidates on inter-faculty transfer must have a minimum of CGPA of 3.00 plus B-grades in Mathematics and Economics; and vii. Candidates transferring from other Universities must have an equivalent of Second Class Upper division at the time of the transfer. POST GRADUATE: i. Candidates who hold a First Degree either in Agriculture, Agricultural Economics, Economics or a related discipline with a good Second Class Honours Degree from the University of Calabar or any other University recognised by Senate may apply for admission ii. Candidates will be required to register for and pass a total of 30 credit hours of course work at the 6000 level. Candidates will take a total of 18 credit units of compulsory courses and a total of 12 credit units of electives from two of the given option areas namely: 55 Agricultural Economic Development and Policy Farm Management/Production Economics Agricultural Marketing and Co-operatives Agricultural Finance and Business Management Resource Economics Ph.D DEGREE a) Candidates for admission into the Ph.D programmes must hold a Masters Degree in Agricultural Economics or a related discipline. b) In addition to completing the course work for the Masters Degree in Agricultural Economics, the candidate shall complete 12 credit hours of course work at the 7000 level and pass with a minimum grade of B. c) Ph.D students in Agricultural Economics and Agricultural Extension must pass a comprehensive examination in Economic Theory, Quantitative Methods and one chosen option area. Department of Animal Science a) Admission of students into the Department is through the Joint Matriculation Examination and Remedial Programme of the University of Calabar which is aimed at rectifying Student’s deficiencies before embarking on the full programme. b) To qualify for admission into degree course in Bachelor of Agriculture with specialization in Animal Sciences, the candidate must satisfy general requirements as outlined in the JAMB Brochure Guidelines for Admission for first degree courses in Nigerian Universities (obtainable from the Joint Admission Matriculation Board). The candidate must as well fulfill the Faculty and Departmental requirements prescribed below: i. Obtaining a score in Joint Matriculation Examination of not less than the Minimum Score required by the Department; ii. Possessing one of the following qualifications: West African School Certificate or NECO with passes at Credit Level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agriculture Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics, General Certificate of Education with passes at Ordinary Level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. c) The Department also admits candidates who have successfully remedied all their deficiencies. Remedial students are not allowed to matriculate until they have completely remedied their deficiencies. Candidates who fail to remedy such deficiencies after one session are required to withdraw from the University. d) Candidates seeking admission into the Post Graduate (PGD) or Master’s degree (M.Sc.) Programme in Animal Science should hold a First Degree in Agriculture, Agricultural Education, Biological Sciences, Biochemistry or any other related discipline with a minimum of a good Second Class Honours Degree of the University of Calabar or any other University recognised by Senate . Department of Crop Science (a) JME REQUIREMENT The JME candidates are admitted into the five-year degree programme. The JME entry requirements are credit passes in SSCE/GCE O/L/NECO in five subjects which should include English Language, Mathematics, Chemistry, Agricultural Science or Biology and Physics. (b) JAMB DIRECT ENTRY REQUIREMENT Two ‘A’ level passes in chemistry and one of Agricultural Science/Biology/Botany/Zoology, Mathematics, Physics, Geology, Geography and Economics. Candidates admitted through direct entry are exempted from the year one programme and thus their programme has a duration of four years starting from year two. (c) REMEDIAL ADMISSION 56 Candidates who have successfully passed the University of Calabar Remedial Science programme may also be admitted into the first year of the degree programme. Department of Forestry and Wildlife Resources Management a) JOINT ADMISSION MATRICULATION BOARD A Candidate may qualify for admission into the Department of Forestry and Wildlife Resources Management, by satisfying the following: i. Obtaining a score in Joint Matriculation Examination of not less than the minimum score required by the Faculty; ii. Possessing one of the following qualifications: West African School Certificate with passes at Credit level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics; General Certificate of Education with passes at ordinary level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics; Senior Secondary School Certificate with credits in at least five subjects including English language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. b) REMEDIAL PROGRAMME The Department of Forestry and Wildlife Resources Management runs a one-year Remedial Programme to enable candidates make up for their deficiencies. There are two categories of remedial admissions: Candidates who satisfy the requirements in Section (a) ii above i.e have five ‘O’ level credits and at least a minimum acceptable score in the Joint Matriculation Examination, but have a pass in English and Mathematics are allowed to remedy these subjects preparatory to being admitted into the Department. Candidates who did not satisfy the Joint Admission Examination requirements but have three credits at ‘O’ level GCE or Senior Secondary School Certificate, one of which must be a science subject, are admitted to the one year remedial course. In addition, the candidate would have attempted two other science subjects. Department of Soil Science 1) Admission of students into the Department of Soil Science in the Faculty of Agriculture is through the Joint Matriculation Examination, and the Remedial Programme of the University of Calabar which is aimed at rectifying student deficiencies before embarking on the full programme. 2) To qualify for admission into the degree programme, a candidate must satisfy the general University requirements as outlined in the JAME Brochure Guidelines for admission to First Degree Courses in Nigerian Universities (obtainable from the Joint Admissions Matriculation Board). The candidate must also fulfill the Faculty and Departmental requirements prescribed below: a) DIRECT ENTRY: International students holding advanced ‘A’ Level GCE, London/Cambridge GCE, with passes in the three basic Sciences plus English Language can also be admitted into the Bachelor’s Degree Programme. Possession of a National Diploma in Agriculture (Upper Credit) or three passes at ‘A’ Level GCE in General Agriculture plus two basic science subjects including English Language qualifies one for a Direct Entry (DE) admission. b) JOINT ADMISSION MATRICULATION BOARD: A candidate may i. Qualify for admission into the Faculty of Agriculture and Department of Soil Science by satisfying the following: Obtain a score in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) of not less than minimum score required by the Faculty. Possessing one of the following qualifications: 57 a. b. c. West African School Certificate with passes at Credit Level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. General Certificate of Education (GCE) with passes at ordinary ‘O’ level in at least five subjects including; English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Senior Secondary School Certificate with credits in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. c) GRADUATE ADMISSIONS: Graduate (M.Sc and Ph.D) admissions are coordinated by the Graduate School of the University of Calabar. But candidates must possess a good Bachelor’s degree or Master’s Degree, as the case may be, in any of the Agric-based courses of the University of Calabar or any other recognised University before being considered for admission. At the time of considering the admission, suitable Supervisor(s) are given to the candidate. B. FACULTY OF ALLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES Department of Medical Laboratory Science WAEC, GCE or Senior Secondary School Certificate with credit level passes in Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology and English at not more than 2 sittings together with a relevant pass in the Joint Matriculation Examination (JME). Pass in General Certificate of Education at Advanced Level in Chemistry, Physics, Biology (or Zoology). Department of Environmental Health Science Admission to the programme is open to graduates of the University of Calabar or other universities recognized by the Senate and applicants should hold at least a second class honours (upper Division, 21) degree (or its equivalent ) in the health sciences (including health education); adequate background in biomedical sciences, biological sciences; M.B..B.Ch and B.D.S. (Bachelor of Dental Surgery) DVM or their equivalents or sociology with adequate background in biomedical sciences. The department expects eligible applicants to attend a personal interview as part of the selection process. Department of Nursing (a) UME ENTRY Candidates must have an appropriate pass in the UME examination of the Joint Admission and Matriculation Board (JAMB). In addition, the candidate must hold the WASC/SSCE/GCE O/L or its equivalent with credits in at least 5 subjects (at not more than 2 sittings) including English Language, Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. (b) DIRECT ENTRY i. Candidates must possess the Advanced level GCE or Higher School Certificate in at least 2 science subjects, chosen from Biology/Zoology, Physics and Chemistry. In addition candidates must have credits in 5 other subjects in O’Level GCE/SSCE including Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physics and English language. ii. Already trained nurses must possess the Registered Nurse certificate (RN) of the Nursing & Midwifery Council of Nigeria (N&MCN) and in addition hold the GCE/SSCE/WASC or its equivalent; with credits in at least 5 subjects (at not more than 2 sittings) including English Language and at least 2 science subjects chosen from Biology, Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. iii. Direct entry candidates will be placed at the 200 level of study. The non-nursing qualified direct candidates will be expected to sit for at least 2 professional examinations like the UME candidates (that is, General Nursing and Midwifery or Psychiatric Nursing). Duration: UME - 5 years Direct Entry - 4 years 58 Department of Radiography The minimum entry requirements for admission into the College of Medical Sciences are applicable. This includes five ‘O’ level (SSCE of GCE/WASC or NECO) credits in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, English Language and Mathematics, plus a pass in the Joint Admission Matriculation Examination, provided the cut-off point is made. C. FACULTY OF ARTS Department of English and Literary Studies JME candidates need to fulfill the regular University requirement of five credits at O’Level including English Language and English Literature. Direct Entry candidates must satisfy UME requirements and: Two ‘A’ Level passes to include Literature in English and one other Arts subject (excluding African Languages) NCE (merit) in English Literature and English Language Diploma in English Studies and Communication from the University of Calabar. Related Diploma from the Faculty of Arts. Department of History and International Studies Prospective degree candidates must satisfy both the general University entry requirements and the specific Faculty and Departmental requirements. (a) Candidates for the four-year (8 semester) B.A. Programme, admitted through JAMB University Matriculation Examination, must possess O/Level, NECO or other equivalent Certificate with credit level passes in at least five subjects taken at not more than two sittings. The five subjects must include English Language and History or Government. (b) Candidates for the Three-Year (6-semester) B.A. Programme, that is, Direct Entry (D.E) candidates, must possess one of the following: Diploma in History or in any other related discipline obtained from the University of Calabar or from any other institutions recognized by the University of Calabar with an overall pass of at least merit level. GCE. A/Level Certificate with a minimum of two subjects, including History or Government with at least a ‘D’ Grade pass in each subject. The National Certificate in Education (NCE) with merit level passes in at least two subjects that should include History or Government. In all cases, D.E. candidates must posses the University minimum entry requirements and the specific Faculty and Departmental entry requirement stated in (a) above. Department of Modern Languages and Translation Studies Admission requirements are in compliance prescribed by the Joint Admission & Matriculation Board as well as those of the Faculty of Arts and the University at Large. In Addition to the general entry requirements, a candidate for the 4-year programme (UME) should possess five (5) ‘O’ level credits in 5 subjects including English Language and one other Arts subject. Knowledge of French, Spanish or German is only an advantage, but not a requirement. For Direct Entry (3 year programme) a candidate is required to possess any of the following: 5 ‘O’ Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English Language, plus 2 ‘A’ level passes in two subjects, one of which must be in French. 4 ‘O’ Level credit passes in 4 subjects including English Language plus 3 ‘A’ level passes in 3 subjects one (1) of which must be in French. 5 ‘O’ Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English language plus 2 merit or credit passes in NCE, one of which must be in French. 5 ‘O’ Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English Language, plus Diploma in Language Studies at credit or merit level. Department of Linguistics 59 Requirements for the four-year programme are in accordance with those of JAMB as well as University and the Faculty of Arts– five credits including English Language and one other Arts subject. For Direct Entry, the candidates must, in addition to general entry requirements, possess any of the following: i. Two NCE subjects with at least a merit in Linguistics, any Nigerian or Foreign Language OR ii. University/College Diploma or Certificate in TEFL (Teaching of English as a Foreign Language). iii. University/College Diploma in Studies in a Nigerian Language Department of Religious Studies and Philosophy a) Regulations for the M.A. Degree in Religious Studies: Admission to the programme is open to candidates with a B.A. (Second Class Lower or above) in Religious Studies, Theology (or in related disciplines namely: Moral Philosophy, Church History and Canon Law etc) from the University of Calabar or other Universities recognized by . The duration of the M.A. programme is a minimum of two semester (one academic year) or a maximum of four semesters (two academic years). Part-time students may not take less than four semesters, and not more than six semesters to complete their degree. b) Admission into the Ph.D programme in Religious Studies is in accordance with the general university requirements for a higher degree in the University of Calabar. Candidates with M.A. or M.Phil Degrees from the University of Calabar and other recognised Universities may be considered for admission. Department of Theatre & Media Arts a) To obtain a B.A. Honours in Theatre Arts and Media Studies, the student admitted by University Matriculation Examination (U.M.E.) of the Joint Admissions and Matriculation Board (JAMB) goes into the Four-year Programme. b) To obtain a B.A. Honours in Theatre Arts and Media Studies, the student admitted by Direct Entry through J.A.M.B. also, effectively joins at Year II of the Four-Year Programme, which point is regarded as his Year-I. The background and entry qualifications of the D.E. candidates differ according to their previous qualifications: i. Any other two-year Diploma in Theatre or other related studies from an approved/recognized post-secondary or equivalent institution within or outside Nigeria, at least at Merit level. ii. Other related (i.e cognate) studies equivalent to the D.T.A. may include Diploma in Journalism, Radio and TV Studies, Textile and Design Studies, or Musical Studies. iii. A GCE A/L Certificate with a minimum of three subjects, including English Literature with at least a ‘D’ Grade pass. iv. The National Certificate in Education (N.C.E.) in Three major subjects, including Literature-in-English at least at Merit level pass. v. The I.J.M.B. Certificate in Three relevant subjects including Literature in English with at least ‘D’ grade pass. vi. A Two-year OND in Mass Communication from an approved/recognized University or Polytechnic with at least a 2.75GPA at Merit Level. vii. In all cases above, candidate must possess five credit level passes in English Language and Literature-in-English and any other three relevant and approved subjects in the G.C.E. O/L, NECO, (WA) SSCE or equivalent examination, but obtained at not more than two sittings. D. FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES Department of Anatomy B.Sc. Programme: Entry qualification for the B.Sc. Course in Anatomy is WASC or its equivalent with credits in: Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and English Language. The qualifications should be obtained in not more than two sittings. M.Sc. Programme: The programme is open to candidates with Bachelors degree with first or second class honours in Anatomy of the University of Calabar or any other degree deemed 60 equivalent by the University of Calabar, candidates with qualifications in medicine and surgery (MBBCH), Dentistry (B.Ds) or Veterinary Medicine (DVM) are also eligible. Ph.D Programme: Has been in place since the 2004/2005 Academic Session. Department of Biochemistry The UME entry requirements for the B.Sc. (Hons) degree programme in biochemistry are five credits at ordinary level SSCE or School Certificate (SC)/GCE which should include credit passes in the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics, English Language obtained at not more than two sittings. The course shall last for four years. Department of Physiology ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR MBBCh: Candidates for the six year MBBCh Programme of the College of Medical Sciences must have credits in English Language, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics and any one other subject at WASC Examination or its equivalent. In addition, the candidate must take and pass the competitive national J.M.E. for entry into Nigerian Universities as well as the aptitude test conducted by the University. Also, candidates may be admitted into the second year of the six-year programme who hold GCE A/L Certificate or its equivalent in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Zoology, Botany, or holders of a minimum of Second Class (Hons) in one of the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Zoology, Botany, Biochemistry, Physiology, Anatomy or Microbiology or Holders of DVM. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT FOR B.Sc. (HONS) PHYSIOLOGY: The entry qualifications for the four-year B.Sc. degree programme are as follows: West African School Certificate or an equivalent qualification with credits in the following subjects: English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Biology and one other subject. The candidate must also take and pass the competitive national J.M.E. for entry into Nigerian Universities and the university aptitude test. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOLOGY: In addition to having ‘O’ Level requirement for admission into University of Calabar, the candidates for admission into Post graduate-diploma in Physiology must have any of the following qualifications: (a) NIST Final Certificate or equivalent in Physiology/Pharmacology (at credit level or above) (b) B.Sc. 2nd Class Hons. Degree in any related science discipline (e.g. Biology). (c) Pass degree, 3rd class Hons. Degree or Second Class Hons. Lower division in Physiology with a low GPA. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT FOR M.Sc. PROGRAMME IN PHYSIOLOGY: Admission into the programme is open to graduates of the University of Calabar or other Universities recognised by who hold at least a second class honours degree in physiology or related discipline. It is also open to holders of M.B.B.Ch., DVM or BVM or a pass at credit level in Postgraduate Diploma in Physiology. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT FOR Ph.D PGROGRAMME IN PHYSIOLOGY: The programme is open to any candidate who has the following qualifications: i. Master’s degree in Physiology with a minimum of 3.0 grade point average. ii. Outstanding performance during the M.Sc. Physiology programme. Such a candidate may be allowed to advance from M.Sc. to Ph.D. on the recommendation of the Departmental and Graduate Committees to the Graduate School Board and after approval by the of the University. Department of Pharmacology Not avilable E. FACULTY OF CLINICAL SCIENCES 61 Department of Pathology Not available Department of Chemical Pathology a) UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME: The minimum entry requirements for the BMLS degree programme are: i) The West African School Certificate or its equivalent (GCE ‘O’ Level) with credit passes in English Language, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Biology and any one other subject. ii) A Candidate with the Part IV Professional IMLT diploma may be considered for admission, provided such candidate in addition possesses and shows evidence of general education by satisfying the pre-requisite for the 4-year Programme as in paragraph (1) or any other qualifications acceptable to the University. (b) 3 YEAR PROGRAMME: As in (a) (i) above and in addition, Advanced level passes in Physics, Chemistry and Biology (or Zoology) or equivalent qualification. Preference will be given to candidates with good grades and who passes three subjects (‘A’ Level GCE) in one sitting. (c) POST GRADUATE: See post graduate handbook Department of Community Medicine Not available Department of Anaesthesiology Not available Department of Family Medicine Not available Department of Paediatrics Does not offer degree courses, but plays a major role in servicing and training of students the Faculty of Clinical Sciences within Department of Haematology Not available Department of Ophthalmology Not available Department of Medicine The Department accepts students who have successfully undergone the pre-clinical years and passed Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry at the 2nd MB Examination. During their remaining 3 years, they rotate through the Department 4 times (M1, M2, M3, M4) The first 2 postings, M1 and M2, last 15 weeks. During this period, emphasis is on history taking and physical examination during clinical bedside teaching. There are also 2 hours per week structured classroom lectures that go on simultaneously. This is the Clinical Year 1 of the 4 – year Medical School Programme. In the 2nd Clinical Year (5/6), Phase II, the third Medical posting exposes the students to undergraduate psychiatry, and they rotate through the Infectious Diseases Hospital. They also get more grounding in Clinical medicine by way of further bedside teaching and regular seminars/tutorials. In the final year (6/6),Phase III, students consolidate all they have acquired in the curriculum by further tutorials, seminars and review lectures in Clinical Medicine and Therapeutics. 62 The curriculum has undergone a major revision with a view to increasing its relevance to national and international needs. The average total number of students per class is 150 POSTGRADUATE TRAINING: The Department in collaboration offers this with National and West African Postgraduate Medical Colleges. There are at present 30 resident doctors at various stages of the postgraduate programme. Over the last five years, the Department has successfully trained 7 Consultants, and most have joined the staff. Department of Surgery Students are admitted into a six-year programme of studies in Surgery and Medicine, leading to the award of the MB, BCH degree. To qualify for admission, students must obtain a pass at Credit Level in five subjects including Chemistry, Biology, English Language, Physics and Mathematics. A good pass at the JAMB is also mandatory for admission. Students who are already graduates in any of the Sciences or who hold A-Level passes in Biology, Chemistry and Physics are also usually considered for direct admission into the degree course in medicine and Surgery. There is no admission through the remedial programme in any Faculty of the College of Medical Sciences. Department of Obstetrics/Gynaecology Not available Department of Psychiatry Not available Department of Radiology Not available Department of Medical Microbiology/Parasitology Does not offer degree courses, but plays major role in servicing and training of the Faculty of Clinical Sciences F. students within FACULTY OF EDUCATION Department of Adult and Continuing Education (a) ENTRY THROUGH UME: Candidates seeking admission through this route need 5 Credits obtained from the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination including English at not more than two sittings or its equivalent in relevant subject areas in addition to an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME). (b) DIRECT ENTRY: Candidates holding the following qualifications are eligible to apply through direct entry. Merit in relevant Diploma in Education Merit in two subjects taken at N.C.E. level. Terminal Examinations in International Baccalaureate from a recognized institution Higher Secondary School certificate credits or equivalent in three subjects. (c) ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: In all cases, whether by Direct Entry or UME, a credit in English Language at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or General Certificate Examination or its equivalent is required. Department of Curriculum and Teaching WASC/GCE(O/L) with passes at credit level in at least five subjects obtained at not more than two sittings. Teachers Grade II certificate with passes at credit/merit levels in at least five subjects including English Language and a subject in the relevant area and at least a pass in Mathematics (4 years programme). N.C.E. holders must have passes in two relevant subjects at credit or merit level in addition to ‘O’Level passes at credit level in three other relevant subjects. At least a pass in Mathematics at O’Level is also required (3-year post NCE) Department of Educational Administration and Planning 63 (a) (b) (c) (d) NCE with an overall pass at Merit level or above provided the candidate also has at least three credits in GCE or its equivalent and a pass in Mathematics. Diploma in Education or in any other area provided the candidate also has at least three credits at ‘O’Level including credit in English and pass in Mathematics at GCE/WAEC/NECO. Teachers Grade II certificate with a minimum of five passes at merit level including English language and at least a pass in Mathematics. General Certificate of Education or its equivalent with at least five credits in two sittings including credit in English and at least a pass in Mathematics, holders of NCE/Diploma will spend three academic years while all others will spend four academic years full time or four and five years respectively if part-time. Department of Educational Foundations, Guidance and Counselling (a) UME FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMME: Candidate must satisfy the general admission requirement for undergraduate studies. That is candidate must obtain at least five O’ Level credits of Teachers’ Grade II certificate merits or better including English Language credit A third sitting is allowed for the satisfaction of English Language credit. A candidate is required to obtain an ‘O’Level credit pass or an approved equivalent in the area he chooses to read as his/her teaching subject. A candidate who chooses any area of science, Agriculture or Economics as a teaching subject must obtain O’ Level Credit or Teachers’ Grade II Merit pass in Mathematics. (b) THREE YEAR DIRECT ENTRY PROGRAMME: Candidate must satisfy the general admission requirement for undergraduate studies in addition obtaining one of the following. i. At least two ‘A’ Level papers in addition to three other ‘O’ Level credits of Teacher Grade II merit including credits in English Language obtained in not more than one sitting. A second sitting is allowed for the satisfaction of the English Language requirement. At least a pass in ‘O’ Level Mathematics is required for candidates with Arts or Social Science teaching subjects, while those with Science teaching subjects must have atleast an ‘O’ Level credit pass in Mathematics. ii. A recognised Diploma with a minimum of Merit or better, including English Language obtained in one sitting. A second sitting is allowed for the satisfaction of the English Language requirement. At least a pass in ‘O’ Level Mathematics is required for candidates with Arts or Social Science teaching subjects, while those with Science teaching subjects must have at least an ‘O’ Level credit Pass in Mathematics. iii. NCE with at least an ‘O’ merit pass in one of the major subjects in addition to at least four other ‘O’ Level credits or teachers’ Grade II merits obtained at not more than one sitting. At least a pass in ‘O’ Level Mathematics is required for candidates with Arts or Social Science teaching subjects, while those with Science teaching subjects must have at least an ‘O’ Level Credit Pass in Mathematics. iv. NCE with at least two merit passes in two major subjects in addition to at least three other ‘O’ Level credits, or teachers’ Grade II merits obtained at more than one sitting. At least a pass in ‘O’ Level Mathematics is required for candidates with Arts or Social Science teaching subjects, while those with Science teaching subjects must have at least ‘O’ Level Credit pass in Mathematics. v. NCE with at least ‘O’ Level merit passes in three major subjects in addition to at least two other ‘O’ Level credits or Teachers’ Grade II merits obtained at not more than one sitting. At least a pass in ‘O’ Level Mathematics is required for candidates with Arts or Social Science teaching subjects, while those with Science teaching subjects must have at least an ‘O’ Level credit pass in Mathematics. Department of Vocational & Special Education (a) A credit in English Language and a Pass in Mathematics at the SSCE (Secondary School equivalent) are required for Special Education in addition to an acceptable pass in Joint 64 (b) Matriculation Examination are qualifications for admission into the four (4) year degree programme into any of the Universities. DIRECT ENTRY – Any of the following qualifications for admission: i. A pass at merit (lower credit) level in a relevant Diploma programme. A credit in English Language is required. ii. Two (2) passes in relevant subject areas at Advanced Level with SC/GCE ‘O’Level credit passes in three other subjects at not more than two (2) sitting OR iii. Three (3) passes in relevant areas in the NCE with GCE ‘O’Level credit passes in two other subjects in not more than two (2) sittings. iv. Passes in two (2) major subjects in relevant areas in the NCE with GCE ‘O’Level credit or its equivalent in three (3) other subjects for those taking courses in Education. A pass in General English at the NCE level is acceptable in place of GCE ‘O’Level/SSCE. v. Two passes at the IJMB (Interim Joint Matriculation Examination) or Cambridge Moderated Schools Basic Studies Terminal Examinations in International Baccalaureate from a recognised institution with school certificate credits or the equivalent in three other subjects (subject to University requirements). vi. Three passes in (v) above with a school certificate credit or its equivalent in two other subjects. The qualification in (iv) above should apply to students in colleges of Education to qualify for admission into the B.Ed. Degree programme. vii. English Language and Mathematics required: In all cases, whether by Direct Entry or JAMB, a credit in English Language and a pass in Mathematics at the senior or school certificate/secondary equivalent are required for Vocational and Special Education. G. FACULTY OF LAW There are two modes of entry into the Faculty, i.e. the Joint Matriculation Entry mode and the Direct Entry Mode. (a) JOINT MATRICULATION ENTRY MODE: A candidate for admission into the Faculty of law must posses at least S.S.S. Certificate or G.C.E. O/Level with credit passes in at least five (5) subjects, including English Language and English Literature obtained at not more than two sittings. Such a candidate must also have an acceptable pass in the JME. (b) DIRECT ENTRY MODE: A candidate for admission into the Faculty of Law must possess: i. A first degree certificate from the Faculty of Arts or Social or Management Sciences, or other acceptable first degree certificate or their equivalent. ii. Three (3) papers at principal or advanced level in the Higher School Certificate or G.C.E. together with credits in English Language and English Literature in the S.S.S. Certificate Examination or G.C.E. O/Level or their equivalent; or iii. Two (2) papers at Principal or Advanced Level Higher School Certificate or G.C.E. plus credit in three (3) other papers, including English Language and English Literature in the S.S.S. Certificate Examination or G.C.E. O/Level or other equivalent. H. FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Department of Accounting a) The basic admission requirements for UME candidates are Five Credit Passes including English Language, Mathematics and Economics in Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination (SSCE) or its equivalent in not more than two sittings. The UME candidates are admitted to pursue a four - year B.Sc. Programme in Accounting with a maximum of six years in the consultancy degree programme students have minimum of five years and a maximum of seven and a half years. b) The Direct Entry candidates should, in addition to meeting the basic admission requirements stated above, possess an Upper credit in the Ordinary National Diploma (OND) in Accounting, University of Calabar Diploma in Business Administration (DBA), with 3.50 or any other equivalent qualification that may be accepted by the Department. The candidates will pursue a three year degree programme in Accounting. The Direct Entry 65 Consultancy students have a minimum of four years and a maximum of six years to spend on the programme. Department of Banking and Finance (a) The basic admission requirements for UME candidates are Five Credit Passes including English Language, Mathematics and Economics in the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination (SSCE) or its equivalent in not more than two sittings. The UME candidates shall pursue four year B.Sc. Programmes in Banking and Finance. (b) The Direct Entry candidates should, in addition to meeting the basic admission requirements stated above, also possess an Ordinary National Diploma (OND) in Banking and Finance, University of Calabar Diploma in Business Administration; IJMB; or any other equivalent qualification that may be accepted by the Department. The candidates will pursue a three-year degree Programme in Banking and Finance. Department of Business Management The Department offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management to two sets of students for both regular and evening degree programme(s); (a) FOUR (4) YEAR UME OR FIVE (5)-YEAR EVENING PROGRAMME: Candidates for either the four (4)-year UME regular or the five (5)-year evening programmes must have obtained five (5) credit passes including English Language, Mathematics and Economics in the Senior Secondary Certificate Examination (SSCE) or its equivalent obtained at not more than two (2) sittings. The Four (4)-year regular candidates are admitted through the Joint Matriculation Examination (UME) while those for five-year evening programmes come through the Internal Competitive Examination. (b) THREE (3) YEAR REGULAR OR FOUR (4)-YEAR EVENING DIRECT ENTRY PROGRAMME: Candidates for the three (3)-year regular or four (4)-year evening Direct Entry Programmes must in addition to meeting the requirements stated above also posses the University of Calabar Diploma in Business Administration at merit level and above; OR National or Ordinary Diploma (ND or OND) in the relevant field at upper credit level and above from a recognised institution. Candidates with the Higher National Diploma (HND) and a lower credit in the relevant field, and equally those holding a University degree may also apply. Academic transcripts are required in all cases for the Direct Entry Admission. N/B:The Department does not accept IJMB or ‘A’ Level Papers or NCE for Direct Entry Admission. Department of Marketing (a) The Bachelor of Science Degree in Marketing either as a four (4)-year UME or a Five (5)year UME Evening Programme is available. Candidates for the 4-year regular or the five (5)-year evening programme must obtain five (5) credit passes including English Language, Mathematics and Economics in Senior Secondary Certificate Examination (SSCE) or its equivalent obtained at not more than two (2) sittings. (b) THREE (3) REGULAR OR FOUR (4) YEAR EVENING DIRECT ENTRY PROGRAMME: Candidates for the three (3)-year Regular or four (4)-year evening Programme must in addition to meeting the requirements stated above possess the University of Calabar Diploma in Business Administration at merit level or above, or the National Ordinary Diploma (ND or OND) in the relevant field at Upper Credit Level or above, from recognised institutions. Candidates with the Higher National Diploma (HND) and a Lower Credit in the relevant field, and equally those holding a University Degree may also apply. Academic Transcripts must be produced in all cases for the Direct Entry Admission. N/B: The Department does not accept IJMB or ‘A’ Level papers or NCE forDirect Entry Admission. I. FACULTY OF SCIENCE Department of Botany 66 The department offers a 4-year B.Sc. Degree Programme to students admitted through the University Matriculation Examination (UME) or through Post-Remedial Science placement, and a 3-year B.Sc. Programme to Direct Entry students. (a) THE 4-YEAR PROGRAMME: The basic requirements for the 4-year degree programme are a pass at credit level in the following subjects: English Language, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry and Physics. (b) THE 3-YEAR PROGRAMME: The Direct Entry candidates must in addition to meeting the basic entry requirements stated, also possess A-levels in three subjects Biology, Physics and Chemistry. For the Post Pre-Degree placement, the candidates must have successfully remedied (passed with the acceptable grade) the deficiencies through the Pre-Degree Programme of the University to qualify for enrolment in the Department. Department of Chemistry (a) There are three modes of admission into the undergraduate degree programme of the department. A candidate can enter into the three-year degree programme by Direct Entry. The minimum direct entry requirements are passes in at least two of the following subjects at advanced level or the equivalent: Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics plus SSCE/GCE O/L pass at credit level in Chemistry, English Language, Mathematics and any other two Science Subjects. (b) The JME candidates are admitted into the four-year degree programme. The JME entry requirements are passes in SSCE/GCE O/L in five subjects at credit level which should include Chemistry, English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Biology. However, a candidate with a pass in English Language or Mathematics (but not in both of them) may be admitted and allowed to remedy the deficiency during the first year of study. (c) The third mode of admission is through the Remedial Programme. Candidates who have successfully gone through the University of Calabar Pre-Degree Programme may also be admitted into the Department. Department of Genetics and Biotechnology (a) For the Four-year Degree Programme in Genetics and Biotechnology, candidates must past at credit level in the School Certificate Examination or its approved equivalent in 5 subjects namely English, Biology, Chemistry, Elementary Mathematics and Physics, or six credits with one pass which must be remedied internally in the first year. (b) For the three-year degree programme, passes at ‘A’ level MME/GCE in Botany/Zoology, Biology and Chemistry are required (for NCE merit and above). A credit level pass in Physics or Mathematics is also required at ‘O’ level. (c) Students from other departments in the University wishing to transfer to the Department of Genetics and Biotechnology must have a CGPA of at least 2.70 Department of Geology (a) DIRECT ENTRY REQURIEMENTS: Direct Entry, Advanced Level GCE passes or equivalent in any two of the following: Geography, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Geology, Botany or Zoology, Ordinary level credits in Mathematics and any other two science subjects. (b) THE JME ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: Are five credits at ordinary level SSS3/GCE which should include: Biology, Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics. Candidates with a pass in English Language but with six credits may be considered for admission. University of Calabar Post Pre-Degree Candidates who satisfy the JME entry requirements are also eligible. The Department runs a 4-year degree programme for admissions through JME and a 3-year degree programme for Direct Entry admissions. Department of Mathematics/Statistics and Computer Science (a) UME CANDIDATES: In addition to the general entry requirements approved for admission to Nigerian Universities, candidates must have passed SSCE/GCE ‘O’ Level or its equivalent at Credit level in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or Biology in addition to an acceptable pass in UME. A credit in Further Mathematics will be an advantage. 67 (b) POST PRE-DEGREE CANDIDATES: Students who have successfully completed the University’s one year Pre-Degree Science Programme are qualified to be admitted into the B.Sc. degree programme in Mathematics/Statistics or Computer Science. In particular, qualified Post Pre-Degree Candidates must have: i. Passed all the five (5) subjects: Mathematics, English Language, Biology, Chemistry and Physics, which they registered for in the Pre-Degree Year. ii. Obtained a minimum grade of ‘C’ in the ‘O’ Level course(s) not passed at credit level in the SSCE/GCE O/L. iii. Scored a minimum of 15 points (c) DIRECT ENTRY CANDIDATES: Direct Entry candidates must have: i. Two A/Level papers in science subjects including Mathematics. ii. NCE with at least a merit in Mathematics and one other science subject. iii. Diploma in Computer Science or Diploma in Statistics with Computer Application from University of Calabar or any other recognised University. iv. OND/HND with a merit pass in any of the following: Computer Science, Engineering, Mathematics/Statistics. All Direct Entry candidates must satisfy the requirement in (a) above. Department of Microbiology (a) The basic entry requirements are SSCE/GCE passes at credit level in the following: English Language, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and any other subject (b) Direct Entry students should in addition to meeting the basic admission requirements stated above, also possess ‘A’ level passes in 3 of the above listed science courses. Department of Physics (a) Applied Geophysics There are three modes of admission into the undergraduate programme in Applied Geophysics. A Three Year-Programme by Direct Entry: The minimum entry requirements for Direct Entry are passes in A-Level or the equivalent in Physics and either Chemistry or Mathematics, plus WASCE/SSCE/GCE ‘O’ Level/NECO passes at Credit level in Physics, English Language, Mathematics and any other two science subjects. JME candidates are admitted into a four-year degree programme. The minimum entry requirements for JME candidates include Credit Level passes in WASCE/SSCE/GCE ‘O’ Level/NECO in five subjects which should include Physics, English Language, Mathematics, Biology/Chemistry. Candidates with a pass (P7) in English Language may be allowed to remedy the deficiency during the first year of study by taking and passing it in the UNICAL Pre-Degree English examination. However, such candidates must have six credits in at most two sittings. The third mode of admission is through successful completion of the University of Calabar Pre-Degree Programme, with at least a ‘C’ grade in Physics and Mathematics. (b) Electronics & Computer Technology There are three modes of admission into the Undergraduate Degree Programme of Electronic and Computer Technology. i. A four-year programme by Direct Entry. The minimum entry requirements for Direct Entry are passes in the A-Level or its equivalent in Physics or either Chemisry or Mathematics, plus SSCE/GCE O/L passes at Credit level in Physics, English Language, Mathematics and two science subjects. ii. JME candidates are admitted into a five-year Degree programme. Admission requirements include Credit level passes in SSCE/GCE O/L in five subjects which include Physics, English Language, Mathematics, Biology/Chemistry. Candidates with pass in English Language may be allowed to remedy the deficiency during the first year of study by taking and passing the Pre-Degree English examination. Such candidates must have six Credits in at most two sittings. 68 iii. The third mode of admission is through successful completion of the Pre-Degree Programme of the University of Calabar. (c) Pure Physics There are three modes of admission into the three undergraduate degree programme of Pure Physics. i. A three-year programme for Direct Entry. The minimum entry requirements are passes in A level or its equivalent in Physics and either Chemistry or Maths plus WASCE/GCE ‘O’ Level/NECO passes at credit level in Physics, English Language, Maths and two science subjects. ii. A four-year programme in which students are admitted into a four-year Degree programme. Admission requirements include Credit level passes in Maths, Biology/Chemistry. Candidates with pass (P.7) in English Language, may be allowed to Remedy the deficiency during the first year of study by taking the UNICAL PreDegree English examination. Such candidates must have six credits in at least two sittings. iii. A four-year programme by UNICAL Pre-Degree science programme. This mode of admission is through successful completion of the Unical Pre-Degree Science programme with at least a C grade in Physics and Maths. Department of Zoology and Environmental Biology (a) For a 4-year degree programme, candidates for the degree of B.Sc. (Zoology and Environmental Biology) must pass, at credit level, the School Certificate Examination or its equivalent in 5 subjects including Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and English. Admission is also based on an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) and the University of Calabar Aptitute Test. (b) For the 3-year degree programme, passes at ‘A’ Level UME/CGS/NCE in Botany or Zoology or Biology and Chemistry (for NCE, merit and above) are required. ‘O’ Level credits/NCE (or equivalent) in Physics or Mathematics (see also JAMB Brochure). From 1999/2000 session, entry requirement became credit passes in Science and Mathematics plus English in SSS Final Examination or at the School Certificate (SC), General Certificate of Education, Ordinary level and any other subject as may be required by the Faculty. Marine Biology Programme (a) FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME: To qualify for admission into the 4-year programme, all candidates must posses at least 5 credits in SSCE/GCE (O/L) at not more than two sittings. Credit passes are required in English and Mathematics and in the core science subjects: Chemistry, Physics, Biology depending on eventual area of specialization. Candidates with P7 in English Language, but who have a total of six credits including the above science subjects will be considered for admission. Final selection for admission into Year One of the 4-year programme shall be through a competitive qualifying examination administered by the University. (b) DIRECT ENTRY (3-YEAR PROGRAMME): Candidates for direct entry shall be required to satisfy the minimum University requirements for admission into degree programmes in addition to the following conditions: i. Hold Bachelors degree in relevant science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Environmental Protection and Resource Management [EPM]) from the University of Calabar or from any other recognised institution. ii. Hold a Diploma of the Institute of Oceanography or of any other recognized institutions in the relevant disciplines. Minimum GPA for admission shall be 2.75 on a 4-point scale or 3.30 on a 5-point scale. iii. Possess the HSC/GCE (A/L) with passes in three science subjects at the required grades. iv. Posses HND in the relevant science disciplines. J. FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 69 Department of Economics A candidate may enter the NUC degree programme either through the University Matriculation Examinations (UME) or by Direct Entry. While the UME candidates spend four (4) years on the programme, the Direct Entry candidates spend three (3) years. a. To be admitted into the four (4)-year UME programme, an applicant would have satisfied the following conditions in addition to the general entry requirements approved for admission into Nigerian Universities: Credit passes in five (5) subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Economics and a pass in a science subject in SSCE or WAEC/GCE Ordinary Level or its equivalent obtained at not more than two (2) sittings. b. Applicants who seek admission to pursue a degree under the three (3)-year i. Direct Entry programme must in addition to meeting the requirements stated above also possess the University of Calabar Diploma in Applied Economics at credit level or above, or must have passed the GCE or the Higher School Certificate Examination or its equivalent at the Advanced Level. Candidates with a Higher National Diploma (HND) in the relevant field, and those with a University degree may also apply. ii. N/B: The Department does not accept IJMB for Direct Entry admissions Department of Geography and Regional Planning 1) 4 – YEAR PROGRAMME: Candidates must have a credit in Geography and at least a pass in Mathematics at the senior secondary certificate level in addition to the university entry requirements of five credits, including a credit in English Language. 2) DIRECT ENTRY: 3 – YEAR PROGRAMME: In addition to the general university entry requirements for candidates, direct entry applicants who seek admission to pursue a degree in geography and environmental science under the 3 – year programme must have passed the general certificate of education or the higher school certificate examination or its equivalent subject at the advanced level. Department of Political Science B.Sc Political Science (a) DIRECT ENTRY: Two GCE Advanced Level papers in Government and any one of the following: Economics, Geography and Mathematics. At least a pass in Mathematics (‘O’ Level) Three GCE (O’Level) or SSCE Credits including English Language. (b) ENTRY THROUGH UME: Must have taken Government and at least one other Social Science subject (Economics, Geography, Psychology and Sociology) Five credits including English Language, Government and one other social science subject, i.e Economics, Geography, Psychology and Sociology. At least a pass in Mathematics Bachelor in Public Administration a) THE FIVE-YEAR PROGRAMME: 5 credit passes in SSCE/GCE O Level, NECO including English Language with at least, a pass (P7) in Mathematics in not more than two sittings. b) THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAMME: 5 credit passes in SSCE/GCE ‘O’ Level, NECO including English Language with at least, a pass in Mathematics in not more than two sittings. Posses a Diploma from a recognised institution in any of these relevant fields: Public Administration, Personnel Management, Applied Economics, Political Science, Social Works, Business Administration, Law, Mass Communication, Philosophy, etc. OR Hold ND, HND, NCE or equivalent qualifications from other institutions recognised by the University in relevant course. Department of Sociology 70 (a) Entry into the degree programme could be obtained either through the University Matriculation Examination (UME) or Direct entry (DE). Students with acceptable score points (above 200) as determined by the (central Admissions Board) in the joint Matriculation Examination are expected to have Five ‘O’ Level credits in relevant arts or Social Science subjects: English Language, Government, History, Economics, Geography, Christian Religious Knowledge and at least a (P7 or P8) in Mathematics. (b) For the Direct Entry (3 years), the department accepts a Diploma essentially in Social Work, GCE (A/L), and OND with good grades of credit and above from recognized institutions in relevant fields apart from social work, such as community development, criminology, political science/public administration, public/local government administration. In addition, the Department accepts at least a pass (P7 or P8) in Mathematics, and credits in five other relevant Social Sciences/Arts ‘O’ Level subjects. The department runs a full time degree programme in Sociology with no consideration for part time students. Bachelor in Social Works (BSW) (a) 4-YEAR PROGRAMME i. Diploma in Social Work of the University with a pass at the credit or high merit level, or an equivalent qualification from a recognized University. In addition to the above, the candidate must also possess the basic qualification of at least five (5) credits at the GCE/WASC/SSE level in one sitting, or in two sittings, one of which must be English Language, with at least a Pass in Mathematics. OR ii. Five (5) papers in GCE/WASC/SSCE including at least 2 papers at the Advanced Level (A-Level): the ‘O’Level papers must include a credit in English and at least a Pass in Mathematics. OR iii. Practicing professionals with Diploma in Social Work, or its equivalent (e.g. Social Welfare, Social Development, Youth Development, Rural Development, Community Development), Theatre Arts Certificate in Nursing, H.Sc., OND, Public Admin., Philosophy, English, DBA with at least five (5) years post qualification experience. (b) K. FIVE (5)-YEAR PROGRAMME At least (5) credits at the GCE/WASC/SSCE Level in one sitting or in 2 sittings, one of which must be English, and at least a pass in Mathematics. Duration of Course: 4 YEARS: Four years (Educational Consultancy) 5 YEARS: Five Years (Educational Consultancy) INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION Department of Education Technology a) THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAMME (NOW HOSTED IN DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM & TEACHING) JAMB REQUIREMENTS: 5 Credit passes in SSCE/GCE O’Level, NECO in not more than two sittings with at least a pass in Mathematics. OR Teacher Grade II certificate with a minimum of five passes at merit level or above including English Language and at least a pass in Mathematics, in not more than two sittings. AND a Pass in the UME at the appropriate level in relevant subjects. Candidates for specialization in the sciences must have a credit level pass in Mathematics. b) THE THREE-YEAR PROGRAMME DIRECT ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: NCE with overall pass at Merit level or above, provided the candidate also has at least three other credits at GCE or its equivalent, including English Language and a pass in Mathematics. OR Diploma in Education or in any other area approved by the University of Calabar, provided the candidate also has at least three O’ level credits including a credits in English and a pass in Mathematics at GCE/WASC/NECO or its equivalent. OR 71 c) Advanced equivalent level GCE or IJMB in at least two principal papers or ACE at Merit level provided the candidate also has at least three other credits at ordinary level GCE or its equivalent including credit in English Language and at least a pass in Mathematics. Pass the UME at the appropriate level in relevant subjects. Candidates for specialization in the sciences must have a credit level pass in Mathematics. Department of Environmental Education (Moved to Department of Curriculum & Teaching) a) Admission is opened to two categories of candidates, depending on their entry qualifications. i) THE THREE (3)-YEAR PROGRAMME: For admission into the three (3)year degree programme, candidates must: Satisfy the minimum University requirements for entry into degree programmes, that is they must possess at least 5 credits in SSCE/GCE O/L, NECO or TC II, including English language in not more than two sittings, AND Possess a Diploma from a recognised institution in any one of these relevant fields: Environmental Education, Public Administration, Personnel Management, Applied Economics, Political Science, Social Works, Business Administration, Law, History, Theatre Arts, Mass Communication, Philosophy, Religion, English and Literary Studies, Languages and Linguistics, Computer Science and RN/RM Nursing and Midwifery, Accountancy, Education, Adult Education, Health Statistics and Health Administration, as well as other related discipline. OR Hold the advance Level GCE ii) THE FOUR (4)-YEAR PROGRAMME: For admission into the (4) four-year degree programme, candidates must: a. Satisfy the minimum qualifications specified in a(i). That is, they must possess at least 5 credits in SSCE/GCE O’Level, NECO or TC II merit in two relevant subjects including English Language in not more than two sittings. b. Pass the UME at the appropriate level. Department of Extension/Distance Learning Not available 13. INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC POLICY & ADMINISTRATION a) The following Diploma programmes which are of two-year duration on full-time offered in the Institute: Diploma in Public Administration (DPA) Diploma in Personnel Management (DPM) Diploma in Local Government Administration (DLG) b) basis are B.Sc. degree programme in Policy and Administrative Studies is also offered For admission into the above diploma programmes, candidates must possess a minimum of four (4) credits in the GCE O/L, SSCE, NECO, TC II examinations and a pass in English Language in not more than two sittings. Candidates who desire to proceed to the B.Sc., Policy and Administrative Studies programme at the completion of their diploma must, however, possess Credit in English Language and at least a Pass in Mathematics while in the diploma programme. 72 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS GOVERNING FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES SECTION I DEFINITIONS In these regulations the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them below: 1.1 Course: An aggregate of teaching, evaluation and examination offered by a particular Department under an approved title, e.g THA 1011 Introduction to Theatre. 1.2 Course work: Comprises the total of teaching/practicals, tests and examinations that is taken into account when assessing a student’s performance towards the award of a degree or diploma. 1.3 Core Course: A course which is designated by the appropriate Departmet/Faculty as a compulsory requirement for graduation. 1.4 Elective Course: A course chosen under advice, from outside the Department or the Faculty in cognate area. 1.5 Optional Course: A compolimentary course chosen under advice or as prescribed within the students’ discipline to enable the student to complete the total number of credit hours required for graduation. 1.6 Credit Hours: Each one-hour lecture or tutorial period that a class meets during a week. Thus a class that meets three times a week will normally be assigned three credit hours per semesters. A three-hour Laboratory, studio, classroom or theatre practical class shall normally be the equivalent of one credit hour. 1.7 Calendar Year: Combination of a standard session and a long vacation normally extending from September 30th to October 1. 1.8 Long Vacation: The period between the beginning of July and end of September. 1.9 A Standard Session/Academic Year: Is normally a 9 month or 36 weeks period beginning in October and ending in June. 1.10 Semester: Is normally one half of a session or academic year. 1.11 Academic Discipline: Special area of study normally housed in a Department e.g Botany in the Department of Biological Sciences. 1.12 Programme: Series of courses taken over a prescribed period of study leading to recognised qualification (Certificate/Diploma/Degree, etc.). 1.13 Year of Study: That point within a programme, at which a student’s standing may be identified within the prescribed period of study. 1.14 Subject: In the MBB.Ch. Programme, a subject may include more than one course and a subject mark is the average of the course marks. 1.15 A Resit Examination: An examination which the student is required to take having previously been adjudged to have failed. This applied to MBB.Ch. and non-degree programmes. 1.16 A Repeat Examination: An examination which the student is required to take again after repeating the source as a result of failing a previous examination. 1.17 Supplementary Examination: An examination given to a student who has been excused by Senate on grounds acceptable to it from the normally scheduled one. 1.18 Board of Examiners: All members of a Department or Faculty holding academic appointments above the rank of Graduate Assistant. 1.19 A Pass Grade: A pass grade is a grade of E or above. 1.20 A Fail Grade: A fail grade is a grade of F. 1.21 Probation: A status granted to a student whose Cmulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) at the end of the session falls below 1.00. Such a student shall be required to repeat only the failed courses of the previous year and will be credited with the grades earned during the first attempt and during Probation Year. At the end of the probation year, the student’s CGPA will be calculated based on the two sets of results. 1.22 Withdrawal: When a student’s CGPA falls below 1.0 after probation, he will be required to leave the University. 1.23 Concurrent: A cross-listed course between two or more Departments. 1.24 Audited Course: An enrichment course which carries no grade. Note: In the regulations which follow the masculine gender is used for both masculine and feminine. 73 SECTION II ORGANISATION OF PROGRAMMES 2.1. A programme of studies shall be provided leading to a Bachelor’s Degree to be denoted by the letters B.A, B.N.Sc., B.M.L.S. which may be awarded with Honours or as Pass degree. The MBB.Ch., may be awarded only as an unclassified Pass degree. 2.2. Instruction shall, for all programmes, except the MBB.Ch., be organised in courses and students shall be required to take an approved combination of courses by Senate on the recommendation of the Board of the appropriate Faculty, as may from time to time, be determined. Regulations governing the MBB.Ch. degree are separately detailed in this publication. Each course shall normally be assigned 3 credit hours. There shall be four levels of courses organisation numbered 1000-1999, 2000-2999, 3000-3999, and 4000-4999 in four year programmes. Departments where programmes last five will have an additional level. The first digit indicates year of study. The two middle digits indicates area of study. The last digit indicates the semester in which the course is offered. for First Semester Courses for Second Semester Courses for First or Second Semester Course and for whole Year Courses Course number shall be prefixed by a three character discipline code e.g. BIO, CHM, GEO, HIS, THA, POS. 2.3. Appropriate prerequisites may be prescribed. Such prerequisites courses may be carried for suitably qualified students by Senate in the recommendation of the appropriate Faculty Board. 2.4. A student may also be deemed to have fulfilled a pre-requisite if he audits and obtains the minimum grade of pass in the course. The grade shall be used in computing his CGPA. 2.5. A concurrent requirement will be satisfied if the student has taken the course from a cross listed Department and passed. Otherwise he must register for the course within the same session and pass it. 2.6. A student who on admission is required to remedy a deficient subject shall be expected to pass the subject at the end of the session, failing which he must withdraw from the University. No opportunity for a Resit examination shall be allowed. 2.7. Students shall normally be required to register for a minimum of 10, and a maximum of 16 or such prescribed number of courses in each academic session or prescribed period of study for the degree. 2.8. The total minimum number of courses required for the award of a degree shall be approved by Senate on the recommendation of the appropriate Faculty. A student is dully registered if he submits the registration cards to the Faculty and Department within the period stipulated for registration. SECTION III CHECKING OF CREDENTIALS (SCREENING) 3.1. Soon after registration of freshmen and before final year examinations, students will be required to present the originals of their credentials to the Academic Division for verification. Final year students will be expected to present the substantive certificates (not statements of results). Any student found to have made false claims shall be expelled. 3.2. The maximum period for a degree in any one programme shall be 50% above the number of years stipulated above. A student who spends one year in excess of the approved minimum period of study for a degree course the names in each class arranged alphabetically. 74 3.3. Each student registered for any degree programme of the University, except Nigeria Certificate of Education and degree holders, must register for the following General Studies Courses: * GSS 1101/1102 GSS 1111/1112 GSS 1121/1122 GSS 2111/2112 GSS 3111/3112 Entrepreneural Use of English Nigerian People and Culture Philosophy and Logic History and Philosophy of Science Application of Computers Studies. 3.4. The minimum credit hours required for graduation shall be 120 and the maximum 144, except for Law, Medical Laboratory Science and Agriculture where the minimum shall be 150 and the maximum 180. More credit hours may be offered subject to approval by Senate. 3.5. At least 9 credit hours shall be left open as electives for each students during a programme of study. SECTION IV ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS Examination Malpractice 4.1. Types of Malpractice by Students i. Copying with co-operation ii. Copying without co-operation (Giraffing) iii. Preparation and use of extraneous materials iv. Impersonation v. Courier (smuggling of question papers out of examination halls) vi. Reading of notes/textbooks in toilet during the relevant examination. vii. Writing on lap, dresses or other materials viii. Plagiarism, act of using somebody else’s work without acknowledgement ix. Evidence of pre-knowledge of examination questions x. Smuggling in or out answer scripts after examinations. 4.2. Types of Malpractice by Lecturers/Staff i. Leaking of questions to students ii. Helping students to answer questions during examination iii. Allowing students to substitute freshly written answer scripts for the ones used during examination. iv. Inflation or change of marks by course lecturer in order to pass a particular candidate/candidates. v. Requesting Senate to correct already approved grades based on false claims. vi. Conscious alteration of grades/raw scores by compilers of results or typist/lecturers/head of department, etc. vii. Non-submission or destruction of answer scripts in order to enable a student to qualify for a special resit or supplementary examination if a grade is certain in the examination. viii. Writing of thesis/projects for students by lecturers. ix. Superisors/Lecturers aiding and abetting plagiarism. General 4.3 Any other acts considered by Senate and Vice-Chancellor to be classified as malpractice. examination Pre-Examination Stage 4.4 It shall be the responsibility of each Faculty to organize and conduct examinations for courses taught by the Department in the Faculty in accordance with directives laid down from time to time by the Faculty Board and Senate. Each Department shall nominate an Examinations Officer (not 75 below) Lecture 1 status for the time tabling, invigilation and the physical arrangements for all examination in the Department. The academic supervision shall rest with the Head of Department and Chief Examiner in a particular course during the session. There shall be a Faculty Examination Committee which shall consist of each Departmental Examinations Officer plus the Sub Dean (as Chairman) and the Dean (Ex-Officio): It shall be responsible for the coordination of timetables, physical arrangements, invigilation and discipline for all examinations in the Faculty, the results of which shall be reported back to the Board of Examiners. 4.5 In order to be admitted to an examination in a course unit, a student must have been registered for that course. He must have satisfied any University and Faculty requirements regarding the performance of all assignments connected with the subject taught, the payment of fees, and the 75% mandatory attendance at lectures/practicals. It shall be the responsibility of each student to ensure that he is registered for the appropriate examinations and to ascertain the dates, times and places of the examinations for which he is registered. A student shall be at examination venue at least 30 minutes before the advertised time for the examination. A student required to supply his own pen, pencils, rulers and such other items. 4.6 The Time-Table Committee which should comprise the Academic Planning Unit and the SubDeans should start its work of making the Time-Table/Allocation of rooms for examinations early. This would help reduce the clashing of lectures and examinations. The registry shall be solely responsible for the issuing of answer booklets/sheet during examinations. Departments, through the invigilator will collect all used and unused materials. The Chief Examiner will ensure that such materials are returned to the registry at the end of each examination session. No staff or student shall take away or keep any unused answer booklet or sheet for whatever reason. The duration of every examination should normally be 3 weeks to allow for judicious use of available space. The following shall be bodly inscribed on every answer booklets: “THE PENALTY FOR EXAMINATION MALPRACTICE IS EXPULSION”. Examination Invigilation Stage 4.7 A candidate shall be admitted up to 30 minutes after the start of the examination but he shall not be allowed extra time. If a candidate arrives later than 30 minutes after the start of examination, the invigilator may at his discretion admit him if he is satisfied that the candidate had good reason for his lateness. The invigilator shall present a written report of the circumstance to the Chief examiner who shall inform the Departmental board of Examiners which shall decide whether to accept the candidate’s paper or not. Similarly, the invigilator should present a written report if he uses his discretion to disallow the student from the examination. 4.8 The candidates must produce their identity cards and fee clearance cards on entry of every examination and leave them prominently displayed on the desk for inspection by the invigilator throughout the examination. This is mandatory. The invigilator shall see that each student signs the attendance sheep provided by the Department in duplicates. Each Faculty Finance Officer shall ensure that students writing examinations have their fee clearance card. 4.9 The Chief Invigilator shall draw the attention of the candidates to the examination regulations especially the PENALTY inscription written on the answer booklet. A candidate may be permitted by the invigilator to leave the examination provided that: a) He/She does not do so within the first one hour except in cases of emergency. In the event of a candidate being taken ill. The invigilator must send the sick candidate along with an examination attendant and a written note to the Medical Centre and send a copy of such a note to the Department. b) A student who leaves the examination room shall not be readmitted unless throughout the period of his absence he has been continually under the supervision of an invigilator or a person duly appointed by him. 4.10 No student shall communicate with any other person during examination except with the invigilator, and only when absolutely necessary. In addition, no student shall make noise or cause disturbance during an examination. 76 4.11 No book, paper, printed or written document or any other aid may be taken into an examination room by any candidate except as may be stated in the rubric of an examination paper. Any candidate found in possession of such items shall be reported in writing to the Chief Examiner who shall inform the Departmental Board which shall determine whether or not to accept the student’s script or make any other recommendations to the Faculty Board of examiner. Each candidates shall be required to deposit at his own risk any handbag, briefcase or similar articles at a space provided for such purpose before the start of an examination. 4.12 No student shall, directly or indirectly, give assistance to any other student or permit any other student to copy from or otherwise use his papers. Similarly, a student shall not directly or indirectly accept assistance from any student or any other unathorised person. 4.13 If any candidate is found to infringe or is suspected of infringing sub-sections above or indeed suspected to have engaged in any of the acts listed as examination malpractice, the invigilator shall apprehend the candidate concerned. Within the period of the examination, such a student shall be made to submit a written report on the incident to the Chief Invigilator before his script is collected. The Invigilator shall submit a written report to the Chief Examiner immediately after the examination. The Chief Examiner shall cause the circumstance to be investigated by the Departmental Examination Malpractice Committee and shall report to the Departmental Board of Examiners which may subsequently recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners what action should be taken in the case. The Faculty, after establishing a prima facie case shall immediately report the matter to the Senate Committee on Examination Malpractice, attaching all exhibits and making recommendations based on its findings. The Senate Committee shall immediately look into the case, inviting the parties concerned for interview, giving opportunities for crossexamination, and finally sending a recommendation to Senate or Chairman of Senate. 4.14 Each student shall write his registration number; not his name, distinctly at the appropriate place on the cover of every answer booklet or separate sheet attached to the answer booklet. 4.15 A student shall not mutilate or remove from the examination room any paper or other materials supplied except the question paper. 4.16 At the end of the time allotted, the Invigilator shall instruct all students to stop writing. They must comply. Non-compliance shall be treated as examination malpractice. 4.17 The Invigilator shall put the answer sheets serialy in sealed envelopes. Each envelope must be signed by each Invigilator and the seal must go over the signatures. The Chief Invigilator shall return the sealed envelopes to the Chief Examiner or any one appointed by the latter. It shall be the responsibility of the Chief Examiner in each Department to collect and sign the examination scripts. Notes: a) The Registry shall lock up rooms reserved for examination prior to the actual examination,after having duly completed all necessary arrangements. No student shall be permitted to do “their last minute reading” in those rooms. b) During the examinations, any lecturer whose course is being written shall be in the examination hall to answer questions raised by students. c) The Invigilator shall take charge of the attendance sheets which shall be signed by each student at the beginning of the examination and after submission of answer scripts. The sheet shall be signed in duplicate copies one of which shall be enclosed with the answer scripts submitted to the heads of Department/Chief Examiners. Post Examination Stage 4.18 Marks/grades for all courses shall be approved in the first instance in meetings of the Examinations Board of the Department of Primary registration. The recommendations of the Departmental Examinations Board shall be considered at a duly convened meeting of the Faculty 77 Board of Examiners. The Faculty Board shall make its recommendations to Senate through the Dean of Faculty. Appointment and Duties of the Examination Officer 4.19 There shall be an Examination Officer appointed for each Department/programme. The Examination Officer shall not be below the rank of Lecturer 1 status. 4.20 The appointment shall be for 2 academic sessions subject to reappointment for a period of another 2 years. 4.21 The Head of Department, through the Dean of Faculty applies to the Vice-Chancellor of approval after which the Registrar issues the letter of appointment. 4.22 It shall be the responsibility of the Examination Officer in each Department to prepare a summary result sheet for all students registered in his Department for each year of study on a separate sheet, showing for each candidate the following: a. Registration number or any other identification approved by Senate; b. Courses taken and grades obtained; c. Weighted average and class of degree in the case of Final Year students. 4.23 These sheets shall be prepared under strict confidentiality and signed by the Chief Examiner and deposited with the Dean not later than 24 hours before the date fixed for the Faculty Board of examiners meeting. 4.24 The Dean shall be Chairman of the Faculty Board of Examiners. At least three days’ notice (or the meeting including any meeting called to consider resit results), must be sent by the Faculty Officer to each member. 4.25 No student shall be informed of the result of any examination by any individual until has been approved by Senate. 4.26 Once the examination results are approved by Senate, they shall be published on the Notice Board by the Deans of Faculties. It shall be the responsibility of the Registrar to issue individual statements of results to students. 4.27 Official transcript of results be signed by the registrar. Transcripts may only be issued on the request of students to institutions of higher learning and to institutional sponsors under confidential cover. Students currently enrolled in programes will apply for their transcript through their Heads of Departments. Absence from Examinations 4.28 No student shall be excused from taking the whole or any part of any examinations except on the strength of a Medical Certificate supplied, or endorsed by the Director of Health Services. In such cases, the facts, supported by the evidence, shallbe submitted to the Board of Examiners by the Head of Department which Board shall make recommendations to Senate for appropriate action. 4.29 An application by a student, or, if he is incapacitated, by a person acting on his behalf, for exemption from any examination on medical grounds shall be submitted to the Faculty Examinations Board, through the Head of Department as soon as possible and normally not later than seven (7) days after the date of the examination, providing relevant evidence. The Faculty Board of Examiners shall there-upon consider all the evidence submitted to it including oral evidence, where appropriate and make recommendations through the Faculty Board to Senate. The decision of Senate on such recommendations shall be final. SECTION V OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES ON MEDICAL REPORT 78 FROM OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY 5.1 Any student whose illness has started before he travels out of Calabar must obtain a referral note from the Director of Health Services (or his representative), University of Calabar, to the Medical Centre or Private Doctor of his choice. 5.2 Any student wishing to receive treatment within Calabar but not in the University of Calabar Medical Centre shall also collect a referral note from the Direcotr of Health Services (or his representative), University of Calabar Medical Centre. 5.3 Whether or not a student falls under rules 1 and 2, the Medical Certificate submitted after treatment must indicate date of admission, discharge and probable period of convalescence. 5.4 If the student had any operation, the Surgeon must state clearly the exact surgery performed and this must be attached to the Medical Certificate. 5.5 When submitting items 3 and 4, a photocopy of the referral note issued in section 1 and 2 should be attached. 5.6 If any doubt or difficulty arises in respect of the interpretation of the aforesaid clauses or implementation, the Director of Health Services shall refer to the Chairman of Senate for final determination. 5.7 Any student who fails to satisfy the above conditions shall not be entitled to claim the benefits of Medical Certificate. 5.8 For effective health surveillance, all new students shall undergo a medical examination on admission, supervised by the director of Health Services of the University or his representative. All new students shall be registered with the Health Services department (Medical Centre), be certified medically fit and obtain clearance to that effect before Matriculation. SECTION VI EXAMINATIONS AND EXAMINERS 6.1 The setting and marking of all examinations shall be the responsibility of the Head of Department as the Chief Examiner and every lecturer who has taught the course. 6.2 Categories of examinations shall include practical, teaching, laboratory and theatre practice, orals and written papers. SECTION VII DUTIES OF INTERNAL EXAMINERS a) b) c) d) e) Set and participate in the moderation of examination questions. Invigilate all examinations Grade all examinations and keep copies of both the percentage score and the letter grade. Consider and approve examination results for submission to the Faculty SERVC. In the case of final year examinations, internal examiners along with external examiners shall consider and forward examination results to the Faculty ERVC and SERVC before Faculty Board approves them. Every course shall have no fewer than two examination namely: the lecturer who taught the course and the internal moderator. 79 Where there is a conflict, the Departmental Board of Examiners shall resolve it. Moderation schedules shall be prepared and distributed by the Head of Department (Chief Examiner) before marking begins. They shall prepare marking schemes for the course which shall, in the case of final year courses, be sent to the External Examiner. SECTION VIII APPEALS 8.1 A student may appeal to the Registrar for the re-marking of his Examination scripts payment of N400.00 (four hundred naira) no person can appeal for the reassessment scripts of some other student. on of 8.2 A group appeal by all candidates involved in a particular course examination cannot entertained. be 8.3 For an appeal to be valid, notice in writing of such an appeal must be lodged with the registrar within four weeks after Senate has approved the relevant results. 8.4 Applications for reassessment when submitted shall be sent by the Registrar to the Dean of the Faculty concerned who should try to find an internal assessor. Only when there is a problem would an External Assessor be used. 8.5 Effort shall be made to minimize reassessment cases. Students shall not be made to know who the assessors are. When sending script to assessors for reassessment the composition shall be as follows: i. Some scripts from the highest scoring students and some scripts from the lowest scoring candidates in the course. ii. A couple of scripts whose scores are round the petitioner’s scores iii. The petitioner’s scripts iv. Marking scheme used to assess the scripts by the lecturer. 8.6 There shall be no indication to the assessor which scripts belong to the petitioner. 8.7 After the reassessment, only the petitioner’s script would be affected by any change the other sample scripts would retain their original grades. 8.8 The external assessor shall be paid a fee of N100.00. 8.9 Final year students’ scripts shall not be reassessed; it is for this purpose that External Examiners are appointed. 8.10 The result of the reassessment shall carry the comments and signature(s) of the assessor(s) when a reassessment exercise results in favour of students, i.e change in later grades. i. such results shall be presented to Senate for approval and change of earlier record ii. the appeal fee shall be refunded to the student(s) 8.11 If a reassessment exercise does not result in favour of the student, the result shall be the Registrar for communication to the student concerned. 8.12 If a major change in grade occurs following a reassessment, the lecturer who taught the courses and graded the scripts shall be asked to explain to Senate why the major change occurred. Senate shall not encourage frivolous changes in grades already approved by it. 80 the the in grade; sent to SECTION IX GRADING SYSTEM FOR ALL EXAMINATIONS EXCEPT FOR M.B.B.Ch 9.1 In weighing the work done for the award of degrees the following computations will adopted: Percentage Mark 70% & above 60 – 69 50 – 59 45 – 49 40 – 45 0 – 39 Letter Grade Grade Point Description A B C D E F 5 4 3 2 1 0 Excellent Very Good Good Fair Pass Fail be Classification of Degrees All degrees except for M.B.B.Ch shall be classified as follows: 9.2 Grade Point Average 4.50 – 5.00 3.50 – 4.49 2.40 – 3.49 1.50 – 2.39 1.00 – 1.49 0.99 and less Class of Degree First Class (Hons) Second Class (Hons) Upper Division Second Class (Hons) Lower Division Third Class (Hons) Pass Fail i Credit Units ii Percentage Scores iii Letter Grades iv Grade Point (GP) Vary according to contact hours. Hours assigned to each course per week per semester And according to work load carried by students 70 – 100 60 – 69 A B 5 4 50 – 59 C 3 45 – 49 40 – 44 0 – 39 D E F 2 1 0 9.3 v Grade Point Average (GPA) Derived by multiplying i and iv. and dividing by total credit unit vi Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) 4.50 – 5.00 3.50 – 4.49 2.40 – 3.49 1.50 – 2.39 1.00 – 2.39 0.99 and below vii Class of Degree First Class 2nd Class Upper 2nd Class Lower 3rd Class Pass Fail The yearly cumulative system shall supersede the weighted system as a basis for determining the Class of Degree. The CGPA in the Fourth (or Final) year now determines the class of degree as seen in the above table. SECTION X LATE SUBMISSION OF RESEARCH PROJECT 10.1 A student who fails to submit his final year research project/term paper in time for it to get to the External Examiner shall be deemed as not having fulfilled the requirement of the course and so shall earn mandatory grade of “F”. 10.2 The course shall be regarded as a repeat course and the student shall then submit the project at the next available opportunity. SECTION XI 81 DETERMINATION OF PASS, PROBATION, WITHDRAWAL AND REPEAT COURSE PERFORMANCES 11.1 Pass A student shall have passed the examination if he obtains a pass grade of E (1.00 point) or above in the 5 (five) courses or the number of courses as required by the appropriate Faculty. Resit 11.2 Resit as contained in the University Examination regulations of 1985 Governing First Programmes is hereby abolished for students admitted from 1990/91 session. 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.7 Degree Probation A status granted to a student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) at the end of the session falls below 1.00. Such a student shall be required to repeat only the failed courses of the previous year and will not take on any new course. The student shall be credited with the grades earned during the first attempt and during the probation year. At the end of the probation year, the student’s CGPA will be calculated based on the two sets of results. Withdrawal At the end of the probation year, a student whose CGPA is below 1.00 shall be required to withdraw from the programme. Repeating Failed course(s) Subject to the conditions for withdrawal and probation, a student may be allowed to repeat the failed course at the next available opportunity, provided that the total number of credit hours carried during that semester does not exceed 24. A student repeating any course shall retain the grades earned. The grade points earned at all attempts shall count towards the CGPA. Final Year of Study There shall be examination in not fewere than 10 courses given during the final year of study one of which would be general paper of project, or both. A candidate who fails to obtain the necessary minimum requirement of a degree may be permitted by Senate to re-enroll in the University for a further period of studies not exceeding 50% of the total approved duration of his programme including any probation and/or suspension of study year including a sickness period covered by medical report approved by Senate. SECTION XII REVISED REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE AWARD OF M.B.B.Ch DEGREE 12.1 The M.B.B.Ch degree shall be earned after successful completion of Parts I-IV examinations as detailed below. The normal duration of this programme is 6 academic years for candidates admitted with GCE O/L WASC/SSSC Or 5 academic years for those admitted with GCE A/L HSC or degrees. 12.2 Students and staff shall be made aware of existing examination regulations from the beginning. 12.3 Students shall be exposed to Pre-medical (if they are admitted with GCE A/L HSC or degree) and finally clinical programmes. 12.4 Pre-Medical The pass mark in each course in the pre-medical year is 40%. A student shall repeat all failed courses. No student shall be allowed to carry more than two-failed courses to the pre-medical year. Those with more than 2 failed courses shall change programmes. Students who do not pass the failed course within one year of the pre-clinical year shall change programmes. Part I 82 12.5 No student shall be allowed into Part I MBB.Ch Examination who has not passed all the preclinical courses. The subjects of the Part I Examination shall be: Anatomy Biochemistry Physiology Neurosciences 12.6 All pre-clincal candidates shall take the Part I examination at the end of their third Semester after admission to the course, in April. 12.7 Candidates who fail in one or two subjects in the first attempt shall resit these in July. Candidates who fail the resit examination shall repeat one semester and resit all subjects in April. Candidates who fail in any subject(s) a third time shall be asked to withdraw. 12.8 Candidates who fail in three or four subjects at the first examination shall repeat two semesters and resit all subjects in April. 12.9 Candidates who score an aggregate of less than 120 marks in the 4 subjects following the repeat of semesters as above shall be asked to withdraw. 12.10 Candidates who fail in any of the subjects following repeat of 2 semesters as above and whose aggregate score in the 4 subjects is less than 120 marks who resit the failed subject(s) for the third time shall be asked to withdraw. 12.11 Assessments The final assessment of candidates shall be composed of results obtained during the course from continuous assessment, the form of which is the departmental responsibility, as approved by College Academic Board and College Assembly, and final examination composed of two written papers and a practical oral examination in each subject. 12.12 The relative weighing of continuous assessment to the final examination shall be 40% continuous assessment to 60% final examination. 12.13 No final examination marks shall be divulged to candidates. Transcripts shall only show pass (P) fail (F) or distinction (D) grades. 12.14 12.15 Schedule of Examinations Final Pre-Clinical examination (Part I) shall normally be held at the end of the third semester in April. Resit examinations shall normally be held in July. Part II No candidate will be allowed to proceed to the clinical course (Phase I clinical) and Part II examination until he has completed requirements of the Part I. Candidates for Part II examination shall be examined in two subjects namely: Laboratory Medicine (including Pathology, Chemical Pathology, Haematology and Medical Microbiology and Parasitology) Pharmacology The examination shall take place in June of the year following the Part I examination. Candidates shall submit themselves for examination in the two subjects on the first occasion. i. Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in one subject will be allowed to proceed to the Phase II clinical course and resit the referred subject in August/September of the same year. ii. Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in the resit examination shall be required to repeat the year and retake the two subjects the following June for the last time. iii. Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in the two subjects shall be required to repeat the year and resit the examination in the two subjects in June of the following year. 83 iv. Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in one subject of the repeat will be allowed to proceed to the Phase II clinical course and resit the referred subject in August/September of the same year for the last time. Candidates who fail the examination for the third would be required to transfer to a B.Sc. Programme in Medical Sciences, or withdraw. v. Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in the two subjects after repeating the course shall be required to transfer to B.Sc Programme in Medical Science or withdraw. 12.16 Part III No candidates will be allowed to take Part III examination until he/she has passed in both subjects of the Part II examination. 2.17 Candidates for Part III shall be examined in two subjects namely: Paediatrics, and Obstetrics and Gynaecology The examination shall take place 12 months after the 1st Part II Examination of the appropriate class. Candidates must submit themselves for examination in both subjects in the first occasion. 12.18 Candidates who fail to satisfy the examiners in either or both subjects shall be allowed to proceed to the Phase III clinical course and resit the referred subject(s) 3 months later. Candidates who fail the resit shall not be allowed to take the examination until they have done a mandatory two months posting in the failed subjects. 12.19 They will not be allowed to proceed to the final stage of M4S4 Community Health and General Practice postings until they have completely cleare O & G and Paediatric (Part III). 12.20 Part IV Candidates for Part IV shall be examined in three subjects namely: Medicine (including sub-specialty subjects) Public Health, and General Practice 12.21 Candidates who fail any subject(s) shall be required to resit those subjects in August/September of the year. 12.22 Candidates who fail again shall repeat those subject(s) once more in May/June of the following year after undergoing a mandatory 2 month ‘Clinical Posting’ in each of the failed subjects. Any subsequent attempt shall be with the approval of the Senate on the recommendation of Academic Staff Assembly. 12.23 Part II, III and IV Assessments Continuous Assessment will form 40% of the total marks obtainable. In Medicine, Surgery and General Practice the continuous assessment shall include marks scored from “clinical skills” examination at the end of the M2/S2/GP posting, and this examination shall constitute 50% of the continuous assessment marks in these subjects. 12.24 The Final Examination will form 60% of the total marks obtainable. The examination in each subject shall be held in 3 part, namely; two written papers, practical/clinical and oral examinations, except in medicine and surgery, which shall have three written papers (including a paper each, in medical and surgery specialties). 12.25 In continuous assessment, at least one-half (1/2) of the marks available shall be from practical/clinical tests. 12.26 One written paper shall be on objective (MCQ) of an agreed pattern. 84 12.27 The other written paper(s) shall be of essay-type. The 60 marks available at the exams shall be distributed as follows: Paper I (MCQ) 10 marks Paper II 5 marks Clinical/Practical 25 marks Orals 10 marks In Medicine/Surgery only Paper I Paper II Paper III Clinical/Practicals Orals - 10 marks 10 marks 5 marks 25 marks 10 marks 12.28 Candidates shall have obtained a minimum of 50% of the marks available in practical/clinical examination, to be considered as having passed in the subject in the Part III and IV examinations. Candidates shall also have obtained a minimum of 50% of the total marks available in the subject, to be considered as having passed in the subject in Parts II, III and IV. 12.29 Candidates shall be required to have completed to the satisfaction of the Departments concerned such period of approved practical/clinical course work as defined in the syllabuses. 12.30 Paper III of Part IV examination comprises sub-specialties in Medicine and in Surgery. 12.31 Part III Examinations The Part III Examinations shall take place in August at the end of clinical phases II course and consists of Paediatrics and Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 12.32 12.33 12.34 Part IV Examinations The Part IV Examinations shall take place in May/June following 2 weeks revision in which all subjects at the Part IV Examinations shall be taught. The Part IV Examination shall consist of Medicine, Surgery, Community Health and general practice. Project and Dissertation Every student shall participate in group projects of not more than five people and write a report on the research done as part of continuous assessment for the MBB.Ch degree. The Department of Community Health shall arrange supervision and determine the format of the presentation of the dissertation, which shall be bound in hard cover. The research materials shall be evaluated in the Community Health Departent. General Candidates who fail to present themselves for examination in any subject without prior permission shall be deemed to have failed the examination in that subject. 12.35 A student shall have a minimum of 75% attendance in practical/clinical classes to be allowed to appear for examinations. Failure to attain 75% attendance in practical/clinical classes in any subject shall be regarded as a failure at the examination in that subject. 12.36 In cases of ill-health certified by the Director of University Health Services, a decision on individual basis will be taken by Senate on the recommendation of the Academic Staff Assembly. 12.37 Candidates shall normally be allowed three attempts in any of the four professional examinations. 12.38 Resit/Repeat candidates shall not be credited with distinctions. 12.39 The continuous evaluation score at the first sitting of an examination shall apply to the second attempt at the examination. 85 12.40 Further evaluation tests shall be given to determine evaluation scores in subsequent attempts at the examination. Absence from examination: General University Regulations shall apply. 12.41 Transcripts shall only show pass (P), fail (F) or distinction (D) grades. No final examination marks shall be divulged to candidates. 12.42 Any section of these regulations may, from time to time, be altered by Senate on recommendation of the Academic Staff Assembly. SECTION XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1 13.2 Readmission after Withdrawal The provision that a student who has been asked to withdraw may seek re-admission after one year to repeat the year is no longer in operation. Aegrotat Before can approve the award of an aegrotat degree on the recommendation of a Faculty Board of Examiners, the candidate must have: (a) Produced satisfactory medical evidence of his inability to take the appropriate examination. (b) Secured not less than 2.25 grade point average throughout his period of study. (c) Completed not less than 65% of the course unit credit hours required by the particular Faculty. Suspended Studies The maximum period of suspended studies shall NOT be more than two academic years. SECTION XIV INTERPRETATION 14.1 These regulations do not exclude special request from Departments in respect of exceptional cases, and the Faculty Board of Examiners need not explain to candidates the reasons for the exercise of its discretion in applying these regulations. In the event of any disagreement arising from the interpretation of these regulations or any matter concerning examinations, the decision of the Dean/Provost shall be operative, but they shall submit a report of any such decision to the next meeting of the Faculty Board which shall have the power to confirm, or alter the Dean’s/Provost’s decision. Such decision by the Faculty Board may be made the subject of an appeal to Senate, the decision of which shall be final. 86 SCHEDULE OF CHARGES Where charges are indicated per semester, students may opt to pay the whole session's charges and obtain clearance at the beginning of the session. Charges payable are determined from time to time by the Governing Council of the University. Examples of charges paid in the 2011/2012 Academic session are reproduced in following Tables . 2011/2012 SUMMARY OF CHARGES – REGULAR STUDENTS (UNDERGRADUATES) Fresh Students Category Science Non-Science Medical Full Charges 40,800.00 40,300.00 44,800.00 60 % 71,560.00 27,260.00 29,960.00 40% 13,240.00 13,040.00 14,840.00 Portal Charge 2,250.00 2,250.00 2,250.00 Returning Students Science Non-Science Medical 28,600.00 28,100.00 32,600.00 17,940.00 17,640.00 20,340.00 10,660.00 10,460.00 12,260.00 1,750.00 1,750.00 1,750.00 Returning Students Science Non-Science Medical 31,100.00 30,600.00 35,100.00 19,440,.00 19,140.00 21,840.00 11,660.00 11,460.00 13,260.00 1,750.00 1,750.00 1,750.00 2010/2011 SCHOOL CHARGES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS (FRESH STUDENTS) 500.00 800.00 1,500.00 1,000.00 1ST SEMESTER Free 300.00 480.00 900.00 600.00 2ND SEMESTER Free 200.00 320.00 600.00 400.00 5,000.00 2,000.00 1,500.00 3,000.00 1,200.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 800.00 500.00 1,500.00 1,000.00 2,500.00 500.00 1,250.00 300.00 750.00 500.00 500.00 1,000.0 300.00 300.00 1,200.00 2,000.00 2,500.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 200.00 900.00 600.00 1,500.00 300.00 800.00 180.00 500.00 300.00 300.00 600.00 200.00 180.00 800.00 1,200.00 1,500.00 600.00 1,200.00 100.00 600.00 400.00 1,000.00 200.00 450.00 120.00 250.00 200.00 200.00 400.00 100.00 120.00 400.00 800.00 1,000.00 400.00 800.00 100.00 S/N DESCRIPTION SESSION 1. 2. Tuition Medical Referral Medical Charges Medical Exams (including X-Ray) Library Charges Examinations: i. MB BCh STudents ii. Other Students Games Lab/Studio Science Studnets Non-Science Students Medical Students Sanitation Result Verification I.D Card Screening – 1st Year Students Caution Students’ Union Dues Students’ Welfare Insurance Scheme Students’ Affairs Record’s dues Students’ Handbook Security Charges General Rehabilitation/Hostel Maintenance Non-Refundable Acceptance Endowment Utility Nigeria Youth Aids Programme Free 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 87 22. ICT Training & IT Facilities (payable once) Database Fund Development Levy 23. 24. Total Science Non-Science Medical 5000.00 5000.00 - 2000.00 10,000.00 40,800.00 40,300.00 44,800.00 2000.00 6000.00 27,560.00 27,260.00 29,960.00 4,000.00 13,240.00 13,040.00 14,840.00 2011/2012 SCHOOL CHARGES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS (RETURNING STUDENTS – EXCLUDING FINAL YEAR) S/N DESCRIPTION - - - -.- - - - SESSION 1. Tuition 2. Medical Referral Medical Charges 3. Library Charges 4. Examinations: i. MB Bch Students .. ii. Other Students 5. Games 6. lab/Studio Science Students Non-Science Students Medical Students 7. Sanitation 8. Result Verification 9. I.D Card 10. Screening 11. Caution 12. Students' Union Dues 13. Students' Welfare Insurance Scheme 14. Students' Affairs Record's Charges 15. Students' Handbook 16. Security Charges 17. General Rehabilitation Hostel Maintenance 1ST ND 2 SEMESTER SEMESTER Free 500.00 800.00 500.00 Free 300.00 480.00 300.00 Free 200.00 320.00 200.00 5,000.00 3,000.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,000.00 1,200.00 600.00 800.00 400.00 1,500.00 1,000.00 2,500.00 1000.00 1,000.00 500.00 900.00 600.00 1,500.00 600.00 600.00 300.00 600.00 400.00 1,000.00 400.00 400.00 200.00 500.00 1,000.00 100.00 300.00 600.00 60.00 200.00 400.00 40.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 1,000.00 12,000.00 2,200.00 28,6000.00 28,100.00 32,600.00 600.00 7,200.00 2,100.00 17,940.00 17,640.00 20,340.00 400.00 1200.00 100.00 10,660.00 10,460.00 12,260.00 18. Non-Refundable Acceptance 19. 20. 21 Total. Endowment Utility/Development Levy Nigeria Youth Aids Programme/ Database Fund Science Non-Science Medical e-transact/portal Charges N1,750.00 2011/2012 SCHOOL CHARGES FOR UNDERGADUATE STUDENTS (FINAL YEAR STUDENTS) 88 500.00 800.00 500.00 1ST SEMESTER Free 300.00 480.00 300.00 2ND SEMESTER Free 200.00 320.00 200.00 5,000.00 2,000.00 1,000.00 3,000.00 1,200.00 600.00 2,000.00 800.00 400.00 1,500.00 1,000.00 2,500.00 1000.00 1,000.00 500.00 500.00 2,000.00 500.00 1,000.0 100.00 900.00 600.00 1,500.00 600.00 600.00 300.00 300.00 1,200.00 300.00 600.00 60.00 600.00 400.00 1,000.00 400.00 400.00 200.00 200.00 800.00 200.00 400.00 40.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 600.00 1,200.00 400.00 800.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 200.00 2,000.00 10,000.00 31,100.00 30,600.00 35,100.00 600.00 1,200.00 100.00 2,000.00 6,000.00 19,440.00 19,140.00 21,840.00 400.00 800.00 100.00 4,000.00 11,660.00 11,460.00 13,260.00 S/N DESCRIPTION SESSION 1. 2. Tuition Medical Referal Medical Charges Library Charges Examinations: i. MB BCh STudents ii. Other Students Games Lab/Studio Science Studnets Non-Science Students Medical Students Sanitation Result Verification I.D Card Screening Project Supervision Students’ Union Dues Students’ Welfare Insurance Scheme Students’ Affairs Record’s Charges Students’ Handbook Security Charges General Rehabilitation/Hostel Maintenance Non-Refundable Acceptance Endowment Utility Nigeria Youth Aids Programme Database Fund Development Levy Science Non-Science Medical Free 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Total e-transact/Portal Charges N1,750.00 2011/2021 SUMMARY OF CHARGES – POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL CATEGORY – ARTS, EDUCATION ARTS, SOCIAL SCIENCES New Students M.A/M.Ed (With Studio) M.A/M.Ed (Without Studio) Returning Students M.A/M.Ed (With Studio) M.A/M.Ed (Without Studio) Nigerian Part Time Full-Time 71,300.00 81,300.00 PORTAL CHARGE Foreign African Non-African 171,300.00 301,300.00 2,250.00 69,300.00 79,300.00 169,300.00 299,300.00 2,250.00 67,800.00 77,800.00 167,800.00 297,800.00 2,250.00 65,800.00 75,800.00 175,800.00 293,300.00 2,250.00 89 CATEGORY- AGRICULTURE, BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES & SCIENCE New Students M.Sc & 74,300.00 84,300.00 174,300.00 304,300.00 Ph.D Returning Students M.Sc & Ph.D 71,800.00 81,800.00 171,800.00 2,250.00 349,300.00 2,250.00 CATEGORY- LAW AND MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) New Students M.Sc/LLM, 69,300.00 84,300.00 169,300.00 332,800.00 Ph.D Returning Students LLM,M.Sc,& Ph.D 66,800.00 MBA New Students Returning Students 109,300.00 106,800.00 MPA/MPAS New Students Returning Students 94,300.00 91,800.00 81,800.00 166,800.00 259,300.00 256,800.00 229,300.00 226,800.00 2,250.00 346,800.00 409,300.00 406,800.00 2,250.00 2,250.00 2,250.00 474,300.00 471,800.00 2,250.00 2,250.00 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMAS PGDM,PGDE,PGDEE, PGDPA,PGD ECONS, PGD AGRIC.ECONS, PGD CROP SCIENCE. 81,300.00 PGD COASTAL ZONE MGT, 81,800.00 PGD FISHERIES/AQ, PGD GEOLOGY,PGD MED. MICRO/PARA.,PGD MICROBIOLOGY, PGD BIOCHEMISTRY, PGD HAEMATOLOGY, PGD PHYSICS, PGD CHEMISTRY. ITEMS Tuition 231,300.00 476,300.00 2,250.00 139,080.00 286,080.00 2,250.00 CES SCHOOL CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 NEW STUDENTS UNDERUNDERFIRST GRADUATE GRADUATE SEMESTER Non-Science Science Students 60% Students N N N 25,000.00 25,000.00 15,000.00 SECOND SEMESTER 40% N 10,000.00 Medical Referral 500.00 500.00 300.00 200.00 Medical Fee 800.00 800.00 480.00 320.00 Medical Exam (X-Ray) 1,500.00 1,500.00 900.00 600.00 Library Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 Examination Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 90 Games Fee Laboratory/Studio: Science Students 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 900.00 600.00 1,000. 00 600.00 400.00 1,500.00 Non-Science Students Sanitation 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 Result Verification (Payable once) 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 I.D. Card (Yearly) 500.00 500.00 300.00 200.00 I.D. Card (Replacement) 400.00 400.00 240.00 160.00 Screening Fee S.U.G. Caution Deposit (Refundable) Students’ Handbook 500.00 500.00 500.00 300.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 180.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 120.00 Student Affairs Record 100.00 100.00 60.00 40.00 Security Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 General Rehabilitation 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 Acceptance Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 300.00 200.00 Endowment Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 Utility Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 1,000.00 200.00 500.00 2,000.00 5,000.00 1,000.00 200.00 500.00 2,000.00 5,000.00 600.00 120.00 300.00 300.00 3,000.00 400.00 80.00 200.00 200.00 2,000.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 6,000.00 4,000.00 38,880.00 25,920.00 64,300.00 38,580.00 25,720.00 2,250.00 2,250.00 Students’ Welfare Insurance Scheme NYAP Result Computerization Data Base Fund ICT Training Prospectus Administrative Charge Development Levy TOTAL Science Students 64,800.00 Non-Science Students Portal/e-transact Charges 2,250.00 CES SCHOOL CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 RETURNING STUDENTS ITEMS UNDERGRADUATE N 25,000.00 500.00 UNDERGRADUATE Non-Science Students N 25,000.00 500.00 Science Students Tuition Medical Referral FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 60% 40% N 15,000.00 300.00 N 10,000.00 200.00 480.00 320.00 Medical Fee Medical Exam (X-Ray) Library Fee 800.00 800.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 Examination Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 Games Fee Laboratory/Studio: 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 91 - Science Students Non-Science Students Sanitation Result Verification (Payable once) 1,500.00 900.00 600.00 600.00 600.00 400.00 400.00 1,000.00 - 1,000. 00 1,000.00 - I.D. Card (Yearly) 500.00 500.00 300.00 200.00 I.D. Card (Replacement) 400.00 400.00 240.00 160.00 Screening Fee 500.00 500.00 300.00 200.00 S.U.G. Caution Deposit (Refundable) Students’ Handbook Student Affairs Record 500.00 - 500.00 - - - 300.00 - 200.00 - 100.00 100.00 60.00 40.00 Security Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 General Rehabilitation 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 Acceptance Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 300.00 200.00 Endowment Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 Utility Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 800.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 400.00 200.00 500.00 2,000.00 500.00 2,000.00 10,000.00 200.00 500.00 2,000.00 500.00 2,000.00 10,000.00 120.00 300.00 300.00 80.00 200.00 200.00 Students’ Welfare Insurance Scheme NYAP Result Computerization Data Base Fund ICT Training Teaching Practice/Industrial Attachment Project Supervision (Final Year Only)** Development Levy TOTAL Science Students - 300.00 1,200.00 6,000.00 200.00 800.00 4,000.00 34,200.00 22,800.00 56,500.00 33,900.00 22,600.00 58,500.00 1,750.00 35,400.00 35,100.00 1,750.00 23,600.00 23,400.00 57,000.00 Non-Science Students Final year Only** (Science) Final Year Only** (Non-Science) Portal/e-transact Charges - 59,000.00 1,750.00 CES CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 SESSION (NEW STUDENTS) PROGRAMMES NIGERIANS Remedial Science (Tuition) (Other Charges) DIPLOMA Science Lab. Tech. (SLTP) (Tuition) (Other Charges) Science Lab Tech Proficiency Others (Tuition) (Other Charges) Public Administration (DPA) (Tuition) FOREIGN STUDENTS African Non-African 10,000.00 21,350.00 31,350.00 75,000.00 21,350.00 96,350.00 127,500.00 21,350.00 148,850.00 10,000.00 21,350.00 31,350.00 10,000.00 21,350.00 31,350.00 75,000.00 21,350.00 96,350.00 75,000.00 21,350.00 96,350.00 127,500.00 21,350.00 148,850.00 127,500.00 21,350.00 148,850.00 10,000.00 75,000.00 127,500.00 92 (Other Charges) Local Government Admn. (DLG) (Tuition) (Other Charges) Personnel Management (DPM) (Tuition) (Other Charges) Environmental Education (DEE) (Tuition) (Other Charges) UNDERGRADUATE B.Sc Env. Prot. & Res. Mgt. (EMP) (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Sc Management (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Sc Accounting (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Sc Banking & Finance (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Sc Marketing (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Sc Marine Science (Tuition) (Other Charges) B.Ed Env. Education (Tuition) (Other Charges) ITEMS Tuition Medical Referal Medical Fee Medical Exam (x-Ray) Library Fee Examination Fee Games Fee Laboratory Studio Science Students 20,850.00 30,850.00 20,850.00 95,850.00 20,850.00 148,350.00 10,000.00 20,850.00 75,000.00 20,850.00 127,500.00 20,850.00 10,000.00 20,850.00 30,850.00 75,000.00 20,850.00 95,850.00 127,500.00 20,850.00 148,350.00 10,000.00 20,850.00 30,850.00 75,000.00 20,850.00 95,850.00 127,500.00 20,850.00 148,350.00 25,000.00 20,850.00 45,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 25,000.00 20,850.00 45,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 25,000.00 20,850.00 45,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 25,000.00 20,850.00 45,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 25,000.00 20,850.00 45,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 25,000.00 21,350.00 46,850.00 150,000.00 21,350.00 171,350.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 15,000.00 20,850.00 35,850.00 150,000.00 20,850.00 170,850.00 255,000.00 20,850.00 275,850.00 CES SCHOOL CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 NEW STUDENTS (DIPLOMA) SCIENCE NONFIRST STUDENTS SCIENCE SEMESTER STUDENTS 60% 15,000.00 15,000.00 9,000.00 500.00 500.00 300.00 800.00 800.00 480.00 1,500.00 1,500.00 9,000.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 1,500.00 900.00 93 SECOND SEMESTER 40% 6,000.00 200.00 320.00 6,000.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 600.00 Non-Science Students Sanitation Result Verification ID Card (Yearly) ID Card (Replacement) Screening Fee S.U.G. Caution Deposit (Refundable) Students Handbook Students Affairs Record Security Fee General Rehabilitation Endowment Fee Acceptance Fee Utility Fee Students Welfare Insurance Scheme NYAP Result Computerizaation Data Base Fund ICT Training Prospectus Admission Charge Development Levy TOTAL Science Students Non-Science Students Portal /e-transact Charges S/N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1,000.00 1000.00 500.00 400.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 1000.00 500.00 400.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 600.00 600.00 600.00 300.00 240.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 200.00 160.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 300.00 100.00 1000.00 2000.00 1000.00 2000.00 2000.00 1000.00 300.00 100.00 1000.00 2000.00 1000.00 2000.00 2000.00 1000.00 180.00 60.00 600.00 1200.00 600.00 120.00 40.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 1200.00 600.00 800.00 400.00 200.00 500.00 2OOO.OO 200.00 500.00 2000.00 120.00 300,00 1200.00 80.00 200.00 800.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 6,000.00 4,000.00 49,300.00 2250.00 29,880.00 29,580.00 2250.00 19,920.00 19,720.20 49,800.00 2250.00 CES SCHOOL CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 RETURNING STUDENTS (DIPLOMA) ITEMS SCIENCE NONFIRST STUDENTS SCIENCE SEMESTER STUDENTS 60% Tuition 15,000.00 15,000.00 9,000.00 Medical Referal 500.00 500.00 300.00 Medical Fee 800.00 800.00 480.00 Medical Exam (x-Ray) Library Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 Examination Fee 2,000.00 2,000.00 1,200.00 Games Fee 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 Laboratory Studio Science Students 1,500.00 900.00 Non-Science Students 1,000.00 600.00 Sanitation 1,000.00 1,000.00 600.00 Result Verification ID Card (Yearly) 500.00 500.00 300.00 ID Card (Replacement) 400.00 400.00 240.00 Screening Fee 500.00 500.00 300.00 S.U.G. 500.00 500.00 300.00 Caution Deposit (Refundable) 500.00 500.00 300.00 Students Handbook Students Affairs Record 100.00 100.00 60.00 Security Fee 1000.00 1000.00 600.00 General Rehabilitation 2000.00 2000.00 1200.00 Endowment Fee 1000.00 1000.00 600.00 Acceptance Fee 2000.00 2000.00 Utility Fee 2000.00 2000.00 1200.00 Students Welfare Insurance 1000.00 1000.00 600.00 Scheme NYAP 200.00 200.00 120.00 Result Computerizaation 500.00 500.00 300,00 94 SECOND SEMESTER 40% 6,000.00 200.00 320.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 600.00 400.00 400.00 200.00 160.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 40.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 80.00 200.00 26 27 28 29 30 31 S/N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Data Base Fund ICT Training Prospectus Admission Charge Development Levy TOTAL Science Students Non-Science Students Portal /e-transact Charges 2OOO.OO 2000.00 1200.00 800.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 6,000.00 4,000.00 46,500.00 1,750.00 28,200.00 27,900.00 1,750.00 18,800.00 18,600.20 47,000.00 1,750.00 CES SCHOOL CHARGES SCHEDULE FOR 2011/2012 PRE-DEGREE PROGRAMME ITEMS NON-SCIENCE FIRST SEMESTER STUDENTS 60% Tuition 15,000.00 9,000.00 Medical Referal 500.00 300.00 Medical Fee 800.00 480.00 Medical Exam (x-Ray) 1,500.00 900.00 Library Fee 1,000.00 600.00 Examination Fee 2,000.00 1,200.00 Games Fee 1,000.00 600.00 Laboratory Studio Science Students 1,500.00 900.00 Non-Science Students Sanitation 1,000.00 600.00 Result Verification 1000.00 600.00 ID Card (Yearly) 500.00 300.00 ID Card (Replacement) 400.00 240.00 Screening Fee 500.00 300.00 S.U.G. 500.00 300.00 Caution Deposit (Refundable) 500.00 300.00 Students Handbook 300.00 180.00 Students Affairs Record 100.00 60.00 Security Fee 1000.00 600.00 General Rehabilitation 2000.00 1200.00 Endowment Fee 1000.00 600.00 Acceptance Fee 2000.00 2000.00 Utility Fee 2000.00 1200.00 Students Welfare Insurance Scheme 1000.00 600.00 NYAP 200.00 120.00 Result Computerizaation 500.00 300,00 Data Base Fund 2000.00 1200.00 ICT Training Prospectus Admission Charge Development Levy 10,000.00 6,000.00 TOTAL Science Students 49,300.00 29,580.00 Non-Science Students Portal /e-transact Charges 2,250.00 2,250.00 CENTRE FOR GENERAL STUDIES (CGS) SUMMARY OF CGS CHARGES 2011/2012 A. Designated Bank: ZENITH BANK, Calabar 95 SECOND SEMESTER 40% 6,000.00 200.00 320.00 600.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 600.00 400.00 400.00 200.00 160.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 120.00 40.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 800.00 400.00 80.00 200.00 800.00 4,000.00 19,720.00 B. Charges: 1. 1st Year – (5 courses) @ N200.00 per course = N1,000.00 2. Direct Entry – (7 courses) @ N200.00 per course = N1,400.00 3. Returning students – N200.00 per course. This payment includes N50.00 Departmental charges per course otherwise: 1. 1st Year – (5 courses) @ N150 per course = N750.00 2. Direct Entry – (7 courses) @ N150.00 per course = N1,050.00 3. Returning students (N150.00) per course PAYMENT OF SCHOOL CHARGES Both new and returning students are to note that school charges must be paid in any of the designated banks and then proceed to the Database with the print out for online registration. A. Students on Regular University Programmes Faculty Banks Basic/ Clinical Medical Sciences ECOBANK Allied Medical Sciences FINBANK Social Sciences/Sciences FINBANK Arts ECOBANK Agriculture and Science UBA Law STERLING BANK Management Sciences WEMA BANK Education ZENITH BANK Sciences ACCESS Postgraduate School Programmes Spring Bank (Enterprise Bank) B. Students on CES Consultancy Programme Faculties Banks Social Sciences FINBANK B.Sc Marine Sciences Access Bank Pre- degree Sterling Bank Institutes (IOC & IPPA) WEMA Bank Management Sciences WEMA Bank Education/IOE ZENITH Bank SANDWICH ECOBANK The bank draft, which must be drawn on any of the Banks listed above, should be made payable to UNIVERSITY OF CALABAR. Students MUST write their names, Departments and Registration Numbers on the reverse side of the bank draft. They must, in addition, make photocopies of both sides of the draft and attach same to the original bank draft for payment on arrival. MODE OF PAYMENT Students are required to present the bank draft to National Universities Commission Data Base (NUCDB) which will issue them with University receipts/PIN with which they will be allowed to register. Registration for all programmes in the University is done on-line, powered by NUC data base/Zellence Communications. Parents and guardians as well as sponsors are encouraged to pay the charges all at once where possible.The University often makes adequate arrangements to receive the charges even before the commencement of the session to reduce the congestion usually experienced at the beginning of session. Persons who are willing to take advantage of this arrangement are encouraged to do so. Please note that any student who fails to pay his/her school charges will normally not be allowed to register and will be prevented from benefiting from lectures. New students are often required to bring along the following: Letter of admission from JAMB and / or UME Notification of Result Slip; Six recent passport photographs 96 Birth Certificate or Sworn Declaration of Age Certificate of State/Local Government of Origin Certificate (s) on which the admission was based e.g '0' level, IJMB, 'A’ level, etc. Three file jackets. CHARGES MUST BE PAID IN FULL FOR EACH SEMESTER OR YEAR AS THE CASE MAY BE. NO PERMISSION SHALL BE GRANTED FOR NON-PAYMENT OF APPROPRIATE CHARGES. ALL CHARGES SHALL BE PAID AT DESIGNATED BANKS. GENERAL STUDIES PROGRAMME Background The Centre for General Studies and Communication Skills at the University of Calabar came into existence in 1979 following the Federal Government’s call for all Nigerian universities to establish “a compulsory course on national awareness in university curriculum”. Section five (5) of the revised National Policy on Education titled “Higher Education including Professional Education” succinctly states that, as part of a general progrmme of all-round improvement in university education, students would be made to take a course in history of ideas and the philosophy of knowledge or some other such suitable course as may be determined. Also of historical importance is the University of Nigeria Law of 1961 (E. N. L. Number 21 of 1961), status six (6). By this law the College of General Studies was among the thirty-six (36) colleges listed for establishment. When the University of Calabar was a campus of the University of Nigeria it had to adhere to this prescription and General Studies was one of the programmes which it ran. From whatever angle one views the roots of General Studies programmes in Nigerian institutions of higher learning, the objectives point to a direction which is virtually similar to them: to do away with the parochial-type mode of education where emphasis is placed on a one-track specialization in a single field. In other words, the inception of the General Studies programme is in line with the quest for a broad spectrum of knowledge. The emergence of the National Universities Commission (NUC) has added further impetus to, and emphasis on, the relevance of General Studies in the scheme of university education in Nigeria. Currently, there is an attempt to merge benchmarks and minimum academic standards on General Studies in Nigerian universities with a proposal to increase the number of courses and make the General Studies programme run throughout the duration of the degree programme. Objectives The objectives of the General Studies programme in the University of Calabar include: a) Assistance to individuals to understand and promote the cultural heritage of Nigeria, in particular, and African traditions in general. b) Encouragement of breadth and depth of learning on a continuous basis. c) Strengthening of a sense of national awareness, spirit of patriotism, loyalty and understanding. d) Differentiation between patriotism and ethnicity; shun of clannishness when national unity and patriotism are threatened. e) Encouragement of integration of scientific, technological and humanistic outlooks in the lives and attitudes of the individual. f) Equipment of the individual with the basic tools of communication and critical thinking. g) Provision of a broad-based inter-disciplinary education which no single discipline within the university system can solely afford to provide. h) Production of university graduates with analytical and critical minds in a dynamic world. i) Development of the intellectual capacities of individuals to understand, appreciate and promote peaceful co-existence. 97 Overall, the goal of the General Studies programme in the University of Calabar is to produce “wellgrounded, morally and intellectually capable graduates with vision in an environment of peace and social cohesion”. Introduction The Centre for General Studies and Communication Skills offers a programme of study which is aimed at stimulating and broadening the student’s awareness and knowledge in relevant fields outside his immediate area of specialization. In this way, the student is brought to understand more closely the significance of the linguistic, cultural, social, historical, physical, scientific and technological environment in which he exists. The courses offered are made to span a vast area and varieties of knowledge: from the Nigerian historical, political and sociological situation, information on the pure sciences to critical, analytical and logical reasoning. Furthermore, there is an indepth focus on the use of the English language – its role as a second language used for study in Nigerian higher institutions of learning, and a concrete approach towards the development of effective communication skills in the language. There is also provision for training in computer awareness. With this rich academic background, a graduate of the University of Calabar is made to achieve the wider educational objectives of the Nigerian university system. Regulations To obtain a first degree in any of the disciplines in the University of Calabar, a student must take and pass all the General Studies courses offered by the Centre for General Studies and Communication Skills. Currently, there are seven (7) such courses: Use of English and Communication Skills I, Use of English and Communication Skills II, Citizenship Education, Philosophy and Logic, History and Philosophy of Science, Introduction to Coputers and Computer Applications. The first five courses are offered to students in their first year of study (that is to say, their year of admission) while the last two are offered in the second year of study. Each course carries two (2) credit hours. To graduate, therefore, a student is required to successfully complete fourteen credit hourse of General Studies courses. For Direct Entry students, the requirement for first and second year students equally apply, for although they gain admission into the second year class, their year of admission remains their first in the system. Whenever there is a doubt, students are strongly advised to seek the counsel of their Academic Advisers, who are appointed by department to guide them. In addition to Academic Advisers, the Centre has a Co-ordinator for each General Studies course. Students are equally advised to seek clarification from the appropriate Co-ordinator on, or solutions to any problem which they might encounter with any of the courses. Any problem which a Co-ordinator cannot handle is normally brought to the attention of the Director, Gentre for General Studies and Communication Skills. The Codes, titles and credit hours of the seven courses currently offered by the Centre are as follows: FIRST YEAR (UME AND DIRECT ENTRY) 1) GSS 1101: Use of English and Communication Skills I 2) GSS 1102: Use of English and Communication Skills II 3) GSS 1111 and GSS 1112: Citizenship Education 4) GSS 1121 and GSS 1122: Philosophy and Logic 5) GSS 1131 and GSS 1132: History and Philosophy of Science 2 Credit hrs. 2 Credit hrs. 2 Credit hrs. 2 Credit hrs. 2 Credit hrs. SECOND YEAR/DIRECT ENTRY 1) GSS 2111: Introduction to Computers 2 Credit hrs. 98 2) GSS 2112: Computer Applications 3) Entrepeuneural Studies 2 Credit hrs. 2 Credit hrs. Each course is taught by teams of lecturers assigned to groups of students, usually based on the students’ departments or programmes. Each team of lecturers is made up of experts drawn from the relevant disciplines. All lecturers are appointed upon strong recommendations from the relevant academic departments. The second year courses are basically designed to ensure that every student of the University of Calabar becomes properly aware of the computer and acquires competence in its usage. The first semester course, Introduction to Computer, is basically a computer awareness course, while the second semester component, Computer Applications, offers students sustained practical demonstration on the use of computers. All teaching in the second semester course is done in the computer laboratory, where students have access to, and can practice with, computers. Schedule of General Studies Courses In recognition of the peculiarities of departments in terms of the number of courses which their students must offer each semester of their first year, and taking into account certain obvious logistic constraints, three of the first year GSS courses have been made available both in the first and second semesters. Their descriptions, objectives and contents remain, however, the same, irrespective of when they are offered (whether in the first or second semester). In the same way, departments and programmes have been grouped based on when their students are required to offer the courses – whether in the first or second semesters. Details of available General Studies courses, semesters in which they are offered, and departments whose students must offer them, are given in the Table below: FIRST YEAR (UME AND DIRECT ENTRY) FIRST SEMESTER Courses Departments/Programmes GSS 1101: Use of English and All departments and programmes Communication Skills I GSS 1111: Citizenship All departments and programmes in: Education Faculties of Arts, Education, Law, Management Sciences, Social Sciences and Institutes of Education, Oceanography, and Public Policy and Administration. GSS 1121: Philosophy and As in GSS 1111: Citizenship Education above, Logic plus Faculty of Agriculture. GSS 1131: History and All departments and programmes in: Faculties of Philosophy of Science Basic Medical Sciences, Allied Medical Sciences, Clinical Sciences, Sciences, Institutes of Education, Oceanography, Public Policy and Adminitration and Adult Education (CES). SECOND SEMESTER Courses Departments/Programmes GSS 1102: Use of English and All departments and programmes Communication Skills I I GSS 1112: Citizenship All departments and programmes in: Faculties of Education Basic Medical Sciences, Allied Medical Sciences, Clinical Sciences, and Adult Education (CES) GSS 1122: Philosophy and As in GSS 1112: Citizenship Education above, Logic except departments and programmes in Faculty of Agriculture GSS 1132: History and All departments and programmes in:Faculties of Philosophy of Science Agriculture, Arts, Law, Science, Management 99 GSS Entrepeuneural Studies Sciences, Social Sciences and Education. All Departments. Note carefully that with the exception of GSS 1101 and 1102, which must be done by every first year student in the first and second semesters (as indicated), all the other courses are done only once – either in the first semester or in the second semester. Those with codes ending in “1” are taught in the first semester and are available to students from some departments who can only do the courses in the first semester because of the peculiar circumstances of those departments. The courses with codes ending in “2” are taught in the second semester to students from those departments for whom it is convenient to do so. Departments are not allowed to unilaterally opt out of or into any semester with respect to the existing schedule of General Studies courses for their students. Departments are required to dsicuss their problems with the Centre which would then find ways to remedy the situation without upsetting the system. In the scond year, students from all the departments and programmes are required to do the two available GSS courses at the same time. Thus GSS 2111: Introduction to Computers is taken by all second year (including Direct Entry) students in the first semester, while in the second semester, they take GSS 2112: Computer Applications, irrespective of their departments or programmes. At the moment, Faculty of Agriculture students, however, do the computer courses in their third year. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND CONTENTS GSS 1101: USE OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS I FIRST SEMESTER Course Description: The course is designed to assist students by inculcating in them appropriate work habits and high level skills required to cope with university work, especially in a milieu where the English language is used as the medium for instruction and communication. Put differently, the course is designed to improve reading, listening, speaking, writing – including note-taking, studying and examination skills as well as the use of the library. The desire is to effectively teach English for academic purposes. Course Objectives Following from the above, therefore, we can summarize the objectives of English for Academic Purpose (EAP) as follows: a) Arousal in students the awareness of the language, such as will enable them to decipher fact from opinion, identify the truth and be able to make sound judgement whenever any material, written or oral, is presented before them. b) Improvement of the students’ ability to organize their thoughts in sentences and paragraphs and thereby becoming efficient in both written and oral communication. c) Enhancement of the reading and listening skills of the students. d) Enhancement of students’ ability in the use of the mechanics of writing such as punctuation, spellings, etc. The objectives stated above can be achieved through: a) A deliberate effort on the part of the student to improve his/her English language ability in the areas of speaking, listening, reading and writing, through adequate exposure to various settings. b) Programmed instructions by the lectures and students’ own systematic practice, particularly a prompt response to assignments and practicals. c) The following are English for Academic Purposes (EAP) tasks: Describing Defining Comparing and Contrasting Classifying 100 d) Reporting Explaining Arguing a poing of view Interpreting Giving directions Group discussion The following are the basic language activities Reading Listening Speaking Writing Study skills and use of the library Course Outline a) Introduction: General instruction regarding EAP and study skills b) Reading: Speed and Techniques Speed reading Scanning Skimming Reading impediments c) Reading: Comprehension Preparation For required information Locating specific written information d) Reading: for Evaluation Constructively Critically Creatively Text analysis for language, functions, description, definition, exemplification, comparison, cause and effect, etc. e) Reading: Vocabulary Development Using the dictionary Understanding word meaning Understanding collocation Word analysis and relations Intensive and extensive reading Listening 7. 8. - for note-taking for vocabulary development and structural patterns - Vowels Consonants Intonations Stress Making a presentation Principles and techniques of public presentation Speaking process - Forms: description, exposition, narration, argument Speaking Writing 101 - Essay: types, structure Letters: Types, corrections and distinguishing features 9. 10. 11. 12. Introduction to academic writing (detailed treatment in the second semester) Study skills Note-taking Note-making Techniques for note-taking/making Study reading Study time and methods Grammar and Communication Phrases and content Clauses and content The sentence: elements, types, structure Spelling and punctuation Overview Sound spelling Using the dictionary Punctuation Library skills i. The library: meaning, purposes, functions and types ii. Finding materials in the library iii. Reference materials in the library iv. The catalogue v. Classification vi. Library rules and regulations vii. Functional arrangement of the library Note: 1. The library skills component carries twenty (20) marks. Lectures for this component will take one hour each week in the last five weeks examination. 2. Assignments and tests carry 30 marks while the semester examination carries 50 marks. 3. Each student should endeavour to acquire the core texts and at least two novels. before GSS 1111 & GSS 1112: CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION The Course Citizenship Education was designed by the National Universities Commission (NUC) to replace the Nigerian Heritage which was taught to all undergraduates in Nigerian Universities. The course is designed to introduce all fresh undergraduates in the university to the socio-cultural, economic and political complexities of the Nigerian nation. Major emphasis is placed on the peoples of Nigeria and the problems and challenges of cultural diversity; patterns of social, economic, political and religious organisations, as well as constitutional development and the problems of nation- building in Nigeria. Recently, efforts have been made to focus on such areas as rights and obligations, arms of government and sustainable development. The approach is thematic rather than chronological, with the overall aim to awaken national integration. The following topics are currently treated in the course: 1. The Nigerian Constitution 2. Ethics and Discipline in National Life 3. Rights and Obligations 102 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Nation-Building in Nigeria Arms of Government Citizenship Ethnic Pluralism and National Identity in Nigeria Psychology and Human Behaviour Culture and Peoples of Nigeria Women and Development in Nigeria Sustainable Development Federalism and Revenue Allocation Nigeria and Constitutional Development GSS 1121 & GSS 1122: PHILOSOPHY AND LOGIC A. PHILOSOPHY SECTION A historical survey approach to the scope, notions, branches and problems of Philosophy The main aim of this section is to introduce the beginner to the historical origins of philosophic thought, specifically, to present to the learner the problems that have been the focus of philosophers at various periods of its development. Outline 1. What is Philosophy? a. Traditional and latest branches of philosophy b. Philosophical systems c. Philosophy and the good life 2. History of Philosophy A general run down of the problem that was central to each period is given. Philosophers specific are used to illustrate attempts to address the problem. A. Ancient Period i. Thales ii. Anaximander iii. Anaximenes iv. Heraclitus v. Parmenides a. Shift in Focus The Sophists and what they stand for in the history of Philosophy will be articulated. Individual Sophists will be mentioned without much details. However, Protagoras will attention as representative. b. Socrates c. Plato – theory of forms and briefly his political history d. Aritotle – in relation to Plato’s theory of forms B. Medieval Period a. Existence of God i. Thomas Aquinas ii. Anselm iii. Augustine C. Modern Period a. Rationalism – the instructors will explain the claims and mention the representatives of the rationalist school – Rene Decartes, Baruch Spinoza and Leibniz. A discussion of Descartes’ approach suffices. 103 be given b. Immanuel Kant will be discussed as this pertains to his attempt to reconcile empiricism and rationalism. Attempts made to expose his theory of categorical imperative. B. 3. Existentialism The instructors will discuss the general features of existentialism as well as mention the representatives. A discussion of Satre and Camus suffices. 4. African Philosophy 5. African Political Philosophy 6. Violence will be LOGIC SECTION This section aims to expose students to the basic concerns of logic. Discussion in this respect will centre on the theoretical content of logic, the nature of arguments, the history and development of logic, Laws of thought – in order to equip students to deal with inductive-deductive or any other reasoning. The instructors are expected to expose students to the following: 1. What is Logic? 2. History and Development of Logic 3. Laws of Thought 4. 5. What is an Argument? a. Componenets of Arguments i. Inferences ii. Propositions iii. Premises iv. Conclusion b. Types of Arguments i. Deductive and Inductive c. Evaluation of Arguments i. Validity and Invalidity ii. Soundness and Unsoundness iii. Correct and incorrect inductive arguments Fallacies – Formal and informal – Give examples 6. Definitions 7. Categorical propositions i. Types of Categorical propositions ii. Quality and quantity iii. Square of opposition 8. Elementary Logical Operators i. Negation ii. Conjunction iii. Disconjunction iv. Conditional statement v. Biconditional vi. Constants of punctuation 9. Truth Tables i. Truth Table Construction ii. Truth Table test of validity 104 10. Formal proof Rules of Influence (Only the nine and ten rules) 11. Elementary introduction to quantification theory. GSS 1131/1132: HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE Course Description The course is designed to introduce students to the basic historical and philosophical facts about science. Focus should expand to include the elements of the environment, technology, health, nutrition and diseases. Course Objectives During and on completion of the course students should be able to: a. Exhibit elementary knowledge of the origin, growth and development of the sciences; b. Examine the contributions of philosophy to the growth and development of the sciences, including mathematics; c. Justify the concept and need for environmental sustainability; d. Establish the interrelationship among the sciences, arts, technology, environment, health and society; e. Develop an interest in scientific and technological approach to daily problems. Course Context A. History of Science The Universe, man (origin and nature, the cosmic environment; galaxies, planets, solar systems, etc.) History of science including medicine and Mathematics in the ancient world (Africa, Greece, Arab, Inca, Aztec). History of Science 16th century to the present. B. Philosophy of Science Positivism, rationalism, Anarchic philosophy, etc and their relationship with science, mathematics, medicine, politics, technology, etc. C. Relevance to Nigeria Science and technology in Nigeria Technology transfer Science technology-society interaction D. Environment Sustainability and renewability Pollution Energy E. Health, Nutrition and Diseases including Awareness Preventive health practices Newer and common diseases, etc. GSS 1102: USE OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS II Introduction The focus of the Second Semester work shall be on writing, with reading as required for academic writing, as well as the application of the library skills learnt during the First Semester. Students will be guided to select topics from their areas of specialization, structure and present research information in accordance with the specifications of their disciplines. 105 Course Objectives The objectives are to consolidate and advance on the work of the previous Semester by: 1. Enabling students to develop appropriate skills in producing mini-research reports based on requirements of their disciplines. 2. Training in using appropriate language and process of composition 3. Training students on the application of other language skills in information retrieval, evaluation and presentation for effective writing. 4. Exposing students to various other forms of writing which they are bound to encounter after graduation. Course Outline 1. The process of research writing I Guide students in selecting topics either individually or in groups Discuss the thesis statements, including qualities of a good thesis statement Discuss and guide students in compiling a working bibliography 2. Advanced Reading Discuss registers, with particular emphasis on the students’ disciplines Select appropriate materials for reading. 3. Advanced Reading for Research Information Scanning Skimming For required information Locating specific information 4. Reading for Note-making for Research Techniques of note-making Types of notes 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Proceed to stage II of the mini-research writing Guide students as they make oral presentation in class of what has been read on their selected topics. Students make and present note-slips Writing: Structuring paragraphs of the following thought patterns: Description Definitions Exemplification Classification Comparison and contrast Cause and effect Generalisation and quantification Interpretation of data Writing: Structuring paragraphs of the following types: Introduction Transition Conclusion Proced to stage III of the mini-research project Write the first draft Revise it if necessary Advanced writing Writing of Abstracts Writing of Reports: layout, structure, tenses. Proceed to stage IV of the mini-research Write the final draft Type and submit 106 11. Writing: Official letters and memos Notes: 1.Lecturers should liaise with departments to have a clear idea of academic writing required. 2.The mini-research will account for twenty (20%) percent and the centrally conducted assessment will account for the remaining twenty (20%) percent allocated to continuous assessment. GSS 2111: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS DEFINITION, BRIEF HISTORY, GENERATIONS The modern day computers classification; digital, analog and hybrid computers. The microcomputers, hardware, input, processing and output units. Software and peripherals. Storage devices: ROM, RAM, Hard disk, diskettes. Binary numbers, Memory ratings bits, nibbles and bytes. Programming Languages machine, language, high level and low level languages, characteristics and examples. Fundamentals of BASIC programming: Definitions, constants, variables and strings; data types, coding of data, programme algorithm and flowcharting; rules for coding. Programme statements: Input, processing and output statements; controls in output statements. Other programme statements assignment, declarative repetitive loop and transfer of control statements. Examples of simple programmes. Computer networking definition, advantages and network topologies. E-mails, websites, browsing. GSS 2112: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Safety precautions in computer laboratories. Identification of Hardware components – Keyboard, mouse, CPU, monitor and printers. Support electronic peripherals – UPS, voltage stabilizers, etc. Booting up the system – cold boot and warm boot. Windows start up environment-start button, the pull-down menu. Loading the DOS and characteristics of the DOS screen. Keyboard – identification of the keys. How to use the keyboard (in DOS mode) – typing in small and capital letters, use of backspace, space bar and arrow keys. Editing by use of insert and delete keys. DOS commands and function of ENTER key. Diskettes – handling and formatting, copying of files from hard disk on to diskettes. The BASIC editor – loading on to the RAM, characteristics of the editor screen. Running some small scale programs – saving programmes on hard disc and diskettes. Loading of programs from diskettes on to RAM. Use of software packages and work processing – Microsoft word, etc. Printing and saving of documents. Sending and receiving E-mails; browsing the Internet. Shutting down the computer. THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY The University of Calabar Library was established in October 1973, as a Library of the Calabar Campus of the University of Nigeria, Nsukka. Since its inception, it has been shifted from one site to another in search of adequate accommodation. By August 1978, the University of Calabar Library had acquired over 40,000 volumes of books and 11,000 volumes of bound journals. The volumes of books and journals acquired were greatly influenced by the increase in the number of disciplines being taught in the University. There was a problem coping with growth in the collection because, like other units of the University, the Library had for a long time been faced with acute shortage of space. However, the situation was slightly ameliorated by September 1978 when the Library was transferred to the former students’ refectory. As would be expected, the refectory building, designed for an entirely different purpose, was far from being a satisfactory library. But in terms of space, it marked an improvement on the facilities, which were available before. Undoubtedly, by this severe limitation, it took the vision and exemplary dedication of a group of scholars who ensured that a definitive library was built to take care of problems of space and exponential growth in collection development. These scholars most especially interested and involved in the planning and implementation of the University of Calabar Library complex included late Professor Donald Ekong, the Vice-Chancellor and very effective instrument for Library development; Professor Ulo K. Enyenihi; Ambassador (Professor) Okon Edet Uya, the then Deputy Vice-Chancellor, and Chief N. O. Ita, the University Librarian at the time who ensured that a suitable architectural edifice was put in place and 107 located at the epicenter of Faculty buildings, most of which have now been rehabilitated, completed and commissioned. The central location of the Library places it at the vortex of library and information services to the entire University community. The definitive library complex has since 1985 been existing at its permanent site in the University. It is to be noted that the uncompleted state of the University of Calabar Library building can partly be attributed to eventual lack of funds. This is because when the Library was conceptualized, the economy of the country as a whole was buoyant and building materials were relatively cheap; hence the permanence inherent in its gigantic structure designed and implemented to house at least a million volume stock. The new Library complex has, therefore, provided the much-needed space required for professional services and study facilities. The Library has been steadily developing over the years and it is expected to continue with its rapid growth. Library holdings to date include over 136,000 volumes of books, 9,166 volumes of bound journals, 300 current titles of journals, 37,000 pamphlets/magazines and newspapers. In terms of physical facilities, the total space available for reading is 23,000 sq. metres. The total seating capacity for now is 2,046 readers. This is likely to increase in response to the continued growth of student population and the eventual completion of the building. When in 1975 the University of Calabar started operating as an autonomous University, the student population was nowhere compared to what it is now. The University Library is now expected to provide services for over 30,000 staff and students of the University. The Library Building As stated earlier, the University of Calabar Library is a building which was put into use without being completed. For instance, large portions of it were requisitioned and used for non-library purposes such as lecture halls, classrooms and departmental offices. The influx into the building of a large student population has resulted in over-use and misuse of facilities, thereby causing stress to the structure of the building itself. At the 49th meeting of the Library Committee, it was decided that the rather heavy student population be relocated to lecture pavilions. It was hoped that at the end of the 2003/2004 session, there would be full compliance so that there could be meaningful reduction in the population of non-users of the Library. The University’s Master Plan (1977) proposes that the University Library should be a major building complex on campus and that, apart from its conventional function, would house an Audio-visual Centre, viewing rooms, and University Press located at the basement of the building. The National Universities Commission (NUC) Standards Guide to Universities (1978) and its twin document Procedural Guide for the Unviersities (1978) existed in the same year, the University Librarian at the time, Chief N. O. Ita, wrote his brief, and it is most probable he used those two cited documents. His professional expertise was therefore greatly harnessed to write the brief in 1978 for the building. His brief to the Architect was comprehensive. Chief Ita’s numerous suggestions and subsequent corrections of the architectural drawing led to the final imposing structure. Chief Ita’s effort did not go unnoticed in the literature as an expatriate staff of the Library, Kwasitsu (1987) published a comprehensive history of future development of the University of Calabar Library. Indeed, in the International Library Review Journal (LIBRI) where Kwasitsu’s article appeared, the University of Calabar Library is described as “a purpose-built Library that heralded a new era of Library architecture not only in Nigeria but Africa as a whole.” It is highly significant that the building occupies an important place in the history of the University of Calabar Library, because the need for such a building had become imperative to cope with teaching and learning activities as well as increased student population. Chief Ita’s brief for the building was based on the philosophy of open-access librarianship. The chosen architect for the building was Femi Popoola of Lagos. However, the actual construction contract was awarded to Reynolds Construction Company (RCC). The building has an “H” shape structure, is 5-floor high with each of the two wings measuring 120m by 17.525m. The two wings are separated by a space of 30m and are linked in the middle by a central service court 20m wide. They are also linked at each end of each floor by a covered walk way. The conveniences which were located on all floors, worked for a while when students were not many. However, in the 1995/96 academic session, when the population of students grew out of proportion with the facilities available, the conveniences were misused and sometimes subjected to outright abuse. During the Petroleum Trust Fund (PTF) rehabilitilation programme in the Library, the opportunity was seized to get rid of the old conveniences 108 within the Library and transfer them to a nearby location tucked out of sight outside the building with a complement of supervisory staff for janitorial services. At the basement of the library, there are allocated spaces for a Printing Press, Microfilming area, a large store, rare book collection, stack rooms, a small museum, photo-copying service and a canteen which could accommodate up to eighty persons. Facilities As the University Library could not be completed at once, all the necessary facilities were not installed before its occupation. For instance, the lift, standby electricity generator, audio-visual and bindery equipment for the basement, air-conditioning and other electrical fittings were not installed and are still awaiting activation. The 23,000-square-metre floor space makes the University of Calabar Library one of the largest library building in Africa. Its capacity to hold more than one million books actually doubles the standard set by NUC for such buildings. It is expected that equipments would be made available to enhance proper services. The following problem area still require solutions: a. Air-conditioning: The building is centrally air-conditioned but this is yet to be switched on for logistic reasons; hence the provision of about 70 ceiling fans, which, it was hoped, would reasonably make air circulate inside. The Faculty of Law and its students association (LAWSAN) have significantly contributed electric ceiling fans and some standing fans to further improve the learning environment in the Law Library. The University Authorities have constantly ensured proper lighting in the entire Library Building by replacing bad tubes at fairly regular intervals. The number of existing fans in the Library is grossly inadequate, at only 30% of provision for them. b. Power Supply: The building certainly requires a stand-by generator of its own as there is irregular supply of electricity from the Power Holding Company of Nigeria (PHCN) and the augmented service from the University generating plant. The Audio-visual and Bindery equipment for the basement was not installed and is still awaiting activation and more chairs and reading tables have also been provided for students largely due to the Education Tax Fund Intervention Scheme. c. Automation: In the early part of the 1990s, the Library acquired a computer donated by NUC for its Tin-Lib Software. For a long period, the one computer constituted what the Library had by way of automation, having thus recorded bibliographic details of its acquisitions and converted this from the usual card catalogue. The pace of development in Information Communication Technology (ICT) has been poor. For instance, since 1985 the Library Complex has had no telephone, fax or intercom facilities. This has made contact with staff and users difficult. Indeed, there has been a lot of frustration for staff and users. However, with the advent of the ETF Library Intervention Scheme, the Library has been able to acquire 12 more computers to enhance information services. In addition, the Library received a boost when in 2004 a distinguished alumnus of the University of Calabar, Dr. A. B. C. Ojiako, donated an Information Technology Centre to the University Library. This ensured that the Library was now connected to the Internet. Recently, the University of Calabar Library was selected as one of the 3 regional pilot centres for e-learning, usually referred to as the Virtual Library Project (VLP) by the National University Commission (NUC). With the Internet facility now in place, it is possible for staff and students to access the well over 980 journal titles that have been digitalized for the project. Efforts are continuing to ensure that NUC provides the necessary infrastructure for effective implementation of the Scheme in the University of Calabar. Staffing The University of Calabar Library is undoubtedly one of the most well-staffed university libraries in Nigeria. It has a total staff strength of 162, of which 21 are academic librarians (9 Ph.D holders, 4 on staff development pursuing doctorate degrees and others with Masters degree). It was a worthy legacy of the founding University Librarian that staff who were recruited were of the most qualitative status to serve the academic community. At the early stages of the functioning of the University Library, specifically in the 1970s and 1980s, it was renowned for having a sizeable number of expatriate staff. But gradually, this dwindled and by 1996, no 109 expatriate staff existed again in the Library having been replaced by Nigerians who are properly qualified to work in the University Library. The Library also had other complement of staff, such as those on sabbatical placement from other university libraries and fresh graduates participating in the NYSC scheme, as well as recently absorbed staff from the Okuku campus of the University of Calabar. Significant progress has been recorded in staff motivation, such as the granting of staff development to deserving staff; promotions on regular basis for academic and non-academic Library staff; establishment of staff welfare shceme for Library staff; constitution of sports men and women who are athletes and footballers for University staff games. In this respect, the University of Calabar Library won the NUSSA games trophy as overall winner and since 1998 the Library is yet to be displaced as Champion of the Staff Games. The trophy is still held in the Library since no other department has surpassed Library staff performance. Funding The 1980s through 1993 were years of financial drought for Library acquisitions due to poor funding. The downturn in the economy implied less money being voted for Library services and this in turn led to dependence on donated materials. However, in view of the Federal Government/ASUU agreement (1993) that 10% of each University’s subvention should be allocated to Library Development Fund (LDF), library acquisitions improved tremendously. In the University of Calabar, the Library had been lucky to have Vice-Chancellors who were always mindful of the critical importance of the Library in the academic activities of the institution. Even though since 1998 funding had been inadequate, the Library had held its ground with regular acquisitions of books and journals with the exception that only one copy of each book could be afforded. Generally, the outlook is good in that the books and journals the Library holds are up-to-date in the 2002/2003 range of publications and this position has helped considerably in the various accreditation exercises that the University had between 1999-2003. In order to augment inadequate funding, the Management of the University Library succeeded in attracting donations from external agencies as follows: Gained World Bank Publications depository status. The Collection is current with 2000, 2001 and 2003 publications, although mainly in the Social Sciences; Education Tax Fund: The Library has successfully retired the 2001 grant and has executed the 2002 projects, a delay occasioned by the six-month industrial action in Nigerian Universities. The 2003 project proposal was geared towards library computerization; Book donations are being received from various sources including the Brothers Aid International (BAI), The Rotary International, World Bank and Indigenous Nigerian Authors; The University Library is a participant in the UNESCO Federal Ministry of Education Virtual Library Project. Professional Challenges In the past 25 years, a number of professional challenges have emerged: a) The University Library has gained membership of an international consortium for information resource sharing. This emanated from the Standing Conference of African University Librarians West Africa (SCAULWA), held in Legon, Ghana, in November 2003. The idea was to share information resources from learned journals and books not held by each institution. Other members are Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria, UNAAB, Abeokuta, and the University of Ilorin, Ilorin; b) To facilitate greater access to the collection during the accreditation exercises, the professional staff of the Library have embarked upon listing of books and journals held in the various subject libraries. For instance, the Law Library Holdings up to November 2003 have been bound as a volume in order to facilitate access to the Law collections. In December 2003, the Medical Library Holdings, including her specialties of Paediatric Nursing and Surgery, were also prepared as bound volumes. The latent objective is to eventually produce Library holdings in most subject areas that are usual targets for accreditation exercises. Research and Development 110 In 1986, Librarians in the University of Calabar gained academic status at par with academic (Teaching) colleagues. Assessment for promotion has been based mainly on academic publications, research and professional practice. The emphasis on publications became pronounced as Librarians were actively engaged in teaching Use of Library Skills, Bachelors and Masters degrees in Library Science. Librarians had access to and were awarded Senate Research Grants, Staff Development/Study Fellowships. They were also active in all Faculty Boards of the University gaining effectively from interaction with lecturers in respect of their various information needs. The University of Calabar Library staff have published widely in books and refereed journals as well as attended numerous conferences in Nigeria and abroad. Particularly note-worthy in this regard have been the publications of Mr. N. O. Ita, Profs. Olu Lawal, and. E. E. Nkereuwem, Dr. U. S. Edem, Dr. (Mrs.) J. I. Iwe, Mr. U. U. Ekpe, Dr. Udofia I. Udofia, Dr. (Mrs) Mfon E. Etuk, Mr. Okon Edet Ani, Mrs. Aniebet I. Ntui, Mr. Eric T. Ofre, Mr. B. A. Bassey, Mr. Emmanuel U. Atseye, Mr. Jacob E. Esin, and Mrs. Eucharia U. Okwueze. Taken together, these represent significant academic contributions in the different areas of Library Sciences and Library Management. Conclusion With hindsight, the past 25 years have truly been eventful years for the University of Calabar Library. The alignment of Library acquisitions policy with changes in the curricula of the institution has greatly aided research and provided an added impetus to the learning environment. The pronouncement of the Visitor to the University at its 21st convocation in 2004 that the University Library building would be completed with Federal Government grant is quite heart-warming and capable of placing the University in the highest rank of academic excellence. The Internet connectivity and enhancement of the Library Information Technology Centre would add greatly to more qualitifative research output. The opening hours of the Library are as follows: Opening Hours: During Semester: Monday – Saturday Sunday During Vacation: Monday – Friday Saturday 8.00am – 10.00pm 1.30pm – 6.00pm 8.00am – 6.00pm 8.00am – 1.00pm THE UNIVERSITY BOOKSHOP The University of Calabar Bookshop first existed as a part of the University of Nigeria, Nsukka, and later as part of the University of Ibadan Bookshop. It was only in June 1980 that the University of Calabar bookshop became autonomous with books worth over N70,000.00. However, it was only in July 1980 that the Unical bookshop started to operate in earnest, as a selfaccounting service unit of the University. The University bookshop was one of the four subsidiaries of a proposed holding company. The others were University of Calabar Farm Limited, Unical Laundries Limited and the University Hotels Limited. The bookshop sells text-books, professional books, stationery, t-shirts, handbags, etc. It serves the university community, the general public, including educational institutions. The bookshop is open for business from 7.30am to 4.30pm on Mondays to Fridays. THE UNIVERSITY OF CALABAR FARM LIMITED Initially conceived to be one of the subsidiaries of a holding company, the University of Calabar Farm Limited was floated with N50,000.00 on March 21, 1983. The total assets of the farm, which in 1984 amounted to some N130,000.00 rose to N2 million after two years of operation. The assets include stocks, buildings, equipment and machinery. 111 The farm produces day-old chicks for sale to farmers in the state and beyond. Sales at the first year of operation amounted to N83,000.00 and increased to N465,000 during the second year of operation, that is, as at June 30, 1986. The farm at present has a hatchery unit producing 21,000 day-old chicks per month. The layer unit produces 7,750 kilogrammes of broiler per month while the broiler unit produces 7,500 kilogrammes of broiler meat per month. And the feedmill produces 450 tonnes of poultry feeds per month. The University of Calabar Farm Limited is a deliberate effort by the university to go into a giant profitable poultry venture, the success of which would mean a significant contribution to the protein needs, not only of the university community, but of the general public. THE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICES DEPARTMENT At the planning stage of the University of Calabar, the technocrats took cognizance of the inadequate health facilities in Calabar in the mid seventies. A Health Services Department was therefore envisioned as one of the service departments in the new university. The immediate objectives were to provide prompt medical attention to sick students and staff and thereby, minimize malingering, loss of man hours if staff were to go out for treatment and to save cost as treatment was to be free. Staff and students initially patronized a private clinic in town while construction work in the medical centre was going on . Late in 1976, the centre opened for business. It was then an 8– bed facility which boasted an operating theatre, a laboratory, a pharmacy, medical records, consulting rooms and ancillary administrative units. Qualified personnel were recruited in the respective areas. An environmental sanitation unit was created in the department to attend to the physical sanitation of the campus. The department has continued to render both primary and secondary health care to the university community as envisaged while extending such services to the host community as part of the university’s corporate social responsibility. The core staff of the department are doctors, nurses, laboratory scientists, pharmacy personnel, medical records staff and a compliment of auxiliary staff (drivers, administrative staff, etc). The staff disposition is attached as ‘Annex I’. The medical center offers a 24 – hour service which includes out-patient consultation on week days up to 4.00 pm each day. Thereafter, there is a doctor, pharmacist and laboratory scientist on call. Very ill patients are admitted for closer attention while illnesses which are beyond the level of care provided in the center are promptly referred to the University of Calabar Teaching Hospital or similar institutions for the required specialized level of care. In its thirty years of existence, the center has acquitted itself creditably. Judging by statistics, thousands of patients have been successfully treated. These include staff, students, and others who are fee-paying patients. The Community health unit renders maternal and child welfare as well as school health services. Immunization against yellow fever, meningitis and Hepatitis B is offered whenever the vaccines are available. No doubt, mortalities have been recorded in the center. At all events, every effort is put in to ensure that none dies who would have lived. In order to step up awareness in the community, the department carries out enlightenment programmes from time to time. In response to the high prevalence of hypertension and its sequel in the university community, the department in 2004 embarked upon an office to office blood pressure check. Those with a raised blood pressure were referred to the Medical Centre for treatment and follow up. In addition to routine clinical duties, the centre runs a genetic counseling service on sickle cell disease. This service is accessible to sickle cell patients and carriers and is of particular importance to partners in courtship as the knowledge of their genotype would avert the harrowing experience of raising sicklers. Another special service is voluntary counseling and testing for HIV/AIDS. The American government through her agencies Family Health International (FHI) and Global HIV/AIDS Initiative in Nigeria (GHAIN) has established a Voluntary Counseling and Testing (VCT) centre in the medical centre. Rebranded “Heart to Heart Center”, people are encouraged to voluntarily come forward and know their HIV status. More and more clients are accessing the service in a friendly environment where confidentiality is assured. As a measure of confidence of her personnel and laboratory the medical centre has been listed for a World Health Organization sponsored clinical trial of a new anti-malarial drug, which would soon commence. We are open to such collaboration as it exposes the staff, and opens new vistas for the centre. 112 DIRECTORATE AUDIT UNIT Establishment This unit was set up in 1981 in the Vice Chancellor’s office to carry out internal audit functions for the university. Internal Auditing This is the independent appraisal activity carried out by specially assigned staff of the organisation to review the operations of the subsystems as a service to management. This function is performed by measuring and evaluating the effectiveness of the other controls within the system. The controls operate in the areas internal control and internal check. Internal control is the whole system of control, financial and otherwise instituted by the management to ensure that work is carried out in an orderly manner and that the books of accounts are well kept and that the assets are safeguarded. Inetrnal check operates in such a way that the function of one person is independently proved by the function of another or is complementary to the function of another. Educational/Professional Qualification of Staff To be appointed an Internal Auditor II (the starting point of the employment of the auditor) one must possess either a B.Sc. (Hons) degree or an HND both in Accounting. One so appointed can further develop oneself professionally as either a Chartered Accountant, ACA or a Certified Accountant, CAN. In addition to this qualification, the internal auditor should possess “auditor-like” qualities, such as firmness, ability to handle facts and figures and courage to withstand pressure of those who may hate controls and transparency. Special Projects Previously Undertaken This unit initiated and produced the Unical staff list (for the first time) that contains the names of all staff of the university. Now it is possible to know how many staff there are, where to find each of them, where they come from and their academic qualifications from this publication. A similar publication has also been made for the pensioners. Staff Strength Presently, the unit has 12 technical staff (trained in Accounting) ranging from the rank of Internal Auditor II to the rank of Director of Audit. In addition, the unit has 10 support staff who are pool staff sent from the Central Registry and who can be easily transferred from the unit to some other departments. Functions of the Unit The functions of the unit are performed in six sections and these are: a) The Administration Section which is headed by the Director of Audit who coordinates the activities of all the other sections of the unit. b) The Prepayments Audit Section has the duty of processing claims and vouchers before they are paid. c) The Post Audit Section verifies and confirms claims and vouchers after they have been paid. d) Assets Verification Section confirms the existence a nd continued existence of assets brought into the university. e) Systems/Salaries and Pension Audit Section appraises the effectiveness of the university’s subsystems. It also checks and confirms staff salary figures before they are paid. f) Faculty and Computer Audit section audits students’ payment of school charges in order to discover which student has not paid his/her fees. Reporting The Financial Rules and Regulations approved by the Governing Council require the Director of Audit to report to the Vice-Chancellor and copies sent to the Pro-Chancellor, Registrar and Bursar. These Rules and 113 Regulations also require that the Director of Audit shall have access to all books and records of the University to enable him report appropriately. To be able to report properly, input reports are received from the subordinate officers of the unit, example; Deputy Director of Audit, Chief Internal Auditor, Principal Internal Auditors, Senior Internal Auditors, Internal Auditors I and II. GRADUATE SCHOOL. Pursuant to the University of Calabar Decree of 1979, in which is enshrined the desire to “encourage and promote scholarship and conduct research in all fields of learning and human endeavour, and to relate its activities to the social, cultural, and economic needs of the people of Nigeria”, graduate education began quite early at the University of Calabar. It became the pattern in all faculties that once an undergraduate programme had taken roots, a graduate programme soon followed. Graduate studies began in the 1978/79 session when the Board of Postgraduate Studies was set up to organize graduate-level courses and research and admit students. The History department blazed the trail that session by enrolling 7 students. Between 1979 and 1981/82, a total of 66 students had enrolled in various graduate programmes in all the existing faculties, except law and agriculture. The first group of graduands, totaling 8, took their Masters degree in November 1982 from the departments of Biochemistry, Chemistry, and Geography and Regional Planning. Students’ enrolment in 1991/92 stood at about 1,000 distributed in all faculties and institutes and by 2001/2002 was at about 2000. The Catholic Institute of West Africa in Port Harcourt became affiliated to the University of Calabar in 1988, under the directive of the National Universities Commission, thereby awarding University of Calabar higher degrees in various theological disciplines. Graduate education at the University of Calabar aims primarily at fostering original, creative, and scholarly research ability. This is through course work, and problem-focused research, which is designed to buttress a sound knowledge and the application of fundamental principles towards an improved understanding and development of the nation’s rich natural, social and cultural endowments. To date, a total of 3381 Masters degrees and 338 Ph.D’s have been awarded to deserving students. DEGREE AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES OFFERED 1. Faculty of Agriculture Agricultural Economics and Extension: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Animal Science: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Crop Science: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Soil Science: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Forestry and Wild Life Res. Mgt. PGD, M.Sc, Ph.D 2. Faculty of Arts English and Literary Studies: M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D History & International Studies: M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D Linguistics: M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D Religious Studies and Philosophy: M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D Theatre Arts: PGD, M.A., M.Phil, Ph.D Modern Languages and Translation Studies: MA, M.Phil, Ph.D 3. Faculty of Education Adult and Continuing Education: M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D Educational Administration and Planning: M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D Curriculum and Teaching: PGDEE, M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D Educational Foundations, Guidance and Counselling: PGDE, M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D Vocational and Special Education: M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D Human Kinetics and Health Education: M. Ed., Ph.D 114 4. Faculty of Law: LL.M, M.Phil, Ph.D 5. Faculty of Management Science Accounting: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Banking and Finance: M.Sc and M.Phil, Ph.D Business Management: PGD, MBA, M.Phil, Ph.D Marketing: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D. 6. Faculty of Science Botany: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Genetics/Biotechnology: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Geology: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D, PGD in Applied Geology Mathematics/Statistics & Computer Science: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Microbiology: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D, PGD Physics; M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D., PGD. Pure and Applied Chemistry: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D, PGD in Applied Chemistry Zoology: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D, PGDFAQ 7. Faculty of Social Sciences: Economics: PGD, M.Phil, M.Sc., Ph.D. Geography and Regional Planning: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D. Political Science: PGDPA, MPAS, M.Sc., MPA, M.Phil, Ph.D. Sociology: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D. COLLEGE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES 8. Faculty of Allied Medical Science Anaesthesiology: PGD Chemical Pathology: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Environmenal Health Sciences: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Haematology: Medical Microbiology/Parasitology: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D 9. Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Anatomy: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Biochemistry: M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D, PGD Food Science and Nutrition: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D Physiology: PGD, M.Sc., M.Phil, Ph.D 10. Catholic Institute of West Africa: M.A., M.TH., Ph.D. Regulations Governing The Graduate School: Article 1: The Graduate School (a) The academic unit responsible for the co-ordination and quality control of graduate studies at the University of Calabar shall be known as The Graduate School. (b) Graduate Studies shall include all academic and professional curricula which require student achievement beyond the undergraduate level in any field, generally leading to a postgraduate Diploma or Certificate, a Masters, or Doctorate degree (M.A., M.Ed., M.Sc., or Ph.D). Article 2: The Graduate School Board: The Graduate School Board shall be the governing body of the Graduate School. 115 (a) Membership of The Graduate School Board shall consist of the following members: (i) Dean of the Graduate School – Chairman (ii) Deans of Faculties and the Provost of the College of Medical Sciences (iii) Director of Academic Planning (ex officio member). (iv) The Chairman of each Faculty Graduate Committee (v) Directors of Institutes/Divisions offering graduate programmes. (vi) The University Librarian (ex officio member) (vii) Academic Secretary of the Graduate School (Secretary) (b) Terms of Reference: The Graduate School Board shall make recommendations to Senate on the following: (i) The establishment of graduate programmes, fields and subjects of studies. (ii) Regulation of priorities and co-ordination of graduate studies. (iii) Regulations relating to graduate Studies. (iv) The award of University Graduate Scholarships. (v) Fostering the development of co-operative and multi-disciplinary graduate work between the different sections of the university. (vi) Admission of Graduate Faculty Members. (vii) Establishment of criteria for graduate supervisors in the university (c) The Functions: The functions of the Graduate School Board shall be:i. To co-ordinate graduate programmes of the university including planning administration and admissions to programmes of study. ii. To recommend on the provision of appropriate facilities for Graduate work, and to regulate disbursement of funds allocated for graduate work. iii. To regulate and enhance the quality of graduate instruction and research in the university. This will include educational exchange and contact within Nigeria and outside, where necessary. iv. To monitor and evaluate the progress of graduate work in all academic departments. v. To prepare and submit estimates for the recurrent and capital requirements of the school on an annual and quinquinnial basis. vi. To encourage the publication of the outcomes of graduate studies in form of journals, monographs and books. vii. To publicise the graduate activities of the university extensively, with a view to attracting enrolment and financial support from government, industrial and other bodies. viii. To execute other functions as the Vice-Chancellor/ may from time to time direct. ix. To submit a report to Senate once a year. (d) The Meeting of the Graduate School Board: i. The Graduate School Board shall meet once a month as stipulated in the University Calendar. ii. The regular meeting of the Board shall be after at least seven days advanced notice with published agenda which shall include the introduction of business from the floor. iii. A special meeting of the Board may be called at short notice by the Dean but the purpose of such a meeting shall be specified and such business shall be the business of the day. iv. A special meeting of the Board may be called on a written request to the Dean by at least five members of the Board drawn from at least three faculties, including the College of Medical Sciences, provided that the other terms specified in Article 2(d) (iii) are met. v. One third or the largest whole number less than 331/3% of the total membership of the Graduate School Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 116 Article 3: The Graduate Faculty: (a) Membership: Membership of the Graduate Faculty shall be open to the following categories of full-time academic staff.: (i) Professors and Readers at the University of Calabar. (ii) Senior Lecturers with relevant teaching experience and academic distinction, as ascertained from their published works. (iii) Other academic staff who meet at least two of the following requirements: Doctorate degree or its equivalent Rank of Lecturer I or higher Significant publications/or experience in their fields of specialty Responsibilities of the Graduate Faculty: The responsibilities of the Graduate Faculty shall include: i) Teaching on a regular and continuing basis in the graduate programme of their departments; ii) Supervising theses and dissertations; iii) Serving as advisors to graduate students; iv) Serving on examination panels for graduate students; v) Serving on the Joint Committee on Graduate Instruction (JCGI) in crossdisciplinary programmes requiring joint faculty action. Article 4: Officers of the Graduate School: The Officers of the Graduate School shall include the Dean, Deputy Dean and the Academic Secretary. (A) The Dean of the Graduate School: (i) Tenure of Office: (a) Without prejudice to the right of the Vice-Chancellor to appoint the first Dean, the Office of the Dean of the Graduate School be an elective one, open to all Professors in the University except those on visiting status. (b) The tenure of office for the Dean shall be two years in the first instance. (c) A serving Dean may seek re-election but no Dean may serve more than two consecutive terms. (d) The Dean shall be elected by members of Senate from among the eligible Professors. (ii) Duties: (a) The Dean shall preside at meetings of the Graduate School. (b) Supervise the day-to-day administration of the Graduate School (B) (i) The Deputy Dean of the Graduate School: Qualification and Tenure (a) The rank of a Deputy Dean shall be the same as that of the Dean. (ii) Duties (a) In the absence of the Dean, the Deputy Dean shall oversee the day-to-day Graduate School. (b) He/She shall deputise for the Dean in his absence. (c) He/She shall undertake any other activities assigned by the Dean. (C) running of the The Academic Secretary of the Graduate School: The Secretary shall hold at least the rank of Senior Assistant Registrar. He/She shall work under the direction of the Dean. Article 5: Other Boards Any Faculty organizing graduate programmes shall have constituted a Faculty Board and a Departmental Board for graduate studies unless where the meeting for the Departmental Board has been specifically varied by . A). Faculty Graduate Committee: (a) Membership of the Faculty Graduate Committee shall include all the academic staff who meet the qualifications specified in Article 3 117 (b) (c) (d) (e) B. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) C. There shall be a Chairman, elected by the membership, and his tenure of office shall be two years. The Chairman may be re-elected for a second term. The Deans of Faculties or Provost of the College of Medical Sciences shall not serve as Chairman. The Dean’s Office or the office of the Provost as applicable, shall provide the Faculty Graduate Committee a Secretary and other facilities required for carrying out its responsibilities. Duties of the Faculty Graduate Committee: To co-ordinate graduate work in the faculty, including examinations. To communicate the problems facing graduate studies at the faculty level to the Graduate School. To recommend candidates to Graduate School for admission. To make recommendation of candidates for the award of grants and fellowships and the award of higher degrees and graduate diploma to the Graduate School or Board. To recommend to the Graduate School Board students for extension of graduate scholarships and those who need to undertake part of their work in other institutions in Nigeria and abroad. To recommend external examiners to the Graduate School Board. To carry out any other functions assigned to it by the Graduate School Board Departmental Graduate Committee: (a) Membership and Governance: i) The membership shall consist of all staff with responsibilities in the departmental graduate programme ii) There shall be a Chairman elected by the membership. iii) The Office of the Head of Department shall provide the Departmental Graduate Committee with secretarial services and other needed materials required for carrying out its responsibilities. (b) Duties of the Departmental Graduate Committee: i) To co-ordinate graduate programmes in the department. ii) To collaborate with other disciplines and sub-disciplines in the faculty in running interdisciplinary degree programmes. iii) To review applications for graduate admission and make appropriate recommendation to the Faculty Graduate Committee. iv) To constitute internal examiners and the Supervisor(s) as required by the Graduate School Regulations. v) To recommend external examiners to the Faculty Graduate Committee. vi) In addition to already existing roles, the Faculty Chairman shall communicate matters emanating from Graduate School Board/ Vetting Committee to the Chairperson of the Departmental Graduate Committee within one week. REGULATIONS GOVERNING GRADUATE STUDIES 1.01 Section I: General: Each Graduate Faculty/College/Institute may, consistent with these regulations, make further regulations for the detailed organization of graduate work and research within the Faculty/College/Institute, subject to the approval of Senate. Matters requiring the approval of Senate shall first be considered by the Departmental and Faculty Graduate Committees and recommended to the Graduate School Board which may, if approved, recommend to Senate. 1.02 Programme of Studies A programme of studies shall be provided leading to the award of certificates, diplomas and postgraduate degrees as may be approved by Senate. The Masters degree may be denoted by the letters: M.A.; M.Ed.; M.P.A.;MPAS; M.B.A.; M.P.H.; M.Sc.; LL.M., the Master of Philosophy by M.Phil, and the doctorate degree by Ph.D. 118 Section II: APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION INTO GRADUATE PROGRAMMES. GENERALREGULATIONS Courses may be offered full-time or part-time. All programmes begin with coursework and end with a project for Graduate Diploma or thesis for Masters and Ph.D degrees. For full-time studies in most programmes, the postgraduate diploma lasts for one calendar year, the Masters degrees last for 2 years and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programmes extend over a minimum of 3 years. Part-time programmes take a much longer time. Candidates with Masters degree from recognized universities may credit the relevant courses towards the Ph.D programme, provided the quality of the grade is acceptable to the Graduate School. Candidates are required to have a minimum CGPA of 3.0 on a 5-point scale and 2.75 on 4-point scale for Masters programmes and 4.00 on a 5-point scale and 3.00 on a 4-point scale for Ph.D programmes. B. SPECIAL INFORMATION FOR MPhil/Ph.D CANDIDATES The MPhil/Ph.D option is available for all programmes. Candidates may be admitted into the MPhil/PhD programme in exceptional circumstances where the CGPA in the Masters degree is lower than the minimum required B (60%) average or 4.00 on a 5-point scale. The MPhil/Ph.D option will also be available to candidates interested in pursuing PhD programmes in fields different from but relevant to that in which they obtained their Masters degree. A terminal MPhil degree will be awarded if the candidate fails to make the minimum required to transit to the Ph.D programme. C. MODE OF APPLICATION Interested candidates are to first log on to our website http://www.unicalonline.edu.ng to access the prospectus for the complete description of available courses. Thereafter, candidates are required to pay a non-refundable fee of N10,000 application form (subject to review) by E-tranzact at any bank as will be provided by the Graduate School. A printout will be issued at the bank with a Confirmation Order number. Candidates would then enter their Confirmation Order number and their email or mobile phone numbers on the website to access the form. Follow the steps by providing your data as prompted and ensure that your form is submitted. YOU ARE TO PRINT OUT A COPY OF YOUR FORM BY CLICKING ON PRINT button after submission. Please bring a copy of the printed form and photocopies of your credentials to the screening. The current designated banks include: Enterprise Bank (former Spring Bank), First Bank Plc, UBA Plc, Sterling Bank Plc, Syke Bank, Zenith Bank, First City Monument Bank, Ecobank Plc. These may however change with time on the directives of the Graduate school Board. Candidates are required to contact the Graduate school for updates. D. CONCEPTNOTE As part of the admission requirements, candidates for Masters, MPhil/Ph.D and Ph.D degrees are expected to submit a CONCEPT NOTE outlining the candidate’s research proposal or statement of research interest. The concept note which provides a synopsis of the candidate’s research intent must not be longer than one and a half pages for Masters and three pages for Doctoral candidates. Candidates for all PGD programmes as well as MBA, MPAS and MPA degrees are excluded from submission of concept note.The concept note will be useful in determining candidate’s preparedness and suitability for the programme as well as identifying supervisors for the prospective candidates. E. TRANSCRIPTS Candidates are to ensure that their academic transcripts are forwarded by their previous institutions to the Secretary, Graduate School, University of Calabar, P.M.B. 1115, Calabar, Cross River State, on or before deadline as may be announced by the Graduate school Board. 119 F. ADMISSION SCREENING EXERCISE All candidates shall be required to take part in the Admission screening exercise which will be announced by the Graduate School as follows: Part A – Written (Use of English Language and General Knowledge); Part B – Oral interview in the respective Departments (based on subject area). The Graduate School in collaboration with Departmental Graduate Committee shall screen and recommend candidates for admission The candidates’ forms accompanied by validated transcripts shall be sent to the Head of Departments into which the candidate seeks admission for processing and recommendation using Graduate School predetermined criteria for eligibility. The Head of Department in consultation with the Departmental Graduate Committee shall determine the eligibility of candidates based on laid down Graduate School criteria. 3.01 Section III: Provisional Admission of Graduate Students The following will be qualified to seek admission as graduate students: (a) Those who hold a first degree with first or second class honours of the University of Calabar, with CGPA not lower than 3.00/5.00 or 2.75/4.00 for Masters Degree and 4.00/5.00 or 3.00/4.00 for Doctorate degree. (b) Those who hold an equivalent degree from another university or any other equivalent qualifications, provided that in any case where there is doubt about equivalence, the Graduate School may seek the guidance of the Registrar of the University. (c) Those who hold any other qualification which, together with relevant experience, is deemed by Senate to be equivalent to(a) or (b) above. 3.02 Candidates with degrees from non-English speaking universities who seek registration as graduate students at the University of Calabar shall either fulfill the general university requirements in English Language or produce a certificate from a recognized University certifying that the candidate’s knowledge of English, if necessary, is satisfactory. 4.01 Registration The provisional admission offered to a student may be confirmed when he produces evidence of the following documents required for registration: Original evidence of qualification Academic transcript from previous institution(s) NYSC discharge certificate (where applicable) Evidence of sponsorship for institutionally sponsored candidates. Written permission of employers for part-time studies. 4.02 Registration Status: Registration may be part-time or full-time (a) Part-time Registration: Students on part-time studies shall not normally register for more than 3 (three) course units or less than 2 (two) course units per semester. (b) Full-time Registration: Students on full-time studies shall not normally register for more than 5 (five) course units or less than 4 (four) course units per semester, Full-time workers must not register for full-time studies. (d) Change of Registration Status: A student may change his registration status from full-time to part-time or from part-time to full-time by obtaining the permission of his/her Head of Department and completing the required forms for change of registration status within the normal registration period. 120 4.03 Late Registration: a. Students shall register within a prescribed period. b. Students are allowed two weeks beyond the prescribed period for late registration on payment of late fee of N15,000.00. c. A student who fails to complete registration requirements prescribed in (b) shall be required to apply to Senate for permission to register. He shall in addition pay a late registration fee of (N15,000.00). 4.04 Withdrawal of Registration: a. A fully registered student may withdraw his/her registration, without any penalty, within the first three weeks of the Semester. b. A student who withdraws his/her registration after three weeks of the beginning of the semester shall lose 50% of his/her tuition fee for the semester. c. A student who withdraws his/her registration after 6 weeks of the beginning of the semester shall lose his/her tuition fee for the semester. d. The provisions of (a) and (c) above do not affect the non-refundable deposit required of all candidates applying for admission into the University of Calabar. 4.05 Full Registrations status: (a) Registered graduate students shall pay such fees as shall be prescribed from time to time. (b) At the end of the semester of provisional registration, a registered graduate will be deemed to have achieved a full registration status. (c) All graduate students are required to renew their registration each semester in Graduate School until they finally graduate. student the 5.0 Section V: Masters Degree Regulations 5.01 Eligibility and Procedures: Course of advanced studies and/or research which may be full-time or part-time, leading to the Masters degree may be organized by Faculty Graduate Committees. The following will be eligible to take courses and/or undertake research as candidates for the Masters degree under the appropriate Faculty/ : (a) First degree: first or second class honours degree; (b) Candidates for the Masters programme must present and defend a concept note to the Department (c) They must write and pass a qualifying examination and must attend an interview. (d) The candidates must have achieved CGPA not lower that 3.0 on a 5 point scale; 2.75 on 4 point scale on their Bachelors programme. (e) A holder of Postgraduate diploma in relevant field may be admitted into a Masters programme. (f) Holders of HND with a minimum of upper credit or an equivalent professional qualification may be admitted to a Masters degree programme provided the candidate has a Post Graduate Diploma relevant to the degree in view, with at least one (1) reference letter from a former Head of Department or a lecturer of the senior cadre 5.02 a) The Academic Secretary of the Graduate School shall submit each application to the Head of the relevant Department who shall, after consultation with the Departmental Graduate Committee, make recommendation to the appropriate Faculty/College Committee concerning the admissibility of each candidate and shall advise the Faculty Graduate Committees as to whether the applicant’s suggested field of study or research is such that the department is in a position to provide facilities and continuous supervision. 121 (b) c) d) e) The department shall recommend the appointment of one supervisor for each student. However, in exceptional cases arising from the multi-disciplinary nature of the subject, or for some other reason, two supervisors may be appointed. Sufficient reason must also be given for the recommendation or otherwise of each of the candidates. A candidate for the Masters degree shall pay, apart from the registration fee, such additional fees as may be determined from time to time by Senate through the Graduate School Board. Graduate students who reside in the University shall be charged for accommodation at a rate to be determined from time to time. 5.03 Programme Duration 5.04 Full-Time students: After registration, every full-time candidate for the Masters degree shall pursue his studies and/or research for not less than three semesters, and not more than five semesters to complete the degree programme; provided that Senate may in exceptional circumstances, on the recommendation of a Faculty Graduate Committee duly endorsed by the Committee of Supervisor(s), extend a student’s course by not more than one semester. 5.07 Part-Time Students: (a) After registration, every part-time candidate for the Masters degree shall pursue his studies and/or research for not less than four semesters and not more than six semesters to complete the degree programme; provided that Senate may, on the recommendation of the Faculty Graduate Committee duly endorsed by the Committee of Supervisor(s), extend the maximum period by not more than two semesters. (b) For the purpose of this Regulation, a member of the staff of the University of Calabar, other than a Graduate Assistant, who wishes to read for a Masters degree shall be regarded as a part-time candidate, unless he/she is on leave for research. (c) A part-time candidate for the Masters degree shall satisfy his Department that he/she can meet the following additional conditions: i. Where the study will be undertaken at least partly during normal working hours, or where laboratory or other facilities will be used, or where the study forms part of his/her normal duties, the applicant shall present his employer’s written permission to undertake that course. ii. Ready access to satisfactory library facilities should be available to the applicant; and iii. Arrangements shall be made for regular consultation which shall normally take place at least every semester. Course Load: Candidates for the Masters degree programme shall normally be required to register for and pass a minimum of 30 (inclusive of 6 credits for thesis) and maximum of 36 credit hours (inclusive of 6 credits for thesis). 5.08 5.09 Termination of Studentship (a) Senate shall, upon the request of the Graduate School Board, authorize the Secretary of the Graduate School to remove a student’s name from the Graduate School Register if he/she fails to satisfy the Graduate School that he/she is making satisfactory progress. (b) A student’s name may also be removed from the register for non-payment of fees, or for failure to observe regulation in force. (c) A student’s name once removed from the register may be restored only with the consent of Senate. 5.10 Graduate Examination (a) A candidate for the Masters degree shall be examined by written, oral and/or practical examination. (b) Each Faculty Graduate Committee shall make recommendations to Senate through the Graduate School concerning the appointment of examiners provided that each candidate 122 shall be examined by not less than three examiners, one of whom shall be a person of high academic and/or professional standing from outside the university. 6.0 6.01 Section VI: Doctorate Degree Regulations Courses of study and research, which may be full-time or part-time, Doctorate Degree may be organized by Faculty Graduate Committees. 6.02 The following will be eligible to seek registration as candidates for the Doctorate Degree: (a) Candidates with a first degree; First or second class honours and a Masters degree in the relevant area of proposed study. (b) An overall GPA of 4.0 on a 5-point grading system and 3.0 on a 4-point grading system or better and adjudged to have demonstrated good research ability in their dissertation/thesis as determined by the external examiners’ report on the performance of candidate in the oral defence and content of thesis. Candidate must have recorded at least a B grade (60%) or “Very Good” in the assessment of the external examiner. leading to the (c) Candidates for Ph.D admission must present a written statement of research interest on the proposed area of research and pass an interview to be conducted by the Departmental/ Faculty Graduate Committee. The interview will largely be drawn from the concept notes presented by the candidates in the process of application. An interview may be conducted by telephone or by teleconferencing if candidates are not within the country. (d) Doctoral candidates who did not take part in the qualifying examination required for admission at the Masters degree level will be required to undertake this examination to determine their suitability for doctoral admission. The qualifying exam will comprise the use of English Language, subject matter proficiency in area of specialization and basic ICT competence. Candidates may be admitted into the MPhil/ PhD programme in exceptional circumstances where the CGPA in the Masters degree is lower than the minimum required B (60%) average or 4.00 points. The MPhil/Ph.D option will also be available to candidates interested in pursuing PhD programmes in fields different from but relevant to that in which they obtained their Masters degree. The eligible field of study appropriate for admission into the MPhil/PhD programme will be as determined by the Departmental Graduate Committee. The Graduate School shall be officially notified of programmes deemed eligible by Departments for admission into their respective MPhil/PhD programmes. A 60% (B grade) average shall be the minimum required to transit from MPhil to PhD. An MPhil degree will be awarded if the candidate fails to make the minimum required. (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) Two reference letters - one of which must be from a former Head of Department and/or Supervisor. 6.03 Candidates who obtained their last qualifying degree more than seven years before the date of application may not be considered for admission without the express permission of Senate. 6.04 All applications for registration shall be made to the Secretary of the Graduate School and accompanied by the appropriate registration fee. 6.5 (a) The Secretary of the Graduate School shall submit each application to the relevant Head of Department who shall make recommendations to the appropriate Faculty Graduate Committee concerning the admissibility of each applicant and shall advise the Faculty Graduate Committee as to whether an applicant’s suggested field of study or research is such that the department is in a position to provide facilities and continuous supervision. The department shall recommend the appointment of supervisor(s) for each student admitted. 123 (b) When the approvals of the Graduate School and Senate have been obtained, the applicant’s name and field of study shall be added to the register of students for the doctorate degree. (c) Neither the Faculty Graduate Committee nor the Graduate School, nor the Senate shall be obliged to give reasons for accepting or rejecting an application for admission. (d) A registered candidate for the doctorate degree shall pay, apart from his registration fee, such fee or fees as may be prescribed from time to time by Senate through the Graduate School Board. Where a candidate for the doctorate degree has transferred from the status of a candidate for the degree of Masters his date of registration may be backdated to the date he registered as a candidate for the Masters degree, provided he pays for that period, any difference in fees and establishment charges between those payable by candidates for the Masters degree and those payable by candidates for the doctorate degree. 6.06 Credit for Work Done at Masters Level: Candidates who earned the degree of Masters from the University of Calabar, may on the recommendation of their Faculty Graduate Committee, validated by the transcripts of their Masters course work, obtain credit waiver of up to 24 credit hours, provided that they remain in the same specialised field of study and score a grade of (B) or better. 6.07 Candidates who earned the degree of Master from other universities, may on the basis of the recommendation from their Faculty Graduate Committee, validated by the transcripts of their Masters course work, obtain credit waiver of up to 18 credit hours, provided they remain in the same specialised field of study and score a grade of 3.0 or better in each course for which credit is granted. All students in this category asking for waivers should accompany the application with a handbook from their universities. 6.08 Candidates who hold the degree of Masters from other universities but whose transcripts either do not show the quality of grades acceptable to the University of Calabar or their university policy does not permit the release of performance in each course unit, shall not qualify for credit. It is the responsibility of candidates who seek credit for Masters work done in this or other universities to apply for such credit during the first semester of registration. No such application may be entertained after the first year of registration at the University of Calabar. 6.09 Full-Time Students: After registration, every full-time candidate for the doctorate degree shall pursue his studies and research for not less than six semesters, and not more than ten semesters to complete the degree programme; provided that Senate may on the recommendation of a Faculty Graduate Committee duly endorsed by the Supervisor(s), extend a student’s course by not more than four semesters, provided: (a) That a candidate already holding an approved higher degree may present his thesis for examination before the completion of four semesters; (b) (that where a candidate for the doctorate degree transferred from the status of a candidate for the Masters degree, any period of registration for the Masters degree shall count toward his period of registration for the doctorate degree; 6.10 Part-time Students After registration, every part-time student for the Doctorate degree shall pursue his studies and research for not less than 10 semesters and not more than 14 semesters to complete the degree programme; provided: (a) That a candidate already holding an approved higher degree may not present his thesis for examination before the completion of four semesters. (b) That where a candidate for the Doctorate degree transferred from the status of a candidate for the Masters degree, any period of registration for the Masters degree shall count toward his period of registration for the Doctorate degree. Members of staff of the University of Calabar who wish to read for the Doctorate degree shall be regarded as parttime students for the purpose of these regulations. 124 6.11 Course Load (a) Candidates for the Doctorate degree are normally required to take and attain the required level of performance in the prescribed course(s) for which they received credits, if any. (b) Candidates possessing the Masters degree may be granted credit for not more than 24 credits of course work. (c) Applicants for registration for part-time study leading to the Doctorate degree, shall comply with the conditions laid down for part-time study for the Masters degree. (d) Unless a Faculty Graduate Committee permits otherwise, candidates shall reside and study for at least four semesters in the university, provided that in no case may permission be given for less than three semesters of residence. (e) A committee of not less than two (2) supervisors shall be appointed by the department through the Faculty Graduate Committee to guide and direct the study of each student registered for the Doctorate degree. One of these shall be Chief Supervisor. (f) The Faculty Graduate Committee shall, on the recommendation of the candidate’s supervisors prescribe a course of study and research which may include course work. The student’s subject area for thesis shall be approved by the Graduate School Board. 6.12 (a) Senate shall, upon the request of the Graduate School Board, authorise the Secretary of the Graduate School, to remove a student’s name from the Graduate Register if the student fails to satisfy the Graduate School Board that he/she is making satisfactory progress. (b) A student’s name may also be removed from the register for non-payment of fees, or for failure to observe regulations in force. (c) A student’s name once removed from the register may be restored only with the consent of Senate. 6.13 Doctoral Candidacy: Candidates registered for the doctoral programme may be admitted to the status of candidacy after satisfactorily meeting the following requirements: (a) Completing the prescribed course units for 36 credit hours, including credits earned through the degree of Masters. (b) Passing the comprehensive examinations. (c) A candidate for the Doctorate degree shall be examined by a thesis, and by a written or practical examination provided always that an oral examination both on the material of the thesis and general knowledge of the field in which the subject for research has been chosen, shall form part of the overall examination. Each Faculty Graduate Committee shall recommend the length and manner of examination which must be approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Graduate School. 7.0 Section VII: Diploma Programme Regulations Course of study and/or research which may be Full-Time or Part-Time leading to the award of Diploma may be organized by Faculty/College/Institute. The following are the general requirements: 7.01 (i) Candidates for admission into the Postgraduate diploma programmes must write and pass a qualifying examination. (ii) The third class degree shall be the minimum requirement for admission into any Post Graduate Diploma in the University. (iii) Lower credit shall be the minimum required for admission into Postgraduate Diploma programmes for candidates with HND qualification. (iv) The Departmental Graduate Committee will determine programmes (Bachelors degree, HND and Professional Certificates) considered eligible for admission into their respective postgraduate diploma programmes. The list of eligible programmes must be submitted to the Graduate School and updated whenever necessary. Post Graduate Diploma in Education: 125 The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE): Registered graduate students who: (a) Possess degree awarded by the University of Calabar, or (b) Possess an equivalent degree from other recognised universities, and (c) Present evidence of specialization in secondary school teaching subject in the arts, sciences, or social sciences. Residency Requirements: Graduate students who reside in the university halls shall be charged for accommodation at a rate to be determined from time to time by the university. Graduate Diploma in Management (GDM): The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the GDM: (a) Candidates with university degree who have at least 3 years Post-graduate industrial/administrative experience and have been recommended/sponsored by their employers; (b) Applicants who hold HND or equivalent professional qualification and have at least 5 years administrative/managerial experience and have the recommendation/sponsorship of their employers/sponsors. 7.04 Post-graduate Diploma in Public Administration: The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the Post-graduate Diploma in Public Administration (PGDPA). (a) Holders of approved university degree or equivalent, and (b) Candidates who, though not possessing university degree, have served at least 5 years in an executive position in the public or private sector. Such candidates should be sponsored by their employers. 7.05 Post-Graduate Diploma in Applied Microbiology (PGDAM) The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the PGDAM: (a) Holders of B.Sc. (Hons) degree with at least a second class lower in Biology, Botany, Biochemistry or Zoology; and (b) Candidates with Higher National Diploma (HND) with at least an upper credit pass. 7.06 Post-Graduate Diploma in Applied Chemistry (PGDAC) The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the PGDAC: (a) Holders of B.Sc. (Hons) degree with at least a second class lower division in Chemistry, Biochemistry and Chemical Engineering, or (b) Holders of HND in Chemical Technology with at least an upper credit pass. 7.07 Post-Graduate Diploma in Physics (PGDP) Holders of the following qualifications will be eligible to register as candidates for the PGDP: (a) A minimum of credit at HND final examination or its equivalent (b) Third class or pass degree in Physics (c) At least second class lower degree in Educational Physics. 7.08 Post-Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture (PGDA) The following will be eligible to register as candidates for the PGDA: (a) Holders of a first degree in Zoology, Biology, Fisheries or Aquaculture; (b) Holders of HND upper credit at least in Fisheries and Aquaculture with two post-qualification experience. REGULATIONS GOVERNING GRADUATE EXAMINATIONS Section I: Definitions In these regulations the following terms shall have the meaning assigned to them below: 126 years Course Unit: An aggregate of teaching, evaluation and examination offered by a particular department under a published title. Each course unit shall normally be assigned 3 credit hours. Course Work: Items in addition to the end of semester or resit examination(s) that are taken into account when assessing candidate’s performance in a course unit. Subject: An academic discipline studied in one department. A subject may include more than course unit and a subject mark is the average of the course unit marks. Year of Studies: The combination of course units taken by a student in a particular session. Course: A series of course units leading to a recognised qualification. Core Course Unit: A course unit which is designated by the appropriate departments as the basic requirement for a particular degree. Credit Hours: A credit hour is defined as a series of at least ten one-hour lectures, tutorials or a series of at least ten three-hour laboratory practical classes, or an equivalent amount of other assigned study or practical experience, or any combination of these. A Resit Examination: An examination which the student is required to take having previously been adjudged to have failed it. Supplementary Examination: An examination given to a student who has been excused by Senate, on grounds acceptable to it, from the normally scheduled one. Board of Examiners: All members of a department of faculty, holding academic appointment in the rank of Graduate Faculty. Section II: Organisation and Conduct of Semester Examinations 2.01 Organisation of Examination It shall be the responsibility of the Graduate Faculty to organize and produce examinations for course units taught by the departments in the Faculty/College/Institute, in accordance with these regulations and other directive laid down from time to time by Senate. The Academic supervision of examinations shall rest with the Head of Departments, Chief Examiner, in consultation with members of staff teaching a particular course unit during the session. 2.02 Conduct of Examinations (a) In order to be admitted to an examination a student must have been registered for the course and for each and every course unit. He must have satisfied any University and Faculty requirement(s) regarding attendance, the performance of all assignments connected with the subject taught, and the payment of fees. (b) All courses shall be examined at the termination of the course unit and candidates will be credited with the number of credit hours assigned to the course unit for which they have passed the examination. (c) Each student shall obtain from the Graduate School an examination card which shall show only his/her registration number and/or any other identification approved by Senate (d) All examinations including Seminar papers shall be moderated by external examiners duly appointed by Senate. (e) It shall be the responsibility of each student to ensure that he is registered for the appropriate examinations, to ascertain the dates, times and places of the examinations for which he/she is registered. (f) A student shall be in the examination room at least 30 minutes before the scheduled time for the examination. A student is required to supply his/her own pens, pencils, rulers, and such other items as may be specified in the Examination instructions. 127 (g) The student shall be admitted up to 30 minutes after the start of the examination but he/she shall not be allowed extra time. If a student arrives later than 30 minutes after the start of the examination, an invigilator may by his discretion admit him if he is satisfied that the student had good reason for his lateness. The invigilator shall present a written report of the circumstances to the department’s Examinations Officer who shall inform the Departmental Graduate Committee of Examiners which shall decide whether to accept the student’s paper or not. (h) The student must produce the registration and identity cards on entry to every examination and leave them prominently displayed on the desk for the inspection of the invigilator throughout the examination. It shall be the duty of the invigilator to enter in the register, an accurate record of the registration number, (not the name) of every candidate attending the examination. (i) A student may be permitted by the invigilator to leave the examination room during the course of an examination provided that: i. No student shall be allowed to leave the examination room during the first hour of the examination except in cases of emergency. In the event of a candidate taking ill the invigilator must complete the appropriate form and send the sick candidate along with an examination attendant to the Medical Centre. The student must hand his script to the invigilator before leaving. ii. A student who leaves the examination room shall not be readmitted unless throughout the period of his/her absence he/she has been continually under the supervision of an invigilator or person duly appointed as an invigilator. (j) No student shall communicate with any other student or with other person(s), except with the invigilator when essential. In addition, no student shall make any noise or cause any disturbance during an examination. (k) No book, paper, printed or written document, or other aid may be taken into an examination rook by any student, except as may be stated in the rubric of any examination paper. Any candidate found in possession of such items shall be reported in writing to the Departmental Board which shall determine whether or not to accept the student’s script or make any other recommendations to the Faculty Board of Examiners. (l) Each student is required to deposit, at his own risk, any handbag, briefcase or similar article at a location provided for the purpose before the start of an examination. (m) No student shall directly or indirectly, give assistance to any other student, or permit any other student to copy from his/her papers. Similarly a student must not directly or indirectly accept assistance from any student or anyother unauthorized person. (n) If any student is found to infringe on, or is suspected of infringing on (j) and/or (k) above, or in anyway cheats or disturbs the conduct of examination, the invigilator shall warn the student forthwith. The student concerned shall, however, be allowed to continue with the examination provided he causes no disturbance. The invigilator shall submit a written report to the Departmental Chief Examiner who will cause the circumstances to be investigated and will report to the Departmental Board of Examiners which may subsequently recommend to the Faculty Board of Examiners what action should be taken in the case. (o) Each student shall write his registration number, not his name, distinctly at the appropriate place on the cover of every answer booklet or separate sheet attached to the answer booklet. 128 (p) Except for the printed question paper, a student shall not remove from the examination room, or mutilate, any paper or other material supplied. (q) At the end of the time allotted, the invigilator shall instruct all students to stop writing, and they must comply. (r) The invigilator shall put the answer sheets serially in sealed envelopes. Each envelope must be signed by each invigilator. The Chief Invigilator shall return the sealed envelopes to the Chief Examiner and obtain a receipt for same. It shall be the responsibility of the Chief Examiner in each department to collect and sign for the examination scripts. 2.03 Consideration and Communication of Examination Results (a) Marks/grades for all course units shall be considered in the first instance by the Departmental Graduate Committee under the Chairmanship of the Chief Examiner.The recommendations of the Departmental Graduate Examination Committee shall be considered at a duly convened meeting of the Faculty Graduate Examination Committee which shall make its recommendations to the Graduate School Board. (b) The Chairman, Faculty Graduate Committee shall submit examination results on approved format, considered appropriate for each examination. (c) No student shall be informed of the result of any examination by any individual until it has been approved by Senate. (d) Official transcript of results shall be signed by the Dean of Graduate School and countersigned by the Secretary of the Graduate School. Transcripts may only be issued to institutions of higher learning and to institutional sponsors under confidential cover. 2.04 Absence from Examinations (a) No student shall be excused from taking the whole or any part of any examinations except on the strength of a medical certificate supplied, or recognised by the Director of University Medical Services that he is unfit to take the examination. In such cases, the facts, supported by the evidence, shall be submitted to the Graduate School Board by the faculty which board shall make recommendations to Senate for appropriate action. (b) An application by a student, or if he is incapacitated, by a person acting on his behalf, for exemption from any examination on medical grounds shall be submitted to the Graduate School through the Head of Department as soon as possible and normally not later than seven days after the date of the examination providing full relevant evidence. The Graduate School Board shall, thereupon consider all the evidence submitted to it including oral evidence, where appropriate, and make recommendations to. The decision of on such recommendations shall be final. 2.05 Examiners and marking Scripts The setting, and marking of examination papers shall be the duty of the Chief Examiner, the internal examiners, as well as the external examiners. 2.06 Appointment and Duties of Internal Examiners (a) Appointment of Internal Examiners: The Internal Examiners shall have the qualification of Graduate Faculty. The Chief Examiner shall be the Head of Department. (b) Duties of Internal Examiners (i) They shall participate in the setting and moderation of examination questions and in the invigilation and grading of all examinations. (ii) Internal examiners, along with external examiners, shall consider and approve examination results for submission through the Graduate School Board to Senate. (iii) There shall be no fewer than two internal examiners for each course unit. 2.07 Appointment and Duties of External Examiners 129 (a) Appointment: External Examiners shall be nominated by departments and their names, qualifications, addresses, along with their rank and area of specialization, sent for approval by Senate through the Graduate School Board. The External Examiner is normally a senior academic member of an outside university or equivalent institution, and the appointment is normally for a maximum period of three (3) consecutive years on a yearly basis. External examiners may be appointed for dissertation/project examination only. (b) 2.08 Duties of External Examiners: (i) To moderate all examination question papers. They shall satisfy themselves as to the appropriateness of the examination questions as having regard to the approved syllabus for the course and the level of examination. (ii) To mark, or to revise the marking of the scripts, and projects, or such portions of the scripts of candidates. (iii) To participate in practical and oral examination, where such examinations are given, after consultation with the relevant Internal Examiners in the subject. (iv) To attend Departmental Board of Examiners and participate in the determination of results. (v) To submit a written report on each candidate’s project/thesis on a format approved by Senate. (vi) To submit to the Vice-Chancellor a written report on each course work examination moderated by them. (vii) In case of any disagreement between an internal examiner and an external examiner over marks or other related matter, the views of the external examiners shall prevail. Appeals (a) A student may appeal through his/her Head of Department to the Dean of the Graduate School for a reassessment of his/her Examination script on payment of a fee of N1000.00 per course unit. (b) If the appeal results in a significant improvement (i.e. a change in letter grade) on the student’s original grade, the appeal fee shall be refunded to the appellant. (c) No person can appeal for the reassessment of the scripts of some other student. (d) A group appeal by all candidates involved in a particular course examination shall not be entertained. (e) For an appeal to be valid, notice in writing of such an appeal must be lodged with the Graduate School within four weeks of the publication of the relevant result. Section III: 3.01 Grading System for all Examinations Grading System for Higher Degrees Examination grades shall be reported with the following designations: (i) Score 70 – 100 60 – 69 50– 59 45 – 49 40 – 44 Below 40 No marks assigned letter grade A B C D E F I Point Verbal equivalent 5.00 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00 0.00 Nil Excellent Very Good Good Pass Fail Bad fail Incomplete (ii) The minimum pass grade for each course unit in the Graduate Progamme shall be “C”. (iii) Failure to satisfy all the requirements for a course unit and remove all incomplete grades by the end of the fourth week of the succeeding semester will earn a candidate an F grade. 130 (iv) A candidate who does not sit for an examination because of ill-health or any other reason that is not covered by a certificate/document acceptable to Senate shall be awarded an F grade. (v) M.Sc.: The minimum cumulative grade point average for graduation in the Masters programme shall normally be 3.00/5.00, provided no fail grade is recorded. (vi) The minimum cumulative grade point average for graduation in the Doctorate degree programme shall normally be 4.00/5.00. Superior grades (A) may be applied to offset (C) grades, provided that the required minimum cumulative grade point average is attained by the candidate. 3.02 Classification of Degrees and Diplomas (i) All graduate degrees shall be awarded without classification. 3.03 Change of Registration In assessing a candidate’s work for a change of registration from a Masters programme to a Ph.D programme, superior grades (A, B) may be applied to offset pass grades (C, provided that the required minimum cumulative grade point average is attained by the candidate. Section IV: Determination of Pass, Credit, Resit, Repeats and Withdrawal Performances 4.01 Pass A student shall have passed the examination if he obtains a pass grade of (C) or above in each course unit prescribed for the graduate programme. 4.02 Resit (i) (ii) (iii) 4.03 4.04 A student shall have failed the examination if he obtains a grade below C in one or more course units. Such a student shall resit the failed course unit(s). A student has one chance to resit and pass the failed course unit(s). The highest grade which a student shall have registered for a resit examination is ‘B’ for Ph.D candidates and ‘C’ for Masters degree candidates. Repeat A student who resits a failed course unit(s) and fails to pass, may be allowed to repeat course. Supplementary The actual grade obtained for each course unit shall be the registered. 4.05 Withdrawal from University A student shall have failed the examination and shall be required to withdraw from the University if: (a) he/she fails all the prescribed course units for full-time or part-time students, as the case may be, at the end of the first semester; (b) a full time student obtains 3 or more failing grades at the end of the second semester whether or not the failing grades are the aggregate of all failures obtained during one academic year, and fails to obtain an overall Grade Point Average of 3.00; (c) a part-time student obtains 2 or more failing grades at the end of the second semester whether or not the failing grades are the aggregate of all failures obtained during one academic year and fails to obtain an overall Grade Point Average of 3.00. 4.06 Repeating the year with Special Permission of Senate Senate may allow a student to repeat the year if he/she is unable to follow the full programme and examinations provided this inability is supported by appropriate medical certificates acceptable to Senate. The grades obtained for each course unit during that year shall be registered as such. 131 Section V: Other Examinations 5.01 Comprehensive Examinations There shall be a Comprehensive Examination at the end of the coursework for the Ph.D, to be conducted in a manner prescribed by the department and approved by Senate. 5.02 Doctoral Theses (a) Two External Examiners shall be appointed per doctoral thesis based on the area of specialization and expertise in relation to the thesis to be examined. They shall be expected to send in a written report on the thesis to be examined before the date of examination. The report shall be submitted to the Graduate School within one month from the date of receipt of the theses. The two examiners must confirm the suitability of the thesis for examination. One of the examiners will be required to come down to conduct the oral examination. He shall be expected to submit a written report after the examination. (b) An Internal Examiner shall be expected to be knowledgeable in the field where the thesis has been written He shall submit an independent report to the Dean of Graduate School after the oral examination. He/ She shall complete and sign a joint report with the external examiner after the oral examination. He/she shall serve as the Graduate School Representative. The report on reaching the Dean of Graduate School shall be further transmitted to the head of the unit concerned in the Graduate School for vetting purposes. Masters Theses a) An external examiner shall be appointed per masters thesis. He/ She shall be required to make a written report on the suitability of the thesis for the award of the degree before the date of the examination. The report shall be submitted within one month from the date of receipt of the thesis. Where the thesis is deemed unsuitable for the degree in view the candidate shall rewrite the thesis to an acceptable standard before an oral examination is conducted. b) The requirement governing the nomination of an internal examiner for the Ph.D shall also hold for the Masters thesis. The Head of Department shall be the Chief Examiner provided he/she is not the candidate’s Supervisor, spouse or parent. Procedure for External Examination (i) At least eight weeks before an oral examination, the candidate in consultation with Supervisor(s) shall submit through the Head of Department an application for examination to the Departmental Graduate Committee (the Committee shall verify and ascertain the readiness of candidate) for external examination. (ii) Application shall be sent to the Faculty Graduate Committee for consideration and recommendation to the Graduate School. (iii) On approval, the candidate shall submit 4 typed soft-bound copies of the thesis to the Head of Department at least 6 weeks to the examination. (iv) The Head of Department shall send copies of the thesis (3 copies for Ph.D and 2 copies for Masters thesis) to the Graduate School for onward forwarding to the External Examiner(s) and Graduate School Representative respectively. (v) A candidate whose work has been referred back for improvement shall present himself for reexamination within two semesters and may not present himself for re-examination more than once. (vi) Copies of a successful thesis/dissertation, bound in a prescribed manner, shall be deposited as follows through the Graduate School: One copy with the Secretary of the Graduate School Two copies with the University Library; and One copy with the Department in which the candidate has worked. (vii) The effective date for award of degrees and postgraduate diploma shall be the date of Senate and Board approval, respectively. 132 GRADUATE PROGRAMMES A. General Programme Regulations Courses may be offered full-time or part-time. All programmes begin with course work and end with a project (for Diploma) or thesis (for Masters and Ph.D degrees). For Full-time studies in most programmes, the post-graduate Diplomas and Masters programmes last at least one calendar year, (the Masters programme in Management Studies lasts at least two years). The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme extends over a period of at least three years. The part-time programmes in Education last for at least three vacations. Candidates with disciplinary deficiencies may be allowed to remedy them by taking and passing appropriate undergraduate courses with a grade approved by the relevant department within one additional year or semester of preliminary studies. Such grades will not count as graduate credit. Candidates with Masters degree from a recognised university may credit the relevant courses towards the Ph.D Programme provided the quality of the grades is acceptable to the Graduate School. The course work for all programmes ends with comprehensive examination. B. Programmes Available I. Higher Degree Programmes 1. Faculty of Agric PGDA, M.Agric, Ph.D 2. Faculty of Arts M.A., MPhil, and Ph.D. programmes are available in the following areas: (i) English and Literary Studies: African Literature (African Oral Literature, Modern African Literature, Literature of the African Diaspora). (ii) History: West African History (Social, Economic and Political); East and Central African History, African Diaspora History, Imperialism, Historical Methods (Oral Tradition). (iii) Languages and Linguistics (a) Languages: French Language and Language Teaching, Translation, French Literature and Culture, African Francophone Literature. (b) Linguistics: M.A. Programme is available in the following areas: Descriptive Linguistics, Comparative Linguistics, Applied Linguistics. (iv) Theatre Arts: The Department offers Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) programmes in the following fields: Theatre Directing and Theatre/Studio Administration Programmes are run on full time basis only. 3. Faculty of Social Sciences: M.B.A. is offered in the Department of Management Studies; M.Sc. and Ph.D programmes are available in all other Departments of the Faculty of Social Sciences. (i) Economics: Development Economics: Mathematics Economics: Economic and Social History of Nigeria; Public Finance and Monetary Economics Programmes are on full-time basis only. (ii) Geography and Regional Planning: Specializations are in Climatology, Urban Geography, Geomorphology, Transport/ Industrial Geography. (iii) Management Studies: The Programme offered is Master of Business Administration (MBA). The Preliminary year Programme is on full-time basis only. (iv) Political Science: Comparative Politics, Political Behaviour, Political Economy, International Relations; Political Theory/Philosophy. The following programmes are also offered: Master of Public Administation (MPA); M.Sc. in Policy Studies, and M.Sc. in Public Planning and Management. (v) Sociology: The following programmes are offered: Development Sociology, Industrial Sociology, Demography and Social Anthropology. The Programmes are on full-time basis only. 133 4. Faculty of Education Regular Programmes: M.Ed. and Ph.D Programmes are available in the following areas during the session: Curriculum Studies Educational Administration and Planning Educational Foundations Guidance and Counselling 5. Faculty of Science (a) M.Sc. and Ph.D Programmes are available in the following areas: (i) Biological Sciences: Parasitology, Genetics, Microbiology and Entomology. (ii) Chemistry: Analytical Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry and Process Metallogy. (iii) Geology: Mineralogy and Petrology: Petroleum Geology/Sedimentology, Micropaleontology: Marine Geology; Applied Geochemistry; Engineering Geology; Hydrogeology; Exploration Geophysics. (iv) Physics: Geo-environmental physics (General and Applied Geophysics, Atmospheric Physics, Meteorology; Applied Engineering Physics (Applied Acoustics, Communications Vacuum Physics and Material Science); Theoretical Physics (Solid State, Nuclear and Plasma Physics). (b) M.Sc. Programme in Applied Mathematics is available in the Department of Mathematics/Statistics: 6. College of Medical Sciences: M.Sc. and Ph.D programmes are offered in the Department of Biochemistry; M.Sc. in the Departments of Anatomy, and Biochemistry; M.Sc. in the Departments of Anatomy, Medical Microbiology and Parasitology; and Master of Community Health (MCH) in the Department of Community Health. (i) Anatomy: Field of Research interest include Congenital Malformations (Teratology), Histology, Physical Anthropology (Sexing of Bones), Advanced Cell Biology, Embryology and Comparative Anatomy. Programmes are only on full-time basis. (ii) Biochemistry: The following areas of specialization are offered: Clinical Biochemistry, Nutritional Biochemistry, Biochemical Toxicology, Metabolism, Biochemical Endocrinology, Lipid Biochemistry. (iii) Community Health: The programme offered is Master of Community Health (M.C.H.) with specialization in: Community Health Education Primary Health Care Epidemiology (iv) Medical Microbiology/Parasitology areas of research include: Clinical Medical Mycology and Medical Parasitology. Bacteriology, The College of Medical Sciences also organizes Inter-Departmental M.Sc. Programme in Nutrition and Food Science, co-ordinated by the Department of Biochemistry. Areas of Specialization are: Nutrition Food Science II. Postgraduate Diploma Programmes: These are offered by the Faculties of Education and Management Sciences. 1. Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) This programme prepares graduate teachers without teaching qualifications for effective service in the Secondary Schools and Colleges in Nigeria. Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) courses are organized in the regular session. 134 2. Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration (DPA): The Department of Political Sciences offers courses leading to the award of the Diploma in Public Administration (DPA). The Diploma in Public Administration (DPA) programme is designed for persons with at least 5 years executive/managerial positions in the public and private sector and others who wish to increase their theoretical and practical knowledge of the complexities of modern public administration. SCHEDULE OF COURSES FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES UNDER GRADUATE SCHOOL, CONTACT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL PROSPECTUS OR VISIT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL WEBSITE AT www.unicalonline.edu.ng. Adjust all the graduate school aspect 135 CATHOLIC INSTITUTE OF WEST AFRICA (CIWA) PORT HARCOURT This great institute established in 1981 in Port Harcourt is affiliated to the University of Calabar through the Department of Philosophy and Religious Studies. The Catholic Institute of West Africa (CIWA) Port Harcourt is a higher ecclesiastical Institute founded in 1981 for the study of Theology and other related disciplines within the socio-cultural context of West Africa. The institute was established and is owned by the Association of Episcopal Association of Anglophone West Africa (AECAWA). It is open to all citizens of West Africa and beyond, irrespective of religion, gender, ethnic origin and social class. CIWA graduate programmes is applicable for admission into the graduate programmes of other related disciplines. Objective The institute is a special Theology mainly for holders of First degree in Theology from recognized institutes of research and related disciplines as well as in other human sciences. It is responsible for the training of academic personnel in theological and related disciplines for seminaries, other ecclesiastical institutions of learning, pastoral institutions ministry and catechetical centres. The institute is expected to promote fruitful dialogue, faith and reason, between Gospel and culture and between Christian thought and modern sciences. Courses and programmes are organized with these objectives in view. Institute’s Research Thrust Aware of the importance of theological education in the formation and integral development of human person, the institute endeavours to inculturate the timeless and placeless Word of God and the Wisdom of the past ages (including African worldview) into the present African way of life thereby serving as the midwives of the African culture and modernity, hence, the expected birth of an authentic African religious culture and way of life. This process of inculturation is both a methodology and a theological thrust which the institute uses to drive home the divine message to its adverse audience in the sub-region and beyond. In the same way, the Institute endeavours to contextualize the divine message to address itself specifically to every context, be it political, economic, legal, warfare, etc in fulfillment of the Biblical injunction on Christians, to be the salt of the earth (Mt. 5:13). The other related disciplines are expected to carry out their researches with the same thrust. Programme Organization Admission: Admission to the programme is open to candidates who hold at least a Second Class Lower Division Bachelor’s degree with B or 2.75 grade point average in the envisaged discipline. Departments: The Institute has, meanwhile, for its theological faculty two main departments – Department of Biblical Theology/Dogmatic Theology and Liturgy and the Department of Pastoral Theology, Moral Theology and Canon Law. Philosophy is a unit on its own. It is envisaged that these units within the departments will in the near future become departments on their own to promote independent research and specialization. Semester Courses: Each unit offers a minimum of six courses per semester for Masters and Doctorate candidates. INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION Course No. PGE 5011 PGE 5112 PGE 5021 PGE 5022 PDE 5611 Course Title Educational Tests and Measurements Teaching Practice Research Methods and Case Study Special Research Project School and Society 136 Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 Course No. PDE 5312 PDE 5212 PDE 5111 PDE 5121 PDE 5141 PDE 5131 PDE 5151 PDE 5412 PDE 5022 Course Title Philosophical Foundations of Education History of Nigerian Education Curriculum and Instruction Special Teaching Methods in Science Special Teaching Methods in Mathematics Special Teaching Methods in Social Science Special Teaching Methods in Language Arts Educational Administration and Supervision Special Research Project Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (PGDEE) Course No. PGDEE 5111 PGDEE 5211 PGDEE 5311 PGDEE 5411 PGDEE 5511 PGDEE 5612 PGDEE 5712 PGDEE 5812 PGDEE 5912 PGDEE 5922 Course Title Environmental Education I Planning and Process Curriculum and Instruction Community Education Research Methods in Education Environmental Education II Nigerian Environment Community Health Environmental Perceptions and Human Behaviour Project Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY Course No. FAQ 5021 FAQ 5031 FAQ 5041 FAQ 5051 AMD 6001 FAQ 5002 Course Title Fish Breeding and Fingerling Production Pond and Cage Construction and Maintenance Advanced Fish Nutrition Aquaculture Economics and Extension Fish Pathogens and Diseases Aquaculture (Field) Practical Project M.Sc./Ph.D Degree Courses Course No. Course Title FAQ 5021 Structure and Functions of the Marine Ecosystem I FAQ 5011 Anatomy Physiology of Fishes FAQ 5001 Physical and Chemical Oceanography FAQ 5031 Fish Population Dynamics and Stock Assessment FAQ 5001 Current Topics in Fisheries and Aquaculture FAQ 5000 Research Project FAQ 5012 Fish Reproductive Biology and Early Stages FAQ 5002 Advanced Aquaculture FAQ 5032 Statistics and Sampling Techniques for Fisheries Biology FAQ 5022 Structure and Functions of the Marine Ecosystem II FAQ 5042 Fish Pathogens and Diseases FAQ 6000 Research Project FAQ 6002 Advanced Fish Nutrition FAQ 6003 Fish Processing and Gear Technology Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION (IPPA) Course No. IPA 5001 IPA 5001 Course Title Public Policy Analysis and Decision-Making I Public Policy Analysis and Decision-Making II 137 Credit Hours 3 3 Course No. IPA 5011 IPA 5012 IPA 5021 IPA 5022 IPA 5031 IPA 5032 IPA 5041 IPA 5042 IPA 5051 IPA 5052 IPA 5062 IPA 5072 IPA 5082 IPA 5061 IPA 5022 Course Title Local Government and Intergovernmental Relations Public Financial Management Public Administration in Nigeria Advanced Rural Development Advanced Public Personal Administration Public Corporations Organisation Theory Comparative Public Administration Advanced Local Government Accounting and Auditing Nigerian Foreign Policy Health and Welfare Administration Nigerian Public Finance Project Report Quantitative Analysis and Research Methods Rural Development Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Institute of Education is an academic unit of the University of Calabar established by statute in 1987. The statute was revised in 2002. By statute the main functions of the Institute now include the following: i. Acting in advisory and consultative capacity to the Ministries charged with responsibility for Education in matters pertaining to education, and collaborating with the Ministries both in the planning and extension of educational facilities and in the provision, either by itself or in conjunction with other bodies, of suitable courses of study and instruction. ii. Provision of teaching, research and training, leading to the award of Diplomas and Certificates in Environmental Education and Extension Services. iii. Conducting and promoting research and acting as a coordinating agency for research in all matters pertaining to education and the development of education. iv. Providing education centres for the promotion of educational interest of persons concerned with or interested in education. v. Recommending to senate the award of degrees, diplomas and certificates. vi. Promoting the training of teachers and other persons engaged in educational vocational work. vii. Undertaking Consultancy Services for Governments, International Organizations, Local, Authorities and Private. vii. Providing and coordinating courses, conferences and lectures for persons concerned with or interested in education. ix. Advising on the establishment and maintenance of professional Library services in the Institute and in affiliated institutions. x. Serving on State and National bodies responsible for educational policy such as the Joint consultative Committee on Education (JCC), National Education Council (NEC), HERDC, NCCE etc. 138 1. GOVERNING BOARD The Institute of Education shall have a Governing Board which shall consist of the following: a) The Vice-Chancellor b) The Director of the Institute c) The Dean, Faculty of Education d) One External Member of Council e) Dean of Graduate School f) A representation from the Cross River State Ministry of Education g) One member of the Senior staff of the Institute elected by the Academic Board of the Institute h) The University Librarian i) The Director of Academic Planning j) Secretary of the Institute shall be the Secretary of the Board. 2. TENURE Tenure of the Board is three years. 3. THE MEETING OF THE BOARD The Board shall meet at least twice in a year and at any other time at the request of the Vice Chancellor, the Director of the Institute or any six other members. 4. FUNCTIONS OF THE BOARD Subject to the control and direction of the Council and any regulation made by the Senate, the functions of the Governing Board shall be as follows: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) 5. To give policy directives necessary for the functioning of the Institute To present to the University Council through the Vice Chancellor all proposals involving finance and administration To receive annual reports on the Institute To approve on the recommendation of the Professional and Academic Board the budget and prgrammes of the Institute. To submit to Council and where necessary the Senate minutes of the meting of the Governing Board. To approve on the recommendations of Instituted Professional and Academic Board, the granting of the status of Associated Institution to any Institution. To carry out any other functions conferred upon the Institute by the University Law or Statute or by the Council and Senate. ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL BOARD There shall be an Academic and Professional Board for the Institute of Education which shall comprise: a) The Director of the Institute as Chairman b) The Unit Co-ordinators in the Institute c) All Research and teaching staff of the Institute from the rank of Asst Research Fellows. d) Heads of Departments within the Faculty of Education or their representatives e) A representative of the Librarian f) Representative of the Faculty of Arts, Social Sciences, Sciences and Agriculture. g) Representative Graduate School h) One representative each of the affiliated bodies with the Instituted. i) The Senior Administrative Officer in the Institute shall serve as the Secretary. The Academic and Professional Board shall meet at least once a month in each semester and at any time at the request of the Director or any here members in writing to the Director. The quorum for the meeting of the Academic and Professional Board shall be he Director of the Institute and one third of the membership. 139 6. FUNCTIONS OF THE ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL BOARD Subject to the control and direction of the Governing Board and any regulations made be the Senate, the Academic and Professional Board shall have the following functions: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) To supervise the training of candidates for the examination of the Institute or of other professional bodies To recommend to Senate for approval, courses and syllabus of study with the Institute To recommend to Senate the award of Diplomas and Certificate To arrange for student's practical field experience with Schools, Industries, Government parastatals, International Organizations and other accredited Institutions. To regulate the conduct of Institute's Examinations To recommend to Senate the appointment of External Examiners. To organize and execute the extension programmes of the Institute. To appoint committees as may be deemed expedient To deal with any matter referred to it by the Governing Board or Senate To report its proceedings to the Governing Board where necessary. ADMINISTRATION The Institute of Education is administered by the Director who is responsible to the Vice-Chancellor. The Director is the Chairman of the Academic and Professional Board of the Institute, the Secretary of the Institute's Governing Board and also the Ex-officio member of all Boards and Committees appointed by the Governing Board or the Academic and Professional Board. The academic staff of the institute are research staff and are designated as Research Assistants, Assistant Research Fellows, Research Fellows II, Research Fellows I, Senior Research Fellows, Readers and Professors. All academic staff from the rank of Assistant Research Fellows are as of right, members of the Academic and Professional Board. The Academic and Professional Board is the general policy making body subject to the authority of the Governing Board and Senate. It handles all matters of general interest to students and staff. There are unit coordinators that handled specified functions and are responsible to the Director. There are also Academic Advisers who handle students' academic and personal problems. The Institute Officer oversees all administrative matters involving staff and students and such other functions as assigned by the Director or directed by the Registry. All staff and students have unrestricted access to the Director, however, students are urged to first discuss their problems with officials designated to handle such problems. Academic Advisers, Examinations officer and Coordinators as well as the Institute officer are always ready to help students solve their problems. UNITS IN THE INSTITUTE The Institute has for now three units as follows: (a) Research and Publications Unit (b) Conferences, Seminars /workshop Unit (c) Diploma Programmes Coordinating Unit Institute Programmes A. Certificate Programmes i. Certificate in Science Education (CSE) ii. Certificate in Mathematics Education (CME) iii. Certificate in Educational Technology (CET) iv. Certificate in English Language Education (CEL) v. Theatre and Performing Art Education (TPE) 140 B. Diploma Programmes i. Ordinary Diploma in Education (DED) ii. Diploma in Library Science (LSD) iii. Diploma in Environmental Education (DEE) iv. Diploma in Educational Technology (DET) Duration of Diploma Programmes The duration for each Diploma Programme is two academic Calendars/years, made up of four semesters. Admission Requirements for Diploma Programmes For a candidate to be qualified for any of the Institute's Diploma Programmes he/she must posses any of the following: i. Senior Secondary School Certificate or equivalent with at least four credits in relevant subjects including at least a pass in English Language and Mathematics in at most two sittings. ii. Teachers Grade Two Certificate (TCC II) with at least four credits or merits including at least a pass in English language, Mathematics in only one sitting. iii. Any other qualification acceptable to the University of Calabar for a Diploma Programme admission. Requirements for Graduation Students must have done all courses as required and completed and submitted their projects. They must also have completed a six-week intemship/Industrial Training (IT) programme in a relevant establishment. Maximum credit units per semester is 18 units. CODE DED = Diploma in Education LSD = Library and Information Science Diploma DPB = Diploma in Primary and Basic Education DET = Diploma in Educational Technology DEE = Diploma in Environmental Education Diploma Programmes: Diploma in Library Science Programme Objective: The objective of the Diploma in Library and information Science (Dip.Lib) programme is to train serving Library Assistants and Attendants and other qualified candidates who wish to rise to middle management positions in different libraries, in the country. The programme is also available to holders to Teacher Grade II and NCE Certificate. The need for well equipped and effectively managed libraries in our schools and colleges has long been recognized. What have been lacking are suitably trained and qualified personnel to organized and run these libraries. The programme will provide teachers with the basic professional knowledge and practical skills needed to develop, equip and run libraries and media centers in our schools and colleges. 141 COURSE STRUCTURE AND DESCRIPTION YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DED1001 DED1021 DED1031 DED1041 LSD1101 LSD1151 Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr Communication Skills 2 Course Code DED1002 Child Psychology I: Growth & Development Introduction to Computer 2 DED1012 2 DED1022 Introduction to Philosophy and Logic Introduction to Library & Information Science 2 DED1012 2 LSD Introduction to Physical Bibliography, Book Selection and Acquisition Two courses from Area of Specialization 2 1 Courses title Credit Hr Basic concepts and process in Test & Measurement Instructional Methodologies and Microteaching Child Psychology II: Behaviour and Learning Introduction to Projectual 2 The role of Libraries in the Educational process 2 Circulation of Library Materials & Reference Service 2 Two course from areas of Specialization 6 2 2 2 142 LSD 1 152 6 18 18 YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DED2001 DED2031 DET2001 LSD2101 LSD2111 LSD2121 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Introduction to Research and Statistics Computer Application Non-projectuals and Low Cost Technology Elements of Library Administration Classification I 2 Course Code DED2002 2 LSD2102 2 LSD2112 2 LSD2122 Cataloguing and Indexing I Two courses from Area of Specialization 2 2 Courses title Credit Hr Teaching Practice/Internship 2 Cataloguing and Indexing II Classification II 2 Project in Library Science Two Courses from Area of Specialization 2 2 6 18 6 18 142 DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY a) Rationale Diploma in Educational Technology (DET) is designed to provide opportunities for school leavers who desire to make a career in the education industry or in education courses capable of generating self employment. The programme also serves as a feeder for the Bachelor's degree in Educational technology. b). Programme Objectives The programme is designed to: i) Produce young generation of skilled educators for Nigerian educational system. ii) train middle class but skilled manpower for primary and junior secondary schools in Nigeria; and serve as feeder for the Bachelor's degree in Educational Technology COURSE STRUCTURE AND DISTRIBUTION Year Semester Core Required Courses Courses ONE (1) 1st. 8 4 2nd 4 8 ST nd 1 and 2 12 12 TWO (2) 1st. 2nd ST 1 and 2nd 2 8 22 6 18 143 Teaching Subjects 6 6 12 Elective Total - 18 18 36 6 6 24 4 8 18 18 72 The following course structure will apply: YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DED1001 DED1011 Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr Course Code Courses title Credit Hr Basic concepts and process in Test & Measurement Instructional Methodologies and Microteaching 2 2 Communication Skills Use of Library 2 2 DED1002 DED1012 Introduction to Computer 2 Required Courses DED1041 Introduction to Philosophy and Logic Required Courses 2 DED1022 Child Psychology II: Behaviour and Learning 2 DED1012 Introduction to Ware 2 DED1021 2 DET 1022 Print Technologies and Library Studies 2 2 DET 1032 Introduction to Projectuals 6 DED1031 DED1001 Child psychology I: Growth and Development Introduction to Educational Technology Two course from areas of Specialization 6 Two courses in a Teaching Subject 18 18 YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DED2001 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Course Code Courses title Credit Hr Introduction to Research and Statistics Computer Application 2 DED2012 Teaching Practice/Internship 2 2 DET 2002 Project in Educational Technology 2 Two courses from Area of Specialization 6 DED2031 Required Courses Non-projectuals and Low Required Courses 2 144 DET2001 DED 2011 DED 2031 Elective Cost Technologies Photography and Broadcasting Technologies Adult Basic and Literacy Education Two courses from Area of Specialization One course in Restrcted Elective 2 Elective Two Restrcted Elective 2 2 6 2 18 18 Restricted Elective Courses DED 2011 DED 2021 Introductory Guidance and Counselling School Librarianship 2 DET 2112 Technologies for Distance Learning 2 2 DPB 2032 DPB 2042 Introduction to Special Needs Learners Administration of Pre-primary and Basic Education 2 2 145 DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (DEE) INTRODUCTION Diploma in Environmental Education (DEE) was introduced as an academic programme in the Institute of Education by NCF/WWF and the University of calabar to meet the yearning of the people toward environmental conservation and awareness, in order to subvert the increasing impacts of environmental deterioration in our societies. The Ordinary Diploma in Environmental Education is a two-year (FourSemesters) programme designed for secondary school leavers or holders of the school certificate or equivalent qualifications. OBJECTIVES The Ordinary Diploma in Environmental is designed to: i) Produce a crop of middle manpower that will assist in policy formulation and implementation of environmental conservation matters and sustainable development; ii) Develop low level professionals that will take curriculum initiatives and assist in the teaching and learning of Environmental Education in Nigerian Educational system; iii) Provide expertise that will educate urban and rural dwellers on the subject of Environmental Conservation, Management and Sustainable Development; iv) Fill manpower requirement in Environmental Protection Agencies, Nature Conservation Organizations and National Parks; v) Ensure the availability or resource persons that will develop materials for the Advancement of Environmental Conservation and Protection. ENVIORNMENTAL EDUCAION COURSE STRUCTUE AND DISTRIBUTION YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DED1001 DED1011 DED1021 DED1031 DED1041 DPP 1101 Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr Communication Skills 2 Course Code DED1002 Use of Library 2 DED1012 Child psychology I: Growth and Development Introduction to Computer Introduction to Philosophy and Logic Introduction to Environmental Education Two course for areas of Specialization 2 DED1022 2 DET 1032 2 DED1012 2 DEE 1302 6 18 Courses title Credit Hr Basic concepts and process in Test & Measurement Instructional Methodologies and Microteaching Child Psychology II: Behaviour and Learning Introduction to Projectuals Planning and Process in Environmental Education Man and Environmental Behaviour 2 Two courses in a Teaching Subject 6 2 2 2 2 2 18 YEAR TWO 146 1ST SEMESTER Course Course title Code CORE COURSES DED2001 Introduction to Research and Statistics Computer DED2031 Application DET2001 DEE 2301 DEE 2311 Non-projectuals and Low Cost Technology Practicum in Environmental Education Education for Sustainable Development Two courses from Area of Specialization 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr Course Code 2 DED2002 Teaching Practice/Internship 2 2 DEE 2302 2 2 DEE 2402 Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment Project in Environmental Education Two Courses from Area of Specialization 2 Courses title 2 6 2 6 18 RESTRICTED ELECTIVES DED 2011 Introductory 2 Guidance and Counselling DED 2021 School Librarianship 2 18 DET 2112 Technologies for Distance Learning 2 DPB 2032 Introduction to Special Needs Learners Administration of Preprimary and Basic Education 2 DPB 2042 AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION: 1. ENGLISH LANGUAGE (ENG) COURSES i) ENG 1001 Introduction to English Structure ii) ENG 1101 Introduction to Literature iii) ENG 1002 Basic Grammar iv) ENG 1102 Literacy Criticism v) ENG 2101 English Studies Method vi) ENG 2001 Introduction to Oracy Skills vii) ENG 2002 English Composition, Stylistic Semantics viii) ENG 2102 English Comprehension and Language Evaluation 2. Credit Hr CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS KNOWLEDGE (CRK) COURSES i) CRS 1101 History and Religion of Israel ii) CRS 1111 Introduction to the Study of Religion iii) CRS 1222 History of Christianity in West Africa up to 18th Century iv) CRS 1232 Introduction to Comparative Study of Religion v) CRS 2111 Early Church History vi) CRS 2121 General Christian Ethics of Religion vii) CRS 2212 New Testament viii) CRS 2222 Methodology of Religions Studies 147 2 3. AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE (AGS) COURSES i) AGS 1101 Introduction to Agricultural Sciences ii) AGS 1111 Agricultural Economics and Extension iii) AGS 1102 Principles of Soil Science iv) AGS 1112 Introduction to Animal Science v) AGS 2101 Crop Production vi) AGS 2111 Livestock Production and Management vii) AGS 2102 Agricultural Science and Environment viii) AGS 2112 Practical 4. PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION (PHE) COURSES i) PHE 1101 Foundation of Health Education ii) PHE 1201 Theory and Techniques of Games and Sports iii) PHE 1302 Organization and Administration of Games and Sport iv) PHE 1402 Introduction to Nutrition Science and Safety Education v) PHE 2101 Introduction to Exercise Physiology and Sociology of Sports vi) PHE 2201 School Health Education Vii) PHE 2301 Psychology of Coaching, Officiating and Management viii) PHE 2401 Communicable and Non-Communicable Diseases 5. INTEGRATED SCIENCE (ISC) COURSES i) ISC 1101 Fundamental of Living Things ii) ISC 1011 Man and Energy iii) ISC 1012 Environment and Population iv) ISC 1112 Management of Natural Resources v) ISC 2011 Process of Life vi) ISC 2111 Man and Environmental Resources vii) ISC 2112 Man and Machine viii) ISC 2212 Introductory Ecology 6. MATHEMATICS (MTH) COURSE i) MTH 1001 Basic Concept of Mathematics ii) MTH 1001 Mathematics Methods iii) MTH 1011 Algebra and Trigonometry I iv) MTH 1012 Algebra and Trigonometry II v) MTH 2010 Statistics and Probability vi) MTH 2002 Co-ordinate Geometry vii) MTH 2011 Mathematics Methods II viii) MTH 2011 Vector Algebra 7. ECONOMICS (ECS) COURSES i) ECS 1101 Introduction to Monetary and Financial Institutions ii) ECS 1111 Principles of Economics iii) ECS 1102 Methods of Teaching Economics iv) ECS 1112 Principles of Economics II v) ECS 2101 Mathematics for Economics vi) ECS 2111 Macro Economics I vii) ECS 2102 Introductory Micro Economics viii) ECS 2112 Macro Economics II 8. GEOGRAPHY (GEO) COURSES i) GEO 1001 Introduction to Physical Geography ii) GEO 1011 Introduction to Human Geography iii) GEO 1022 Introduction to Regional Geography 1 iv) GEO 1032 Introduction to Map Work 1 v) GEO 2001 Physical Geography 2 vi) GEO 2011 Human Geography of Tropical Africa 148 vii) viii) GEO GEO 2022 2032 West Africa (Nigeria) Map Work II 9. POLITICAL SCIENCE (POS) COURSES i) POS 1101 Introduction to Political Science ii) POS 1111 Introduction to Political Economy iii) POS 1012 Introduction to Political Science iv) POS 1112 Nigerian Government and Polities v) POS 2011 The Politics of Pollution vi) POS 1111 Public Policy Analysis vii) POS 2112 The Military in Politics viii) POS 2212 Organizational Theory 10. SOCIAL STUDIES (SOS) COURSES i) SOS 1061 Foundations of Social Studies ii) SOS 1011 Culture and the Environment iii) SOS 1062 Economy and the Environment iv) SOS 1072 Development and its Impact on Environment v) SOS 2061 Man and Social Change vi) SOS 2071 Impact of Social Problems on Environment vii) SOS 2062 Science Technology and the Environment viii) SOS 2072 Political Influence on the Environment COURSE DESCRIPTION LIBRARY SCIENCE (LSD) COURSES LSD 1101 INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARY SCIENCE Introduction to the basic principles of library science, types Libraries and the Library in the Society. Definition of the library; i. as an educational agency; ii. as an information agency; iii. as a recreational agency Types of Libraries: Types and characteristics of library resources. Outline view of major functions: collection, processing, organization, storage and retrieval of resources. The Library in the Society The social, political and cultural setting within which libraries operate. The impact of the public library on the spread of literacy and knowledge intellectual freedom and the issue of censorship. Outline history of libraries from the earliest times to the present. LSD 1051 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY, BOOK SELECTION AND ACQUISITION Description of the book as a physical object. Overview of paper and paper making. Outline history of printing from the earliest times to the present. Problems of book preservation with special reference to the tropics. It also examines theory and practice of book selection. Factors affecting book selection in different libraries. Processes of book acquisition. Problems of serials acquisition. Acquisition of nonprint materials. Criteria for weeding. The publishing industry and the book trade with special reference to Nigeria. Copyright and the problems of book piracy. LSD 2111 CLASSIFICATION I Outline view of the universe of knowledge and the structural inter-relationships of the different branches of that universe. The nature of classification. The function of classification in the ordering of knowledge. Brief history of classification. Introduction to Library classification. History and development of the major classification schemes. Evaluation of each of the schemes and their appropriateness in different libraries. 149 LSD 2121 CATALOGUING AND INDEXING 1 This course introduces students to descriptive cataloguing of library materials, the structure and forms of the library catalogue, and the use of cataloguing tools. It considers the relevance of cataloguing codes and introduces students to AACR II. Further descriptive cataloguing. Application of A.A. C.R. II Content analysis and subject indexing. LSD 1152 CIRCULATION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS AND REFERENCE SERVICES Strategies for the control and protection of library resources. Different charging systems. Reservations and other counter processes. It also surveys general reference sources such as: encyclopedias, dictionaries, handbooks, concordances, abstracts, indexes, and bibliographies, their organization and use. The art of handling reference enquires. Literature search technique. LSD 1142 THE ROLE OF LIBRARIES IN THE EDUCATIONAL PROCESS. Library is a storehouse of information and a reservoir of cultural achievements of a given society and the world at large from one period of time to the next. This course will examine the custodial and initiation role of the library in Nigeria society to enhance the education of individual youths and adults into selfdirected learning processes such as cultural, sociological philosophical, psychological, economic and literacy. LSD 2101 ELEMENTS OF LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION Practical aspects of the organization and administration of libraries. Budgeting and budget control. Personnel selection, recruitment and management. Problems in the administration of different types of libraries public national academic, school and special libraries. LSD 2112 CLASSIFICATION 11 Practical classification of library materials using Dewey, Library of Congress and U.D.C. Subject analysis. Alphabetization. Evaluation of the major schemes: L.C.D.C and U.D.C. Practical classification of library materials using a chosen scheme. Classification of non print materials. LSD 2132 MEDIA LIBRARIANSHIP Other media as complimentary to the book medium in the transmission information. Type of media, their selection, acquisition, organization and use in libraries and media centers. LSD 2141 SCHOOL LIBRARIANSHIP The school library within the school setting. Relationship of the school librarian or teacher/librarian with the school administration. School library accommodation. School library resources and equipment. The role of the school library in the teaching process. Practical administration of the school library. LSD 1251 SOCIOLOGY OF LIBRARIANSHIP An examination of social structure and social institutions. Problems of dynamics. Libraries and social development. social organization; group LSD 1171 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT This course aims at providing teacher librarians with a practical and functional approach to curriculum planning, its organization, instruction, principles of learning and teaching as is related to Nigerian education, with consideration of the needs of students in the Nigerian secondary school, in addition to the methods of evaluating the curriculum. LSD 2102 CATALOGUING AND INDEXING II More descriptive and subject cataloguing. Cataloguing of non-print materials. Catalogue maintenance. Further content analysis and subject indexing. Types of indexes. LSD 2122 PROJECT Individual study by the student of an approved topic chosen from any area of library science and conducted under a project supervisor. 150 LSD 2152 SPECIAL LIBRARIES The position of special libraries within the parent organizations. Types of special libraries. Special library resources. Organization and administration of special libraries. LSD 2131 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES Procedure and techniques of project writing are taught to learners. They are also exposed to simple and relevant methods of analyzing data and reporting research. EDC 2142 GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING The principles and philosophy that underlie the practice of guidance and counseling are studied. Fundamentals of guidance are also examined with a bias in the educational and vocational uses of the library in Nigeria. EDC 1162 GENERAL TEACHING METHODS An experience-based approach to methods of teaching, in which students develop lesson plans, units of study objectives and evaluative techniques in instruction; the use of materials and the construction of visual aids by the prospective teacher librarian. ENG 1101 ENGLISH ORACY SKILLS Oral communication skills, which are basic to language development are studied. The relevance of listening and speaking skills is emphasized. Students are also exposed to the techniques of making effective use of these skills as well as imparting them to others. ENG 1102 ENGLISH LITERACY SKILLS This course inculcates the reading and writing aspects of communication skills in English. Components and types of reading are taught as well as reading comprehension strategies. Students are also introduced to various aspects of the writing skill such as summary, essays, letters, reports, minutes of meetings etc. PRE-PRIMARY AND BASIC EDUCATION (DPB) COURSES DED 1001 Communication Skills The Course is designed to equip the students with effective verbal, written and non-verbal communication skills, using English as the lingua franca and the official communication medium. Interest in literary works. Comprehension and competence in both oral and written English shall be emphasized. DEB 1011 Use of Library Focus shall be on the development and use of relevant library skills including the location and identification of library materials. The use of the internet for sourcing of materials shall also be emphasized. DED 1021 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY I: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Child growth and development from conception to childhood period. Pre-natal and Post-natal developmental processes, Early environmental needs and needs satisfaction. Attachment social development, and early environmental experiences. DED 1031 Introduction to Computers: Types, functions, programmes, operations and possibilities of computers, their historical development, internet utility for different purposes including education, business, politics, government and industries shall be exposed in order to create computer awareness, appreciation and utilization skills. DED 1041 Introductory Philosophy and Logic The rudiments of oriental and western philosophies, reasoning and logic as applied to daily life and living and to technologies shall be emphasized. DPB 1001 Introduction to Pre-Primary and Basic Education This course is designed to acquaint students with the background, meaning and differences between preprimary and basic education. Forms of basic education, planning and execution of community based 151 education. Curriculum and techniques in pre-primary education including adult literacy and basic education shall form the focus. YEAR ONE SECOND SEMESTER COURSES DED 1002 Introductory Tests and Measurement Basic Concepts of Tests and Measurement in Education. Elementary test construction and administration. Elements of descriptive statistics used in reporting learners progress and performance. DED 1012 Instructional Methodologies and Microteaching The rudiments of instructional methods, class management and teaching skills shall form the focus of this course. The microteaching mode with focus on introduction, test of entry behaviour, use of instructional materials, questioning, repetition and relevant pedagogic skills shall also be emphasized as rudimentary requirements for effectiveness in teaching behaviour. Students should carry out microteaching practices. DED 1022 Child Psychology II: Behaviour and Learning Concept of learning, learning readiness conditioning and learning processes. Critical periods in learning, learning activities and problems children encounter. DPB 1002 Infant Teaching Modes (Music, Dance, Drama, Arts) and Sensory Organs. This course involves the use of music, recitation, dance and other arts e.g aids in teaching and learning at pre-primary schools. Selection of some local/cultural dance and equipment in school and learning situation. DPB 1012 Foundations of Pre-Primary and Basic Education The historical, philosophical, psychological, sociological and cultural background of pre-primary and basic education shall form the focus of this course. The elements of western and oriental philosophies shall be introduced as sustainable foundations for pre-primary and basic education. DED 2001 Introductory Research Methods and Statistics The rudiments of research and elementary statistics, research designs, methods, instruments, population, sampling techniques, long essay reports format leading to choice of acceptable topics shall be the focus, especially as related to Educational Technology. DPB 2001 Mathematics Curriculum and Methods This course is designed for students to remedy their deficiencies in mathematics and to lay a foundation for further work in mathematical computation and problems solving especially at pre-primary and primary level. Emphasis is on the processes which would facilitate pupils understanding of basic mathematical concept taught. DPB 2011 English Language and Reading Curriculum and Methods Language and reading, methodology of teaching language, reading and writing at pre-primary level. Problems associated with these activities at this level and various approaches to the situation. The issue of literacy in the local language. The methodology of the local language, and the selection of the suitable texts for reading in both English and the local language. DPB 2021 Science Curriculum and Methods This course is designed to equip students with the basic concepts in pre-primary/primary science. Theories in science. Scientific experiment for the pre-primary and primary children with emphasis on science process skills-the meaning and value of science to the society. Components of science, rationale of science education for children. Science learning centres and how to make them. Living and non-living things, states of matter, air and its constituents, water and solvent. EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (DET) COURSES DED 1001 Communication Skills 152 The course if designed to equip the students with effective verbal, written and non-verbal communication skills, using English as the lingua franca and the official communication medium. Interest in literary works, comprehension and competence in both oral and written English shall be emphasized. DED 1011 Use of Library Focus shall be on the development and use of relevant library skills including the location and identification of library materials. The use of the internet for sourcing of materials shall also be emphasized. DED 1031 Introduction to computers Types, functions, programmes, operations and possibilities of computers, their historical development, internet utility for different purposes including education business, politics, government and industries shall be exposed in order to create computer awareness, appreciation and utilization skills. DED 1041 Introductory Philosophy and Logic The rudiments of oriental and western philosophies, reasoning and logic as applied to daily life and living. Technologies pre-primary and basic education shall be emphasized. DET 1001 Introductory to Education and Technology The general background to education and technology, their history and interrelationships shall be examined to bring out their salient features, purposes, values and influences. Specific areas and problems of education and technology as related to the state and the country shall be closely examined. DED 1002 Basic Concepts and Processes in tests and Measurement Basic concepts of tests and measurement in education and elementary test construction and administration shall be the focus of this course. Elements of descriptive statistics used in reporting learner's progress and performance, shall also be emphasized. DED 1012 Instructional Methodologies and Microteaching The rudiments of instructional methods, class management and teaching skills shall form the focus of this course. The microteaching mode with focus on introduction test of entry behaviour, use of instructional materials, questioning, repetition and relevant pedagogic skills shall also be emphasized as rudimentary requirements for effectiveness in teaching behaviour. Students should carry out microteaching. DET 1012 Instructional Wares The categories, functions, structures, strategies, values and problems associated with instructional wares especially as related to primary and junior secondary schools shall be examined closely. Comparative effectiveness of each category of instructional wares shall be studied. DET 1022 Print Technologies and Library Studies The historical and practical background of prints and book production, storage, classification, care, repairs and their technologies shall be studied. The implications of books, writing and library to modern developments and information technologies shall also be emphasized along with the rudiments of intellectual property rights and copyright laws. DET 1032 Introduction to Projectuals Emphasis shall be on the nature, types, uses, functioning and utilization strategies of projectuals. Relevant hardware's and software, their manipulation, production, care and storage, classroom use an sitting arrangements for maximum effectiveness shall be examined. DET 2001 Non-Projectuals and Low-Cost Technologies Basic design tools and principles necessary for improvisation of non-projectuals, their utilization and evaluation strategies, the Circle of Improvisation and the Cone of Experience are important. Practice application of the design tools and principles for production of non-projectuals and low-cost is mandatory. Students should produce instructional packages to reflect their teaching subject. DED 2001 Introductory Research and Statistics 153 The rudiments of research and elementary statistics, research designs, methods, instruments, population, sampling techniques, long essay reports and report format leading to choice of acceptable topics shall be the focus, especially as related to educational technology. DED 2011 Introductory Guidance and Counseling Focus on individual, group, family, school, industrial, career and non-school counseling settings, basic principles, occupational choice, psychological testing and applications within the face-to-face situations shall be emphasized. DED 2021 School Librarianship Examines the school library with the school setup. Relationship of he school librarian or teacher/librarian with the school administration. School library accommodation, resources and equipments. The role of the school library in the teaching process. Practical administration of the school library. DED 2031 Introduction to Special Needs Learners The categories, problems, concepts and prospects of aspects in the regular class shall be examined. Basic concepts of special education, characteristics, causes and learning processes of each category of the exceptional child and the role of the educational technologist are also important. DED 2002 Teaching Practice/Internship Teaching practice including internship for practical field, experience in school setting, under close supervision of both the departmental and co-operating staff for a minimum of six weeks. DET 2002 Projects in Educational Technology Mini and major instructional packages, long essays and individual written project reports as an amalgam of the course will be mandatory. Bound project reports or long essays on approved topic under close supervision will also be a mandatory requirement. DET 2012 Photography and Broadcasting Technologies The theory, practice and technologies involving simple photographic and broadcasting processes and products, dark room processes, skills and ethics, types of photography, scripting for the radio, television and production of short albums and video/CD will be encouraged. DET 2412 Technologies for Distance Education The distance learning models and technologies in different African and non-African countries shall be studied using the comparative approaches to emphasize the historical background, philosophies, the problem and merits. NOUN structure, problems advantages, technologies and possibilities in the light of the current socio-political problems in Nigeria shall be examined in detail. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (DEE) COURSES DEE 1101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The course introduces students to the concept of Environmental Education as a new discipline in the school curriculum as well as its relevance to the society. It examines some global environmental problems and their implications for human survival. DEE 1201 FOUNDATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The course aims at introducing students to the genesis of Environmental education from the Industrial Revolution to date. It covers the Historical Philosophical Psychological as well as the sociological foundations of Environmental Education. DEE 1301 COMMUNITY AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT This course will expose students to, the concepts of community and rural development, social and political organization of communities, problems and solutions associated with their communities, and the approaches to environmental conservation and sustainable development in communities. DEE 1401 EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 154 The course is designed to expose the learners to the basic elements of sustainable development. In essence, the course is aimed at development in individuals the tenets of sustainability of resources in our environment for human existence. Issues such as the concept of sustainable development objectives, basic principles, benefits, and problems are examined. In addition the course exposes the learner to the different environmental resources and how they can be sustainable managed. Solution to some major environmental problems are also emphasized. DEE 1102 PLANNING AND PROCESS IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Planning and process is a course designed to equip students with skills in understanding group dynamics and various strategies for effective environmental management. Essentially the course will focus on different ways and means of solving the multifarious human and environmental problems that plaque the world today. It is hoped that at the end the student will have a change of attitude, a large vision, creative imagination and empathy for the environment. DEE 1202 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The course is designed to: 1. introduce the prospective environmental education to the basic concepts and principles involves in environmental education curriculum development, implementation and evaluation; 2. examine the various instructional theories and their to environmental education (EE) curriculum at the formal and non-formal settings: 3. justify the role of individual differences in EE curriculum and sustainability practices, and 4. expose the prospective environmental education to the strategies of environmental education programme proposals using the curriculum development and evaluation strategies. DEE 1302 MAN AND ENVIRONMENT BEHAVIOUR The course examines how human-being perceive the physical environment and how such perception affects their behaviour towards it. The attitude of man towards the use of resources in the community environment is also ascertained. DEE 1402 PEDAGOGY OF ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Pedagogy of Environment Education is a scientific and systematic approach of imparting knowledge, values and skills to learners. The course provides learners with requisite broad-based knowledge of other social problems, skills and tools to learning and teaching in environmental education. The course is conceived as an intervention and ongoing process meant to help institutions and individuals to become more responsive to human conditions, individual integrity, cultural and biographical conditions that influence their lives in complex environment. DEE 2101 INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT/TEACHING The course is designed to expose students to practical problems of Environmental Education and sustainable development for six weeks so that the knowledge acquired in this direction can be fully applied within the referent situation. DEE 2201 COMMUNICATION AND MASS MEDIA ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The course introduces one to the techniques, characteristics and problems of communication, with emphasis on forms processes and styles of human symbolic communication. It would focus on the functions, purpose and strategies of effective communication in environmental education. DEE 2301 PRACTICUM IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Practicum in environmental education is designed to practically expose students to the functioning of the physical environment with its attendant socio-cultural influences by human activities. Basically, the course is intended to arose a strong feeling of concern for practical environment problems and solutions. The ultimate aim is to protect the biosphere for the benefit of man. DEE 2401 RESEARCH METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The main goal of this course is to introduce environmental educators to the various methods of conducting valid researches in the field of environment education and to adequately evaluate scientific and unscientific 155 evidences. Upon completion of the course, each student is expected to demonstrate understanding of the techniques used in identifying environmental education research problems, formulating hypotheses, constructing and using data gathering instruments, and employing appropriate statistical procedures to analyze and interpret environmental research data. DEE 2102 SEMINAR IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION The course focuses on seminar and workshop skills based on environmental education and sustainable development processes. Emphasis is also on independent exploration of local environmental problems ways of creating awareness among the people. DEE 2202 MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL ECOSYSTEMS Promotion of environmental management strategies and their operational guidelines form the focus of the course. The features purposes and management strategies of ecosystem should emphasize diversity, aesthetics, compromise, team work principles of wildlife management and control including the application of some related theories. DEE 2302 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) The course is designed to introduce students to the concept of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). It presents an overview of development and the environment as well as the impact of Human Activities on the environment. The framework for environmental management and the objectives, principles, basic concepts methods and application of environmental impact assessment are adequately emphasized. DEE 2402 PROJECT IN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION This course requires students to write their projects on any aspect of the environment and it is akin to an independent study project. The theme of the project shall bear relevance to environmental conservation and sustainable development, which may be either local or global concern. But more importantly, it shall emphasize the awareness and educational components. AREA OF SPECIALIZATION 1. ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSES ENG 1001 Introduction to English Structure: The course focuses on competent knowledge of communication skills in English, learning of English and interest in literacy work thus preparing them for further studies in English Language. ENG 1002 Basic English Grammar, Phonology and Morphology: The course is designed to help students develop a confident and competent know ledged of communication skills in English, develop interest in literary work while preparing them for further studies in the subject. ENG 1011 Introduction to Literature: The course shall expose students to the nature of literature and equip them with the techniques necessary for literary appreciation. ENG 1012 Introduction to Literary Criticism: The course shall nurture in students interest for literary works, expose them to different genres of literature, both African and European, show the relationship between literature and the society, equip them with skills necessary for appraisal of literary texts. ENG 2001 English Studies Method: The course is designed to give students general background information on the nature of language and how it is acquired. It also includes units of language like grammatical structures and lexis. The teaching of literature to children is also incorporated. The course outlines techniques for assessing and evaluating achievement in language as well as error remediation, teaching strategies and suitable materials for basic level of education. ENG 2002 English Composition, Stylistic and Semantics: 156 This course covers three areas. English composition, which exposes students to various facets of composition writing processes and formats, stylistics which exposes students to the study of style in different genres, through the oral or written medium; and semantics which exposes students to the study of language in relation to meaning. ENG 2001 Introduction to Oracy Skills: The course is designed to further help students develop confidence and competence in communication skills in English Oracy, equip them on various strategies for evaluating materials for teaching English Language, develop interest in literary works and be prepared for further studies in English. ENG 2012 English Comprehension, Language Evaluation and Testing: The course inculcates in students effective comprehension strategies and summary skills. It also enhances their language performance, evaluation and equips them with language testing skills. 2. RELIGIOUS STUDIES (CRS) COURSES CRS 1101 HISTORY AND RELIGION OF ISRAEL The course makes a critical study of the Book of Genesis in particular and the Pentateuch in general with the exception of Leviticus and Deuteronomy. religious emphasis. The course also studies in addition historical accounts contained in the Books of Joshua. Judges and 1 Samuel. The origin of David to the fall of Samaria in 587 B. C should also be studies along with the book of II Samuel and I and II Kings, Amos and Hosea. 3. AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE (AGS) COURSES AGS 1101 INTRODUCTION TO AGRIC SCIENCE This course aims at introducing the students to the general concepts of Agriculture. Besides crop production, animal science and soil science, other areas exists which will not only enhance the study of the aforementioned areas but deals with general and specific matters relating to agriculture. AGS 1111 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS This course looks at the basic economics principles and how they apply to Agriculture. It also takes a look at marketing-an important segment of modern agriculture and extension services AGS 1102 INTRODUCTION TO SOIL SCIENCES This course entails a detailed study of the soil in relation to its origin, formation, characteristics, components among others. AGS 1112 INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL SCIENCES This course is an introduction to animal science. It will look at the importance and ecological distribution of animals as well as other aspects of animal anatomy and physiology. AGS 2101 CROP PRODUCTION This course deals with detailed study of such selected crops as cereal, legumes, tubers and roots, oils and fibers, edible fruits, beverages and vegetables. It explains factors affecting crop production, classification of Agricultural produce AGS 2101 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT This course deals with the production and management of monogastric and polygastric animals. AGS 2102 AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE & ENVIRONMENT This course introduces students basically to agricultural production and ecology. It will assess critically the relationship of various agricultural practices and ecological systems and their relatedness. AGS 2112 PRACTICAL AGRICULTURE In this course, students are expected to own and manage a plot of land planting crops they have studied. It should also look at animal maintenance among other. 157 4. PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION (PHE) COURSES 5. INTEGRATED SCIENCE (ISC) COURSES ISC 1101 FUNDAMENTALS OF LIVING THINGS The course intends to acquaint students with the basic fundamentals of living organisms. The structure of the cells, nucleus, chromosomes and genes, important cell processes and elementary genetics. ISC 1011 MAN AND ENERGY The course aims at introducing the students into some basic principles regarding man and energy, the understanding of the meaning, sources, uses and the importance of energy in our everyday life. Alternative sources of energy such as fossil fuels synthetic solar etc would also be treated. The course also introduces students to the basic concepts of work and energy force, it also examines conductors, insulators measurement of energy using simple calculations. ISC 1012 POPULATION AND ENVIRONMENT This course is intended to acquaint the students with the knowledge of how population impacts on the environment and vice versa as well as developing strategies on sustainable use of the environment by the populace. ISC 1112 MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES This course is designed to promote natural resource management strategies. It also highlights various techniques of managing the entire ecosystem with a view to ensuring sustainable development. Some emphasis is also placed on biodiversity; aesthetics and wildlife conservation as this promote tourism. ISC 2011 PROCESSES OF LIFE The basic concepts about life processes would be treated during this course with emphasis on practical examples and observation. ISC 2111 MAN AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES Students are expected to: i. Explain the concept of resources ii. Identify the various resources used by man iii. Understand the sustainable use of the resources of the environment. ISC 2112 MAN AND MACHINE This course intends to treat the various meanings, types and uses of simple machines, and compound machines; as classes of levers, pulleys, axles and wheels machine planes and wedges, ie the various forms of machines including their applications would be treated in the discussion of the general principles and mode of operation, certain terms generally employed alongside effects of machines on human capacity, like mechanical advantage, efficiency and simple calculation. 6. MATHEMATICS (MTH) COURSES MTH 1001 BASIC CONCEPTS IN MATHEMATICS: Sets and set operation; laws of algebra of sets; one-one correspondence, countable and uncountable sets; cardinality of sets; binary relations, binary operations; menstruation; geometry; elementary statistics; matrices; determinants and its application; number bases other than 10 shall be focused upon. MTH 1002 MATHEMATICS METHODS The shall focus on elements of philosophy of mathematics teaching and learning, works of Bruner, Gagne, Piaget, Ausubel; Taxonomy of objectives and lesson presentation, introduction to questioning techniques, teaching of concepts, principles., skills and proofs; laboratory approaches to teaching mathematics; lesson assessment; diagnosis and remediation of difficulty in mathematics learning; problems of teaching/learning mathematics. 158 MTH 1011 ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY I Real numbers; laws of indices; surds; logarithms; linear and quadratic polynomials (definitions and operations); reducible and irreducible polynomials, division algorithm; remainder and factor theorem; cyclic polynomials; properties of angles and triangles; polygons (types, properties and area of regular polygon), congruent triangles, definition of tagonometric ratios and inter-relationship between them, the general angle, negative and small angles shall be emphasized in the course. MTH 1012 ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY II The course intends to examine the theory of quadratic equations; algebraic and graphic solutions to simultaneous equations; exponential equation; linear and quadratic in-equalities; partial fractions, curve sketching and polynomial functions; permutation and combination; Binomials theorem; arithmetic and geometric progression; compound, half and multiple angles; identities involving single angles and inverse trigonometric functions; graphs of simple trigonometric functions; and general solution of trigonometric equations. MTH 2001 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY The course is designed to cover the nature and purpose of mathematical statistics, tabular and graphical presentation of data, measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion; z-score; correlation rank order and Pearson product moment; random experiment; probability laws; random variables- discrete and continuous distributions; estimation of parameters; confidence internal; hypotheses testing and decision; ttest; analysis of variance; goodness of fit (X2) test; non-parametric tests. MTH 2002 CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY The course shall focus on points and lines; equation of a straight line, intersection of lines, internal division of a line segment; distance from a point to a line between two parallel lines, pairs of straight lines, angle bisector, area of triangle and quadrilaterals; equation of circle and parabola in Cartesian form; scale drawing and loci. MTH 2011 MATHEMATIC METHODS II The course shall focus on evaluating the adequacy of a mathematics textbook, progressive nature of mathematics and its implication for teaching; individual differences in the classroom causes and care; ways of motivating students to learn mathematics; classroom management in mathematics lesson; learning aids definitions and types; criteria for selecting and uses; learning aids from local materials; teaching triangles; geometrical constructions; signed numbers, percentages, profit and loss, linear equations and solutions to quadratic equations. .MTH 2012 VECTOR ALGEBRA The following topics shall be examined in vectors; localized vector, free vector, equality of vectors, like and unlike vectors; triangle, parallelogram, polygon laws, resultant vectors; parallel vectors, scalar multiple of a vector, commutative and distributive laws, component of a vector; rectangular component vectors, unit vectors, magnitude or modulus of a vector, position vectors, collinear point, direction cosines, angle between two vectors; scalar product, application to geometry, the sine of the angle between two vectors; area of a parallelogram; parallel vectors; non-commutative law of gross product and copular vectors; vectors; volume of tetrahedron; triple vector product; application of vectors to geometry and line matrices. 7. ECONOMICS (ECS) COURSES 8. GEOGRAPHY (GEO) COURSES GEO 1011 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN GEOGRAPHY The students at the end of this course should understand the definition and the basic components of human geography: describe resources in their region and explain the settlement and economic activities of mankind. GEO 1022 INTRODUCTION TO REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY 159 The course will exposed students to the components of their regions and the outside world. It will expose students to Scope of Regional Geography, Theory of the Earth, Human and physical setting, Africa, North and South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. GEO 1032 INTRODUCTION TO MAP WORK This course will expose students to how to read, interpret and prepare maps of their local environment. GEO 2001 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 2 Students are expected to: a) identify and explain the rock types in their environment; b) identify the landforms and explain their processes of formation; c) discuss the effect of climate on the environment; d) identify the types soil within their locality; GEO 2011 GEOGRAPHY OF TROPICAL AFRICA The course will examine the physical setting of Africa and the socio-economic activities. GEO 2022 WEST AFRICA (NIGERIA) The students are expected to: Understand the physical setting of West Africa and Nigeria in Particular. Know and explain the resources and the Socio-economic development of the region. GEO 2032 MAP WORK 2 Students are expected to know the basic principles of producing map of their villages. It will cover reasons for mapping, Principles of mapping, Principles of mapping, Type of map or classification of maps, Photographs and their use in Geography, Interpretation of relief, Qualitative analysis, Quantitative analysis and Interpretation of drainage 9. POLITICAL SCIENCE (POS) COURSES POS 1101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 1 This course is to provide and introduce participants towards having an initial knowledge of the political process and science as a field of study. It provides the framework for understanding government, governance, the societal structure as the context of operation and human interactions to ensure a steady polity. POS 1111 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ECONOMY This course is to examine the societal economic structure as its being influenced by political decisions making process. The political and economic institutions constitute the super-structures. It is to provide the elementary basic for a more advance study of the economic and political institutional arrangement and their relationship. POS 1102 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE II Introduction to political science II is designed to offer participants more advanced information and knowledge of the political process and institutional arrangements that facilitate governance. POS 1112 NIGERIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 1. The mode of production and characteristic of the Nigerian state. 2. Colonial policies in Nigerian system and concept of political development. 3. The economic endowment of Nigeria political system. 4. Pre-independent and independent political activities in Nigeria. 5. Contradictions in Nigeria political system from 1964 to 1970. 6. Coalition government and consequences for Nigerian Political System. 7. Political instability and political order in Nigeria. 8. Nigeria and the wider world. 9. Nigeria political culture, the military and Nigeria political system. 160 POS 2101 THE POLITICS OF POLLUTION The course introduces students to politics of pollution. It discusses the nature of the state and the role of power in environmental management of pollution. Attempts are made to identify different approaches to analyzing pollution policy issues, critical evaluation of control strategies, and problem associated with control in the face of capitalist accumulation, production processes and the radical demand for structural transformation of national-and international economic relations in the face of increasing pollution. POS 2201 PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS This is an introductory survey into basic concepts, tools, and the problems of public policy analysis. The course is to expose students to a body of knowledge called policy studies. Public policy will be introduced as both a process and as an end result designed to resolved some problems in the society. POS 2102 THE MILITARY IN POLITICS The military in politics is to expose students to the political culture and military intervention in politics, the sociology of the armed forces, why the military have got themselves mixed up with politics, their objectives and the general characteristics of the military. POS 2202 ORGANIZATION THEORY The course will introduce students to organization theory, concept of bureaucracy, Classical organization approach; Neo-classical organization approach, Administration and administrative behaviour in a political institution and Decision making in an organization 10. SOCIAL STUDIES (SOS) COURSE SOS 1011 CULTURE AND ENVIRONMENT The course is preoccupied with the study of the relationship between culture and the environment, highlighting the impacts of various cultural patterns on the entire environment. It then proceeds to examine certain human cultural practices that are environmentally friendly and those that are environmentally unfriendly and the resultant effect of this on the ecological balance. SOS 1061 FOUNDATION OF SOCIAL STUDIES To equip students with the rudiments of social studies To expose students towards knowing the trend of social studies education. Make students appreciate the dependable role of social studies as instrument for national development. SOS 1062 ECONOMY AND THE ENVIRONMENT This essence of the course is to expose the students to the judicious use of natural resources in order to conserve the environment. It examines the meaning and purpose of economy, the use of natural resources of the biophysical environment to sustain economy, the constituent elements of economy and the effects of economic activities on environment. SOS 2061 MAN AND SOCIAL CHANGE 3 CREDIT HOURS This course examine how man influences man. The concept of social change, theories of social change and variables that produce change are explored. The implications of social change in Nigeria, and especially in the emerging social institutions are studied. SOS 2072 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT i. Proper understanding of the meanings of science and technology ii Practical approach to the study, (teaching and learning) of science; especially, natural science. iii. Importance of sciences in society. iv. Procedure of practical application of scientific knowledge to resolve social and material problems of life-development of technology. v. Practical approach to the study of social studies. iv. For the purpose of realizing the above objective of the course, the content that follows is here proposed. 161 SOS 1072 DEVELOPMENT AND ITS IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT The students are to be introduced to the various concepts of development. The emphasis is laid on the physical or infrastructural development as well as material development. The impact of such developments on environment will be examined. REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXAMINATIONS 1. The general University regulations governing the conduct of examinations and the tone of examination environment should apply. 2. Resit Exam: Students who fail to reach prescribed standards may resit. However, students may be given the opportunity to revisit and master the subject matter that was failed before the resit is conducted. Therefore: a. First Semester Resit Examination take place during the secondary semester examinations period in normal circumstances. b. Second semester Resit Examinations shall take place three months after the second semester or preferably one week before the opening date for the next academic session. 3. Failing Resit Courses. There shall be no repeat of courses “repeat of year” students who fail resit courses shall carry the “fail” grade, i.e have the “ Fail grades recorded for them. 4. Withdrawal from Programme: Students may be allowed to complete their courses unless they withdraw voluntarily. Given the short duration of the programme and the emphasis on skills acquisition and development, withdrawal is not recommended. The grading system for Diploma Programmes. Distinction 4.50 - 5.00 Credit 3.50 - 4.49 Merit 2.40 - 3.49 Pass 1.00 - 2.39 INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY PART ONE GENERAL INFORMATION ESTABLISHMENT The Institute of Oceanography (IOC), University of Calabar, is charged with the responsibility of carrying out research in its mandate areas as well as providing instruction and training for future managers of the marine/aquatic ecosystem. It was the first institute to be established in the University of Calabar in the 1982/83 academic session. Vision The vision of the institute is to become a leading aquatic sciences institution in Africa and in the world, fully equipped with the best personnel and infrastructure to promote development and management of aquatic resources including all facets of aquaculture. 162 Mission The institute has the mandate for research into various facets of the aquatic sciences including sustainable management and exploitation of aquatic resources. The focus of our research programmes is the Nigerian coastline, nearshore and coastal areas while recognizing the inter-linkages and inter-dependencies of the various aquatic systems. Through cooperation with other national and international institutions involved in similar work, we seek to continually update our capabilities. Our training programmes are geared towards production of medium and high-level manpower equipped to address aquatic environmental issues in the country and sub-region. Aims and Objectives The objective of the institute is to provide education and carry out research in oceanography. Its aims include teaching and research in marine sciences and production of the much required medium and high level marine scientists, functions which most other universities in the country are not currently performing. Functions The functions of the institute include but not limited to the following: i. Provision of undergraduate and postgraduate teaching, research and training in aquatic science leading to the award of diplomas, certificates, Masters and Doctorate degrees in the different areas of marine sciences; ii. Training for the award of postgraduate diplomas in Fisheries and Aquaculture, Coastal Zone Management, Marine Meteorology and Fish Diseases; iii. Provision of certificate courses in Water Pollution and Coastal Zone Management; iv. Provision of specialist courses whether leading to university distinction or not for persons from the industry or government; v. Carrying out research with particular reference to the Aquatic/Marine sciences and undertaking of consultancy services for government, international organizations, local authorities and the private sector; vi. Undertaking of extension services in Fisheries and Aquaculture, Marine Sciences and in this respect provision of short term courses, workshops, conferences, symposia and seminars for practicing Fisheries and Aquaculture practitioners, marine policy officers and managers of coastal environments, etc; vii. Undertaking the publication of a journal of Aquatic Sciences and policy; and viii. Assistance to the relevant departments in the university in the teaching and research at the postgraduate and undergraduate levels. Scope of Activities The activities of the institute include basic and applied research in the following areas: Biological Oceanography Marine Chemistry Marine Geology Fisheries and Aquaculture Physical Oceanography Aquatic Microbiology and Fish Diseases. Researches in fresh- and brackish-waters quality, nypa palm management and utilization, and fisheries, are also carried out. Academic Programmes Diploma in Marine Science The Institute also offers a Diploma Programme in Marine Science. The course is designed to prepare candidates for science based academic programmes and to produce qualified middle-level manpower for the marine and fisheries industry. The practical nature of the programme will equip the graduands for active participation in the fisheries and aquaculture business, and employment in the marine sector. The duration of the programme is normally two sessions (four semesters) for full time students. 163 It is open to candidates with the following qualifications: a. Credit passes in four subjects in WASC/GCE/SSC/NECO including Physics, b. Chemistry, Mathematics and Biology or Agricultural Science at not more than two sittings; c. At least a pass in English Language. Post-Graduate Diploma (PGD) Programmes PGD in Fisheries and Aquaculture The postgraduate diploma in fisheries and aquaculture is designed to equip students with the necessary tools for aquaculture practice. The course is also beneficial for fisheries extension officers and other field personnel in aquaculture related enterprises. The duration of the programme is twelve months. Admission is open to holders of first degrees in zoology, biology, fisheries or aquaculture. Holders of HND in fisheries and aquaculture and relevant science subjects with at least two years post-qualification experience are also eligible. PGD in Coastal Zone Management The postgraduate diploma in Coastal Zone Management (CZM) Programme is an international twelve month programme. It is designed to provide students with a wide range of theoretical and practical skills on coastal issues with emphasis on coastal ecosystems, fisheries, ecology, law and social sciences relevant for coastal planning and management. The course is beneficial for universities and institutes involved in research and nature conservation, governmental and non-governmental organizations dedicated to coastal systems and resource management, consultancy outfits and agencies involved in environmental impact assessment/monitoring and organizations providing aids for environmental management and conservation. Admission Requirements (i) B.Sc. degree in natural sciences, environmental science and engineering (ii) HND in natural sciences, environmental science and engineering with at least two years post-qualification cognate experience. INSTITUTE OF PUBLIC POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION (IPPA) Introduction The Institute of Public Policy and Administration is a group of scholars and students pursuing the broad objectives of improving public policies through research and the training of public service personnel. Public policy questions, the focus of IPPA research and training, often require knowledge of many academic disciplines for their solution. The institute thus has an interdisciplinary staff of political scientists, economists, anthropologists, sociologists, geographers, historians, lawyers, educators, health administrators and management experts who are building up and making available an accurate body of knowledge about the determinants, processes and consequences of public choices made in our country. Functions of the Institute a. The Institute was established by statute during the 1983/84 academic year. The statute was revised and updated in 2001 and mandates the institute to carry out the following functions: b. To provide undergraduate and postgraduate teaching and research on Public Policy Studies and Administration leading to undergraduate and graduate diplomas and degrees in Public Administration, Policy Studies, Public Planning and Management; c. To provide specialist courses whether leading to university distinction or not for government and local government employees and persons in the private sector under such conditions as may be prescribed by the appropriate authorities; d. To recommend to Senate the award of Fellowships and other distinctions; e. To conduct research with particular reference to administration and policy studies and to undertake consultancy service for government, local government authorities and the private sector; f. To undertake extension services and in this respect to provide short term courses, workshops, conferences, symposia and seminars for practicing public officers; 164 g. h. i. To undertake the publication of a Journal of Public Policy and Administration Studies and other academic publications; To assist other departments and faculties in teaching functions of the university at the postgraduate and undergraduate levels; To perform any other functions that the Senate may from time to time deem fit to assign the institute. Mission of the Institute The mission of IPPA is statutorily determined. The statute directs the university, through the institute, to establish a leading centre of Policy and Administrative Studies, capable of creating and communicating policy relevant knowledge to a diversified public and provide policy and administration skills to the Nigerian public service as well as the private sector. In pursuance of these goals: i. An interdisciplinary group of policy analysts, both at professional and training levels, has been assembled; ii. A methodology capable of establishing a system of standards, rules and procedures for policy inquiry is in place and is subjected to analysis, criticism and revalidation; iii. Policy-relevant knowledge is emerging and it is being communicated by a variety of means, including seminars and publications, to a wide range of the public; and iv. Interdisciplinary co-operation in the policy and administration enterprise is actively pursued. Programmes Offered in the Institute Currently, IPPA offers the under-listed programmes: a. b. c. d. e. Diploma in Public Administration (DPA) Diploma in Personnel Management (DPM) Diploma in Local Government Administration (DLG) Diploma in Tourism Management (DTM) Diploma in Law (Dip Law) f. Diploma in Business Administration (DBA) g. Bachelor of Science in Policy and Administrative Studies (Transfered to the Department of Political Science) h. Post-Graduate Diploma in Public Administration (PGDPA) i. Post-Graduate Diploma in Local Government Administration (PGDLGA) j. Master in Policy and Admin. Studies (MPAS) (Transfered to the Department of Political Science) Purpose of the Programmes The programmes which are available on full-time bases are designed for persons in executive managerial positions in the public and private sectors, who wish to increase or improve their theoretical knowledge and practical skills. They are also designed for those who may wish to equip themselves for entry into such positions. Graduates of the programmes reaching acceptable academic standards may be admitted into Bachelor of Science, Policy M Administrative Studies (B.Sc. – PAS) of the institute and other degree programmes in the University. Admission Requirements For admission into the above Diploma programmes, candidates must possess a minimum of four (4) credits in the GCE O/L, SSCE, NECO, TC II examinations and a pass in English Language in not more than two sittings. Candidates who desire to proceed to the B.Sc., Policy and Administrative Studies programme at the completion of their Diploma must, however, possess Credit in English Language and at least a Pass in Mathematics while in Diploma programme. 165 Programme Structure/Course Outline DPA Programme YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code DPA1001 DPA1021 Introduction to Public Policy Introduction to Public Administration 3 3 Course Code DPA1002 DPA1021 DED1031 Constitutional Development in Nigeria 3 DED1041 The Machinery of Govt. and Govt. Regulations Introduction to Nigerian Political Economy Communication for Middle Level Management DPA1051 DPA1071 Credit Hr 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 DED1022 Budget and Budgeting Process Introduction to Personnel Administration The Nigerian Rural Society 3 ED1042 Government and Politics in Nigeria 3 3 DPA1052 Industrial Relations and Management 3 3 DPA1062 Field Data Collection: Organisation and Analysis Local Government in Nigeria 3 DPA 1072 3 3 YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DPA2001 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 DPA2021 DPA1031 DPA1041 Public Policy Analysis & Decisionmaking Public Administration in Nigeria Theories of Public Administration Constitutional and Administrative Law Course Code DPA2002 Courses title Credit Hr 3 DPA2022 DED2032 ED2042 Public Finance & Public Financial Management Rural Development Public Corporations Development Administration 3 3 3 DPA1051 Theories of Organisation 3 DPA2052 Nigerian Foreign Policy 3 DPA1061 Development Economics and Planning 3 DPA2062 Health and Welfare Administration 3 DPA 2082 Human Resources Management 3 DPA 2072 Project 3 166 3 3 3 YEAR ONE Course Code DPA1001 DPA1021 DED1031 DED1041 DPA1051 DPA1071 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Introduction to Public Policy Introduction to Public Administration 3 3 Course Code DPA1002 DPA1021 Constitutional Development in Nigeria The Machinery of Govt. and Govt. Regulations Introduction to Nigerian Political Economy Communication for Middle Level Management 3 3 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 DED1022 ED1042 Budget and Budgeting Process Introduction to Personnel Administration The Nigerian Rural Society Government and Politics in Nigeria 3 DPA1052 Industrial Relations and Management 3 3 DPA1062 Field Data Collection: Organisation and Analysis Local Government in Nigeria 3 DPA 1072 3 3 3 YEAR TWO Course Code DPA2001 DPA2021 DPA1031 DPA1041 DPA1051 DPA1061 1ST SEMESTER Course title Public Policy Analysis & Decisionmaking Public Administration in Nigeria Theories of Public Administration Constitutional and Administrative Law Theories of Organisation Development Economics and Planning Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Code DPA2002 DPA2022 DED2032 ED2042 DPA2052 DPA2062 DPA 2082 DPA 2072 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Public Finance & Public Financial Management Rural Development Public Corporations Development Administration Nigerian Foreign Policy Health and Welfare Administration Human Resources Management Project 167 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DLG PROGRAMME YEAR ONE Course Code DLG1001 DLG1021 DLG1031 DLG1041 DLG1051 DLG1071 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Introduction to Public Policy Introduction to Public Administration 3 3 Course Code DLG1002 DLG1021 Constitutional Development in Nigeria The Machinery of Govt. and Govt. Regulations Introduction to Nigerian Political Economy Communication for Middle Level Management 3 3 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr DLG1022 DLG042 Budget and Budgeting Process Introduction to Personnel Administration The Nigerian Rural Society Government and Politics in Nigeria 3 3 3 DLG1052 Industrial Relations and Management 3 3 DLG1062 Field Data Collection: Organisation and Analysis Local Government in Nigeria 3 DLG1072 3 3 3 YEAR TWO Course Code DLG2001 DLG2021 DLG1031 DLG1041 DLG1051 DLG1061 DLG 2081 1ST SEMESTER Course title Public Policy Analysis & Decisionmaking Public Administration in Nigeria Theories of Public Administration Constitutional and Administrative Law Theories of Organisation Development Economics and Planning Local Government Accounting and Auditing Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Code DLG2002 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr DLG2022 DLG2032 DLG2042 DLG2052 DLG2062 DLG2082 Public Finance & Public Financial Management Rural Development Public Corporations Development Administration Nigerian Foreign Policy Health and Welfare Administration Human Resources Management 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DLG2072 Project 3 DTM PROGRAMME YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DTM1001 Course title Introduction to Tourism 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 Course Code DTM1112 Courses title Tourism & Community Development 168 Credit Hr 3 DTM1021 DTM1031 DTM1041 DTM1051 DTM 1061 DTM1071 Introduction to Economics of Tourism Introduction to French Communication in English Language I Introduction to Econ-Tourism Public Relation and Tour Guide Techniques for Library Use 3 3 3 3 3 3 DTM1122 DTM1132 DTM1142 DTM1152 DTM1162 DTM1172 Tourism & Environmental Aesthetics Communication in English II Introduction to French Introduction to Recreation & Leisure History of Tourism in Nigeria Tourism Politics & Transportation 3 3 3 3 3 3 DTM 1081 Computer Application Course 3 DTM1062 Field Data Collection,, Organization & Analysis 3 DTM PROGRAMME YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code DTM2001 DTM2111 DTM2121 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr DTM2141 Tourism & Psychology Tourism & World View Tourism Administration & Support Service Sustainable Development & Tourism Industry Cultural Heritage & Tourism DTM 2151 DTM2161 Comparative Tourism System Recreation Resource Development DTM2131 3 3 3 Course Code DTM2112 DTM2122 DTM2132 Courses title Marketing Special Events Tourism NGOs & Tourism Development Tourism & Modernization 3 3 3 DTM2142 Tourism & International Relations 3 3 DTM2152 3 3 DTM1162 DTM2072 Tourism, Politics & Development Field Experience Report Project 169 Credit Hr National COURSE DESCRIPTIONS DPA/DPM/DLG 1001: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY Introductory overview of the several frameworks, models and approaches to policy. Significance of public policy. Nigeria’s public policy and decision-making processes and environment. Focus on specific policy issues in the social, economic and political sphere of the Nigerian community, especially some of the topics on policy initiatives in the country. Conflicts and influences in policy processes, choices and implementation. DPA/DPM/DLG 1021: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Indigenous systems of social administration, control and justice in Nigeria prior to 1900. British colonial administration from 1900 to 1960. Administrative/judiciary connections up to the end of Native Administration at the federal, state and local levels and from 1960 to present. DPA/DPM/DLG 1031: CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF NIGERIA The major constitutional landmarks that have determined the evolution of the Nigerian state especially since the mid-nineteenth century, features of each constitution and how it facilitated or impeded the growth of governance in Nigeria. DPA/DPM/DLG 1041: THE MACHINERY OF GOVERNMENT AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS A theory of government rules and regulations. Rules and regulations in historical perspective – precolonial, colonial and post-colonial systems of rules and regulations. General orders; financial regulations; civil service regulations; bureaucracy and its formal rules; the civil service rule and regulations. Substantive rules governing appointments, severance and discipline in Nigerian Civil Service. Rules and regulations governing entitlements – medical, maternity, leave, pensions, etc. Establishment circulars, the open reporting systems and their problems. DPA/DPM/DLG 1051: INTRODUCTION TO NIGERIAN POLITICAL ECONOMY This course is designed to enable students to have basic insights into Nigeria’s contemporary political economy. In part I, the pre-colonial mode of production and social formations and sources of change, trade and state formation are examined. In part 2, the evolution of the Nigerian state through British imperialism and colonialism together with the impact of the incorporation on Nigerian societies are examined. Also examined are the political and economic structures that promote and sustain imperialist control with a view to understanding the nature of development and under-development in Nigeria. The concluding part calls for critical assessments of the relationship of neo-colonialism, economic dependence and class formation to choice of development strategies, policy outputs and patterns of political change in Nigeria in the period from 1960 to the present. DPA/DPM/DLG 1071: COMMUNICATION FOR MIDDLE LEVEL MANAGEMENT Theoretical and institutional aspects of governmental expenditures. Analysis of the effects of fiscal, monetary and debt management policies on the level of employment, prices and rate of economic growth and development. Sources of public revenue. Principles and methods of taxation. Nigerian taxation law and regulations. Principles and types of budgeting and financial control. The role of audit, financial relationships of federal, state and local governments; independent sources of local government finance. DPA/DPM/DLG 1012: INTRODUCTION TO PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT Bureaucracy in the public and private sectors. Principles and theories of managerial organization with particular reference to the public service, administration and reform, discipline, motivation and incentives of staff training and development and manpower planning. Personnel relations, role models and responsibilities of a “professionalized” civil service. DPA/DPM/DLG 1022: NIGERIAN RURAL SOCIETY Nigeria is largely a rural society, proper understanding of the people of Nigeria’s various communities, their political, social economic and cultural organizations is required for effective programmes of rural development and national integration. Students are introduced to the Nigerian rural society to enable them 170 appreciate the similarities and differences among Nigerian peoples for better understanding and productive interactions. DPA/DPM/DLG 1042: GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS IN NIGERIA Emergence, character and implications of the political economy of the Nigerian state (with particular reference to political structures and processes). A critical survey and analysis of federalism, leadership, fellowship, interest groups, minority, communal and ruling class politics in Nigeria. Parties and elections, constitutionalism, systemic change and development. Crisis, conflict and the civil war; military rule and political instability. Continuity and change in the first, second, third and fourth republics (some enduring issues of the fiscal crisis, inter-governmental relations, public policy, etc). DPA/DPM/DLG 1052: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & MANAGEMENT Students are here introduced to the classical theories of administration and structures of organization, leading to a consideration of the different schools. Max Webber and modern theorists are considered. The course also deals with the problems of political office holders and career civil servants, and of political parties and public administration. Nigeria, Britain, USA and France provides the principal focus of study. DPA/DPM/DLG 1062: FIELD DATA COLLECTION: ORGANIZATION AND ANALYSIS The techniques of data gathering in social sciences; field entry and administration; note-taking; field summaries. The use of secondary resources-library, newspaper and government documents analysis: structure of field report. DPA/DPM/DLG 2001: PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS & DECISION-MAKING Introductory over-view of the several framework, models, and approaches to policy analysis. Significance of public policy analysis. Nigeria’s public policy and decision-making process and environment. Focus on specific policy is in the social, economic and political sphere: the Nigerian community, especially some of the topical policy initiatives in the country. Conflicts and influences on the policy processes, choices and implementation. DPA/DPM/DLG 2031: THEORIES OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Intellectual development of public administration. The classical, scientific, human relations, systems and structural-functional theories; forms or managerial and administrative organizations; decision-making in public bureaucracy, ethics of public administration; public interest. DPA/DPM/DLG 2041: CONSTITUTIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE LAW Meaning of, and distinction between constitutional law, parliamentary acts and administrative laws and regulations. Relations between the executive, legislature and judiciary; their operations and mutual influence. “Judicial” powers and functions of public administrators. Administrative accountability to the executive and legislative arms of government. Doctrine of ultra vires: government liability of public servants for acts committed in the course of official duties. The role and powers of ombudsman. DPA/DPM/DLG 2051: THEORIES OF ORGANIZATION Students are here introduced to the classical theories of administration and structures of organization leading to a consideration of the criticisms of them in the light of modern theories and their different schools. Max Weber and modern theorists are considered. The course also deals with the problems of “politics and administration”, including the constitutional and organizational relationships of political officials and career civil servants, and of political parties and public administration. Nigeria, Britain, United States of America and France provides the principal focus of study. DPA/DPM/DLG 2061: DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS AND PLANNING Examines the economic issues of poverty, inequality and unemployment in the Third World. Emphasizes the effect of the external environment viz; trade, technology and technology transfer, international division of labour; strategic and structural dependence; industrialization and planning; transnational corporations; international capital flows; Third World debt; north – south dialogue; south-south cooperation; prospects for a new international economic order; and other relevant changes that have implications for developing economics such as perestroika and glaspost; and the role of women in development. 171 DPA/DPM/DLG 2002: PUBLIC FINANCE AND PUBLIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Institutional bases of government revenue and expenditure. Sources of public revenue. Principles and methods of taxation. Nigerian taxation laws. Budgeting: principles and types of financial control. Audit-its role in financial management. Fiscal and monetary management and their effects on wages, prices and level of employment. Federal systems and the financial relationships. State and local governments: their independent sources of revenue. DLG 2081: LOCAL GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING Structure of local government accounts in Nigeria; purposes and methods of keeping accounts; rules of accounting; materials, wages and overhead costs of local governments. Principles and practice of auditing; auditing procedures and techniques; audit report, queries and surcharges. A case of selected audit reports in Akwa Ibom and Cross River States. DPA/DPM/DLG 2022: RURAL DEVELOPMENT Theories, concepts and approaches to the study of rural development: fundamental features of rural societies in Africa; their ecological systems, patterns of development, structure and functions; a comparative analysis of policies, strategies for functions; a comparative analysis of policies as strategies for rural development in Nigeria; implications of national development policies and programmes for rural development. DPA/DPM/DLG 2032: PUBLIC CORPORATIONS A review of the types and nature of public corporations and state-owned companies in Nigeria: rationale for their establishment: organizations’ finances and management: relations with governments: their suitability as instruments of socio-economic development in the new African states. DPA/DPM/DLG 2042: DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Development administration: its meaning, rationale and theories. Development paths (socialist and capitalist), their principles, concepts and practices. Modernization and underdevelopment. Dependency and development theories, their utilities and limitation. Development administration in Nigeria: tools, pattern, methods, processes and machinery. The National Development plans (1945-1985). Effect of chosen path: A critique towards new frontiers in development administration. DPA/DPM/DLG 2052: HEALTH AND WELFARE ADMINISTRATION An overview of health care delivery system in Nigeria. The development of organized health care services within the changing conditions of Nigeria. Traditinal medicine and the role of traditional healers in contemporary modern medicine. Social, economic and political factors of health care administration. Approaches to health care policy decisions such as Primary Health Care and National Health Insurance, etc. Politics of health care delivery system at the local, state and federal government levels. DPA/DPM/DLG 2082: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Theory of motivation. Motivation maintenance theory. Preference/expectancy theory. Reinforcement theory. Theories X and Y. Analysis of job satisfaction, motivation and performance. Career planning and development. Employee benefits and managerial decision-making. DPA/DPM/DLG 2072: PROJECT Each student is required to write a project. The project shall be supervised by a lecturer assigned to the student, and will count for 6 semester hours of credit. Three copies of the approved project must be submitted to the supervisor for grading. No student can get a Diploma in IPPA without a completed and grade project. 172 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE History Greater reliance on agriculture as the basis for Nigeria's sustainable development in the 1990's and decades ahead is sine qua non. This is because of the unique role agriculture plays in national development. Agriculture supplies raw materials to many industries. It acts as foreign exchange earner as well as feeding the teaming population. On this basis, agricultural research and education, which are designed to equip the sector and to provide the needed skilled manpower, have to be encouraged, financed and research findings/information disseminated in order to meet the expected goal. It is in realization of the above that the Faculty of Agriculture, University of Calabar, was established with the first batch of students in the 1981/82 academic year. At inception, seven departments were proposed, however, five are fully operational as at 2002. These are: 1) The Department of Animal Science 2) The Department of Crop Science 3) The Department of Agricultural Economics & Extension 4) The Department of Soil Science 5) The Department of Forestry and Wild1ife Resources Management The Department of Food Technology and Nutrition is proposed and may take off in the near future . The faculty runs a five-year programme of studies, which prepares students for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. In the 1986/87 academic session, the faculty evolved a new curriculum leading to the award of Bachelorof Agriculture (B. Agric.) with a lot of emphasis on practical training. This was in consonance with the need to professionalise Agriculture. The first three years are devoted to academic training which consists largely of courses required by all students in Agriculture. The fourth year is used solely for practical training. The final (fifth) year is devoted to specialized training in various options in Agriculture. Projects are also carried out in the respective disciplines. In 1990, the Faculty had to re-align its courses in order to meet the stipulated NUC minimum academic standards. This has led to the inclusion of new courses, like Forestry and Home Economics. A new syllabus has been prepared along this line. The minimum number of credit hours required for graduation is 199 comprising complete course work, i.e. a minimum of 163 credit hours 36 credit hours of practical work. Admission Regulation and Entrance Requirements Admission of students into all the departments in the faculty is through the University Matriculation Examination and the Remedial Programme of the University of Calabar which is aimed at rectifying student deficiencies before embarking on the full programme. To qualify for admission into any degree course in the Faculty of Agriculture, a candidate must satisfy the general University requirements as outlined in the JAMB Brochure Guidelines for admission to First Degree Courses in Nigerian Universities (obtainable from the Joint Admission Matriculation Board). The candidate must as well fulfill the faculty and departmental requirements prescribed below: 1. DIRECT ENTRY through direct: The Faculty of Agriculture does not admit students entry: However, proposals, to do so are in the pipeline: 2. JOINT ADMISSION MATRICULATIOPN BOARD A candidate may qualify for admission into the Faculty of Agriculture by satisfying the following: a) Obtaining a score in University Matriculation Examination of not less than the minimum score required by the faculty. b) Possessing one of the following qualifications: i. West African School Certificate with passes at Credit level in at least five subjects including: English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. ii. General Certificate of Education with passes at ordinary level in at least five subjects, including: English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science, Biology, Chemistry and Physics. 173 iii. Senior Secondary School Certificate with credits in at least five including: English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Chemistry and Physics. Science or subjects Biology, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND EXTENSION History of the Department The Agricultural Economics and Extension programme was one of the B.Sc Degree Prorammes, which took off during the 1981/82 session. The approved curriculum of the programme continued to be operative until the 1988/89 session when it was replaced by a revised version. The approved revised prospectus includes courses on Introduction to Quantitative Agricultural Economics, Research Methods, and Introduction to Econometrics, which were not available in the earlier prospectus. ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES Undergraduate The department operates a bifurcate undergraduate programme. Students in the department are exposed to both Agricultural Economics and Agricultural Extension courses. The aim is to give the students a strong foundation in these two very important sub-disciplines of Agriculture. Students in the department are expected to choose one of the options (Agricultural Economics or Agricultural Extension) after their Year IV programme. Objectives 1 To develop students’ skills in analyzing and solving agricultural problems using economics & Extension rationale/principles. 2 To equip students with necessary skills to take up jobs both in the private and public sectors of the Nigerian economy. 3 To train students to be able to conduct advanced research in the dual area of Agricultural Economics and Extension. 4 To train and equip students with skills in technology transfer. 5 To train and equip students with skills to become job creators and self-employed. Postgraduate The Postgraduate programmes in the department are in the areas of Agricultural Economics and Agricultural Extension. The department runs a post-graduate Diploma, Masters and Ph.D in the two options. Objectives The major objectives of the graduate programme in the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension are to: 1. train Agricultural Economists/Extensionists and equip them with analytical tools for finding solutions to economic problems of agriculture. 2. produce individuals capable of undertaking research and teaching in the field of agricultural economics and extension for employment in research organisations and higher institutions of learning. 3. equip, train graduates of Agricultural Economics to become self-employable as agricultural management consultants, agricultural marketing specialists, publishers of agricultural business bulletins and journals, etc. Admission Requirements Undergraduate (UME, Remedial, Transfer & Direct Entry) The UME candidates are admitted into a five-year degree programme of he Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. The UME entry requirements are credit passes in SSCE/GCE O-Level in five subjects (which should include: Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics, English Language, Biology or Agricultural Science and any other subject) in not more than two sittings. At least a pass in Physics is 174 required. However, a candidate with a pass in English Language or Mathematics may be allowed by Senate to remedy the deficiency and is required to pass it during the first year of study. The second mode of admission is through the remedial programme. Candidates who have successfully passed through the University of Calabar remedial Science programme may also be admitted into first year of the degree programme. Direct entry students with requisite qualification are also admitted to do four years for the B. Agric. programme. Transfer Apart from the UME and remedial programme, students may be admitted from other departments in the faculty in their final year. To be eligible for transfer into the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension, candidates must satisfy the following requirements, as applicable: a. Remedial candidates must have credit passes in Economics and Mathematics; b. Candidates on inter-departmental transfer must have a minimum CGPA of 2.50 in addition to an average of a B-grade in Agricultural Economics and Extension courses. a) Post Graduate (PGDE) Entry Requirement: i. Candidates must have a Bachelor’s degree (at least a third class) in Agriculture and related disciplines. ii. Higher National Diploma (HND) (Lower Credit) in Agriculture and related disciplines. b) M.Sc. Degree Candidates who hold a first degree either in Agriculture, Agricultural Economics, Economics or a related discipline with a good Second Class Honours degree from the University of Calabar or any other university recognized by the Senate may apply for admission. Candidates will be required to register for and pass a total of 30 credit hours of course work at the 600 level. Candidates will take a total of 18 credit units of compulsory courses and a total of 12 credit units of electives from two of the given option areas, namely: Agricultural Economic Development and Policy Farm Management/Production Economics Agricultural Marketing and Co-operatives Resource Economics c) i) Ph.D. Degree Candidates for admission into the Ph.D. programmes must hold a masters degree in Agricultural Economics or a related discipline. ii) In addition to completing the course work for the masters degree in Agricultural Economics, the candidate shall complete 12 credit hours of course work at the 700 level and pass with a minimum grade of B. iii) Ph.D students in Agricultural Economics and Agricultural Extension must pass a comprehensive examination in Economic Theory, Quantitative Methods and one chosen option. COURSE OUTLINE Undergraduate - Year One YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr 175 Course Code Courses title Credit Hr BIO1101 CHM1011 MTH 1011 3 3 3 BIO1102 CHM1022 MTH 1352 3 PHY1102 GSS 1101 Introductory Biology I Introductory Chemistry Elementary Mathematics & Statistics Introduction to Microeconomics Use of English I 2 ECS1102 PHY1101 GSS1011 Introductory Physics Philosophy and Logic 3 2 GSS1102 GSS 1112 ECS1101 Introduction to Biology II Organic Chemistry I Co-ordinate Geometry & Calculus Introduction Physics II 3 3 3 Introduction to MacroEconomics Use of English Citizenship Education 3 3 2 2 COURSE DESCRIPTION BIO 1101: INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY Cellular basis of live, General structure and functions of plant cells and cellular organelles, plant cell division, heredity, diversity in plant cells and habitats, morphology, general characteristics. Life cycles and range of forms of Bacteria, Viruses, Fungi, Bryophytes, Lichens and Pteridophytes. General structure of animal cell, Functions of animal cells and cellular organelles, animal cells types and division. Forms, functions and life history of invertebrates using selected examples from classes of invertebrates such as Protozoa, Coelenterates, Arthropods, Platy helminthes, Ashelminthes, Annelids and Molluses. CHM1 1011: INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY Atoms, sub-atomic particles, inscapes, Avogadros’ number, the mole concept, chemical formulae, the laws of chemical combinations, equations and calculations, state of matter, gases, liquids and solids, chemical thermodynamics, energetics and thermo chemistry, buffers, chemical equilibrium and equilibrium constants solubility, products, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, nuclear binding energy fission and fusion. MTH 1111: ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Algebra and trigonometry, real number system, real sequence and series, sets and subsets, unit intersection, complements, empty and universal sets, venn diagram, one way correspondence between sets, quadratic functions and equations, solution of linear equations, simple properties of determinants, inches and binomial d theorem, transformation equations of the straight line and application to simple regression equations, permutations and combinations circular measure, trigonometric functions of angles, addition and factor formulae, complex numbers, moments and couples, relative velocity, calculus, elementary functions of simple real variable graphs of simple functions, the differentiations of simple algebraic exponential and log functions, differentiations of a sum, product of a quotient function of rules, implicit differentiation, definite and indefinite integral to areas and volumes. PHY 1101: INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS I Mechanics, units, dimensions, the S.I. Kinetics. Motion with constant acceleration, force, work, energy, momentum, centre of mass, elastic and inelastic collusions, impulsive force, equilibrium. Heat: atoms and molecules, temperature and thermal capacity, properties of gases, kinetic theory, specific heats, first law of thermo-dynamics. Waves: The electromagnetic spectrum, velocity and characteristics of light, sound elementary acoustics. The Bel Haygen’s principle, reflection, refraction, morrows, prisms, lenses, the eye polarization. ECS 1101: INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS The nature of Economic Science: The methodology of Economics Elementary principle of microeconomics, demand, supply, price determination. Types of Markets: Competitions, Oligopoly, monopoly. GSS 1101: USE OF ENGLISH Writing English and effective communication study skills. Language skills. Writing of essay answers. Instructions of Lexis, sentence construction, outlines and paragraphs. Collection and organization of materials and logical presentation. Punctuation and logical presentation of papers, use of the wrong phonetics, art of public speaking and oral communication. 176 GSS 1121: PHILOSOPHY AND LOGIC Nature of logic, aims of logic, why do logic – the usefulness of logic, law of thought. Premise and conclusion indicators. Informal fallacies, kinds sand uses of definitions in logic, inductive and deductive logic, elementary logical iterators. The concept of philosophy and its latest dimensions, the question of the origin of philosophy. The fundamental problems of philosophy. Lonians, Plato and Aristotle, Thomas Aquinas, and St. Augustine. Modern period: Bene: Descartes, John Locke. Contemporary positivism, existentialism. CHM 1022: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry, Nomenclature and classes of organic compounds, Homologous series, Functional groups, isolation and purification of organic compounds, Qualitative and quantitative organic chemistry, stereochemistry: Determination of structure of organic compounds, Electronic theory in organic chemistry, Saturated hydrocarbons. Unsaturated hydrocarbons. Periodic table and periodic properties, alency forces, structure of solid. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals Qualitative analysis, chemical equations and storchiometry. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGR2101 AGA2101 AGC2101 AGS2101 AGX2101 AGC2201 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code AGC2302 Intro. To Agric. BioChemistry Principles of Animal Production Principles of Crop Production Principles of Soil Science Intro. To Agric. Ext. & Rural Sociology Botany and Crop Physiology Cytology and Genetics Credit Hr 3 3 CHM2422 Analytical Chemistry 3 3 AGA2202 3 3 AGE2202 2 AGR2202 3 AGS2202 Anatomy and Physiology of farm Animals Introduction to Agric. Economics Introduction to Agric. Engineering Intro. To Pedology & Soil Physics Introduction to Forestry Principles of Food Science and Technology AGR2302 AGR2402 Courses title 3 3 2 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION AGR 2001: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE Definition of Agriculture: The origin, scope and importance of Agriculture to man, Food supply situation in the world, trend distribution, Characteristic features of Tropical Agriculture and how production is affected. Farming system practices, land tenure, Land use, Types, forestry, Fish farming and wild life Agriculture. AGR 2101: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL BIO-CHEMISTRY Structure, properties and Biological pigments, Vitamins, amino acids, Peptides, Proteins enzyme, Coenzymes. Hormones. Plant growth factors, Purines, Pyrimidines, Nucleotides and Nucleic acid and porphyrins. Enzyme, nature, classification, inhibition, activation, control of activity, specificity, active sites and mechanisms of action. Intermediary metabolism, biological oxidations and bioenergetics. AGR 2101: PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION History of Animal Agriculture, classification and distribution to important world breeds of cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, poultry and rabbits, climate and other factors affecting the livestock industry in Nigeria management practices and systems and effects on behaviour and handling of animals. 177 AGC 2101: PRINCIPLES OF CROP PRODUCTION Development of crop production: Cultural practices from major crops, importance of crop rotation, water and soil conservation. Irrigation, drainage, fertility maintenance and pest control. Weeds and their impact on crop production. Basic mendelian genetics. Harvesting, processing and storage of Agricultural products. AGC 2101: PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE Physical, chemical and biological properties and processes of soils. Soil moisture, air and temperature, soil classification and survey. Role and use of lime, fertilizer, organic matter and manure. Soil-plant relationship with emphasis of functions of essential elements in plants, their availability, requirements and deficiency symptoms. AEX 2101: INTRODUCTION TO AGRIC. EXTENSION AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY Definition, objective and philosophy of Agricultural Extension. The institutional setting of Agricultural Extension Basic concepts and principles of Rural Sociology to the understanding of rural situation. Importance of rural communities and institutions, social stratification, social processes and social stratification, social processes and social changes in rural areas. The rural revolution and social transformation, changing rural-urban problems. Elimination of rural-urban distribution and the future of rural communities. AGC 2201: BOTANY AND CROP PHYSIOLOGY Botanical and other methods of classification of cultivated crops with particular reference to tropical crops. External and internal structure of plants. Reproduction in plants, pollination, fertilization and fruit formation. Physical and chemical phenomena in the living functions of plants. Environmental influences on crop growth. Variation in photosynthetic capacities and factors affecting them, yield maximization. Storage and mobilization of reserves. AGA 2202: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF FARM ANIMALS Anatomy and physiology of domestic animals such as cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, rabbits and poultry. Anatomy and physiology of the cell, cell types, animal tissues, nervous system, skeletal system. Muscle bone, circulatory system, reproductive, digestive, special senses and other systems of farm animals Elements of environmental physiology and animal behaviour. Growth and bio-energetics. AGE 2202: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS The nature of economics and economic problems, scope and method, price theory and functions of the market with particular reference to Agriculture. Concepts of demand, supply, price determination and elasticity are handled. Emphasis is also placed on the structure and changes in the Nigerian Agriculture as well as agriculture problems, the National Income and Income Employment Theories. Types of Market structures investment, interest rate, inflation, international trade commodity agreements and balance of payments, money and banking. AGR 2202: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING Definition, areas of specialization and roles of Agricultural Engineering in national economy. Prospects and job opportunities. Work, power energy heat and basic electricity, Machines of efficiency. Weather, rainfall, soil and water conservation. Drying and storage moisture content. Introduction to tools and workshop practice. AGS 2202: INTRODUCTION TO PEDOLOGY AND SOIL PHYSICS The soil, its origin and formation, soil morphological characteristics, soil components, soil forming rocks and minerals, weathering of rocks and minerals. Profile description, soil survey, soil mapping. Soil classification. Properties and management of Nigerian soils. Classification of soil separates, soil texture, surface area of particles, aggregation, soil structure, and stability, porosity, soil water relations, soil and the hydrologic cycle. Soil temperature and conduction of soil erosion. AGR 2302: INTRODUCTION TO FORESTRY 178 Renewable natural resources, availability distribution and potential. The important forest trees and wildlife (Wildlife emphasis on Nigerian species). Classification, morphology and distribution of important forest trees. Forest and games reserves in Nigeria silviculture, a forestation characteristics of manor timber and their uses, Felling and log transportation. AGR 2402: PRINCIPLES OF FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Scope and definition of food science and technology. Food habits. Food poisoning and its prevention. Principles of food processing and preservations. Deterioration and spoilage of foods, other post harvest changes in food. Contamination of foods from natural sources. Composition and structures of Nigerian/West African food, factors contributing to texture, colour, aroma and flavour of food. Cost, traditional and ethnic influences of food preparation and consumption pattern. COURSE OUTLINE:YEAR THREE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGA3101 AGC3101 AGC3201 AGE3101 AGR3101 AGS3101 GSS2111 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Non-Ruminant Animal Production Field Crop Production 3 Course Code AGA3202 3 AGA3302 Principles of Crop Production Intro to Farm Management & Prod. Econs Introduction to Farm Mechanics Soil Chemistry and Micro-Biology Computer Application I 3 Courses title Ruminant Animal Production Credit Hr 3 3 AGC3302 Intro to Animal Genetics and Breeding Tree Crop Production 3 AGX3202 Extension Education 3 2 AGC3302 Farming Systems 3 3 AGR3302 2 3 AGS3402 Introduction to Fisheries and Wildlife Computer Appl. & experimental Designs Computer Application II GSS2112 3 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION AGA 3101 NON-RUMINANT ANIMAL PRODUCTION Management practices involved in breeding stock, nutrition, housing equipment, disease control measures and handling of various species of farm livestock. Health management of stock, processing and marketing of poultry, pigs and rabbits. AGC 3101: FIELD CROP PRODUCTION Cultural operations for major field crops like yam, cassava, cocoyam, plantain, maize, rice, cowpea and vegetables. Approved varieties, production practices, harvesting, utilization, processing, storage and economic aspects of some selected arable crops. AGC 3201: PRINCIPLES OF CROP PROTECTION Effects of diseases, pests, fungi, bacteria, viruses and nematodes and weeds on crops. Principles and methods of diseases, pests and weed control. Major pest, diseases, bacteria, viruses and nematodes. Classification of chemical used in crop protection, mode of application, problems of usage, toxicity safety and their ecological and environmental hazards. AGE 3101: INTRODUCTION TO FARM MANAGEMENT AND PRODUCTION ECONOMICS Introduction, definition of applied terms and relevant economic principles guiding resource use are emphasized. These include: factor, factor-product and product-product relations. Analysis of farm records, farm planning and evaluation of partial budget, total budgets and enterprise budgets. 179 AGR 3101: INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS Goals and Principles of Farm Mechanization: Basic Mechanics. Workshop tools. Principles of internal combustion engines and electric motor. Study of farm machinery sued for tillage practices, ploughs, harrows, cultivators, farm power transmission system. Harvesting and processing equipment (Sprayers and Dusters) Equipment for livestock (automatic feed conveyors, watering equipment: milking and milk handling equipment meat processing equipment) water lifting and irrigation equipment. Surveying instruments using on the farm operating principles selection and maintenance procedures of farm machinery. Farm machinery costing and records. Workshop and building materials used on the farm. AGS 3101: SOIL CHEMISTRY AND MICROBIOLOGY Plant nutrition activities of cautions and their absorption by plants, mechanisms of absorptions – plant-soil inter-phase. Micro-organisms occurring in soils, bio-chemical activities of microbial population, contributions to soil fertility, formation, properties of soil organic matter, microbial transformation of N, P, S, Fe and other minerals, isolation of organisms concerned, transformation of hydrocarbons and pesticides, Rhizosphere effect and mycorrhizal association, ecological interactions. AGA 3202: RUMINANT ANIMAL PRODUCTION Types and Breeds of Ruminants: Breed characteristics, and specific climate adaptation. Nutritional requirements, feeding, housing and sanitation. Practical animal Husbandry techniques and field problems on management. Feeding: health care practices and slaughtering of Pigs and Poultry. AGA 3302: INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL GENETICS AND BREEDING Objectives and History of Genetics, genetic principles and problems in breeding Animals for disease resistance and increased production. Genetic code, Mendelism. Fundamental principles of inheritance, quantitative and qualitative characteristics and their inheritance. Different types of gene actions, values and means, repeatability. AGA 3302: TREE CROP PRODUCTION Analysis of origin, distribution, soil and climatic requirements of tropical plantation crops such as cocoa oil palm, rubber coffee coconut mango, sugar cane bananas plantation, citrus, kola, cashew, production practices, improvement, harvesting, utilization processing and economic aspects of some selected tree crops. AEX 3202: EXTENSION EDUCATION Definition, nature and element of communication process. Principles of analyzing communication problems in extension. The meaning of the concepts of teaching, learning and motivation. Steps and principles of teaching and learning. Extension teaching methods. Preparation and use of teaching materials and aids. AGR 3302: FARMING SYSTEMS Introduction, definition of applied term, description and analysis of the various components of the system, major farming systems in the tropics with emphasis on African Traditional Farming System, appraisal of the competitive factors and functions affecting the system. AGR 3402: INTRODUCTION TO FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE The important fishes and wildlife to West Africa with emphasis on Nigerian species. Classification evolution, morphology and basic structure of fishes. The adaptation of fish to aquatic life. Life cycle of principal species of fishes and wildlife. Significance of fishes and wildlife in the life of Nigerians. The fish and wildlife industries in Nigeria. Fundamental principles of fish and wildlife management and production. AGR 3502: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS Experiments, experimental procedures, causes and control of experimental error. Analysis of variance, one way and multiple way classification. Factorial experiments. Split-plot designs and analysis of results. 180 Problems solving methods and algorithm development designing. Coding, debugging and documenting programmes using techniques of COBOL, FORTRAN AND SPSS. Computer organization, programming algorithm development. Applying computer to problems solving in Agriculture. COURSE OUTLINE: YEAR FOUR 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGR4100 AGC4100 AGE4100 AGS4100 AGR4100 AGX4100 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Non-Ruminant Management Techniques Horticultural and Permanent Crop Production Farm Management and Accounts I Soil Sampling and Description, Drainage and Soil Fertility Farm Design and Agric. Mechanization Practices Farm Survey & Extension Practices I 4 Course Code AGA4200 5 AGC4200 3 AEX4200 2 AGS4200 Ruminant Management Techniques Arable Crop Production Techniques Farm Survey and Extension Practices II Agricultural Meteorology 2 AGR4202 Workshop Practices 2 2 AGS4300 Soil Conservation and Land Use Planning Farm Management & Accounting II 3 AGE4300 Courses title COURSE DESCRIPTION AGA 4100: NON-RUMINANT MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES Animal Husbandry practices of cattle, sheep and goats. processing of livestock products. Credit Hr 4 4 3 1 4 Health care practices and AGC 4100: HORTICULTURE AND PERMANENT CROPS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Crop Husbandry practices from local and exotic vegetables suited to the ecological zone. Pre-nursery and field operations of major permanent crops including oil palm, cocoa, rubber and citrus. Post-harvest treatment of farm produce. AGC 4200: ARABLE CROPS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Arable crop production practices for the major crops in the ecological zone, including establishment, cultural practices and harvesting: of maize, cassava, yams, cocoyam, plantains, rice, cowpeas and melon. Post-harvest treatments of the crops. AGE 4100: FARM MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTS This course involves one credit hour of in-class work and two credit hours of out-of-class work for 2 semesters. Major emphasis in the in-class work is in the area of record keeping, developing budgets (partial and total) feasibility studies and analyzing a variety of market information. The out of class work deals with actual data collection based on the students’ interest as well as reviewing the records, budgets and profitability of the Faculty of Agriculture farms (Crops and Animals). The student as well are, during this phase is exposed or attached to either a farm, bank or relevant Agricultural firm to have a working knowledge of its performance. AEX 4200: FARM SURVEY AND EXTENSION PRACTICES Sample villages in the neighbourhood of Calabar are selected and students study the socioeconomic and technical components of farming system in the area. Designing of questionnaires and actual conduct of the survey. During the year the students will go out in a group once a week and work with their clientele farmers to study the farming operations and field management on the spot. Survey will last for 10weeks. Design of teaching aids and audio-visuals in extension Education. AGS 4100: SOIL SAMPLING AND DESCRIPTION, DRAINAGE AND SOIL FERTILITY 181 Soil profile descriptions, soil moisture measurements, types and importance of fertilizer. Applications rate and methods for various crops. Safety and environmental factors affecting their efficiency. Deficiency symptoms. AGS 4200: AGRIC. METEOROLOGY Elements of climate and their measurement, processing and analysis of rainfall, air and soil temperature, humidity evapotranspiration data. Analysis of long-term records of weekly, monthly and annual rainfall data. Climatic effects on agricultural productivity. AGS 4300: SOIL CONSERVATION AND LAND USE PLANNING Identification of types of soil erosion and other forms of land degradation, and their control. Practical training in agronomic practices of soil conservation. Purpose and justification for land use planning. Land use planning and management for rain-fed agriculture, forestry, irrigation and for non-agricultural projects. AGR 4100: FARM DESIGN AND AGRIC MECHANIZATION PRACTICES Simple land survey techniques and survey equipment. Land development and tillage operations. AGR 4200: WORKSHOP PRACTICES Procedure and practices in Agric. Mechanics workshop. Workshop tool, safety and maintenance of farm equipment, fault finding and repairs. COURSE DESCRIPTION: AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGE5101 AGE5201 AGE5301 AGE5401 AGE5501 AGE5601 AGE5701 AGE5501 2ND SEMESTER Course title Seminar Fundamentals Econometrics Production Economics Agric. Policy Development Farm Accounting Research Methods/Statistics Agric. Marketing Programme planning Evaluation Credit Hr of 2 3 Course Code AGE5100 AGE5112 & 3 3 AGE5122 AGE5132 Agric. Business Management Agric. Development 2 2 3 3 AGE5142 AGE5152 Agric. Finance Livestock Economics 2 2 & Courses title Research Project Agric. Cooperative Credit Hr 4 2 2 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION A. FIRST SEMESTER AGE 5101: RESEARCH METHODS, MEASUREMENT & SCALING AND STATISTICS Defining a research problem; developing hypothesis and objectives; principles of research design; questionnaire preparation and collection of data, sampling and sample design, measurements of variables; statistical theory, statistical methods for data analysis, presentation of research findings. AGE 5201: FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMETRICS Elementary discussions in productions, simple regression models, its assumptions and consequences for violations. Problems of estimation with bad data. Multiple regression, statistical demand analysis, statistical production and cost analysis. Methods and application of econometrics to Agricultural problems. AGE 5301: PRODUCTION ECONOMICS Basic economic principles in resource, utilization and allocation enterprise combination: forms of production functions, and their characteristics. Management of resource productivity. The decision making process, depreciation techniques, asset fixity, kinds and functions of farm records and accounts, basic principles of accounting, nature of simple farm accounts, farm planning and analysis farm budgets, farm records, inventory the balance sheet journal entry, income statement etc. 182 AGE 5401: AGRICULTURAL POLICY Meaning of Agricultural Economic Development. Place of Agriculture in Economic Development. Interrelationship between Agricultural and Industrial Development. Factors affecting economic Development. Obstacles to economic development. Nigerian Agricultural policies and programmes. Integrated Rural Development. AGE 5501: FARM ACCOUNTING Basic principles of accounting, nature of simple farm accounts: farm planning and analysis farm budgets, farm records, inventory the balance sheet journal entry, income statement etc. AGE 5601: RESEARCH METHODS The concept and principle of evaluation and research applied to problems in Agricultural Economics. Measurement & scaling, descriptive & inferential statistical techniques. Techniques and procedures for conducting investigation. Selecting a problem and developing plans for a study. AGE 5401: AGRICULTURAL POLICY DEVELOPMENT Meaning of Agricultural Economic Development. Place of Agriculture in Economic Development. Interrelationship between Agricultural and Industrial Development. Factors affecting economic Development. Obstacles to economic development. Nigerian Agricultural Policies and programmes. Integrated Rural Development. B. SECOND SEMESTER AGE 5100: RESEARCH PROJECT It is expected that a student must undertake and complete a research project under a supervisor. AGE 5112: AGRICULTURAL CO-OPERATIVES Definition and introduction to philosophy, basic and distinguishing characteristics of co-operative organizations. Types, organizational, procedures, financing and business management of Agric. Cooperatives their limitations and potential contribution, structure and conduct performance of different types of markets. The community boards, supply and demand elasticity and their effect on marketing decisions of Agricultural products. AGE 5122: AGRIC. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT The scope of Agricultural Business Management, types of Agricultural Business Management and Organizations. Enterprise selection: Production planning, public policies affecting Agricultural Business Farm Growth. Organization of large scale farms, Legal organizations and tax strategies. Economics of Agricultural Processing, Marketing management, principles of Agriculture Finance, Principles of farm credit capital needs of Agricultural Industries sources of loan funds and collateral security for loans, Credit Agencies and Government Credit Policies and approaches to efficient credit management, farm Accounting, inventory, Balance Sheet, Cash book, Cash Book Analysis. AGE 5401: AGRIC. MARKETING Integrated analysis of major, marketing decisions including products, advertising, distribution and sales policies. Marketing research application of statistical and other quantitative concepts to marketing management problems. AGE 5122: AGRIC. FINANCE The scope of Agricultural Business Management, types of Agricultural Business Management and Organizations: Enterprise selection: Production planning, public policies affecting Agricultural Business Farm Growth, Organization of large scale farms, Legal organizations and tax strategies. Economics of Agricultural processing, Marketing management. Principles of Agriculture Finance, principles of farm Credit, Capital needs of Agricultural industries sources of loan funds and collateral security for loans, Credit Agencies and Government Credit Policies and approaches to efficient credit management, Farm Accounting, Inventory, Balance sheet, Cash book, Cash Book Analysis. AGE 5152: LIVESTOCK ECONOMICS 183 Importance of livestock in the Nigerian Economy. Consumption and consumer patterns of livestock products. Micro and economic principles in animal production, Agricultural production functions including data collection and analysis. Marketing theory in relation to livestock production Application of economic theory and quantitative analysis. Capital investment and depreciation of capital: The economics of egg. Meat and milk production, livestock feed economics, input/output relationship in livestock production AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION UNIT: YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AEX5101 AEX5601 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Seminar Research Methods, Measurement and Scaling and Statistics Theory & Practice of Extension Administration & supervision Programme Planning & Evaluation Diffusion and Adoption of Agric. Technology Psychology in Extension 2 3 Course Code AEX5100 AEX5132 3 AEX5142 Social & Technological Change in Agriculture 3 3 AEX5152 2 2 AEX5162 2 AEX5122 AEX 5201 Agric. Communication &Information Technology 2 AGE5112 Agric. Laws, Policies and Reforms Comparative Extension Systems Gender and Rural Youth Development Studies Agric. Cooperative AGE 5701 Agric. Marketing Cooperative 2 AEX 5701 AEX 5501 AEX 5401 AEX 5301 & Courses title Research Project Rural/Community Development Credit Hr 4 3 2 2 2 COURSE DESCRIPTION FIRST SEMESTER AGE 5101: SEMINAR Discussion and presentation of various topics in Agricultural Economics, the student is also expected to prepare and participate in all seminars and present a seminar in the course and also submit a hard copy of the seminar work to the department. AEX 5601: RESEARCH METHODS, MEASUREMENT & SCALING AND STATISTICS Defining a research problem; developing hypothesis and objectives; principles of research design; questionnaire preparation and collection of data, sampling and sample design, measurements of variables; statistical theory, statistical methods for data analysis, presentation of research findings. AEX 5701: THEORY & PRACTICE OF EXTENSION ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION Concepts of Administration, Extension administration, management etc. theory and principles of extension administration by Henri Fayol, Management Schools of thought and their application to extension work (Administration theory).– Relationship between extension and other organizations or agencies – Functions and Responsibilities of extension administrators/directors including planning, organization, supervision and coordination – Organization/administration of extension services at village, division, state and federal levels. The frame work and approach towards management – The perspectives on management and organization – Staff recruitment, selection, placement and supervision. Staffing process and training in Extension organization, training of Extension leaders in Extension. Office management in extension, principles of morale and motivation; implication for Extension staff development and promotion, discipline, assessment (appraisal of extension work, extension workers’ training and types of training, bureaucracy in extension administration; extension administration in the ADPs in Nigeria. Problems of extension administration in Nigeria. 184 AEX 5501: PROGRAMME PLANNING AND EVALUATION Concepts – plan, planning, programme, programme development etc. Types, sources, characteristics and levels of planning, Assumptions and importance of programme planning. Planning needs and needs assessment, motivation – i.e. hierarchy of human needs (Maslow). Involvement – levels, method: individuals – Group. Reasons for involvement, problem identification. Stages/models of programme planning – situation analysis, solution (Objectives – levels of objectives, uses, importance, characteristics of good objectives) execution, evaluation and reconsideration. Practical application and design of plan of work and calendar of work – i.e. planning a programnme or project. Practical application and design of plan of work and calendar of work – i.e. planning a programme or project. Evaluation – meaning, types, differences between evaluation and monitoring. Concept of evaluation in agricultural extension, programmes monitoring and Evaluation. Steps in evaluation (standards, criteria, indications and judgment), Barriers to evaluation. SWOT and PERT analysis. Budget development and fiscal control – meaning, types of budget, how to prepare budget, etc. AEX 5401: DIFFUSION AND ADOPTION OF AGRICULTURAL TECHNOLOGY Concepts of diffusion and adoption, process of diffusion and adoption. Theories of Diffusion & Adoption. Factors affecting adoption – Farmers related and technology related. Stages of Adoption (AIETA), adoption rate and adopters categories and diffusion curves. Abandoned and Sustainable adoption. Elements of diffusion. The innovation decision. Characteristics of innovation. AEX 5301: PSYCHOLOGY OF EXTENSION Instructional Objectives: At the end of the courses students are to among other things, understand the concepts of psychology, extension teaching and learning strategies. Farmers’ personalities and determinants of personalities. Developmental Psychology and there characteristics features. Intelligence, attitudes, behavioural patterns, values and decision concepts, motives, motivation and its theories, needs, teaching – learning process. Theories of learning, application of psychological concepts in teaching – learning. AEX 5201: AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATION & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Meaning and concepts of communication and information technology. Elements of communication and their characteristics. Importance of communication in extension. Models of communication. Communication and behavioural change. Influence of communication on rural development. Communication processes in extension. Development communication systems. Importance of development communication in agricultur Modern information technologies relevant in agriculture and extension service. Problems and prospects of use of modern information technology. Indigenous knowledge system. Advantages and disadvantages of use of indigenous knowledge system in agriculture. SECOND SEMESTER AEX 5200: RESEARCH PROJECT It is expected that as final year students must undertake and complete a research project under a supervisor. AEX 5132: RURAL/COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Sociological economic and related policy perspectives as they relate to rural development. The theories of community; community as a unit of social change. The micro and macro approaches to social change; Dimensions of innovations; approaches to community development; community development and other developments (agriculture, and rural developments); model of rural/agricultural development and their relevance to Nigerian situation; processes and methods of community development/agricultural developments; problems of institutions and infrastructural community case studies on community development in Nigeria and other developing countries; Features of communities in Nigeria; assessment of rural community development in Nigeria; challenges of rural community development in Nigeria; lessons learnt in rural community development over the years; community leadership and rural livelihoods. AEX 5412: Social & Technological Change in Agriculture Understanding technological change; basic sociological concepts of change; technological change and societies; general principles in introducing technological change. Technological change in Nigerian 185 agricultural development; obstacles of agricultural change; Reducing resistance to change; ethical consideration in introducing technology change; agricultural engineers and public extension system. Impact of technological change in agriculture, role of extension workers in technology transfer, technology change and indigenous technology systems. AGE 5152: AGRARIAN LAWS AND REFORMS General concepts and sources of law. Property ownership, acquisition and disposition in general setting (types of land ownership). Land tenure system and small scale farmers in Nigeria. Restrictions on the use and ownership of land: contracts; landlords and tenant relationship; Agency law; sales commercial papers (Banks) torts right in the use of water (the riparian right): pure food produce and legal environment (Food and drug laws). Partnership, concurrent/co-ownership of properties; will, gifts and policies relating to agricultural insurance fishing training – research – Extension, bush burning, marketing and export and import of commodities. Factors affecting agrarian laws. AEX 5162: COMPARATIVE EXTENSION SYSTEM Extension education strategies and organization in selected countries. Historical revolution of Agricultural extension system. Comparison of extension systems – Cooperative, Ministry, University based, commodity based. Animation rurale, T & V, Integrated RuralDevelopment, community based, etc. their objectives, target group, focus, problems and prospect, source of funding, etc. alternative extension approaches/systems. Private/public/NGO extension system. Contemporary issues in agricultural extension system. AEX 5122: GENDER & RURAL YOUTH DEVELOPMENT STUDIES Concept, philosophy, principles of Rural Youth Agricultural Extension Programmes, characteristics of Agricultural Extension Workers and club leaders. Initiators and aims of setting up rural youth clubs; youth programmes in Nigeria and the world; evolution, administration, programme planning and organization of rural youth agricultural extension programme, the problems etc. Educational activities used to promote rural youth agricultural extension programmes. Gender issues and programmes in Nigeria. gender mainstreaming in agricultural extension, evaluation of gender participation in agricultural extension. Problems associated with gender studies in Nigeria. Concept of leadership, types, characteristics, principles of leadership in agricultural extension programmes. DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE Historical Background The Department was created in January 1986 during the 1985/86 academic session. Prior to this, it existed along with other departments as a single unit of agriculture. The undergraduate programme was developed to give the Students the breadth of training, the basic concepts and principles, the practical experience and discipline on which they can build and adopt throughout their career. Since the inception, the student and staff population had been on the increase. Also training facilities like laboratories and farm infrastructure have been developed to meet the modern training needs in the various areas of animal science. The Department has grown beyond the initial degree (B. Agric.) Programme and now offers programmes for PGD, M. Sc. and Ph. D. degrees in the various specialties in animal sciences (Animal Breeding and Genetics, Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry, Animal Physiology and Health, Animal Production and Management, and Meat Science). The graduate programme provides training especially in the areas of research to enable the beneficiaries to take up challenges of training others as well as make gainful self-employment in livestock production/husbandry. Vision and Mission The vision and mission of the founding fathers of the department were to produce trained young men and women who would provide the leadership needed in all aspects of animal production. The curriculum so developed provides a good balance of subjects in the physical, biological, and social sciences and humanities. Theses afford the undergraduates the opportunity to learn how to diagnose and solve practical problems of livestock development programmes. 186 Admission Requirements UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME Admission of students into the Department is through the Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME), Direct Entry and the Remedial Programme of the University of Calabar, which is aimed at rectifying student’s deficiencies before embarking on the full programme. To qualify for admission into degree course in Bachelor of Agriculture with specialization in Animal Science, the candidate must satisfy general requirements as outlined in the Joint Admission and Matriculation Board (JAMB) brochure Guidelines for Admission for First Degree Courses in Nigerian Universities (obtained from JAMB). The candidates must as well fulfill the Faculty and Department requirements prescribed below: DIRECT ENTRY A candidate may qualify for direct admission into the Department by possessing either HND/OND/NCE (at Distinction or Credit Level) Certificate in Agricultural Science or related Science courses, in addition to the basic departmental requirements (Credit passes in at least five O/L subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics.). Candidates with B. Sc. in a related discipline (as stipulated by the Department) may also be considered for admission. JOINT ADMISSION AND MATRICULATION BOARD A candidate may qualify for admission into the Department by satisfying the following: (a) Obtaining a score on the Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) of not less than the Minimum score required by the Department. (b) Possessing one of the following qualifications: i) West African School Certificate or NECO with passes at Credit in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. ii) General Certificate of Education with passes at Ordinary Level in at least five subjects including English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. REMEDIAL PROGRAMME The Department also admits candidates who have successfully remedied all their deficiencies. Remedial students are not allowed to matriculate until they have completely remedied their deficiencies. Candidates who fail to remedy such deficiencies after one session are required to withdraw from the University. POST GRADUATE PROGRAMME Objectives The implementation of the Bachelor of Agriculture (B. Agric.) Degree Programme in Nigerian University has resulted in de-emphasizing specialization at the first degree level. A Graduate Programme in Animal Science will therefore seek to: (a) Train and equip the students with the fundamental principles of the various aspects of animal production, livestock nutrition and biochemistry, livestock breeding and Genetics, livestock physiology, livestock production and Management, livestock behaviour, meat science and wildlife domestication/conservation and management. (b) Train students in modern research methods in various aspects of Animal Science. (c) Train students who will take up the challenge of training others in tertiary institutions. (d) Train students to use the knowledge acquired for gainful self-employment in livestock production and eventually ensure the effective and efficient implementation of the livestock farming, breeding and feed manufacturing programmes. (e) The Programme is suitable for graduates of Animal Science and holders of other certificates registrable by the Nigerian Institute of Animal Science (NIAS), with appropriate academic background for higher career opportunities. POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA Admission Requirements Candidates seeking admission into the Post Graduate Diploma (PGD) Programme in Animal Science need to possess a first degree with an acceptable cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in a NIAS registrable discipline. Example, Bachelor of Agriculture (Animal Science) or related disciplines as may be approved 187 by the Departmental Post Graduate Programme Board, University of Calabar Graduate School Board and the University Senate. Such first degree must come from a University recognized by the University of Calabar Senate. With permission from the Graduate School Board, candidates having first degree with lower CGPA plus sufficient relevant work experience as may be prescribed by the Departmental Post Grade Board could be admitted. Duration The PGD Programme in Animal Science is run on full-time basis. The Programme duration will usually be 2 to 3 Semesters. Course Work Candidates shall be required to register for and pass a total of 30 credit units of courses at the PGD 6000 level. Thesis Candidates shall be expected to undertake a research project from one of the areas of specialization offered in the department. The PGD Thesis shall be based on the Research Project approved by the Departmental and Graduate School Boards. MASTER’S PROGRAMME Admission Requirements Candidates seeking admission into the Master’s degree (M. Sc.) Programme in Animal Science should hold a first Degree with an acceptable Second Class Honours cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in a NIAS registrable discipline. Example, Bachelor of Agriculture (Animal Science) or related disciplines as may be approved by the Departmental Post Graduate Programme Board, University of Calabar Graduate School Board and the University Senate. The first Degree should be obtained from the University of Calabar or any other University recognized by the Senate. Duration Full-time students on M. Sc. Programme will be required to complete the Programme in a minimum of 3 Semesters and a maximum of 5 Semesters. Students on Part-time Programme will be expected to spend a minimum of 4 Semesters and a maximum of 6 Semesters. Course Work Candidates shall be required to register for and pass a total of 30 credit units of courses at the 6000 level. Thesis Candidates shall be expected to undertake a research project from one of the areas of specialization offered in the department. The M. Sc. Thesis shall be based on the Research Project approved by the Departmental and Graduate School Boards. DOCTORAL PROGRAMME IN ANIMAL SCIENCE Admission Requirements Candidates seeking admission into the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D.) degree Programme in Animal Science should possess a Master’s Degree in Animal Science or in a NIAS registrable discipline. The M. Sc. Degree should be obtained from the University of Calabar or any other University recognized by the Senate. Duration Candidates on full-time students on Ph. D. Programme shall be expected to complete the Programme in a minimum of 6 Semesters and a maximum of 10 Semesters. Part-time students shall be required to spend a minimum of 10 Semesters and a maximum of 14 Semesters. Course Work Candidates will be expected to take minimum of 12 credit units of courses at the 7000 level selected from courses listed by the Department. Thesis 188 Candidates will undertake research work in any of the four areas of specialization as approved by the Departmental and Graduate School Boards. Such work should be of high standard and publishable. Areas of Specialization i. Animal Production and Management with sub-specializations in Poultry Production, Ruminant Animal, Cattle (Beef and Dairy) Production and Micro-livestock (Rabbit, grasscutter, snail) Production. ii. Animal Breeding and Genetics iii. Agricultural Biochemistry and Animal Nutrition iv. Animal Physiology COURSE OUTLINE Undergraduate Programme YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code BIO1101 Introductory Biology I CHM1011 MTH1111 Introductory Chemistry Algebra and Trigonometry ECS1101 PHY1101 GSS 1101 GSS1121 Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 3 CHM1022 MTH 1352 Introduction to Microeconomics Introductory Physics I 3 PHY1102 3 ECS1102 Use of English I Philosophy and Logic Total Credit Number of Hours 2 2 19 GSS1102 GSS 1112 Courses title Introduction to Biology II Credit Hr 3 Organic Chemistry I Co-ordinate Geometry & Calculus Introduction Physics II 3 3 Introduction to MacroEconomics Use of English Citizenship Education Total Credit Number of Hours 3 3 2 2 19 YEAR TWO 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGR2001 AGR2101 AGA2101 AGC2101 AGC2201 AGE2101 AGS2101 Course title Intro. To Agriculture Introduction to Agric. Biochemistry Principles of Animal Production Principles of Crop Production Botany and Crop Physiology Intro. To Agric. Ext. & Rural Sociology Principles of Soil Science Total Credit Number of Hours 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code AGC2302 CHM2122 3 AGA2202 3 AGE2202 3 AGS2202 3 AGR2202 3 AGF2302 21 AGR2402 Courses title Cytology and Genetics Inorganic Chemistry Anatomy and Physiology of farm Animals Introduction to Agric. Economics Intro. To Pedology & Soil Physics Introduction to Agric. Engineering Introduction to Forestry 3 Principles of Food Science and Technology Total Credit Number of Hours 3 YEAR THREE 1ST SEMESTER 2ND SEMESTER 189 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 2 3 21 Course Code AGA3101 AGA3201 AGC3101 AGC3201 AGE3101 AGR3101 AGS3101 GSS2111 GSS3101 Course title Non-Ruminant Animal Production Agricultural Biochemistry and Methods Field Crop Production Principles of Crop Protection Intro. to Farm Mgt. & Prod. Econs Introduction to Farm Mechanics Soil Chemistry and Micro-Biology Introduction to Computers Entrepreneurship Dev. I Total Credit Number of Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code AGA3202 Courses title 2 AGA3302 3 AGC3302 Tree Crop Production 3 AGR3302 Farming Systems 2 3 AGR3302 2 3 AGR3402 3 3 AGE3202 AGR3502 2 GSS2112 Introduction to Fisheries & Wildlife Introduction to Fisheries & Wildlife Extension Education Statistics and Experimental Designs Computer Application II 2 24 GSS3102 Entrepreneurship Dev. II Total Credit Number of Hours 2 23 Ruminant Animal Production Intro. to Animal Breeding & Genetics Credit Hr 3 3 3 2 3 2 YEAR FOUR 1ST SEMESTER Course Code AGA4100 AGA4101 AGC4100 AGE4100 AGS4100 AGR4100 Course title Non-Ruminant Mgt. Techniques Animal Health Management Horticultural and Permanent Crop Prod. Techniques Farm Management and Accounts I Soil Sampling and Description, Drainage and Soil Fertility Farm Design and Agric. Mechanization Practices Total Credit Number of Hours 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 Course Code AGA4200 1 AGA4202 5 AGC4200 3 AGE4200 2 AGS4200 2 AGS4300 16 AGR4202 AGR4102 Courses title Ruminant Mgt. Techniques Credit Hr 3 Animal Health Management Arable Crop Production Techniques 1 Farm Survey and Extension Practices II Agricultural Meteorology 3 Soil Conservation and Land Use Planning Workshop Practices 3 Viva Total Credit Number of Hours 3 20 4 1 2 YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course Code 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Course Code AGA5200 AGA5201 Seminar Applied Animal Breeding 2 2 AGA5100 AGA5112 AGA5301 AGA5401 AGA5501 Non-Ruminant Production Ruminant Production Feeds and Feeding 3 3 3 AGA5122 AGA5132 AGA5142 190 Courses title Research Project Non-Ruminant Animal Production Ruminant Animal Nutrition Animal Health Processing of Livestock Credit Hr 4 2 2 3 3 AGA5601 AGA5701 AGA5801 *AGE5501 *AGC5201 Products Animal Experimentation 3 AGA5152 Pasture Management & & Research Techniques Utilization Animal Reproduction 2 *AGA5152 Livestock Economics Micro-livestock 3 *AGA5152 Agric. Business Math. & Production Finance Programme Planning & 3 Total Credit Number of Evaluation Hours Field Crop Husbandry 3 Total Credit Number of 24 Hours *Elective Courses: Students should take one elective per semester 191 3 3 3 21 POST GRADUATE PROGAMMES Post Graduate Diploma 1ST SEMESTER Course Code 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Course Code AGA PGD 6111 AGA PGD 6121 AGA PGD 6131 AGA PGD 6141 AGA PGD 6151 Poultry Production 2 AGA PGD 6112 Applied Animal Breeding 2 AGA PGD 6122 Beef and Dairy Cattle Production 2 AGA PGD 6132 Feeds and Feedstuffs 3 AGA PGD 6152 Animal Experimentation, Biostatistics and 3 AGA PGD 6162 Research Techniques AGA PGD 6001 Seminar 2 AGA PGD 6172 AGA PGD 6171 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals 2 AGA PGD 6000 Total Credit Number of Hours 16 Courses offered are based on areas of specialization, but with a minimum of 15 credit hours per Semester. Courses title Animal Nutrition Sheep and Goat Production Feed mill Technology and Feed Formulation Animal Health and Diseases Management Animal Products and Processing Technology Pasture and Range Management Project Total Credit Number of Hours Credit Hr 2 2 2 3 2 2 6 21 MASTERS PROGRAMME 1ST SEMESTER Course Code Course title 2ND SEMESTER Credit Hr Course Code AGA6001 Biostatistics 3 AGA 6102 AGA6101 Animal Behaviour and Environmental Physiology Advance Pig and Poultry Production Biochemical Genetics 3 AGA 6112 3 AGA 6122 3 AGA 6202 Animal Breeding Feeds and Feeding Instrumentation in Agricultural Biochemistry Seminar 3 3 3 AGA 6212 AGA 6222 AGA 6302 3 AGA 6312 AHA6111 AGA6201 AGA6221 AGA6121 AGA6321 AGA6800 Courses title Advance Sheep, Goat and Rabbit Production Advance Animal Beef and Dairy Cattle Production Animal Products and Processing Micro-livestock Production & Management Population Genetics Quantitative Genetics Animal Nutrition Feed Formulation for Farm Animals 192 3RD SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Code AGA 6900 Courses title Research Project Credit Hr 6 AGA6801 Computer Programming 3 AGA 6322 AGA6301 Advance Courses in Carbohydrate, Lipid, Energy Nutrition and Metabolism Advance Courses in Protein, Minerals, Vitamins Nutrition and Metabolism Animal Health and Diseases Aspects of Livestock Products Total Credit Number of Hours 3 AGA 6332 3 AGA 6342 3 3 AGA 6502 AGA 6602 AGA6311 AGA6401 AGA6501 Biochemistry of Hormonal Action Growth and Development 3 Reproduction in Farm Animals 3 Nutritional Toxicology Advances in Livestock Products Technology Total Credit Number of 15 Hours Grand Total for the three Semesters 3 3 3 Total Credit Number of Hours 15 6 36 DOCTORAL PROGRAMME 1ST SEMESTER Course Code 2ND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Environmental Animal Physiology Artificial Insemination Intermediary Metabolism 3 AGA7101 3 3 AGA7201 AGA7211 AGA7221 AGA7311 Reproductive Physiology Feed Resources and Storage Procedures 3 3 AGA7401 Advance Techniques in Animal Breeding Total Credit No. of Hours AGA7101 AGA7201 AGA7211 Course Code Courses title Rumen Physiology and Metabolism Advance Animal Breeding Recent Advances in Animal Production 3RD SEMESTER Credit Hr 3 Course Code AGA 6900 Courses title Research Project Credit Hr 6 3 3 3 3 15 Total Credit No. of Hours Grand Total for the three Semesters Candidates are required to take a minimum of 6 Credit Hours per Semeste 193 15 Total Credit No. of Hours 6 18 FACULTY INTRODUCTORY COURSES. AGR 2001: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE The course exposes students to definition of agriculture; The origin, scope and importance of agriculture to man; Food supply situation in the world; Trend of distribution; Characteristic features of tropical agriculture and how production is affected. Farming system practices; land tenure; land use types; Forestry, Fish, Farming and Wildlife agriculture. AGR 2101: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY This course covers Structure, properties of biological pigments; vitamins; amino acid, peptides, proteins, enzymes, coenzymes, hormones, plant growth factors, Purine, pyrimidine, nucleotide and nucleic acid and porphyrines. Enzymes: nature, classification, inhibition, activation, control of Activity; Specificity; Active sites and mechanisms of action; Intermediary metabolism; Biological oxidation and bioenergetics. AGF 2102: INTRODUCTION TO FORESTRY The course entails renewable natural resources, availability, distribution and potentials. Important forest trees and wildlife (wildlife emphasis on Nigerian species). Classification, morphology and distribution of important forest trees. Forest and game reserves in Nigeria. Silviculture, afforestation; characteristics of major timber and their uses. Felling and log transportation. AGR 2202: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING In this course, students are exposed to definitions; areas of specialization and role of agricultural engineering in national economy. Prospects and job opportunities. Work, power, energy, heat and basic electricity. Simple machines and principles of hydraulic theory. Machines efficiency. Weather, rainfall, soil and water conservation. Drying and storage, moisture content. Introduction to tools and workshop practice. AGR 2402: PRINCIPLES OF FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY The course covers: Scope and definition of Food Science and Technology; food distribution and marketing. Food and its functions, food habits, food poisoning and its prevention, Principles of food processing and preservation. Deterioration and spoilage of food, contamination of food from natural sources. Composition and structures of Nigerian/West African food; factors contributing to texture, colour, aroma and flavour of food. Cost, tradition and ethnic influences of food preparation and consumption pattern. AGR 3101: INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS In this course, students are expected to cover the following: Goals and principles of farm mechanization. Basic mechanics, workshop tools, principles of internal combustion engine and electric motor. Farm machinery used for tillage practices; ploughs, harrows, cultivators, farm power transmission systems; harvesting and processing equipment (sprayers and dusters). Equipment for livestock (automatic feed conveyers, watering equipment), water lifting and irrigation equipment; and surveying equipment used in the farm; operating principles, selection and maintenance procedures of farm machinery. Farm machinery costing and records; workshop and building materials used in the farm. AGR 3302: FARMING SYSTEMS The course exposes the students to: Introduction and definition of applied terms. Description and analysis of the various components of the system: major farming systems in the tropics with emphasis on African traditional farming systems. Appraisal of the competitive factors and functions affecting the system. AGR 3402: INTRODUCTION TO FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE The course covers the important fishes and wildlife of West Africa with emphasis on Nigerian species. Classification, evolution, morphology and basic structure of fishes. The adaptation of fish to aquatic life. Life cycle of principal species of fish and wildlife. Significance of fishes and wildlife in the life of Nigerians. The fish and wildlife industries in Nigeria. Fundamental principles of fish, wildlife management and production. AGR 3502: STATISTICS AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS The course covers: Experiments, experimental procedures, cause and control of experimental error; analysis of variance, one way and multiple ways classification; factor experiments, split-plot designs and analysis of results. Regression analysis, correlation analysis, Mean comparison techniques and calculator application. 194 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND EXTENSION COURSES AGE 2101: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY This course entails: Definition, objective of Agricultural Extension, Institutional setting of Agricultural Extension. Basic concepts and principles of rural sociology to the understanding of rural situations. Importance of rural communities and institutions, social stratification, social processes and social changes in rural areas. The rural revolution and social transformation, changing rural-urban problems and Elimination of rural-urban distribution and the future of rural communities. AGE 2202: INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS The course covers: The nature of economics and economic problems; scope and method; price theory and functions of the market with particular reference to agriculture. Concept of demand, supply, price determination and elasticity are handled. Emphasis is also placed on the structure and changes in the Nigerian Agriculture as well as agricultural problems. The national income and employment theories. Types of market structures, investment, interest rate, inflation, international trade, Commodity agreements and balance of payments. Money and banking. AGE 3101: INTRODUCTION TO FARM MANAGEMENT AND PRODUCTION ECONOMICS The following areas are emphasized in this course: Introduction, definition of applied terms and relevant economics principles guiding resources use are emphasized. These include: farm planning and evaluation of partial budget, total budget and enterprise budget. Production, apportionment of production cost to different farm cost enterprises, linear programming. AGE 3202: EXTENSION EDUCATION This course entails definition, nature and elements of communication process. Principles of analyzing communication problems in extension. The meaning of the concept of teaching, learning and motivation. Steps and principles of teaching and learning. Extension teaching methods. Preparation and use of teaching materials and aids. A general introduction of the use of rnathematics involving micro-economic problems of agriculture. Brief introduction to the role of Theory, Micro-economics and the role of mathematics in resolving problems is introduced. Special emphasis on the theory of consumer behaviour, utility functions, indifference curves, maximization of utility, ordering and compensated demand functions as well as the theory of the farm firm and market equilibrium are quantified and dealt with. AGE 3402: AGRICULTURAL MARKETING This is a course with a two-prong perspective: the theory and the practical aspects. For the theoretical aspects, the following areas are emphasized. The systems approach in the study of marketing structures, conduct and performance of different markets. Controlled markets and the relevance to Nigerian marketing institutions; Supply and demand elasticities and their effect in marketing decisions, and agricultural products. The practical aspect involves the use of sample using native forecasting models on the data collected (sample) from different markets around Calabar Municipality, Studies are arranged in various groups for the purpose of this project. AGE4100: FARM MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING This course involves two credit hours of in-class work and one other credit of out of class work for two semesters. Major emphasis in the in-class is in the area of record keeping, developing budgets (partial and total) feasibility studies and analyzing a variety of market information. The out of class work deals with actual data collection based on the students interest as well as reviewing the records, budgets and profitability of the Faculty of Agriculture Farms (Crops and Animals), the students as well during this phase are exposed or attached to either farm, bank or relevant agricultural firm to have a working knowledge of its performance. AGE 4200: FARM SURVEY AND EXTENSION PRACTICES In this course, sample villages in the neighbourhood of Calabar are selected and students study the socioeconomic and technical components of farming systems in the area. Designing of questionnaires and actual conduct of the survey. During the year the students will go out in a group once a week with their clientele farmers to study the farming operations and field management on the spot. Survey will last for 24 weeks. Design of teaching aids and audio-visuals in Extension Education is emphasized. AGE 5001: PROGRAMME PLANNING AND EVALUATION The course involves definition and principles of planning. The planning process, systems, and levels of planning. Advanced techniques in programme planning, operation and evaluation of extension, including use of research findings and preparation of reports. Professional improvement of extension workers. The role of 195 specialists in extension. Extension programme analysis and procedures for systematic evaluation of rural development projects. AGE 5122: AGRICULTURAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND FINANCE Scope of agricultural business and management; types of agricultural business management and organizations, enterprise selection; production planning; public policies affecting agricultural business, farm growth; Organization of large scale farms; legal organizations and tax strategies. Economics of agricultural processing; marketing management, principles of agricultural finance; principles of farm credit; capital needs of agricultural industries, sources of loan funds and collateral security for loans; credit agencies and government credit policies and approaches to efficient credit management; Farm accounting; inventory; balance sheet, cash book and cash book analysis. AGE 5152: LIVESTOCK ECONOMICS The course covers the importance of livestock in the Nigerian economy, Consumption and consumer patterns of livestock products; micro- and macro- economics in animal production; agricultural production functions, including data collection and analysis. Marketing theory in relation to livestock production, application of economic theory and quantitative analysis. Capital investment and depreciation of capital; the economics of egg, meat and milk production. Livestock feed economics, input/output relationship in livestock production. ANIMAL SCIENCE COURSES AGA 2101: PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION In this course, students are exposed to history of animal agriculture, classification and distribution of important world breeds of cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, poultry and rabbits. Climate and other factors affecting the livestock and poultry industries in Nigeria. Management practices and systems, and effects on behaviour and handling of animals. AGA 2202: ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF FARM ANIMALS The course cover: Anatomy and physiology of farm animals such as cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, rabbits and poultry. Anatomy and physiology of the cell, types, animal tissues, nervous system, skeletal system, muscle, bone, circulatory system, reproductive, digestive, special senses and other systems of farm animals. Elements of physiology and environmental behaviour. Growth and bio-energetics. AGA 3101: NON-RUMINANT ANIMAL PRODUCTION This course covers: Management practices involved in breeding stock, nutrition, housing, equipment, disease control measures and handling of various species of farm livestock. Health management of stock, processing and marketing of poultry, pigs and rabbits. AGA 3201: AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND METHODS This course covers: Metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins, vitamins and minerals. Chemistry and mode of action of enzymes and hormones. Composition, chemistry and analysis of selected agricultural products. Prerequisite: AGR 2101. AGA 3202: RUMINANT ANIMAL PRODUCTION This course covers: Types and breeds of ruminants. Breed characteristics and specific climatic adaptations. Nutritional requirements, feeding, housing and sanitation. Practical animal husbandry techniques and field problems on management. Feeding, health care practices and slaughtering of ruminant animals (cattle, sheep and goats). AGA 3302: INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL BREEDING AND GENETICS The course exposes students to objectives and history of genetics, genetic principles and problems in breeding animals for disease resistance and increased production. Different types of gene actions, values and means, repeatability, heritability. AGA 4100: NON-RUMINANT MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES This course covers animal husbandry practices and exposure to herd problems on management and feeding of swine, poultry and rabbits. Breed identification, feeding of non-conventional feed and forages. Wing banding, debeaking in birds, ear notching and castration in pigs. Vaccination procedures. Hatchery operations. Restraining techniques and handling. AGA 4101: ANIMAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT I In this course, students will be involved in practical aspects of different systems of animal handling and restraining: identification of common diseases of farm animals (non-ruminants) with particular reference to poultry, swine and rabbits. Participation in post-mortem operation, routine health operations e.g. Deworming, drenching drug administration, vaccination etc, meat inspection and certification. AGA 4200: RUMINANT MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES 196 The course entails animal husbandry practices of cattle, sheep and goats. Health care practices and processing of livestock products. Management Systems in cattle, tethering and zero grazing. Identification and management of dairy breeds. Milking procedures, processing of livestock products, dehorning, hoof trimming and castration. Feed and feeding systems. Identification of forages, hay and silage making. AGA 4202: ANIMAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT II In this course, students will be involved in practical aspects of different systems of animal handling and restraining: identification of common diseases of farm animals (ruminants) with particular reference to cattle, sheep goats and grasscutters. Participation in post-mortem operation, routine health operations e.g. Deworming, drenching drug administration, vaccination etc, meat inspection and certification. CROP SCIENCE COURSES AGC 2101: PRINCIPLES OF CROP PRODUCTION Development of crop production. Cultural practices for major crops including soil and water conservation, irrigation and drainage, fertility maintenance and pest control. Weeds and their impact on crop production. Basic mode-media genetics. Harvesting, processing and storage of agricultural products. AGC 2201: BOTANY AND CROP PHYSIOLOGY Botanical and other methods of classification of cultivated crops, with particular reference to tropical crops. Study, of the internal and external structures of plants, including plant cell, plant tissue, plant root, stem, leaf, flower, seed and fruit. Reproduction in plants, including pollination, fertilization and fruit formation. Physical and chemical hormones in the living functions of plants. Environmental influences in crop growth, variations in photosynthetic capacities on factors affecting their yield maximization. Storage and mobilization of reserves. AGC 2302: CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS Concept of Mendelian genetics; monohybrid and dihybrid inheritance; modification of dihybrid ratios and epistasis. Co-dominance and incomplete dominance, probability and chi square test; sex determination and sexlinked genes. Cell theory; instrumentation and techniques in cytology; prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Cell organelles, structures and functions, chromosomes structure of karyotype and number; Cell division. AGC 3101: FIELD CROP PRODUCTION The origin, characteristics and production of major field crops in Nigeria. Climatic and soil requirements, fertilization, culture, rotation, harvesting and storage of crop products. AGC 3201: PRINCIPLES OF CROP PROTECTION Effects of diseases, pests fungi, bacteria, viruses and nematodes and weeds on crops and man. Definition of key terms and terminologies. Major pests, diseases, bacteria, viruses and nematodes of crops. Classification of major pests and pathogens, assessment of crop losses, stages in disease development. Factors that affect pest infection/disease spread and development. Methods of isolating micro-organisms and establishment of pathogenecity. AGC 3202: TREE CROP PRODUCTION Analysis of origin, distribution, soil and climatic requirements of tropical plantation crops, such as cocoa, oil palm, rubber, kola, cashew production practices, improvement, harvesting, utilization, processing and economics of some selected tree crops. Economic pests of these crops and their control. AGC 4100: HORTICULTURAL AND PERMANENT CROPS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Crop husbandry practices for local and exotic vegetables suited to the ecological zone. Pre-nursery, nursery and field operations of major permanent crops including the oil palm, rubber, cocoa and citrus. Post-harvest treatment of farm produce, identification and management of pests and pathogens and weeds associated with these crops. Estimation of pest and disease incidence and survey. AGC 4200: ARABLE CROP PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Arable crop production practices for the major crops in the ecological zone, including establishment, cultural practices and harvesting of maize, cassava, yam, cocoyam, plantain, rice, cowpea and melon. Post-harvest treatment of the crops. Identification and management of pests, diseases and weed associated with these crops. AGC 4400: INSECT PEST MANAGEMENT The course will give a basic knowledge of the insects and the relationships existing between crops, animals as insects. Pest Management, principles and methods of control of insects of agricultural, household and veterinary importance will be treated. SOIL SCIENCE COURSES 197 AGS 2101: PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE Physical, chemical and biological properties and processes of soils. Soil moisture, air and temperature; Soil survey and classification; roles and use of lime, fertilizers, organic matter and manure. Soil-plant relationship with emphasis on functions of essential elements in plants, their availability, requirements and deficiency symptoms. AGS 2202: INTRODUCTION TO PEDOLOGY AND SOIL PHYSICS The soil, its origin and formation; soil morphological characteristics, soil components, soil forming rocks and minerals. Weathering of rocks and minerals. Profile description, soil survey, mapping and soil classification. Properties and management of Nigerian soils. Classification of soil separates, soil texture, surface area of particles; aggregation, soil structure, and stability, porosity, soil water relations, soil and the hydrologic cycle. Soil temperature and conduction of soil erosion. AGS 3101: SOIL CHEMISTRY AND MICROBIOLOGY Plant nutrition, activities of cations and their absorption by plants, mechanism of absorption plant-soil interphase. Micro-organisms occurring in soils, bio-chemical activities of microbial population. Contributions to soil fertility, properties of soil organic matter; microbial transformations of N, P, S, Fe and other minerals; isolation of organisms concerned; transformations of hydrocarbons and pesticides. Rhizosphere effect and mycorrhizai association; ecological interactions of degraded soils. Water pollution and soil degradation. AGS 3201 SOIL DEGRADATION AND AMELIORATION Definition of soil degradation. Causes, detrimental effects and control, acidic and saline soils. The development of restricted drainage negative effects and remedies. Classification, processes and factors of water and wind erosion. Principles, classification, design of terraces. Vegetated water ways, selected mechanical conservation structures, wind-breaks and shelters. Physical characteristics of degraded soils. Water pollutions and soil degradation. AGS 4100: SOIL SAMPLING, DESCRIPTION, DRAINAGE AND SOIL FERTILITY Methods of taking soil samples for various purposes, soil profile descriptions, soil moisture measurements, types and importance of fertilizers, application rates and methods for various crops. Safety and environmental factors affecting their efficiency; deficiency symptoms. AGS 4200: AGRICULTURAL METEOROLOGY Elements of climate and their measurements, processing and analysis of rainfall, air and soil temperature, humidity, evaporation and evapo-transpiration data. Analysis of long-term records of weekly, monthly and annual rainfall data. Climatic effects on agricultural productivity. AGS 4300: SOIL CONSERVATION AND LANDUSE PLANNING Field identification of types of soil erosion and other forms of land degradation and their control: Practical training in biological, mechanical, gully and wind erosion control. Tillage and husbandry practices for soil conservation. Purpose and justification of land use planning. Land use planning and management for rain-fed agriculture, forestry; irrigation, and for non-agricultural projects. DEPARTMENT OF CROP AND HORTICULTURAL SCIENCES HISTORICAL BAKGROUND The Department of Crop Science and Horticulture, University of Calabar, came into existence in 1986/1987 academic year when the former Department of agronomy was split into two new departments namely, Crop Science and Horticulture and Soil Science Departments. Since then, the Department has continued to carry our effectively tripartite roles of teaching, research and community service. The academic programme for undergraduates that runs for five years is designed to impact on students modern agricultural techniques in Crop Husbandry, Horticulture, Crop Protection, and Plant Genetics/Breeding and Farm Mechanization. The first set of students admitted into the Department for a B.Agric programme graduated in 1992. PHILOSOPHY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF CROP AND HORTICULTURAL SCIENCES 198 To meet the need for increased crop productivity through effective training of manpower. This is translated into: i) The Vision The vision of the Department of Crop and Horticultural Sciences is to constitute a formidable base for improved crop production and development through effective teaching, research and collaborative research networking to prepare students with interest to take up farming as a career in addition to academic pursuit. ii) The Mission The mission of Department of Crop and Horticultural Sciences is to provide students with improved knowledge of basic principles of crop production and Horticulture and impact on them the current improved crop production techniques. It is also the responsibility of the Department to conduct research into genetic improvement of crops, agronomy of crop production, horticulture, crop protection, storage, processing and utilization of the crops. iii) The Goals The goals of the Department of Crop and Horticultural Sciences are to carry out teaching and research on crop production and development with the aim of graduating students both at undergraduate and postgraduate levels with enough crop production techniques and research capabilities towards increased crop productivity for food security and economic enhancement. THE SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 1. To teach the students basic principles:- theory and practice of crop production, horticulture, protection, crop improvement and utilization 2. To prepare students for professional academic careers through research work. 3. To equip graduates with the relevant skills for employment in agricultural sector, schools, or engage in gainful self-employment in agribusiness. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR ONE Course Code BIO1101 CHM1011 MTH1111 ECS1101 GSS 1101 PHY1101 GSS1121 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 Introductory Chemistry Algebra and Trigonometry Introduction to Microeconomics Use of English I 3 3 CHM1022 MTH1352 3 PHY1102 3 ECS1102 Introductory Physics Philosophy and Logic Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 21 GSS1102 GSS 1112 Introductory Biology I 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Introduction to Biology II Credit Hr 3 Organic Chemistry I Co-ordinate Geometry & Calculus Introduction Physics II 3 3 Introduction to MacroEconomics Use of English Citizenship Education Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 21 YEAR TWO Course Code AGR2001 AGR2101 AGA2101 AGC2101 1ST SEMESTER Course title Introductory to Agriculture Intro. To Agric. BioChemistry Principles of Animal Production Principles of Crop Production Credit Hr 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 3 Course Code AGC2302 Cytology and Genetics Credit Hr 3 3 CHM2422 Analytical Chemistry 2 3 AGA2202 3 3 AGE2202 Anatomy and Physiology of farm Animals Introduction to Agric. Economics 199 3 AGE2101 AGS2101 AGC2201 Principles to Agric. Extension and Rural Principles of Soil Science 3 AGR2202 3 AGS2202 Botany and Physiology 3 AGR2302 Crop AGR2402 Total Number of Credit Hours 21 Introduction to Agric. Engineering Intro. To Pedology & Soil Physics Introduction to Forestry Principles of Food Science and Technology Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 2 2 21 YEAR THREE Course Code AGA3101 AGC3101 AGC3201 AGE3101 AGR3101 AGS3101 GSS2111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Non-Ruminant Animal Production Field Crop Production 3 Course Code AGA3202 3 AGA3302 Principles of Crop Production Intro to Farm Mgt. & Prod. Economics Introduction to Farm Mechanics Soil Chemistry and Micro-Biology Computer Programme I 3 Ruminant Animal Production Credit Hr 3 3 AGC3202 Intro to Animal Genetics and Breeding Principles of Horticulture 3 AGC3302 Tree Crop Production 3 2 AGX3202 Extension Education 3 3 AGC3302 Farming Systems 2 3 AGR3602 Introduction to Biotechnology Introduction to Fisheries and Wildlife Experimental Design Computer Application II Total Number of Credit Hours 3 AGR3302 AGS3402 GSS2112 Total Number of Credit Hours 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 21 3 2 3 3 25 YEAR FOUR Course Code AGA4100 AGC 4101 AGC4100 AGE4100 AGR4100 AGS4100 N/A: (1) (2) 1ST SEMESTER Course title Non-Ruminant Management Techniques Permanent crops production Techniques Horticultural and Permanent Crop Techniques Farm Management and Accounts Farm Design and Agric. Mechanization Practices Sampling and Description, Drainage and Soil Fertility Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 4 Course Code AGA4200 2 AGC4200 3 AEX4200 2 AGS4200 Agricultural Meteorology 1 2 AGR4202 Workshop Practices 2 2 AGS4300 3 16 AGE4300 Soil Conservation and Land Use Planning Farm Management & Accounting II Ruminant Management Techniques Arable Crop Production Techniques Farm Survey and Extension Practices II Attendance at Farm Practice is mandatory Students will submit a report on completion of each training area. 200 Credit Hr 4 4 3 4 YEAR FIVE Course Code AGC5101 AGC5201 AGC5301 AGC 5401 AGC 5601 AGS 5501 AGS 5301 AGA5501 AGE 5401 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Seminar Crop physiology Plant Breeding Vegetable and Horticultural Crops Field Experimentation 2 3 3 3 Course Code AGC5100 AGC5112 AGC5122 AGC5132 3 AGC5142 Soil Testing & Plant Analysis Soil Physics 3 AGS5112 2 AGA5152 Feeds and Feeding Agric. Policy & Development Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 AGA5501 AGE5112 25 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Research Project Seed production system Weed Science Crop Protection Processing and storage of agric. Prod Soil Fertility & Plant Nutrition Pasture Management & Utiliz ation Feeds and Feeding Agric. Cooperative & Marketing Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 4 2 2 2 2 2 26 Electives to be chosen from other Departments. Students are required to take any one of the courses listed above. . AGC 5601: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND FIELD EXPERIMENTATION Research proposal, Defining a research problem, Developing hypothesis and objectives, Principles of research design, Normal distribution, Experimental layout, Sampling in experimentation, Sampling and measurement, Data collection, and Descriptive data presentation. Analysis of co-variance, Correlation, Regression analysis, DMRT, and Test of significant differences (LSD) in comparing means. SECOND SEMESTER AGS 5100: RESEARCH PROJECT Students are expected to choose and execute special projects under the supervisor of Academic Staff. The project lasts for 2 semesters. AGC 5122: WEED SCIENCE Characteristics, classification and biology of weeds. Importance of weeds on Nigeria Agriculture, principles and methods of weed control viz, mechanical, biological,chemical etc. classification, chemistry formulation, selectivityapplication and mode of action of herbicides, storage, safety and environmental consideration in their usage. AGC 5132: CROP PROTECTION Effect of diseases, pest and weeds on plants. Principles and methods of disease, pest and weed control classification of chemicals used in plant protection, mode of application, problems of usage, toxicity, safety and their econological and environmental hazards. AGC 5142: PROCESSINGAND STORAGE OFAGRICULTURE PRODUCTS Concepts of size reduction, separation, cleaning, grading and sorting. Handling and conveying of equipment. Psychometric charts, principles of drying and equipment for agriculturalproducts. Harvesting, handling techniques and Transportation to minimize losses. Simple drying and storage methods. AGS 5112: SOIL FERTILITY AND PLANT NUTRITION Fertility in tropical soils, Soil organic matter; its properties and maintenance limning and its soilplant relationships; nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus and sulphur contents of soils. The soil as a plant nutrient medium; fertilizers and fertilizer management their manufacture sources, applications, methods, rates and timing: handling and storage of fertilizers. Crop growth and response to soil 201 nutrients; major, secondary and trace elements in crop nutrition; nutrient absorption, maintenance and loss in soil fertility in extensive and intensive agriculture Role of legume. AGS 5152: AGRICULTURAL ECOLOGY Meaning of Agricultural Ecology, types of Agro ecology, ecological effects of pollution (air, water and land). Natural resources management and conservation, environmental restoration. Environmental Impact of assessment: Scope and limitations. AGE 5112: AGRICULTURAL COOPERATIVES AND MARKETING (Elective) Definition and introduction to philosophy, basic anddistinguishing characteristics of cooperative organizations. Types, organizational procedures, financing and Business Management of Agricultural Cooperatives, their limitations and potential contributions, structure conduct performance of different types of markets. The commodity boards; Supply and demand elasticities and their effects on marketing decisions of agricultural products. DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY AND WILDLIFE RESOURCES MANAGEMENT History of the Programmes Sub-Discipline/Discipline The first proposal for the establishment of the department was submitted to the Faculty Board in 1997/98 academic session. The Faculty Board approved the proposal in 2000 and forwarded it to the committee of Deans. The Committee of Deans approved and presented it to Senate. Senate approval was given in 2002. An NUC visitation team came in September, 2002 to ascertain the state of readiness, inspected facilities and endorsed the commencement of the department. The department was created and an Acting Head of Department appointed on 1st October, 2002. The 1st set of academic staff (4) were drawn from the staff of the department of Crop Science who were professionals in Forestry & Wildlife. Students. And (22) students were admitted through the University of Calabar Remedial (Agriculture) programme in 2002/2003 academic session. In the 2004/2005 academic session the Department had students up to the third year, totaling 80 students. By 2010, the department had about 180 students and had graduated about 49 students. Furthermore, the department has made a dramatic improvement in the number and quality of staff, academic and non – academic staff. Currently, the Department has 14 academic staff, 1 Professor, 1 Reader, 2 Senior Lecturers, 5 Lecturer 1, and 4 Lecturer 11. In the area teaching and research, the department has about 15 hectares of Forestry Teaching and Research Farm and a Wild Domestication Unit, where grasscutters and snails are reared. In addition the department has10 hives for the production of bee products, and a forest nursery stocked with both indigenous and exotic plant species. The department has also made a great achievement as the post graduate programme in Forestry and Wildlife Resources Management was approved by Senate in the 2010/2011 academic session. The department commenced the postgraduate programme with the admission of eleven (11) students: six (6) M.Sc and five (5) PGD. The Philosophy behind Forest and Wildlife Resources Management The guiding principle behind Forest and Wildlife Resources Management is to create awareness among our young people and the rural dwellers that forest resources when wisely used can improve and sustain one’s per capital income and contribute to the Gross Domestic Product of Nigeria. Throughout the five-year course of study, the lectures would consciously make efforts to produce competent human resources that will sustainably manage the forest resources at our disposal. The overall philosophy is to train students to acquire scholastic competence and technical skills to enable them apply themselves well as forest and wildlife resources managers in the development of the Nigerian economy. The Objectives of Training in Forest and Wildlife Resources Management a) Carry out tripartite roles of teaching researching and disseminating information through publication of papers for the benefit of mankind; 202 b) Draw up good and flexible forest and wildlife resources management plans that will stimulate the interest of stakeholders to manage their resources on sustainable basis. c) Provide the students with the relevant skills to carry out independent research in forest and wildlife resources and produce useful results or guidelines for the modification of management plans when the needs arise; d) Compete very well in the job markets for positions that call for using skills in resource management and perform well when such positions are entrusted to them; e) Advise community forest and woodlot owners on how best they can use their forest and wildlife resources to improve their standard of living on sustainable basis and f) Usefully apply the skills they have acquired to establish and operate private enterprises of their own. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Requirements For Direct Entry Two “A” level passes in Chemistry and Biology or Agricultural Science or Zoology or Botany. Special consideration (Waiver): Calabar accepts NCE/OND in Agriculture. Forestry, Wildlife or Fisheries Management from recognized institutions into 200 level. Calabar accepts HND in Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries Management from recognized institutions into 300 level. Ume Admission Five O’ level Credit passes in English, Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology and one of Physics, Economics, Further Mathematics, Statistics and Geography. Special consideration (Waiver) Calabar requires 5 Credit passes at not more than two (2) sittings to include English Language, Biology/Agricultural Science, Chemistry, Mathematics and any one of Geography, Physics and Economics. Ume Subjects Chemistry, Biology or Agricultural Science and Mathematics or Physics. Pre-Degree Programme The Faculty of Agriculture runs a One-Year Pre-degree Programme to enable candidates make up for their deficiencies. There are two categories of remedial admissions. 1) Candidates who satisfy the requirements in section (2) above, i.e have five ‘O’ level credits and at least a minimum acceptable score in the Joint Matriculation Examination but have a pass in English and Mathematics are allowed to remedy these subjects preparatory to being admitted into the Faculty. NOTE: All direct entry applications must be made through the Joint Admission and Matriculation Board (JAMB). Joint Admission And Matriculation Board 1) A candidate may qualify for admission into the Faculty of Agriculture by satisfying the following: (a) Obtaining a score in Joint Matriculation Examination of not less than the minimum score required by the Faculty. (b) Possessing one of the following qualifications: i. West African School Certificate with passes at credit level in at least five subjects including English, Mathematics, Agricultural Sciences or biology, Chemistry and Physics. ii General Certificate of Education with passes at ordinary level in at least five subjects including: English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. iii Senior Secondary School Certificate with credits in at least five subjects including: English Language, Mathematics, Agricultural Science or Biology, Chemistry and Physics. COURSE OUTLINE Forestry And Wildlife Resources Management YEAR ONE Course Code BIO1101 CHM1011 MTH1111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Introductory Biology I Introductory Chemistry Algebra and Trigonometry Credit Hr 3 3 3 Course Code BIO1102 CHM1022 MTH1352 203 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Introduction to Biology II Organic Chemistry I Co-ordinate Geometry & Credit Hr 3 3 3 ECS1101 GSS 1101 PHY1101 GSS1121 Introduction to Economics Use of English I Micro- Introductory Physics I Philosophy and Logic Total Number of Credit Hours 3 PHY1102 2 ECS1102 3 2 19 GSS1102 GSS 1112 Calculus Introduction Physics II 3 Introduction to MacroEconomics Use of English Citizenship Education Total Number of Credit Hours 3 2 2 19 YEAR TWO Course Code AGR2001 AGR2101 AGA2101 AGC2101 AGE2101 AGC2201 1ST SEMESTER Course title Introductory to Agriculture Intro. To Agric. BioChemistry Principles of Animal Production Principles of Crop Science Introduction to Agric. Extension and Rural Sociology Botany and Crop Physiology Total number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 3 Course Code AGC2302 Cytology and Genetics Credit Hr 3 3 CHM2422 Analytical Chemistry 2 3 AGA2202 3 3 AGE2202 3 AGR2202 Anatomy and Physiology of farm Animals Introduction to Agric. Economics Introduction to Agric. Engineering 3 AGS2202 3 3 AGF2102 AGR2412 Intro. To Pedology & Soil Physics Introduction to Forestry Principles of Food Science and Technology Total Number of Credit Hours 18 3 2 3 2 22 YEAR THREE Course Code AGF3101 AGF3201 AGF3301 AGF3401 AGF3501 AGF3601 GSS2111 GRP3391 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Non-Ruminant Animal Production Field Crop Production 2 Course Code AGF3102 2 AGF3202 Principles of Crop Production Intro to Farm Mgt. & Prod. Economics Forest soils and Land Use Survey Forest Ecology and Conservation (Natural Ecosystems) Introduction to Computers Climatology and Biogeography Total Number of Credit Hours 2 AGF3302 3 AGF3402 3 AGF3502 3 3 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Forest Management Concepts and Analysis Wood Formation and General Properties of Wood Credit Hr 2 2 Forest & Wildlife Policy, Law and Administration Forest Products and Marketing Dynamics Forest Economics 3 AGF3602 Forest Biometrics Forest Biometrics 3 GSS2112 Computer Application II 3 Total Number Hours 18 2 3 3 21 YEAR FOUR 204 of Credit Course Code AGF4101 AGF4201 AGF4301 AGF4401 AGF4501 AGF4601 AGF4701 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Forest Taxonomy and Species Preservation and Wildlife Classification Plant Propagation and Nursery Techniques Sliviculture and Management of Natural & Artificial Forests Forests Inventory and Mensuration Practices Ground Forest surveying Techniques Forest Civil and Logging Operations 3 Course Code AGF 4102 3 AGF4202 3 AGF 4302 3 AGF 4402 3 AGF 4502 3 AGF 4602 Agroforestry Practices Total Number of Credit Hours 3 21 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Wood Technology and Utilization Wildlife Capture and Domestication Forest & Wildlife Biometrics 3 Forest and Wildlife Ecological Survey Park and Zoo Design and Management Aerial Photo-Interpretation of Vegetation Wildlife Composition and Mapping 3 Total Number Hours of Credit 3 3 2 17 YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code AGF5100 Seminar 2 Course Code AGF 5102 AGF5101 Forest Entompgy 2 AGF 5202 AGF5201 Forest Biological Erosion and Fire Control Forest and Wildlife Management Practices Extension and Community Forests Development Environmental Impact Assessment in Natural Forest Ecosystems Forest Soils 2 AGF 5302 3 AGF 5402 3 AGF 5502 3 AGF 5602 2 AGF 5112 Wildlife Protection and Conservation Egocentric Behaviour of Tropical Wildlife in Response to Environment Total Number of Credit Hours 2 AGF 5132 2 AGF 5200 AGF5301 AGF5401 AGF5501 AGF5601 AGF5111 AGF5311 Credit Hr 21 205 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Forest and Wildlife Biometrics Wood Processing and Quality Control Forest Pathology and Entomology Forest Genetics and Tree Improvement Range Ecology and Multiple Land Use Management Forest Mensuration Credit Hr 4 2 2 2 2 2 Wildlife Management and Utilization Fish/Wildlife Ecology and Population Dynamics Final Year Forest Resource Project Final Year Forest Resource Project 3 Total Number of Credit Hours 22 3 4 COURSE DESCRIPTION YEAR THREE (FIRST SEMESTER) FORESTRY AND WILDLIFE OPTIONS AGF 3101: ELEMENTARY FOREST SURVEY: 2 UNITS: 50% THEORY AND 50% PRACTICAL. Maintenance of ground survey equipment, compasses, tapes, chains, range poles and survey pins. Determination of simple angles – 900, 600 on a plane with the aid of compasses, open survey involving forest tracts, roads, an rivers, scaling, plotting and mapping. AGF 3201: FOREST INVENTORY AND MENSURATION: 2 UNITS 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL. Definition of forest inventory, justification for tree measurement and cost consideration determination of horizontal distance by pacing and chaining. Principles and measurement of standing trees, Determination of wood content by cord, weight and cubic volume, common sampling designs – sample random, systemic and stratified sampling for discrete variables and problems. AGF 3301: SILVICS, THE FOUNDATIONS OF SILVICULTURE: 2 UNITS, 70% THEORY AND 30% PRACTICAL. Environmental factors affecting forest vegetations with emphasis on soil, water, temperature and light, also included are the atmospheric, biotic, fine and environmental complex factors, concepts of ecologic adaptations and evolution. AGF 3401: PRINCIPLES OF WILDLIFE AND PARK MANAGEMENT: 3 UNITS 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL. Principles and concepts of wildlife management including forest resources, population analysis and manipulation of habitat, analysis and design. AGF 3501: FOREST SOILS AND LAND USE SURVEY: 3 UNITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL. The genesis of forest soils, upland forest soils and hydronorphic forest soils, physical and chemical properties of forest soils, relationship of vegetation to soils, forest soils issues in soils conservation and management with special reference to the tropics. AGF 3601: FOREST ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION (NATURAL ECOSYSTEMS: 3 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. The concept of forest ecology, plant communities – synecology component of ecology; analysis and description of plant communities, plant succession and soil conservation; vegetation and natural ecosystems and the classification thereof, readings in forest soils and forest land management. YEAR THREE (SECOND SEMESTER) FORESTRY AND WILDLIFE OPTIONS AGF 3102: FOREST MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS AND ANALYSIS: 2 UNIT 70% THEORY AND 30% PRACTICAL Renevability and sustainability of forest resources; the Malthusian equation and its implication in forest management. The foundations of forest management with special interest in site, stocking and spacing. Forest yield and forest growth, regulations structures of forest and determination of annual cut, definition and implication of rotation age. AGF 3202: WOOD FORMATION AND GENERAL PROPERTIES OF WOOD: 2 UNITS 50% THEORY AND 50% PRACTICAL. The plant and origin of wood: tree growth and cell differentiation, fiber lengths of tropical timber species in Nigeria; properties of wood – physical, mechanical and (Chemical & Biological) AGF 3302: FOREST AND WILDLIFE POLICY, LAW AND ADMINISTRATION: 3 UNITS, 80% THEORY AND 20% PRACTICAL 206 Forest and Wildlife Policy in Nigeria, drawing, Gross River State as a case study. the search for forest law and regulations that will stabilize the forest resources base in Cross River State, Inter – relationship between forest and wildlife resources administration and the executive council in various states of the Federation of Nigeria. AGF 3402: FOREST PRODUCTS AND MARKETING DYNAMICS: 2 UNITS, 50% THEORY AND 50% PRACTICAL Economics of forest utilization, wood products and uses, the lumber industry, veneer and plywood, wood furniture, rail wood lilies, sawdust, shavings and wood as fuel; chemically derived products such as pulp and paper; cellulose derive products such as fibers. Carbonization and destructive distillation of wood, mirror forest products in Cross River State. AGF 3502: FOREST ECONOMICS: 3 UNITS, 70% THEORY AND 30% PRACTICAL The role of forest products in the Nigerian Economy; demand for and supply forest products; price and quantity determination; marketing agencies and their function of forest products; centers of influence in the forest economy of Nigeria, the forest capital and workability. AGF 3602: FOREST BIOMETRICS: 3 UNITS 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. Application of basic biometric techniques to problems of Forest Resources Management, Distribution, sampling and Tests of hypotheses. YEAR FOUR: PRACTICAL YEAR (FIRST SEMESTER) AGF 4101: FOREST TAXONOMY AND SPECIES PRESERVATION AND WILDLIFE CLASSIFICATION: 3 UNITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL Identification of Nigerian tree species using botanical classification and the use of herbarium techniques in the preservation of Nigerian flora, classification and identification of indigenous wildlife. Visit to National park. AGF 4201: PLANT PROPAGATION AND NURSERY TECHNIQUES: 3 UNITS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. Principles and techniques of plant propagation, propagating structures such as media, fertilizers, soil mixtures and containers, vegetative propagation, Aratomic and physiological basis of propagation, grating and budding. Selection of nursery sites, development of nursery and permanent and temporary nurseries, irrigated, nurseries. AGF 4301: SILVICULTURE AND MANAGEMENT OF TURAL & ARTIFICIAL FORESTS: 3 ITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL Tropical Forest formations, distribution and major silviculture features, aforestation on re-forestation methods, natural & artificial establishment of new genetic pools, silviculture systems, high forest and coppice forest methods, intermediate cutting involving things, release and improvement cutting, pruning and salvage of forest stands. 207 AGF 4401: FOREST INVENTORY AND NSURATION PRACTICES: 3 UNITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL Closed traverse survey, Theoretical basis for using specific instruments in measuring tree heights – sunto clinometers, hypsometers and relascope, timber cruising strip and plot sampling methods; magnitude of inventory – 5%, 10%, volume computations and projections, the significance of form class. AGF 4501: GROUND FOREST SURVEY TECHNIQUES: 3 UNITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL Closed traverse survey involving forest fields, villages and towns, insertion of control points and description thereof, insertion of care topographic features, the use of ground positioning survey to establish control points, plotting and mapping and computations of angular closure error. AGF 4601: FOREST CIVIL AND LOGGING OPERATIONS: 3 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. Logging planning and cost control, Felling and bucking, logging gradient to minimize erosion, skidding, hauling and transport facilities, marking and peeling of logs, peeling devices and maintenance of logging equipment and tools. Construction of logging roads and bridges. AGF 4701: AGRO FORESTRY PRACTICES: 3 UNITS 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. Natural agroforestry in natural forest stands; studies to reveal the natural interaction, biotic factors, the most favoured biological entity: integration of various agricultural crops with forest trees in carefully determined combinations, yields and their relationship with the combined crops. YEAR FOUR: PRACTICAL YEAR (SECOND SEMESTER) AGF 4102: WOOD TECHNOLOGY AND UTILIZATION: 3 CREDITS, 25% PRACTICAL Wood identification using structural features, wood conversion in wood workshop, wood colour, heart and sap wood, wood density; physical properties of wood – bending strength, compression strength, resistance to impact, wood borers and fungi attacks; and wood shrinkage and movement, working properties – blunting, sawing, machining, nailing and gluing, wood flexibility in design and construction, practical project in wood construction. AGF 4202: WILDLIFE CAPTURE AND DOMESTICATION: 3 UNITS, 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL. Techniques of capturing wildlife especially the dangerous ones, training in the use of fire arms, storage and handling, bullet loading and trigger release, fire arms lock, control and carrying, wildlife maintenance, feeding, succulent fruit, protein grass, animal feed etc. AGF 4302: FOREST & WILDLIFE BIOMETRICS (PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN); 3 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL Application of simple biometrics techniques to Forestry and Wildlife management problems, sampling analysis and predictions. 208 AGF 4402: FOREST/WILDLIFE ECOLOGICAL SURVEY: 3 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. Wildlife population assessment, carrying capacities in reserved areas and regulatory dynamics to provide a base for income generation, sustainability strategies for the rare fauna species, selected terrestrial and aquatic project areas. AGF 4502: PARK AND ZOO DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT: 2 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. National parks, Principles, purposes and objectives, public participation in park design and management, resource information base for planning, landscape architecture , Zoo Planning, Design and Development. AGF 4602: AERIAL PHOTO-INTERPRETATION OF VEGETATION/WILDLIFE COMPOSITION AND MAPPING: 2 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80 % PRACTICAL Orientation and study of aerial photographs, stereoscopic parallax, mapping from aerial photographs, and remote sensing techniques; delineation of land forms and physiographic features from aerial photos. YEAR FIVE: FINAL YEAR (FIRST SEMESTER) AGF 5100: SEMINAR: 2 UNTS Each students is expected to prepare and deliver a seminar in the final year. AGF 5101: FOREST ENTOMOLOGY: 2 UNITS 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL The structure, physiology and development of insects, insects classification, defoliating, bank boring, wood boring and sap sucking insects, insect pest control using: biological, physical, chemical and cultural treatment upgrade input on pathology. AGF 5201: FOREST BIOLOGICAL EROSION AND FIRE CONTROL: 2 UNITS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL Preservation of man-caused fires, Hazard reduction and fire suppression, soil care and control of erosion on cultivated lands. Rate of spread in different vegetations, seasons and effect on wildlife. AGF 5301: FOREST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES: 4 UNITS 25% THEORY AND 75% PRACTICAL. Forest Management planning and drawing of management plans for the ecological zones or specific forest locations; organization of the forest with reference to administrative controls, forest resources valuation. AGF 5401: EXTENSION AND COMMUNITY FORESTS DEVELOPMENT: 2 UNITS 50% THEORY AND 50% PRACTICAL Forest education in rural communities, methodology and techniques, vegetation control and non-timber products, community legislation and control; organization and community forest administration, financing processes and man power development. AGF 5501: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT IN NATURAL FOREST ECOSYSTEMS: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 40% THEORY AND 60% PRACTICAL. Definition of the type of natural ecosystems forest operation; logging forest plantation development, forestry nursery development, Access routes and forestry villages establishment etc. general description of the area, soil type, vegetation, wildlife composition, slopes, water courses or lakes, ground map covering the operational area silviculture prescription to prevent erosion, water silation and maintenance of drainage; soil and wildlife conservation and control, preservation of rare flora and fauna. AGF 5601: FOREST SOILS; 2 UNITS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. 209 Understanding of soil dynamics and influence upon forest composition, stand regeneration, tree vigour and tree growth rate; forest soil physical, chemistry and micro-biology, soil moisture movement forest nursery, soil management, forests soil fertility determination, maintenance and improvement with special reference to tropical conditions. AGF 5111: WILDLIFE PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION: 2 CREDITS HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. Protection of wildlife against poachers, diseases and pests, genetic and environmental control, use of fire, control of pesticides and their adverse effects on the reproductive system of wildlife. AGF 5311: EGOCENTRIC BEHAVIOUR OF TROPICAL WILDLIFE IN RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENT: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 70% THEORY AND 30% PRACTICAL YEAR FIVE: FINAL YEAR (SECOND SEMESTER) AGF 5102: FOREST AND WILDLIFE BIOMETRICS: 2 CREDITS HOURS, 305 THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL Practical concept in the design and analysis of experiments on tree crops and wildlife. Survey techniques as they relate to forestry problems. Processing of resources inventory and mensuration data for management purposes. Application of multivariate analysis to forestry and wildlife, basic techniques in survey sampling and design. AGF 5202: WOOD PROCESSING AND QUALITY CONTROL: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL, INVESTIGATIVE COURSE. Biological assessment of timber species for continuation and wildlife domestication; seed provenance and site quality control in wood extraction. AGF 5302: FOREST PATHOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. Pathological virus, bacteria, fungi and other timber species, root, stem and folar diseases, stem diseases, dieback and wilts, caused by mistletoes, lichens and climbers. The pathogens of timber species in Nigeria. AGF 5402: FOREST GENETICS AND TREE IMPROVEMENT: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 20% THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. Mendelism, sex chromosomes and sex linkage, inheritance, chemical basis of heredity, life cycles and reproduction, techniques of grating and budding. AGF 5502: RANGE ECOSYSTEM AND MULTIPLE LAND USE MANAGEMENT: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL Integrated use of land for wildlife, fisheries and forestry, Dynamic planning to accommodate human residence, small scale and commercial crop production, general agricultural land use management, construction of management tables. AGF 5112: WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AND UTILIZATION: 3 CREDIT HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL Principles of wildlife management, habitat analysis, evaluation and improvement practices. Animal behaviour and predators, problems, capturing and utilization of wild animals, taxidermy. AGF 5312: FISH/WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND POPULATION DYNAMICS: 2 CREDIT HOURS, 30% THEORY AND 70% PRACTICAL. The niche concept, adaptation of animals and fish to specialized habitats, wildlife productivity, fish and animal census methods in different habitats. The importance of population structure and tables of population ecology. AGF 5200: FINAL YEAR RESEARCH PROJECT - 4 CREDIT HOURS, 20% 210 THEORY AND 80% PRACTICAL. Data collection and collation, analysis and interpretation, presentation, before an External Examiner. Proposed elective course to be taken from Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension. AGE 5601 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF EXTENSION ADMINISTRATION. Course contents: Definition, theory and principles of administration organization and administration of Extension services at village, divisional, state and federal levels.Relationship of Extension with other agencies. The functions and responsibilities of extension administrators including planning, organizing, supervising, coordinating, budgeting and personal management. Decision making and problems of extension administration in Nigeria. Training and development of extension leaders. AGE 5132 Course content: philosophy, objectives and History of efforts in community development Basic educational process, concept of group interaction, community organization and organization matrix.the young farmers clubs and the history, programme development, administration, organization and maintenance, junior and adult local leaders, their role in club work. Other club activities, problems of growth work. DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE INTRODUCTION. In a developing country like Nigeria, regular review of curricula at undergraduate and postgraduate levels in universities are required, to prepare again regular, graduating students for emerging national and global issues. Soil Science is both basic and applied science, with its own set of tools and techniques. It is also basically an environmental science which has hitherto been restricted to solving agricultural problems. On a wider perspective, Soil Science is fundamental to environmental programmes such as environmental conservation and forestry; environmental impact assessment; erosion, flood and coastal area management; pollution control and environmental health; drought and desertification control, soil engineering; research institutions and universities, etc. Need for Review of the Curriculum (i) To implement the directives from the Federal Government of Nigeria, National University Commission and Senate of the University of Calabar to reflect on the national development goals and policies. (ii) To satisfy the yearning of the Department of Soil Science since 1999 to broaden the scope of soil science discipline to cover agronomy and environmental science in line with regional/global needs and trend. (iii) To develop soil scientists that will meet the manpower needs of the Federal and State Governments in the Federal Ministry of Agriculture and Water Resources, Ministry of Environment and Housing, Universities, Research Institutions, Oil Companies, etc. (iv) The curriculum adopts a holistic approach to the study of soil, not only for agronomic productivity but also for addressing relevant environmental and engineering issues. (v) To increase number of students entering research based programme in “Soil Science and Environmental Science” in the Department of Soil and Environmental Sciences, University of Calabar. The feedback from our past graduating students in governments, industries, private sector, has given the Department concern to take up the directive on curriculum review seriously so as to re-position the Department to meet the present and the future challenges in soil environment. Against this background, the Board of Examiners of the Department of Soil Science met on February 12, 2007 and reviewed the Departmental curriculum with the following modifications: (i) (ii) Title of the programme has been changed from “Bachelor of Agriculture (Hons) Degree in Soil Science” to “Bachelor of Agriculture (Hons) Degree in Soil and Environmental Sciences”, to reflect the relevance of the subjects to agronomy and environmental science. Increase in credit hours from two hundred and five (205) for Bachelor Degree in Soil Science to two hundred and ten (207) for Bachelor Degree in Soil and Environmental Sciences. 211 COURSE OUTLINES YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code BIO1101 Introductory Biology I CHM1011 MTH1111 PHY1101 AGE1101 GSS 1101 GSS1121 AGR1001 Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 Introductory Chemistry I Algebra and Trigonometry 3 3 CHM1022 MTH1352 Introductory Physics I Introduction Microeconomics Use of English I 3 3 PHY1102 AGE1102 3 GSS1102 3 3 21 GSS 1112 AGR1102 to Philosophy and Logic Introduction to Agriculture Total Number of Credit Hours 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Introduction to Biology II Credit Hr 3 Organic Chemistry I Co-ordinate Geometry & Calculus Introduction Physics II Introduction to Microeconomics II Use of English II 3 3 Citizenship Education Introduction to Forestry Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 24 TOTAL 3 3 45 YEAR TWO Course Code AGA2101 AGC2101 AGR2001 AGR2101 AGE2101 AGS2101 AGC2201 GSS2111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Principles of Animal Production Principles of Crop Production Introductory to Agriculture Intro. To Agric. BioChemistry Principles to Agric. Extension and Rural Principles of Soil Science Botany and Crop Physiology Introduction to Computers Credit Hr 3 Genetics and Cytology Credit Hr 3 3 CHM2422 Analytical Chemistry 2 AGA2202 Anatomy and Physiology of farm Animals Introduction to Agric. Economics Introduction to Agric. Engineering Pedology & Soil Physics Introduction to Forestry 3 3 AGE2202 3 AGR2202 3 3 AGS2202 AGF2112 3 AGR2402 GSS 2112 Total Number of Credit Hours 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Course Code AGC2302 24 3 3 3 2 Principles of Food Science and Technology Computer Applications 2 Total Number Hours 24 of Credit TOTAL 3 45 YEAR THREE Course Code AGA3101 1ST SEMESTER Course title Animal 3 Course Code AGS3202 AGC3101 Field Crop Production 3 AGA3302 AGC3201 Principles of Crop Production Intro to Farm Mgt. & Prod. Economics 3 AGC3302 3 AGE3302 AGE3101 Non-Ruminant Production Credit Hr 212 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Soil Resources org. Agric Degradation, Rehabilitation and Management Animal Genetics and Breeding Tree Crop Production Agric. Info., Extension Education & Communication Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 AGR3101 AGS3101 GSS2111 GLG 1001 Introduction to Farm Mechanics Soil Chemistry and Micro-Biology Intro. Computer I Physical geology Total Number of Credit Hours 3 AGR3402 3 AGC3302 3 3 24 AGR3502 GSS2112 Introduction to Fisheries and Wildlife Farming Systems 2 Experimental Design Computer Application Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 25 TOTAL 2 43 YEAR FOUR Course Code AGS4100 AGC4100 AGE4100 AGR4100 AGS4100 AGS4200 1ST SEMESTER Course title Non-Ruminant Mgt. Techniques Horticulture and Permanent Crop Techniques Farm Management and Accounting Farm Design and Agric. Mechanization Practices Sampling and Description, Drainage and Soil Fertility Soil/Water Analysis and Interpretation Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code AGA4200 5 AGC4200 3 AEX4200 2 AGS4200 3 AGR4200 2 AGS4300 18 AGR4102 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Ruminant Management Techniques Arable Crop Production Techniques Farm Survey and Extension Practices II Agricultural Meteorology Agricultural Engineering Workshop Soil Conservation and Land Use Planning VIVA Credit Hr 3 4 2 1 2 3 3 YEAR FIVE Course Code AGS5101 AGS5201 AGS 5301 AGS 5401 AGS5501 AGS5601 AGS5701 AGS5801 AGS 5701 AGS 5901 1ST SEMESTER Course title Seminar papers on Soil and Envir. Sciences Soil Genesis, Survey and Land use Planning Soil Chemistry and Mineralogy Soil Chemistry and Mineralogy Soil /Plant Analysis & Instrumentation Soil and Water Conservation Research Methods & Scientific Writing Environmental impact Assessment Studies +Environmental Pollution & Climate change + Environmental Law Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 2 Course Code AGS5100 3 AGS5112 3 AGS5122 3 AGS5202 3 AGS5802 3 AGS5902 2 AGS5602 3 AGS5802 3 AGS5502 2 28 Ags 5702 TOTAL 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Research Project on Soil and Envir. Sciences Soil Fertility & Plant Nutrition Irrigation and drainage Credit Hr 4 3 3 Soil Microbiology & Biochemistry Soil Pollution & Mgt. 3 Management of Tropical Soils Soils & Waste Management & Control Agricultural systems analysis and simulation +Tropical Ecology & Agroecosyetem +Environmental Economic Total Number of Credit Hours 2 3 3 3 2 2 26 48 213 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES AGS 2101 PRINCIPLES OF SOIL SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENT (3 UNITS) Concepts of soil: composition of the earth-crust and its environment, pedogenic factors and their interactions, major components of soils. Introduction to inorganic components of soils (origin and nature of rocks). Soil physics: soil as a three-phase dispersed system, definition of physical quantities, the solid phase, soil texture, classification systems, specific surface, bulk density, particle density. Chemistry of clay minerals; soil acidity and effects on the soil environment; liming and liming materials. Agricultural chemicals and soil: fertilizers, pesticides, etc. Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry: Major groups of micro-organisms, soil organic N compounds. Enzymes and their roles in the soil. Environment: components of and processes, in physical environment, key concepts, the nature and implications of the interactions between physical and human environments. Environmental changes brought about by Homo sapiens since the discovery and use of fire and the associated environmental hazards. AGS 2202: PEDOLOGY AND SOIL PHYSICS (3 UNITS) Soil Genesis/Formation: Inorganic components of soils; rocks and minerals, primary minerals, secondary minerals, clay minerals. Weathering of rocks and minerals: types of weathering, types of parent materials. Soil formation and profile development: processes and factors of profile development; nomenclature and identification of soil horizons: master and sub-horizons and layers, transitional and combination horizons, suffix symbols, soil catena concept. Soil Physics: Concepts of Soil Physics. Physical & rheological properties of the soil. Stoke’s law and particle size analysis; Basic hydrology: soil water content, & methods of its determination; soil water storage, concept of equivalent depth, soil water potentials, soil moisture characteristic and use, available water capacity, saturated water flow in soils, Darcy’s law. AGR 3101 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL MECHANIZATION (3 UNITS) Goals and principles of agricultural mechanization. Basic mechanics; force, distance, time, velocity, acceleration, etc. Principles of internal combustion engines, and electric motor. Farm power transmission system. Farm machinery used for tillage operations. Equipment for planting and sowing, crop protection, water lifting and irrigation, harvesting and processing. Livestock equipment: automatic feed connector, watering, milking and milk, and meat processing. Agricultural machinery costings and Records. Surveying instruments/equipment used on the farm. Materials used for farm building. Workshop materials/equipment. AGS 3101 SOIL CHEMISTRY & MICROBIOLOGY (3 UNITS) Clay minerals: composition and chemical nature of clay minerals, soil colloids and ion exchange phenomenon, soil reaction, soil as a buffer, nutrient elements: forms and their availability in soils, functions in plants, deficiency symptoms, fertilizers and calculations involving rates of application. Soil mineralogy: crystal chemistry and mineral structures: types of and properties of bonding; Structural classification of soil minerals; minerals in soil environment. Clay mineralogy; phyllosilicates, allophanes, imogolites; Mineral separation and identification: fractionation and analytical methods; applications of clay minerals in industry, agriculture and environmental management. The role and functions of macro organism in the soil – termites, rats, human, millipedes, ants, earthworms, etc. Methods of studying the soil microbial population, factors influencing microbial growth, microbial nutrition, autotrophy and heterotrophy, inter-relationships between soil organisms, symbiosis, proto-cooperation, commensalisms, amensalism, predation, parasitism and competition. Organic matter: composition and functions, the C/N ratio compost and composting and other forms of organic source. Impact of soil organism and natural symbiosis in organic systems, composting. Soil physical processes and conservation. Soil organic inputs, dynamics and management. AGS 3101: SOIL DEGRADATION REHABILITATION (3 UNITS) Definition of soil degradation , Causes, detrimental effects and control . Soil quality concepts: resilience and rehabilitation; Soil physical degradation; extent in Nigeria and their causes, e.g. deforestation, water and wind erosion, mining, water-logging, etc.; Soil chemical degradation; extent in Nigeria, depletion of soil nutrients and organic matter, causes of chemical degradation and ameliorative measures; Soil biology degradation; 214 extent in Nigeria and causes, Pudding and soil piping. Soil restoration and reclamation practices. Remediation of contaminated Soils Microbial and chemical techniques to reclaim contaminated soils; Use of vetiver grass. Emerging technologies such as intrinsic remediation , bio-augmentation etc; Chemical techniques; sorption of non-ionic organic contaminant by soil. AGS 3202: SOIL DEGRADATION AND REHABILITATION (3 UNITS) Definition of soil degradation: causes, detrimental effects and control. Soil quality concepts: resilience and rehabilitation; Soil physical degradation: extent in Nigeria and their causes, e.g. deforestation, water and wind erosion, mining, water-logging, etc.; Soil chemical degradation: extent in Nigeria, depletion of soil nutrients and organic matter, causes of chemical degradation & ameliorative measures; Soil biological degradation: extent in Nigeria and causes; puddling and soil piping. Soil restoration and reclamation practices. Remediation of contaminated soils: Microbial and chemical techniques to reclaim contaminated soils; use of vetiver grass. Emerging technologies such as intrinsic remediation, bio-augmentation etc; chemical techniques; sorption of non-ionic organic contaminant by soil. Nature of the soil and evaluation of soil. Soil processes and reaction. Soil fertility assessment and maintenance. AGR 3502: EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS (3 UNITS) Descriptive Statistics: Measures of central tendency; summary statistics; measures of dispersion. Probability and sampling distributions: normal distribution; Student’s t-distribution; F-distribution; x2-distribution. Sampling: Simple Random Sampling; Stratified Sampling; Cluster Sampling; Independent Samples and Paired observation. Estimation and Hypothesis Testing: Bias, Precision, Accuracy; Type I and Type II Errors; ChiSquare Analysis and Contingency Tables, Correlation Analysis: Types of Correlation, etc. Test of significance; Comparisons of Correlations, Simple Correlation Analysis. AGR 4100: FARM DESIGN & AGRICULTURAL MECHANIZATION PRACTICE (2 UNITS) Farm Design: principles and techniques. Surveying and mapping, use of instruments/equipments, and the design procedures. Agricultural mechanization practice: operations and equipment used. Tillage operations, sowing and planting operations, herbicides and fertilizer distribution operations, Harvesting and processing operations, Handling, Transport, and storage operations. Visit to mechanized agricultural farms. AGS 4100: SOIL SAMPLING DESCRIPTION (3 UNITS) Methods of taking soil samples for various purposes and physical, chemical, biological and mineralogical studies. Soil profile description: soil depth, boundary between horizons, texture by feel, soil colour, consistence. Soil structure determination: aggregate stability by mean weight diameter, water stable aggregates. Soil strength determination using shear box method and penetrometer(s). Other soil sampling techniques, Tools and equipment for field work. Cadastral/Land surveying; definitions and types of surveying. Field Surveying: Measurements, mistakes, errors correction, obstacles etc, staking and right angles. Calculations of areas by Simpson’s and Trapezoidal rules, squares etc. Levelling Instruments: Differential and profile levelling. Contours – Establish contours with simple devices, Map work, scale, reading interpreting map. Land Levelling: Constructing Terraces. Processing and Analysis of soil, water and plant samples. Lab methods of soil analysis. Interpretation of soil analysis results. Soil fertility and Fertilizers: Primary & Secondary Nutrients, etc. AGS 4200: SOIL/WATER ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION (2 UNITS) Laboratory determination of physical, chemical, biological properties of soils. Identification of minerals and rocks; soil moisture content determinations using different methods (gravimetric, volumetric, gypsum blocks, etc.), saturated hydraulic conductivity. Water sampling, analysis and interpretation of results. Drinking, industrial and irrigation water standards. New methods of soil analysis, assessment of soil productivity rating, special topics in soil and environmental science: term papers based on reviews of previous works; interpretation and discussion of analytical data. AGR 4200: AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP 215 (2 UNITS) Terminologies in Agricultural Engineering workshop. Layout of agricultural engineering Workshop. Workshop act, procedures and practice. Workshop tools: identification, use and safety precautions, repairs and maintenance. Farm equipment/machines: identification of the equipment and their component parts, functions and breakdown maintenance. Fault detection in farm equipment: likely possible causes and remedies. General repairs and maintenance of farm equipment. Farm machines test and driving operations. AGS 4300: SOIL CONSERVATION & LAND USE MANAGEMENT (3 UNITS) Field identification of types of soil erosion and other forms of land degradation and their control. Practical training in biological, mechanical, gully and wind erosion control. Tillage and husbandry practices for soil conservation. Purpose and justification of land use planning. Land use planning and management for rainfed agriculture, forestry, irrigation, and for non-agricultural projects. AGS 4200: AGRICULTURAL METEOROLOGY (1 UNIT) Elements of climate and their measurements, processing and analysis of rainfall, air and soil temperature, Humidity, evaporation and evapotranspiration data. Analysis of long term records of weekly, monthly and annual rainfall data., Use of software such as CLIMGEN in climatic data estimation and generation. Climate effects on agricultural productivity. Introduction to the Climate System. AGS 4500 DRAINAGE IRRIGATION PRACTICES (2 UNITS)** This will be carried out alongside crop production. Students will be exposed to different types of irrigation and drainage practices. A short field trip to Basin town or specific places where commercial practices are demonstrated is part of the course. From hand watering can to pressurized overhead sprinkler, drip and surface irrigation to be demonstrated. Drainage materials and designs, vegetative waterways, and various drainage techniques to be illustrated. AGS 5101: SEMINAR (2 UNITS) Discussion and presentation of various topics in Soil Science and Environmental Science. The student is also expected to prepare and participate in all seminars and present a seminar in the course. The goal is to equip the student with necessary skills in literature review and paper presentation. Use of up-to-date audio visuals are encouraged, including the use of multimedia projector and Microsoft Power Point presentations. AGS 5201 - SOIL GENESIS, SURVEY AND LAND-USE PLANNING (3 UNITS) Reactions and processes of soil genesis: weathering and end-products of inorganic and organic fractions; eluviation and illuviation of bases, silica, aluminium, iron, clay and organic matter; development of pans, nodules and concretions; progressive soil development; soil orders and the genesis of their diagnostic horizons. Soil survey: scales and kinds of soil survey, soil mapping units, soil survey operations. Understanding what we see in terms of soil genesis: concept of benchmark soils, defining soil series. Soil survey reports: land evaluation, land-use planning, introduction to Geographic Information Systems. Pedology: essence of soil classification, types of soil classification (natural and technical), basic characteristics of the USDA Soil Orders and their FAO (WRB) equivalents, basic problems associated with the soil orders, management of soil orders for agricultural and other purposes, profile characteristics of major soil orders in Nigeria. Soil classification in relation to land use suitability for rainfed and irrigated agriculture, land capability, productivity indices. Presentation of soil survey results and information. AGS 5301 SOIL PHYSICS & MECHANICS (3 UNITS) Soil physical properties and their relevance. Determinations of soil physical properties. The soil as a system. Soil water potentials: the soil water characteristics, infiltration, water flow in soils; Steady and non-steady state flow, continuity equation, Darcy Richards equation, transport of solute and nutrients in soil; Physics of rainfall: amount, intensity, kinetic energy, momentum. Soil temperature and heat movement. Climatic factors affecting plant growth: Demonstration of transport models. Soil structure, aggregate stability, factors affecting soil structure, surface residue management. Engineering/Index Properties of Soils: Soil particles, soil density, moisture contents, moisture – density relations, consistency, etc. Soil compressibility, shearing strength and stress analysis. Soil compaction and stabilization. Soil aeration. AGS 5401 SOIL CHEMISTRY (3 UNITS) Basic concepts: law of mass action and equilibrium constant – solubility product, dissociation of strong and weak electrolytes, equilibrium constant and ion exchange in soils, equilibrium and constant free energy relationship. Solid phase: origin and distribution of charge on soil colloid surface, point of zero charge, 216 electrical characteristics of soil/water interface, double layer theory; mechanism of cation and anion fixation in soils. Liquid phase: composition, concentration, activities and activity coefficients. Fertilizers: chemistry of fertilizer, manufacture and use. Soil acidity. Chemical factors affecting plant growth: growth expressions, Mitscherlich’s law of diminishing returns, Liebig’s of the minimum. Soil and plant factors that affect N availability to plants. Behaviour of P fertilizers and their availability in soils. Fixation and release of nutrients. Chelating agents. AGS 5501 SOIL TESTING, PLANT ANALYSIS & INSTRUMENTATION (3 UNITS) Soil and plant sampling and sample preparation. Theories and procedures for chemical analysis of soil and plant materials. Analysis of soil and plant for major elements and the interpretation of data. Determination of pH. Principles of instrumentation. Operations and maintenance of major analytical instruments; flame photometer, calorimeter, spectrophotometer, photometers, amino acid analyser, IRU UVR, pH meters, conductivity bridges, gas systems for monitoring analytical procedures; features and functions of a soil testing laboratory. Students need to be fully exposed to the theory and functionality of each of the instrument/equipment used for soil, water and plant analyses; ranging from weighing balances to Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer. AGS 5601: SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION (3 UNITS) Soil erosion and conservation: agents & types of soil erosion (wind, water, glacial, etc); mechanisms of water and wind erosion, Elements of the hydrologic cycle. Factors affecting soil erosion. mechanical, biological and agronomic control measures. Design of open channels for erosion control. Conservation Agriculture. Soil Loss tolerance. Measurements of soil erosion/ modelling: The Universal Soil loss Equation (USLE), the modified universal soil loss equation (MUSLE), the revised universal soil loss equation (RUSLE), WEPP, and other models. Soil erosion research methods. Harvesting of agricultural water: rainwater harvesting, dams, ponds, wells, etc. Water conservation and management. Desertification and control measures. AGS 5701 RESEARCH METHODS & SCIENTIFIC WRITING (2 UNITS) Principles of scientific experimentation; major experimental designs; treatment arrangements. Sampling methods: grid systematic, random, cluster, judgement. Sampling procedures and their criteria. Data information gathering, Qualitative/Quantitative methods of data collection. Methods of extrapolation of remote data. Scientific writing: Principles of effective communication and technical writings. Preparation of manuscripts for oral presentation and publications. Simple Linear Regression: Assumptions and pitfalls; Least Squares Estimation of parameters; Test of Significance and R2 Comparing Regression models (*Introduction to Multiple Regression & parametric modelling). Introduction Analysis of Variance: The Simple One-Factor Model; Two-Factor Models; Interactions in Analysis of Variance. Principles of Scientific Experimentation. Experimental Designs. AGS 5801 + ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (3 UNITS) Meaning and theory of Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs). Types of Environmental Assessment. The context of environmental analysis: policy framework, social context, institutional framework, legal framework, building institutional capacity etc. Process of environmental impact assessment: project proposal, initial environmental examination, screening, scoping, EIA study, prediction & mitigation, management, review, decision making, monitoring, auditing, public participation. Environmental Impact Assessment format. Environmental Impact Assessment reports. Project mandatory study activities. AGS 5771: +ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION & CLIMATE CHANGE (3 UNITS) Environment and comfort : The range of human comfort conditions of the environment : air, light, sound and temperature, Conditions of the natural environment and the sources of natural and artificial change. Human vulnerability to environmental changes. The Nigeria Environment: Oil Spillage in Nigeria history & other hazards. Disasters caused by natural hazards & consequences, Energy, air land, marine and freshwater pollution. Tolerable limits of substances in the environment. Dealing with air pollution: Indoor, outdoor, urban air pollution. Use of pesticides and fertilizers: Agriculture in a changing climate. Climate Change & Global Warming phenomena. Population, globalization and environmental change. Pollutants Effects on natural vegetation and on evolution; ozone/CO2 interactions and the determination of critical loads; effects of CO2 at low temperatures; effect of climate change on evolution. AGS 5901: +ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2 UNITS) 217 An interdisciplinary programme; background to environmental law; analyses contemporary developments and debate in the study of the emergence of environmental problems and the development of policy responses to them. Federal Environment Protection Agency (FEPA) and States environmental protection policies. Nigerian Laws relating to forestry, wildlife, water, pollution, waste management, and gas flaring, Land use policies/law in Nigeria. Environmental Governance – Regulation and Planning. Cleaner Production & ecoefficiency. The ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 series. Emission Standards and integrated pollution control. AGS 5100 RESEARCH PROJECT (4 UNITS) A project to be carried out by the student under the supervision of senior members(s) of the Department. The student will be required to investigate, in some depth, a selected problem in soil science or agronomy and present a dissertation that will be defended before an external examiner in partial fulfilment of the requirements of the award of B. Agric. (Hons) Degree in Soil Environmental Science. AGS 5112 SOIL FERTILITY AND PLANT NUTRITION (3 UNITS) Fertility of tropical soils; soil organic matter, its properties and maintenance; liming and its soil-plant relationships. Nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and sulphur contents of soils. The soil as a plant nutrient medium, fertilizers and fertilizer management; their manufacture, sources, applications, methods, rates and timing. Handling and storage of fertilizers. Crop growth response to soil nutrients. Major, secondary and trace elements in crop nutrition; nutrient absorption, maintenance and loss in soil fertility, in extensive and intensive agriculture. Application of the principles of soil fertility to soil management – fertilizer application, mulching, green manuring & composting. Methods of evaluating soil fertility. Farming systems. Soil management in shifting cultivation areas. Role of legumes in soil fertility enhancement. AGS 5122 IRRIGATION & DRAINAGE (3 UNITS) Definition of irrigation, reasons for irrigation, irrigation worldwide and in Africa. Irrigation principles & terminologies; basic soil-water-plant relations; sources & quality of water for irrigation; diversion works; water harvesting & storage. Delivery and application systems. Irrigation scheduling: evapotranspiration measurement and predictions using different models. Types of irrigation systems; components, advantages and disadvantages of various irrigation types. Vegetative waterways and erosion control. Plants water requirements, system uniformities and irrigation efficiencies. Fertigation and its application in tropical soils. Agricultural drainage: reasons for drainage, surface and subsurface drainage systems. Drainage coefficients and porosity; problems of subsurface drainage. Darcy’s equation, rational formula for drainage design. AGS 5202: SOIL MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY (3 UNITS) Decomposition of organic residues in soils; legume bacteriology; transformations of sulphur, iron, manganese in soils, decomposition of pesticide. Biological nitrogen fixation: symbiosis (including grain-legumes, trees, Azolla, pasture/forage) and non symbiotic. Biochemistry of nitrogen fixation (symbiotic and non symbiotic), methods of measuring biological nitrogen fixation (BNF). Legume bacteriology, inoculation, mycorrhiza, methods of studying microbial ecology-antibiotic resistance and selectable markers, serology, gene typing and other methods of molecular biology. Biochemistry of nitrification, denitrification and nitrate reduction; biochemical transformation of phosphorus, sulphur, hydrocarbons and pesticides (including herbicides). Biochemical processes in the rhizosphere. AGS 5802: SOIL POLLUTION AND POLLUTION MANAGEMENT (3 UNITS) What is soil pollution? Sources of air, water, land and soil pollution. Sewage and sewage sludge. Heavy metals and radio nuclides (Mg, Cd, Pb, Zn F) and their hazardous levels in soil & environment. Hydrocarbon and oil spillage. Fate of pesticides, herbicides and other pollutants. Acid rain and its impacts. Effects of pollution on humans, plants and animals. Erosion and transport of pollutants from terrestrial to aquatic environments. Microbial environment of soil and sediments. Controlling land, air and water pollutions. Nonpoint pollution control. Rehabilitation of lands after oil spills. Reclamation of other polluted soils environments using different approaches. AGS 5902: MANAGEMENT OF TROPICAL SOILS (2 UNITS) Soil Management Techniques; Soil Quality Management: Soil quality and health. Potential, problems and management of major soil orders in Nigeria, use of soil classification in soil management and extrapolation of agronomic research results. Strategies in soil quality maintenance. Environmental soil chemistry: soil 218 physicochemical reactions in relation to agriculture, forestry and ecosystem health; Solution chemistry of nutrients and pollutants: hydrolysis and, polymerization, dissolution-precipitation, complexation, ion-pair formation; Surface chemistry of nutrients and pollutants: anion, molecular adsorption; Chemistry of N, P, K, and Microelements in soils. A GS 5602: SOILS & WASTE MANAGEMENT & CONTROL (2 UNITS) Types of waste and wastes generation origin. Organic and inorganic wastes, sewage, agricultural and industrial wastes. Urban and peri-urban wastes disposal system. Waste treatment and control. Toxiclogy of wastes. Problems of waste; control of communicable diseases. Introduction to environmental health, health education. Land reclamation, environmental quality. AGS 5802: AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND SIMULATION (3 UNITS)* Systems dynamics: definition, types of systems, causal and flow diagrams, Behaviour of systems, homeostasis, heterostasis, chaos, Simulation of biology systems; Models: what is a model? Types of agricultural models, methods of modelling, validating models, analysis, construction of simple models using DYNAMO, for population growth, predator- prey systems, nitrogen cycle, pesticide transport and nutrient leaching. Demonstration of some soil/crop models and decision support tools e.g. QUEFTS and NuMaSS, CERES, EPIC, SWIM, SUNDIAL, RUSLE, CENTURY, SOILPAR, SPAW, etc to estimate soil parameters. Setting up and maintaining databases; FAOSTAT, SOTER. AGS 5702: +ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Introduction. Environmental resources. Economic aspects of natural resources utilisation and management. Economics of land, soil and water use/productivity. Land and soil resources assessments. Physical and human resources economics. The economics of sustainable environmental development. Short and long term sustainability. Risk and hazards management. FACULTY OF ALLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES Historical background of the Faculty The Faculty of Allied Medical Sciences is one of the three faculties in the College of Medical Sciences of the University of Calabar. Vision and mission. Our vision is to become a centre of excellence in research in medical sciences and in the training of paramedical personnel who will be sought after not only in Nigeria but also in other nations of the world. Our mission is to produce exceptionally well-trained personnel for health service that are well equipped not only with skill but also with sound scientific knowledge which will enable them to innovate and invent for the good of our health service. DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE HISTORICAL BACKGROUND Medical Laboratory Science Programme in University of Calabar The Medical Laboratory Science Programme commenced under the Department of Chemical Pathology of the University of Calabar in 1983 with a pioneer intake of 10 students admitted through the University Matriculation Examination (UME). The person in charge of the Department then was designated Co-ordinator. The pioneer students of the programme were enrolled for a four- year study programme leading to the award of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Technology (B. Sc MLT). Our programme was the first of its kind east of the Niger. The first batch of students (8) graduated in 1987. From this humble beginning, the programme has grown from year to year. Subsequently, the programme was granted full status as a Department in 1998. The total number of students in the programme as at the 2003/04 session stood at 400. The success story of the programme in the University of Calabar has encouraged other institutions to commence theirs. 219 In line with the National Universities Commission (N.U.C) requirement that professional courses be made fiveyear programmes, and in response to our experience that four years was insufficient for proper training, the Senate of the University of Calabar in 1993, upgraded the programme to a five-year degree programme to take effect from the beginning of the 1995/96 academic-year. The degree nomenclature was also changed to Bachelor of Medical Laboratory Sciences (BMLS). The first batch of BMLS graduates completed their studies in the 2000/20001 session. The last set of students in the four-year programme graduated at the end of the 1997/1998 session. PHILOSOPHY OF THE PROGRAMME a) To provide an in-depth scientific background to enrich the practice of Medical Laboratory Science. b) To produce Medical Laboratory Scientists with professional and scientific competence and sufficient management ability, who can: (i) Perform effectively in hospital diagnostic services, preventive and public health services, research and academics. (ii) Function independently or in collaboration with other members of the health-care team. (iii) Be the vanguard for the production of biological and diagnostic reagents and be able to design and fabricate laboratory equipment. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS WAEC, GCE or Senior Secondary School Certificate with credit level passes in Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology and English at not more than two sittings, together with a relevant pass in the Joint Matriculation Examination (JME). Pass in General Certificate of Education at Advanced Level in Chemistry, Physics, Biology (or Zoology). Structure of the Progamme The programme is designed to include a period of formal studies in the University, Industrial Training, planned visits and projects work. Year 1 Study of basic sciences: Students are required to take lectures and examination in Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics. Courses in General Studies; [(a) and (b) are undertaken in two semesters] Year 2 (a) (b) Basic Medical Sciences (1st and 2nd semester) Anatomy, Physiology, and Biochemistry. Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science and Introduction to Medical Parasitology. Year 3 Courses in discipline closely related to Medical laboratory Science. 1st Semester: Courses are taken in Pharmacology, Medical Physics, Electronics and Biometry. 2nd Semester: Mainframe courses in Medical Laboratory Science (students undertake laboratory posting in each of the two semesters and are also examined. Year 4 Courses in Medical Laboratory Science for the first Semester. The second Semester is devoted entirely to Clinical Laboratory practice which carries 18 credit units. Year 5 Mainframe courses and project for both Semesters. (All long vacations from year 3 onwards are devoted to Mandatory Clinical Laboratory Practice. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR ONE 1ST SEMESTER 2ND SEMESTER 220 Course Code BIO1101 Introductory Biology I CHM1011 MTH1111 PHY1101 GSS 1101 GSS1131 BIO2031 Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 Courses title Credit Hr 3 Introduction to Biology II Introductory Chemistry I Algebra and Trigonometry 3 3 CHM1022 PHY1102 Organic Chemistry Introduction Physics II 3 3 Introductory Physics I Use of English I History & Philosophy of Science Introductory Cytology Genetics Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 3 GSS1122 GSS1102 GSS 1112 Philosophy and Logic Use of English II Citizenship Education 3 Total Number of Credit Hours 18 3 3 21 All year one courses are offered by the relevant departments in the Faculty of Science and the Centre for General Studies. YEAR TWO Course Code ANA2011 ANA2021 ANA2031 BCM2031 BCM2021 PHS 2011 PHS 2021 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 2 2 3 ANA2022 BCM2053 PHS 2042 Carbohydrate Biochemistry Enzymes and Intro. to Metabolism Introduction to Physiology 2 PHS 2052 2 MLS2012 2 MMP 2012 Blood and Cardiovascular Physiology Total credit hours 2 Gross Anatomy Histology Embryology/Medical Genetics Course Code 18 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Histology II Biochemistry of Proteins Renal Physiology, Body Fluid and Temperature Regulation Respiratory System Credit Hr 2 3 3 2 Introduction to Med. Lab. Science Medical Microbiology and Parasitology 2 Total credit hours 18 3 The relevant departments in the Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences in the College of Medical Sciences offer all year two courses except MLS 2012 and MMP 2012.. YEAR THREE Course Code MLS 3021 MMP 3011 PHM 3011 MLS 3011 MLS 3031 MLS 3041 MLS 3051 1ST SEMESTER Course title Biomedical Electronics General Microbiology Pharmacology (offered by Pharmacology Department) Medical Laboratory Science Ethics Medical Physics Biometrics (offered by Mathematics Department) Laboratory Posting Total credit hours Course Code 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 GSS 1152 3 3 PTH 3012 MLS 3032 Computer Applications (offered by the Centre for General Studies) General Pathology Laboratory Posting 2 MLS 3022 Instrumentation 4 3 3 CHP 3012 MLS 3012 Immunology I Laboratory Management and Organization 3 3 Total credit hours 19 3 20 221 Credit Hr 3 3 3 (Year three marks the beginning of the professional training. Core Courses are handled by qualified and registered Medical Laboratory Scientists). YEAR FOUR Course Code CHP 4011 MMP4011 HEM4011 HEM4021 PTH 4011 MMP4021 MMP4031 CHP 4021 1ST SEMESTER Course title Basic Chemical Pathology Basic Medical Parasitology Med. Entomology Basic Haematology Basic Blood Group Serology Basic Histopathology Virology Basic Bacteriology/ Mycology Immunology II Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 23 MLS 4012 – Posting of each student to all four sections of Laboratory work (In-Built Internship/Industrial Attachment) for the whole Semester - 18 Credit units. During this period students are engaged to perform routine analysis of patient samples under the supervision of their teachers and technical staff. Assessment of student performance is based on 1. Attendance, 2. Daily work record – showing ability to follow proper analytical procedure and accuracy of results obtained from analysis, 3. End of posting examination in each unit, 4. Written examinations at the end of all postings (two papers), 5. A five-hour practical examination CHEMICAL PATHOLOGY (Specialty) YEAR FIVE Course Code CHP 5011 1ST SEMESTER Course title Chemical pathology I Credit Hr 3 Course Code CHP 5012 CHP 5022 CHP 5032 CHP 5042 CHP 5000 CHP 5002 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Endocrinology Toxicology Advanced Chemical Pathology Techniques Seminar Project Laboratory Posting Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 2 3 3 17 HISTOPATHOLOGY YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code PTH 5051 PTH 5001 PTH 5000 PTH 5011 Credit Hr 2 3 3 3 Research Methodology Laboratory Posting. Project Histopathology I PTH 5021 PTH 5031 PTH 5041 Histopathology II Histopathology III Exfoliative Cytology 3 3 3 Total credit hours 20 Course Code PTH 5042 PTH 5000 PTH 5012 PTH 5022 PTH 5032 PTH 5002 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Seminar Project Cytogenetics Advanced Histopatholoy Technique/Embalment Museum Techniques Laboratory Posting Total credit hours 222 Credit Hr 2 3 3 3 3 3 17 HAEMATOLOGY/B.G.S (Specialty) YEAR FIVE 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code HEM5011 HEM5021 MEM5031 HEM5041 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 Histopathology I Histopathology II Blood Group Serology I Blood Group Serology II HEM5051 HEM5000 HEM5001 Course Code HEM 5000 HEM5042 HEM5012 HEM5022 Research Methods 2 HEM 5032 Project Laboratory Posting 3 3 PTH 5002 Total credit hours 20 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Project Seminar Cytogenetics Advanced Hematological Technique/Embalment Advanced Blood Group Serology Techniques Laboratory Posting Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 2 2 3 3 3 17 MICROBIOLOGY (Specialty) YEAR FIVE Course Code MMP5011 MMP5021 MMP5031 MMP5041 MMP5000 MMP5001 MMP5051 1ST SEMESTER Course title MMP5012 MMP 5022 Advanced Parasitology/ Epidemiology Public Health Microbiology Project Laboratory Posting Research Methods 3 MPP5042 Medical Mycology Pharmaceutical Microbiology and Advanced Techniques Seminar 3 MPP 5000 Project 3 2 3 2 MPP5032 MPP 5002 Microbial Genetics Laboratory Posting 3 3 Total credit hours 20 Total credit hours 17 Medical Microbiology I Medical Microbiology II Course Code 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 Credit Hr 3 3 2 DEPARTMENT OF NURSING SCIENCE BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE PROGRAMME (Established 1993) Introduction The Nigeria public places a high value on health and therefore demands access to high quality health care as a guaranteed right. In response to this, there is need for highly qualified nursing manpower. Nurses must become better educated if they are to keep pace with new findings and improved technology. Technological advancement and innovation, increasing computerization, and the complexities of today’s clients, require a radical change in nursing knowledge, skills and attitudes. This demands that the practicing professional nurse has a science-based education with a strong liberal arts background. The Bachelor of Nursing Science in the University of Calabar offers this liberal and professional education for nurses. The curriculum prepares the nurse to understand the multivariate factors involved in health promotion and maintenance, make rational judgments and use analytic problem solving processes in caring for clients in a variety of settings. 223 Philosophy of the Programme The objectives of the University of Calabar serve as a guide for the philosophy of the B. N. Sc. programme. The programme also takes cognizance of the philosophy of education, healthcare and nursing in Nigeria. Programme Objectives The objectives of the programme are To prepare professional nurse/midwive/psychiatric nurse practitioners capable of assuming professional responsibility in any case setting. To advance public welfare through the preparation of competent polyskilled nurse practitioners who will provide safe, acceptable, effective and high quality health services to individuals, families and communities. To contribute to the national health manpower needs by producing an adequate number of academically and professionally qualified nurses, midwives and psychiatric nurses capable of giving care in health care agencies, industries and communities. To improve the standard of nursing care by providing continuing education for nursing personnel. To increase research awareness among nurses and provide a focus for the development and maintenance of high professional standards in nursing. To uphold the academic standards stipulated by the University of Calabar Admission Requirements U. M. E. Entry Candidates must have an appropriate pass in the UME examination of the joint Admission and Matriculation Board (JAMB). In addition, the candidate must hold the WASC/SSCE/GCEO/L or its equivalent with Credit in at least 5 subjects (at not more than 2 sittings) including English Language, Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. Direct Entry (a) Candidate must possess the Advanced level GCE or Higher School Certificate in at least 2 science subjects, chosen from Biology/Zoology, Physics and Chemistry. In addition candidates must have credit in 5 other subjects in ‘O’ Level GCE/SSCE including Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, Physics and English Language. (b) Already trained nurses must possess the Registered Nurse certificate (RN) of the Nursing & Midwifery Council of Nigeria (N&MCN) and in addition hold the GCE/SSCE/WASC or its equivalent; with credit in at least 5 subjects (at not more than 2 settings) including English Language, Biology, Chemistry and Mathematics. Direct entry candidates will be placed at the 200 level of study. The non-nursing qualified direct candidates will be expected to sit for at least 2 professional examinations like the UME candidates (that is, General Nursing and Midwifery or Psychiatric Nursing). Duration of the Course: UME - 5 YEARS Direct Entry - 4 YEARS STRATEGIES FOR IMPLEMENTING THE B.N.Sc PROGRAMME Programme Structure Programme implementation consists of theory and practice with courses organized into units. One course unit in one contact hour per week (theory/tutorial) and three contact hours per week (practical/clinical). There are 5 levels of courses and nursing courses are prefixed with the letters NSC. Courses will comprise core/compulsory courses, which must be taken and passed, required courses and elective courses which are taken to enrich and increase student’s total units. In line with the University regulation, students shall be required to register for not less than 15 credits units and not more than 24 units per semester. Permission can however be obtained from Senate to carry 27 credit units in the final year. Each semester is made up of periods of classroom teaching, clinical teaching and practice in hospital and primary health care settings. All clinical postings are compulsory. Students also have planned visits to some industries, communities and health care agencies in some courses. Care studies and projects are integral components of the programme 224 The programme curriculum is both modular, and integrated and is implemented as such. Students must fulfill the requirements at the lower level before they can proceed to the higher level. Each semester from Part II to Part V is made up of periods of classroom teaching and clinical practice (direct patient care in the hospital and primary healthcare settings). The programme has two types of students: first those who come in through the Universities Matriculation Examination (U.M.E) - these undergo a Generic programme for five years after which they sit for and pass two professional nursing examinations and register with the Nursing and Midwifery Council of Nigeria (N & MCN) as General Nurses and Midwives or psychiatric Nurses. The second type of students are those who come in through Direct Entry either as already trained nurses or with Advanced level GCE and spend four years. The later are expected to sit for and pass professional examinations in General Nursing and Midwifery or Psychiatric Nursing. The students undergoing a Generic programme are expected to meet the prescribed professional clinical requirements; they must spend part of the long vacation periods for clinical postings and must meet all professional requirements before sitting for the professional examinations. All Clinical postings are compulsory. Students also have planned visits to some industries, communities and health care agencies in some courses. Care studies and projects are integral components of the programme. NOTE: Registered Nurse (RN) or the final qualifying examination for general nursing must be taken and passed before attempting the midwifery and psychiatric programmes or degree examination. PART I This is the Preliminary year for students, who come in through UME. Courses taken are in basic sciences (Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics) and General studies (GSS). In preparation for Part II, Students also have lectures in History of Nursing in the second semester and Foundations of Nursing during the long vacation. Students are to submit photocopies of their credentials and pay for W.A.E.C verification. This is a requirement of the N & MCN for indexing. Only verified certificates are accepted by N & MCN for indexing before the end of the second semester. Indexing fee of N4,000.00 per student payable in bank draft should be sent along with completed indexing form, 4 passport photographs and verified credentials to the N & MCN. Late indexing attracts a fine of N10,000.00 per school. All fees are subject to review by the Council from time to time. PART II Students take courses in Medical Sciences (Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry, Parasitology), Sociology and Nursing. The direct entry students begin the programme in clinical experience which runs two days a week throughout the two semesters. During the long vacation there is intensive clinical practice for 6 weeks. Therefore all students undergoing the generic programme must stay back for this exercise to run shift duty. PART III Students take mainly Nursing courses such as (medical – surgical Nursing. Maternal and Child Health, Psychiatric Nursing, Public health courses), Medical Jurisprudence, Pharmacology, Pathology and Microbiology. There is supervised clinical experience, two days a week throughout the semester. The pre-part four has to do with intensive clinical practice for the generic programme. It is mainly hospital based to prepare the students for the Final Qualifying Examination for General Nurses. PART IV Students take courses in advanced Medical – Surgical Nursing, Family Health, Nursing Administration and Teaching, Research and Medical Sociology and two elective courses in Sociology or Political Science and Education. They also go for Teaching and Administrative Practice. Qualified candidates will sit for the final qualifying examinations for Generic Nurses in May or November of the fourth Year. Hereafter they are indexed for Midwifery or Psychiatric nursing option. Examination fee for General Nursing, which is N14,000.00 is subject to up ward revision. PART V Courses include advanced maternity nursing/advanced psychiatric nursing, Research project and seminar, at least two elective courses and clinical practice. Professional examination for midwifery is in March or September of each year while that for psychiatric Nursing is in May or November,. Student midwives are expected to have done ten (10) vaginal examinations, palpated fifty pregnant women and assisted in thirty (30) 225 deliveries before taking the Nursing and Midwifery Council of Nigeria (N & MCN) Final Qualifying Examinations for Midwives. COURSE OUTLINE PART ONE (15 Weeks) Course Code BIO1101 CHM1022 MTH1111 PHY1101 GSS 1101 GSS1131 BIO2031 1ST SEMESTER Course title General Biology Introductory Chemistry General Mathematics Introductory Physics I Use of English I History & Philosophy of Science General Physiology Total credit hours/load 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 Credit Hr 3 General Biology II 4 3 3 3 3 PHY1102 CHM1022 GSS1122 GSS1102 GSS 1112 Introduction Physics II Introductory Chemistry II Philosophy and Logic Use of English II Citizenship Education 3 4 3 3 3 3 22 NCS1012 History of Nursing Total credit hours/load 2 21 PART TWO (15 Weeks) Course Code NSC 2011 GSS 2111 ANA2031 ANA2041 PHS 2041 PHS 2051 BCM 2211 SOC 1201 1ST SEMESTER Course title Foundation of Nursing Intro. to Computer Comp. Prog General Embryology/Genetics Gen/Gross Anatomy & Intro. & Gen. Physiology System Physiology Biochemistry for Nurses Introduction to Social Antrop. Total credit hours/load 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code NSC 2012 NSC 2022 Professional Nursing Care Ethics & Trends in Nursing Credit Hr 3 2 3 NSC 2032 Medical-Surgical Nursing I 3 3 SOC 1102 Introd. To Soc. Psychology 3 3 3 3 3 ANA2042 PHS 2062 BCM2222 GSS 2112 Gross Anatomy II Neuro-Endocrinology Biochemistry for Nurses II Computers & Comp. Prog. II Total credit hours/load 3 3 3 3 24 23 PRE-PART TWO NSC2000 Introduction to professional Nursing (4 weeks) PART THREE (15 Weeks) Course Code NSC 3011 NSC 3021 NSC 3031 NSC 3061 PUH 3011 1ST SEMESTER Course title Concepts in Professional Nursing Med-Surg. Nursing II Maternal & Child Health (MCH) Nursing Princs./Pract. of Mental/Psych. Nursing Princs. Of P.H.C 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHM3032 3 NSC 3022 3 NSC 3062 3 NSC 3082 Clin. Pharmacol. Chemotherapy Advanced Medical Surg. Nursing I Human behaviour in health & illness Gen Cellular Pathology 3 PUH 3012 Planning & Implementation 226 Credit Hr 3 3 2 2 3 JRD 3011 MMP3011 PHM3021 Medical Jurisprudence Medical Microbiology/ Parasitology Clinical Pharmacol. & Chemotherapy II Total credit hours/load 3 3 PUH 3022 MMP3011 3 NSC3012 24 of P.H.C. Epidemiology Biostatistics & Research methods Nutrition in Health & illness Total credit hours/load 3 3 2 21 Includes Practicum PRE-PART THREE NSC 3000 – Concentrated clinical practice in Medical – Surgical Nursing (5 – 6 Weeks). PART FOUR (15 weeks) Course Code NSC4011 NSC4021 NSC4041 NSC4051 SOC4701 NSC4081 HCP4011 NSC4091 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Family Health I 2 Advanced Medical –Surg. 3 Nursing II Gynaecological Nursing 3 Princs. Of 2 Admin/Teaching Social problems & Social 3 works Systemic Pathology 2 Haematology & Chem. 3 Pathology Research Methods in 3 Nursing Total credit hours/load 22 Course Code NSC4012 NSC4032 NSC4042 NSC4052 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Family Health II Mental & Psych. Nursing I or Credit Hr 2 3 3 3 PUH4012 Midwifery I (Normal) Admin. & Org. of Health Services Health Education NSC4062 NSC4072 Teaching Practice Admin Practice 2 2 SOC4702 Sociology in health & illness 3 NSC4082 Nursing Practicum 4 Total credit hours/load 21 PRE-PART FOUR NSC 4000 Concentrated clinical practice in Community Health Nursing NSC 4001 Medical surgical Nursing (Peri-operative) 2 - 3 weeks - 3 weeks PART FIVE (15 weeks) Course Code NSC 5011 NSC 5021 NSC 5031 PUH 5011 NSC5311 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHM3032 Research Project & Seminar Midwifery II (Abnormal) 3 NSC 3022 3 NSC 3062 Control of communicable diseases in community Clinical electives I 3 NSC 3082 3 PUH 3012 One course elective 3 PUH 3022 MMP3011 Pub Health Nursing I NSC3012 227 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Clin. Pharmacol. Chemotherapy Advanced Medical Surg. Nursing I Human behaviour in health & illness Gen Cellular Pathology Planning & Implementation of P.H.C. Epidemiology Biostatistics & Research methods Nutrition in Health & illness Credit Hr 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 Total credit hours/load Total credit hours/load 15 21 Includes practicum PRE- PART FIVE NSC 5000 – concentrated clinical practice in the community/ primary health care facilities for 4 weeks. NOTE: UME students can only sit for degree examinations after passing at least the final qualifying examination for general nurses. Student at all levels (Part 1 – 5) are expected to register each semester/session in the Department and Faculty. Anyone not registered in the department is not a bonafide student of the department. DEPARTMENT OF RADIOGRAPHY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RADIOGRAPHY Historical Background The need for a degree programme in Medical Radiography that provides a broad based education arose due to the increasing complexity/sensitivity of the equipment handled by radiographers. The B.Sc. programme in radiography was started in the University of Calabar in 1980/81 session. The programme hitherto covered a period of 4 years, this was reviewed in 1990/91 Session to 5 years following the N.U.C. recommendation. The programme was run in Radiography Department and has now been accorded a full department status – Department of Radiography. Radiography Radiography is all about the art and science of application of various forms of radiation for the purpose of promotion of health, diagnosis and treatment of various forms of diseases, carrying out of non-destructive testing/detective scanning in industries and for research purposes. Medical radiography therefore covers the areas of radio diagnoses with imaging modalities such as CT, MRI, ultrasonography, scintigraphy and radiotherapy as well as personnel and environmental radiation protection and monitoring. Radiographers are professionals that have gone through prescribed curriculum of training required to develop the needed skill to effectively quantify and administer various forms of radiation with minimum or no damage to the population and the environment. In keeping with the requirements of the National University Commission (NUC) for all Nigerian Universities, and full participation of the Radiographers Registration Board of Nigeria (RRBN) as well as the global technological advancement in medical imaging modalities the Bachelor of Science Degree in Radiography programme strives to produce highly skilled professionals. Philosophy and Objectives The department believes that Nigeria must not lag behind in the global technological advancement in medical imaging modalities. There is the need for a broad based education in radiography as a result of increasing complexity of the equipment handled by Radiographers and the high standard expected by the Medical Profession. This level of University training is essential for appropriate comprehension and efficient application of the current and sophisticated Radiographic Equipment and thus the B.Sc. in Radiography is designed to produce highly skilled professionals to meet the expected objective. The objective is to provide graduate with a comprehensive theoretical and practical knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic as well as other allied imaging techniques. In furtherance of this the programme seek to fulfill the following specific roles. To produce Radiographers that can hold competently clinical positions involving the use of the most complex radio-diagnostic/therapeutic equipment and procedures in the practice of radiography in the primary, secondary and tertiary levels of healthcare delivery. 228 To produce professionals with sufficient managerial and professional proficiency to practice in Nigeria and satisfy international standards. To produce professionals who will be engaged in teaching, research and development of equipment in industries, and be eligible to pursue post-graduate studies leading to award of M.Sc. AND Ph.D degrees. Entry Qualification The minimum entry requirements for admission into the College of Medical Sciences are applicable. This include five ‘O’ level (SSCE of GCE/WASC or NECO) credits in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, English Language and Mathematics, plus a pass in the Joint Admission Matriculation Examination, provided the cutoff point is met. Duration of the Course and Nomenclature of the Award The programme takes a period of five academic years leading to the award of a Bachelors of Science degree in Radiography (B.Sc. Radiography). Content and Training Format The courses are covered in stages. The courses are delivered in the form of lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory work/practical; clinical postings and faculty research study. Courses at the preliminary stage (100 level) are taught and examined by Faculty of Science and Department of General Studies. Courses at the preclinical stage [200 LEVEL] are moderated by Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences, Faculty of Health Sciences, except Radiation Physics, Hospital Practice and Care of Patient. Courses at the clinical stage (300 – 500 levels) are moderated by Faculties of Cinical Sciences, Health Sciences as prescribed by the Department of Radiography. Courses at the preliminary and prelinical stages are taken in University of Campus while at the clinical stage courses are taken in University of Calabar of Calabar Campus, University of Calabar Teaching Hospital, the state general hospital accredited Federal Medical Centres and Teaching Hospitals in the neighboring states/student home and a mandatory posting to National Hospital Abuja, RadMed Diagnostic Centre, Lagos, St Nocholas, Lagos, and Teaching Hospital Nation wide with MRI and CT and MRI experience. Graduating students are registered with the RRBN for one-year mandatory internship programme jointly monitored by the RRBN and the Department of Radiography, Faculty of Health Sciences, University of Calabar. Examination Regulation for the Degree of B.Sc Rad (Radiography) These regulations are made in accordance with, and subject to the general provisions of the regulations governing First-degree Programmes in the University of Calabar. i. In order to be admitted to take part in the examination leading to a degree of B.Sc. RAD, (Radiography) a student is required to complete satisfactorily the courses, practical, assignments or project that are laid down for the relevant parts of the programme of studies. ii. All courses are examined at the termination of the course unit and candidates are credited with the number of credit hours assigned to the course unit for which they have passed the examination. iii. In addition to the course unit examinations, students shall be required to undergo a final degree examination. The final examination shall be the University examination, set with a professional inclination and moderated by external examiners. It shall consist of THREE 3-hour written papers plus research project defense as well as an oral examination or viva voce. iv. The pass mark for the core Radiography courses shall be 50%. This is a professional requirement. v. To qualify for the award of a degree of B.Sc. Rad. (Radiography), the student must also satisfy the professional requirement of 1,000 Radio-diagnostic Examinations. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR ONE Course Code BIO1101 CHM1011 1ST SEMESTER Course title General Biology I Basic principles Chemistry/Practical of Credit Hr 3 Course Code BIO1102 3 CHM1022 229 2ND SEMESTER Courses title General Biology II(Genetics & Citology) Basic principles of Organic Chemistry Credit Hr 3 4 MTH1101 PHY1101 GSS 1101 GSS1131 BIO2031 General Mathematics I Basic principles of physics/practical Physics Use of English I History & Philosophy of Science General Physiology Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 PHY1102 MTH1122 Physics II General Mathematics II 3 3 3 GSS1122 GSS1102 Philosophy and Logic Use of English II 3 3 3 22 GSS 1112 Citizenship Education Total Number of Credit Hours 3 22 200 Level Courses YEAR TWO Course Code ANA2011 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code ANA2021 2 ANA2022 2ND SEMESTER Courses title ANA2031 General Embryology and Genetics 2 ANA2032 PHS2011 PHS2021 Introductory Physiology Hematology 2 2 PHS2042 PHS2052 PHS2031 RAD.2011 Cardiovascular System Radiation Physics I 2 2 RAD2021 RAD2022 RAD.2021 Hospital and Departmental Procedures/Care of Patient Introduction to Biochemistry Computer 2 RAD2032 Gross Anatomy of thorax and abdomen Histology of Urogenital and Lymphatic System Systemic Embryology of structures of thorax and abdomen Renal Physiology Physiology of the Respiratory system Radiation Physics II Hospital Procedures/Care of Patient II Pathology I 2 PHS2032 Nurophysiology 2 ANA2052 GSS2112 Total Number of Credit Hours 20 Nuroanatomy Computer Total Number of Credit Hours ANA2021 BCM2011 GSS2111 Gross Anatomy of Upper and lower limbs Histology of GIT Credit Hr 2 Credit Hr 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 YEAR THREE Course Code ANA3011 ANA3021 ANA3031 PHS3011 PHS3021 RAD3011 RAD3041 RAD3051 RAD3061 PHS3031 ANA3041 1ST SEMESTER Course title Gross Anatomy of head and neck Histology of the nervous system and Special senses Embryology of nervous system GIT Physiology Endocrinology and Reproduction Radiation Physics III Radiographic Technique I Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology Pathology II Neuro Physiology Neuro Anatomy Total Number of Credit Hours 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 2 Course Code RAD3092 Credit Hr 4 Radiographic Photography I 2 RAD3042 Radiographic Technique 4 2 RAD3102 Radiographic Equipment 4 2 2 RAD3132 PHM3022 Microbiology Pharmacology 2 2 2 RAD3072 Radiological Health Management 2 Total credit hours/load 18 2 2 2 2 22 230 YEAR FOUR Course Code RAD4191 RAD4091 RAD4101 RAD4041 RAD4081 RAD4121 RAD4201 RAD4171 1ST SEMESTER Course title 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 2 Course Code RAD4192 RAD4092 2 RAD4102 Clinical Posting Radiographic photography & Imaging III Radiographic Equipment III Radiographic Technique III Radiographic Anatomy Research Methodology 3 RAD4042 RadiographicTechnique IV 4 2 2 RAD4142 RAD4162 2 2 Public Health Biostatistics Tota credit hours/load 2 2 18 RAD4152 Radiobiology Principle of Radiotherapy and Oncology Psychology for Radiography Clinical Posting Radiographic Photography II Radiographic Equipment II Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 4 2 2 2 2 18 YEAR FIVE Course Code RAD5091 RAD5101 RAD5041 RAD5121 RAD5081 RAD5081 RAD5191 1ST SEMESTER Course title Radiographic Photography & Imaging VI Radiographic Equipment IV Radiographic Photography V Seminar Radiographic Anatomy II Other Imaging Modalities (USS, NMR, ECT) Clinical Radiography Tota credit hours/load Credit Hr 2 Course Code RAD5192 2 RAD5092 3 2 3 2 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Clinical Posting Credit Hr 3 2 RAD5102 Radiographic photography & Imaging III Radiographic Equipment V RAD5212 RAD5122 RAD5232 Project Seminar Viva voce 5 2 2 Total credit hours/load 16 4 18 2 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH Introduction The Department of Environmental Health Sciences currently runs a Bachelor and Postgraduate programmes in Public Health. However, in that Department. Mission The mission of the Department of Public Health, University of Calabar is therefore to be recognized as a national centre of excellence in public health training, research, and professional leadership. The Department intended to achieve this through: i. Provision of contemporary educational opportunities to facilitate the development of professional competence in public health. ii. Advancement of knowledge, health research, and scholarship to enhance health of the people; 231 iii. Leadership in public health advocacy, and education in partnership with local, national and international bodies, and iv. Creating enabling academic environment which promotes goals of the College of Medical Science and the University at large. Vision Our vision is to explore new opportunities and knowledge that lead to highest standard of public health training to meet present and future national health challenges. Goal Goal of the Department is to provide state of the art knowledge and professional skills in public health for community service. THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE PROGRAMME I. Build capacity in Public Health through a sound theoretical foundation in the natural, social and health sciences as well as develop professional and laboratory skills for public health action in general disease prevention and control, control of emerging communicable diseases like HIV/AIDS, natural/man made of emergency and disaster management in Nigeria; ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. emphasize problem-solving, field work, community-based approach to the management of multidimensional public health problems; create community awareness of the critical role of Public Health in disease prevention, control and management to justify the age-old maxim: “Prevention is better than cure” upgrade the knowledge and skills of numerous Public Health professionals (i.e., Environmental Health Officers, Community Health Officers, Public Health Nurses, Veterinary Officers, etc) to enhance their effectiveness in the field; develop future leaders in the Public health profession to provide service. Conduct research and teach at the Colleges of health technology and, with Post-graduate qualifications, in higher institutions; train professionals who can be self-employed; and create a learning environment that promotes creativity, hard work, merit and selfless service to the nation. THE OBJECTIVEAS OF THE PROGRAMME ARE AS FOLLOWS: i. To train professional health human resources in Public Health ii. To provide student-centred educational experience that encourages depth, and application of principles and methods of Public Health; iii. To provide field and Community-based experience in relevant areas of Public Health; iv. To build capacity in critical public private sectors where public health expertise is lacking; and v. To provide opportunities for career advancement in Public Health. (c) Admission Requirements 5 YEAR PROGRAMME (UME) 232 Admission into the five years BPH programme through Universities Matriculation examination (UME) requires minimum of five(5) ordinary level (O/L) Credit in English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Biology at not more than two (2) sittings. 4 YEAR PROGRAMME (DIRECT ENTRY) Admission into the four years BPH programme through direct entry requires Higher National Diploma (HND) in Public Health, national Diploma in Environmental Health, Public Health Nursing from West African Health Examinations Board (WAHEB), Community Health Officers (CHO or equivalent) in health related field with a minimum of Upper credit. In addition the candidate must have minimum of upper credit. In addition the candidate must have minimum of five (5) ordinary level (o/L) credits in English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and Biology at not more than two (2) sittings. - COURSE REQUIREMENTS Students are required to complete a minimum of 156 Credit Hours or Maximum of 195 Credit Hours for graduation, spread into 8 semesters for the 4 year programme and 10 semesters for the five years programme. PROGRAMME CONTENT BPH – 5 YEAR PROGRAMME YEAR ONE : FIRST SEMESTER Course No Course Title Credit Hours GSS 1101 Use of English & Communication Skills 2 MTH 1111 General mathematics and Statistics 3 PHY 1101 Introductory Physics 1 3 BIO 1011 Introductory Biology I 3 CHM 1011 Introductory Chemistry 1 3 SOC 1111 Introduction to Sociology 3 GSS 1121 Philosophy and Logic 2 GSS 1131 History and Philosophy of Science 2_____ 21 YEAR ONE Course No. GSS 1102 GSS 1112 PHY 1102 BIO 1012 CHM 1012 SOC 1112 PUH 1012 SECOND SEMESTER Course Title Use of English II Library Skills Citizenship Education Introductory Physics II Introductory Biology II Introductory Chemistry Introduction to Psychology Introduction to Public Health YEAR TWO GSS 2111 PHS 2041 BCM 2211 FIRST SEMESTER Introduction to Computer Introductory to Physiology Biochemistry for Public Health 233 Credit Hours 2 2 3 3 3 3 3__ 19 CREDIT UNIT 2 3 3 PUH 2011 PUH 2021 ANA 2041 PUH 2031 GSS 1101 GSS 1131 Environment and Health Mental Health General and Gross Anatomy Introduction to Demography Use of English History and Philosophy of Science YEAR TWO MMP 2012 SECOND SEMESTER Introduction to Medical Microbiology/ Parasitology Public Health Nutrition I Biostatistics I Computer Applications School Health Programme Family Health I Principles of Health Education Use of English II Citizenship Education Philosophy & Logic PUH 2012 PUH 2022 GSS 2112 PUH 2042 PUH 2052 PUH 2062 GSS 1102 GSS 1112 GSS 1121 YEAR THREE Course No. PUH 3011 PUH 3021 PUH 3031 PUH 3041 PUH 3051 PUH 3061 PUH 3071 GSS 3101 YEAR THREE PUH 3012 PUH 3022 PUH 3032 PUH 3042 PUH 3052 PUH 3062 PUH 3072 GSS 3102 YEAR FOUR Course No. PUH 4011 3 3 3 3 2 2___ 24 CREDIT HOURS 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2____ 26 FIRST SEMESTER Course Title Credit Hours Biostatistics II 3 Principles of Epidemiology 3 Water Supply and Sanitation 3 Solid waste Management 3 Public Health Nutrition II 3 Community Health Education and Promotion 3 Introduction to Health Services Management3 Entrepreneurship Development I 2___ 23 SECOND SEMESTER CREDIT UNIT International Health 3 Family Health II 3 Occupational Health and Safety 3 Contemporary Issues in Public Health 3 Health Education Practice 3 Epidemiology of Communicable Diseases 3 Health Economics, Financing and Budgeting 3 Entrepreneurship Development II 2___ 23 FIRST SEMESTER CREDIT HOUR Course Title Research Methods in Public Health 3 234 PUH 4021 MMP 4011 PUH 4031 PUH 4041 PUH 4051 PUH 4061 Quality Assurance in Public Health Services Basic Parasitology/Medical Entomology Principles of Primary Health Care (PHC) Control of Disease Vectors Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases Disaster and Emergency Management YEAR FOUR PUH 4012 PUH 4022 PUH 4032 PUH 4042 PUH 4052 PUH 4062 SECOND SEMESTER PHC Planning and Implementation Public Health Law Consumer Health Education Laboratory/Field Methods in Public Health (Team teaching) Stress Reduction and Management Sociology in Health and Disease YEAR FIVE PUH 5000 PUH 5011 PUH 5021 FIRST SEMESTER Project Field Work Experience Seminar YEAR FIVE PUH 5000 PUH 5022 SECOND SEMESTER Project Seminar 3 3 3 3 3 3___ 21 CREDIT HOUR 3 3 3 3 3 3___ 18 CREDIT HOUR 3 9 3___ 15 3 3___ 6 NOTE: Students are required to present and participate in Departmental Seminars at the 500 level. BPH 4 –YEAR PROGRAMME YEAR TWO FIRST SEMESTER Course No. Course Title GSS 2111 Introduction to Computers PHS 2041 Introductory to Physiology BCM 2211 Biochemistry for Public Health PUH 2011 Environment and Health PUH 2021 Mental health ANA 2041 General and Gross Anatomy PUH 2031 Introduction to Demography GSS 1101 Use of English & Communication Skills I GSS 1131 History and Philosophy of Science YEAR TWO MMP 2012 PUH 2012 PUH 2022 GSS 2112 PUH 2042 PUH 2052 SECOND SEMESTER Introduction to Medical Microbiology/ Parasitology Public Health Nutrition I Biostatistics I Computer Applications School Health Programme Family Health I 235 CREDIT HOUR Credit Hour 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2___ 24 CREDIT HOUR 3 3 3 2 3 3 PUH 2062 GSS 1102 GSS 1112 GSS 1121 Principles of Health Education Use of English & Communication Skill II Citizenship Education Philosophy & Logic YEAR THREE Course No. PUH 3011 PUH 3021 PUH 3031 PUH 3041 PUH 3051 PUH 3061 PUH 3071 GSS 3101 FIRST SEMESTER Course Title Biostatistics II Principles of Epidemiology Water Supply and Sanitation Solid Waste Management Public Health Nutrition II Community Health Education and Promotion Introduction to Health Services Management Entrepreneurship Development I YEAR THREE SECOND SEMESTER 3 2 2 2___ 26 Credit Hour 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2___ 23 CREDIT HOUR PUH 3012 PUH 3022 PUH 3032 PUH 3042 PUH 3052 PUH 3062 PUH 3072 GSS 3102 International Health Family Health II Occupational Health and Safety Contemporary Issues in Public Health Health Education Practice Epidemiology of Communicable Disease Health Economics, Financing and Budgeting Entrepreneurship Development II YEAR FOUR Course No. PUH 4011 PUH 4021 MMP 4011 PUH 4031 PUH 4041 PUH 4051 PUH 4061 FIRST SEMESTER Course Title Credit Hour Research Methods in Public Health 3 Quality Assurance in Public Health Services Basic Parasitology/Medical Entomology 3 Principles of Primary Health Care (PHC) 3 Control of Disease Vectors 3 Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Disease 3 Disaster and Emergency Management 3 YEAR FOUR PUH 4012 PUH 4022 PUH 4032 PUH 4042 SECOND SEMESTER PHC Planning and Implementation Public Health Law Consumer Health Education Laboratory/Field Methods in Public Health (Team teaching) Stress Reduction and Management Sociology in Health and Disease PUH 4052 PUH 4062 236 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2___ 23 3 CREDIT HOUR 3 3 3 3 3 3___ 18 YEAR FIVE PUH 5000 PUH 5011 PUH 5021 FIRST SEMESTER Project Field Work Experience Seminar YEAR FIVE PUH 5000 PUH 5022 SECOND SEMESTER Project Seminar CREDIT HOUR 3 9 3____ 15 3 3_____ The Master in Public Health (MPH) Programme. Although the name of the Department was officially changed from Department of Community Health to Department of Public Health on 16th April, 1999, the name of the graduate program remains Master of Public Health (MPH) Public Health is the “Crossroads” of the disciplines of community medicine and relevant social sciences. The existing Master of Public Health (MPH) programmes in Nigeria, owing to their professional bias, cannot fill the gap of the dearth of need for graduates with a “core” background in Public Health, to provide a strong base for teachers, researchers in and/or administrators of public health programmes in a developing country. The need is even more urgent and necessary in the face of a new challenge for health professionals to make their training and skills relevant to Public Health needs of the nation. Objectives a) To accomplish these broad purposes stated above, the following specific objectives are pursued: b) To create an intellectual and professional environment for the education and training of qualified individuals leading to the Master of Public Health (MPH) degree. c) To provide leadership and active response to community and national public health needs. d) To provide opportunities for continuing education for public health professionals through learning and experiential situation. e) To promote active research environment which includes the encouragement of innovative responses to health care needs. Areas of Concentration: Health Education Public Health Nutrition Primary Health Care Epidemiology Health Services Management Environmental Health and such other areas as the Department may determine in the future. Admission requirements: Admission to the programme is open to graduates of the University of Calabar and of other universities recognized by the Senate and applicants should hold at least a second class honours (upper Division, 21) degree (or its equivalent ) in the health sciences (including health education); adequate background in biomedical sciences, biological sciences; M.B..B.Ch and B.D.S. (Bachelor of Dental Surgery) DVM or their equivalents or sociology with adequate background in biomedical sciences. The department expects eligible applicants to attend a personal interview as part of the selection process. Curriculum Model The curriculum is based on three components – didactic, experiential and research. 237 Didactic The didactic component will cover the core courses which are considered to be basic to public health including, but not restricted to biostatistics, epidemiology, environmental health, maternal and child health. etc? a) The required or core courses are basic courses that are intended for all students in the MPH program. These include health education, primary health care, epidemiology, nutrition, health service management, introductory computer course, environmental health – and other areas as may be determined in future by the department. b) Area of Concentration: Additional in-depth upper level courses will be taken in respective concentration areas of the program. c) Electives consist of such other courses as the student and/or his adviser may consider to be related to or of general educational interest to the program. Experiential Training creates a learning environment which stimulates and allows individual trainee to assume responsibility for his own learning. Experiential training facilitates the acquisition of specific competencies during training and encourages the application of these competencies by trainees, through flexible learnercentred exposures. This approach is based on a few assumptions: Learning emerges from people as a result of their experiences. Training focuses on issues and problems relevant to peoples’ lives; Learning is meaningless if it is merely confined to the acquisition of facts and figures. Research Following the completion of adequate number of course work which provides sufficient knowledge base in the student’s area of concentration, the student will end up with a thesis. Research should run concurrently with course work. Students are free to choose topics, subject to the approval of their departmental graduate committee and the Graduate School Board. Regulations a) Duration of Program: The duration of the program shall be 2 years on full time basis. b) Course Load: Candidates shall be required to complete 45 credit hours at 500 level or above. This will consist of 36 credit hours of course work, 3 credit hours of field experience and 6 credit hours of Thesis Project. Each thesis project shall be preceded by a thesis proposalSeminar: In addition to the course work, all candidates will be required to attend departmental seminars and to present papers at such seminars. c) Concurrent Experience: The Concurrent Experience is a credit flexible (0 or 3 Cr) course required of all graduate students throughout the duration of course work, except the last semester of the second year. It is designed to expose the student to relevant field experience in order to enhance his/her skills and experience. Typically, students whose primary degree did not involve exposure to clinical hospital, or health service management are sent to these areas to acquire practical experience Thesis defence The thesis shall be defended before a Board of Examiners, at least one member of the Board of Examiners must be an External Examiner. COURSE OUTLINE Core Courses Year I 1st Semester PUH 5011 Health Care Delivery Systems/ International Health PUH 5021 Intro. to Environmental Health PUH 5031 Introduction to Epidemiology PUH 5041 Control of Communicable Diseases PUH 5051 Intro. to Primary Health Care PUH 5030 Concurrent Experience (Field Report) 238 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 0* units 2nd Semester PUH 5052 PUH 5072 PUH 5082 PUH 5092 PUH 5002 PUH 5030 - Biostatistics Intro. to Health Education Introduction to Health Services Management Sociology in Health/Community Development Introduction to Family Health Seminar/Research Methods CONCENTRATION IN PRIMARY HEALTH CARE (1) Year II – 1st Semester CPH 5151 Computer Applications PUH 5311 Methods in Primary Health Care Practice PUH 5181 Introduction to Promotion PUH 5151 Methods in Health Education PUH 5251 Topics and Readings in Primary Health Care (Assessment by Term Paper and participation) PUH 5030 Seminar PUH 5332 Concurrent Experience/Field work in Primary Health Care 2nd Semester PUH 5200 PUH 5030 - Thesis Seminar 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 0* units 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 0* units 3 units 6 units 0*unit CONCENTRATION IN PUBLIC HEALTH EDUCATION (2) Year I Semesters I and II : Core courses plus PUH 5080 1st semester PUH 5111 PUH 5131 PUH 5181 PUH 5141 PUH 5112 PUH 5080 PUH 5030 - Principles of Health Education School Health Intro. to Health Promotion Advanced Health Education Methods in Health Education Concurrent Experience Seminar 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 2nd Semester PUH 5200 PUH 5030 - Thesis Research Methods/Seminar 6 units 0* units 0* units 0* units CONCENTRATION IN EPIDEMIOLOGY (3) Year I Semesters I and II: Core courses plus PUH 5080 Year II 1st Semester PUH 5411 PUH 5421 PUH 5431 PUH 5411 CPH 5151 PUH 5080 PUH 5030 - Principles of Epidemiology Advanced Biostatistics Methods in Epidemiology Principles of Chronic and Communicable Diseases Computer Applications Concurrent Experience (Field work) Seminar 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 3 units 0* units 0* units 2nd Semester PUH 5200 - Thesis 6 units 239 PUH 5030 - Seminar 0* units CONCENTRATION IN PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION (4) Year I Semesters I and II: Core courses plus PUH 5032 Nutritional Physiology/Biochemistry PUH 5341 Clinical Nutrition Growth and Energy PUH 5351 Food Control and Management PUH 5372 Nutrition Education PUH 5382 Food, Culture and Nutrition PUH 5030 Seminar/Research Methods (See below) PUH 5200 Master’s Thesis PUH 5082 Core Course CONCENTRATION IN HEALTH ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (5) Year I Semesters I and II: Core course plus PUH 5611 Health Economics and Financial Management PUH 5612 Quality Management and Health Management Information *Required non-credit participation, offered in lieu of thesis, if thesis is not in progress. Ph.D PROGRAMME IN PUBLIC HEALTH Objectives The objectives of the programmes are: To train high level manpower for teaching, research and service; To create improved career opportunities for individuals with doctorate degrees in Public Health . To equip professionals with in-depth theoretical knowledge and research skills in Public Health, and To promote scholarship and advance frontiers of knowledge in Public Health. Admission Requirements a) MPH or its equivalent with a minimum of 3.0 cumulative grade point average (CGPA) on a scale of 5.0 OR 2.75 on scale of 4.0. b) Applicants are required to submit a one page Mission Statement and to attend personal interview in the Department. Programme Duration and Structure 1. The duration for the Ph.D programme is 6 semesters on full-time basis First semester: Core Courses Second semester: Core Courses Third semester: Thesis concentration/Electives Fourth semester: Research Fifth semester: Research Sixth semester: Dissertation writing and defense 2. Ph.D candidates shall be required to sit and pass a comprehensive examination Part I General field of Public Health Part II Area of thesis topic/concentration Part III Comprehensive Oral Examination in I & II above 3. Ph.D Dissertation can be written in the following areas of Public Health: Health Education/Health Promotion Primary Health Care Environmental Health 240 consisting of: Epidemiology or any other area of Public Health COURSE OUTLINE Course Code 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code PUH 6052 *PUH6011 Advanced Biostatistics PUH6021 3 PUH 6062 3 PUH 3 PUH6041 Maternal & Child Health/Family Planning Is a pr-requisite for PUH 6011 Population and Public Health Stress Management PUH6201 Research Seminar *PUH5052 PUH6031 6072 PUH6101 PUH6111 PUH6121 PUH6131 PUH6141 PUH6151 PUH6161 PUH 6203 3RD SEMESTER Course title Contemporary Issues in Public Health Emergency and Disaster Management Solid Waste Management PHC Planning, Implementation & Evaluation Problems of Health Education/Health Promotion in Nigeria Applied Epidemiology Research Methods a. Environmental Health b. PHC c. Health Education/Health Promotion d. Epidemiology Research Seminar Tota credit hours/load 3 3 PHM5052 3 PUH 6082 Water Supply and Sanitation 3 1 PUH 6092 Problems of Rural & Urban PHC Services Implementation Theoretical Basis of Health Educ/Health Promotion Epidemiological Methods Research Seminar Total credit hours/load 3 PUH 6122 PUH 6202 Course Code Health Planning and Management Health Systems Research Credit Hr 3 Advanced Computer Applications Toxicology PUH 6112 Tota credit hours/load 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 13 4TH SEMESTER Courses title 3 3 3 1 *23(for 13) Credit Hr 3 Course Code PUH 6000 Research 3 PUH 6204 Research Seminar 1 Tota credit hours/load 7 3 3 Credit Hr 6 3 3 1 22** (for 13) *Each student takes only one of PHM 5052, PUH 6092, PUH 6112 & PUH 6122 to make a total credit load of 13 credits. **Each student takes only one of PUH 6121, PUH 6121, PUH 6131, PUH 6141 & PUH 6151 to make a total credit load of 13. 241 Course Code 5TH SEMESTER Course title PUH 6000 Research PUH 6205 Open Seminar Tota credit hours/load Credit Hr 6 Course Code PUH 6000 3 9 6TH SEMESTER Courses title Dissertation Writing and Defence Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 6 6 FACULTY OF ARTS HISTORY At the inception of the University of Calabar in October 1, 1975, the Faculty of Arts was one of the first Faculties established for academic purposes. Faculty of Arts comprises the following English and Literary Studies History and International Studies Modern Languages and Translation Studies Linguistics and Communication Studies Philosophy Religious Studies and Cultural Studies Theatre and Media Studies The above named Departments make up the area of knowledge frequently known as the Humanities. The Faculty reflects the interest of people in themselves and in their role in the world they live in. It also attempts to give men and women an understanding not only of culture and the society, but also of the ideas, values and aspirations of humankind. Through Literature, Art and Drama, the student in Theatre Arts studies man’s expression of beauty and through History he looks at the past, the deeds of our ancestors and how they enable us to understand ourselves and our present world. In Religion and Philosophy, he studies mankind’s search for knowledge and understanding of both the immediate world around us and the unseen world. He studies language, the means by which we communicate with one another, the means by which we express our knowledge and transmit it to our children. The Faculty of Arts is headed by the Dean, who co-ordinates the activities of all its Departments. VISION The vision of the Faculty as conceived by its founders, is one where “Nigerianness”, nay, ‘Africanness’ of a philosophy for learning is the core of conception, in order to achieve and maintain greatest excellencies in teaching, research, publications and service in the above-listed disciplines. In furtherance of this, each department is saddled with the responsibility of scholarship, yet this learning is to be firmly anchored in the rich cultural traditions of the peoples of the geo-graphical zone in which the university is located. MISSION The mission of the Faculty is to strive to stimulate, develop, sharpen and enrich student’s critical, creative, imaginative and expressive faculties and skills for them to be able to respond efficiently and effectively to academic and professional challenges in such areas as teaching, research and public service. In other words, our mission is to produce graduates whose education in Liberal Arts imbues them with humanistic qualities and the intellectual skills needed to function productively within the professional and administrative structures of a developing nation. 242 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH AND LITERARY STUDIES HISTORY OF THE DEPARTMENT The Department of English and Literary Studies started as a pioneer Department in 1976 after having been a part of the English Department University of Nigeria, Nsukka when Calabar was one of its Campuses. PHILOSOPHY The Philosophy of the Department of English and Literary studies is centred around the ultimate goal of promoting the evolution of a highly literate society that can sustain social, cultural, political, economic, technological and scientific progress through self-realization of the individuals within the community, their ability to defend acceptable principles of freedom, equality and justice, and the promotion of interpersonal, national and world harmony, using language for social interaction. To achieve these, our Mission has been the provision of competencies in English language and literary studies for academic, recreational and informal relationships for our students and other clientele by highly skilled and committed staff through structured academic programmes involving lectures, research, seminars, workshops, exchange programmes and mentoring services within and outside the University. At the center of this is the advanced study and acquisition of the English Language and its application as medium of national as well as international exchange, and Literature as a variable medium of analytical humanistic studies directed at a critical understanding of human behaviour and the improvement of social living. The two sub-disciplines of the English Language and Literary Studies are, in concert, aimed at producing graduates who can affect society positively, and contribute immensely to socio-cultural, political and economic development and advancement. Programme Objectives The course components offered by the Department are guided by the following objectives: a) To provide a variety of courses that would lead the students to advance their knowledge of the English language and Literature expressed in the language. b) To provide academic tasks and intellectual challenges that would lead the students to apply their knowledge of English and Literature to solve problems associated with everyday living. c) To guide the students to acquire appropriate language and literary skills particularly in the content of English as a Second Language environment and the Literature associated with it. d) To expose the students to current advances in scholarship in the areas of Literature, particularly African Literature and Literature in the Diaspora, English Language acquisition and language use. Admission Requirements JME candidates need to fulfill the regular University requirement of five credits at O’ Level including English Language and English Literature. Direct Entry candidates must satisfy UME requirement and; a. Two ‘A’ Level passes to include Literature in English and one other Arts subject (excluding African Languages) b. NCE (merit) in English Literature and English Language. c. Diploma in English Studies and Communication from the University of Calabar d. Related Diploma from the Faculty of arts. GENERAL REGULATIONS (Four-Year Degree Programme) To obtain a B.A. in English and Literary Studies a student must successfully complete courses to a minimum of 120 credit hours. A least 90 of these units must be in courses offered in the department, including authorized electives from other departments. All students must take and pass the five General Studies courses (Use of English, Citizenship Education, Philosophy and Logic, History and Philosophy of Science, Introduction to the Computer and Computer Practical). In addition, students must offer electives up to 12 credit hours, six of which must be in French. 243 Students are free to offer the remaining electives from any of the following disciplines, French, History, Languages and Linguistics, Religious studies and Philosophy. Theater Arts, Political Science, Sociology, Education. In the third year of studies students will undertake a supervised Oral Literature original project in which they would be expected to collect and analyze the literary contents of selected Oral Art Forms/Performance or Festivals preferably from their Local Government Area In the final year students are required to take a number of options from both Language and Literature courses. In the first semester of the final year, they will be required to take one optional courses, one Language or Literature. In the second semester, the options will be specified at the Beginning of the semester. In addition, students will be required in their final year, to produce under supervision a Long Essay on a Literary or Language topic of their choice, approved by the Department. At the end of the fourth year, all students will sit a three-hour Comprehensive examination designed to test their broad understanding of basic ideas after four years of tuition in the Department. Regulations and Curriculum for Direct Entry at the Second-Year Level into the Four-Year Degree PROGRAMME REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION (Three-Year Degree Programme) To obtain a B.A in English and Literary Studies a direct entry student must successfully complete courses to a minimum of 99 units. At least 84 of these units must be in courses offered in the Department including authorized electives in other Departments. The three-year programme is open to holders of N.C.E, B.S.C. GCE A level, UMB, ND (Mass Com.) and relevant Diploma programmes from recognized Universities in the relevant subjects. All non-NCE Direct Entry students must take and pass the General Studies courses. Use of English, Citizenship Education, and History and Philosophy of Science, Philosophy and Logic, and Introduction to the Use of the Computer Practical. N.C.E graduate are exempted from General Studies courses. In addition, students must, offer 6 credit hours from two related discipline, in keeping with Departmental regulations. FOUR YEAR DEGREE CURRICULUM FIRST YEAR Course Code GSS 1101 GSS1111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Use of English I Citizenship Education Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code GSS1102 GSS1132 GSS1121 ELS1011 ELS1021 Philosophy and Logic English Composition Introduction to Prose 3 3 3 ELS1012 ELS1022 ELS1032 ELS1031 Introduction to Poetry 3 ELS1042 ELS1041 Introduction to Linguistics Total credit hours/load 3 21 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Use of English II History and Physiology of Science English Composition II Introduction to Drama Introduction to Oral Literature History of English Language Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 SECOND YEAR Course Code GSS 2111 ELS2011 ELS2021 1ST SEMESTER Course title Introduction to the Computer African Prose Joseph Oral Literature Theory and Forms Credit Hr 3 Course Code GSS 2112 3 3 ELS 2012 ELS2022 244 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Computer Practicals African Poetry Research Methods in Oral Literature Credit Hr 3 3 3 ELS2031 ELS1041 ELS2051 ELS2061 Survey of Caribbean Literature Survey of English Literature I Structure of English Introduction to French Language Total credit hours/load 3 ELS2032 Advanced Composition 3 3 ELS1042 3 3 3 ELS2052 ELS2062 Survey of English Literature II English Syntax Intro. To Simple French Tests Total credit hours/load 21 3 21 THIRD YEAR Course Code ELS3011 ELS3021 ELS3031 1ST SEMESTER Course title 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 3 Course Code ELS3012 ELS3022 ELS3032 Critical Theory Nigerian Literature African Drama 3 ELS3042 Afro-American Literature II 3 ELS3052 Teaching of English as a Second Language (Methods and Materials Production Elective in Related Discipline Total credit hours/load 3 ELS3041 The African Novel Oral Literature Projects European Renaissance Literature Afro-American Literature I ELS3051 Discourse Analysis 3 Elective in Related Discipline Total credit hours/load 3 18 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 21 FOURTH YEAR Course Code ELS4011 ELS4021 ELS4031 ELS4041 1ST SEMESTER Course title Realism and Romanticism In Western Literature Graduating Essay English and the Nigerian Situation Stylistics Option either Language or Lit. Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 3 Course Code ELS4012 3 3 ELS4022 ELS4032 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Criticism of African Literature Advanced Stylistics Comprehensive Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 Option (Language) Option (Literature) 3 3 15 Total credit hours/load 3 15 THREE YEAR DIRECT ENTRY DEGREE PROGRAMME (FOR POSSESSORS OF N.C.E.) FIRST YEAR Course Code ELS1041 ELS2011 ELS2021 ELS2031 ELS2051 ELS1041 1ST SEMESTER Course title Introduction Linguistics African Prose to the Oral Literature Theory Forms Survey of Caribbean Literature Structure of English Survey of English Literature I Credit Hr 3 Course Code ELS 2012 3 ELS2022 3 ELS2032 3 ELS2042 3 3 ELS1052 ELS1042 245 2ND SEMESTER Courses title African Poetry Credit Hr 3 Research Methods in Oral Literature Advanced Composition 3 Survey of English Literature II English Syntax History of English Language 3 3 3 3 Total credit hours/load 18 Total credit hours/load 18 SECOND YEAR Course Code ELS3011 ELS3021 ELS3031 1ST SEMESTER Course title 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 3 3 Course Code ELS3012 ELS3022 ELS3032 Critical Theory Nigerian Literature African Drama 3 ELS3042 Afro-American Literature II 3 ELS3052 Teaching of English as a Second Language (Methods and Materials Production Elective in Related Discipline Total credit hours/load 3 ELS3041 The African Novel Oral Literature Projects European Renaissance Literature Afro-American Literature I ELS3051 Discourse Analysis 3 Elective in Related Discipline Total credit hours/load 3 18 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 21 FOURTH YEAR (FINAL YEAR) Course Code ELS4011 ELS4021 ELS4031 ELS4041 1ST SEMESTER Course title Realism and Romanticism In Western Literature Graduating Essay English and the Nigerian Situation Stylistics Option either Language or Lit. Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 3 Course Code ELS4012 3 3 ELS4022 ELS4032 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Criticism of African Literature Advanced Stylistics Comprehensive Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 Option (Language) Option (Literature) 3 3 15 Total credit hours/load 3 15 246 THREE-YEAR DIRECT ENTRY DEGREE PROGRAMME FOR HOLDERS OF B.SC, GCE, ‘A’ LEVEL, UMB, ND IN MASS COMM., AND APPROVED UNIVERSITY DIPLOMA FIRST YEAR Course Code GSS1101 GSS1111 GSS1121 ELS1041 ELS2021 ELS2031 ELS2041 ELS2051 1ST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code GSS1102 GSS1132 Philosophy and Logic Introduction to the Linguistics Oral Literature Theory Forms Survey of Caribbean Literature Survey of English Literature I Structure of English 3 3 ELS 2012 ELS2022 3 ELS2032 3 ELS2042 3 ELS1042 Total credit hours/load 24 Use of English I Citizenship Education 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Use of English II History and Philosophy of Science African Poetry Research Methods in Oral Literature Advanced Composition Survey of Literature II History of Language English Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 English 3 Total credit hours/load 3 3 21 SECOND YEAR Course Code GSS2111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Course Code GSS2112 Computer Practical Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 ELS3012 ELS3022 ELS3032 Critical Theory Nigerian Literature African Drama 3 3 3 3 ELS3042 3 ELS3052 Afro-American Literature II Teaching of English as a Second Language (Methods and Materials Production Elective in Related Discipline Total credit hours/load ELS3041 Introduction to the Computer The African Novel Oral Literature Projects European Renaissance Literature Afro-African Literature I ELS3051 Discover Analysis 3 Total credit hours/load 21 ELS3011 ELS3021 ELS3031 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 247 3 21 FOURTH YEAR (FINAL YEAR) Course Code ELS4011 ELS4021 ELS4031 ELS4041 1ST SEMESTER Course title Realism and Romanticism In Western Literature Graduating Essay English and the Nigerian Situation Stylistics Option either Language or Lit. Total credit hours/load Credit Hr 3 Course Code ELS4012 3 3 ELS4022 ELS4032 B. C. D. E. Criticism of African Literature Advanced Stylistics Comprehensive Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 Option (Language) Option (Literature) 3 3 15 Total credit hours/load 3 15 OPTIONAL COURSES A. AFRICAN LITERATURE Group One ELS 4051 South African Literature ELS 4151 East African Literature ELS 4251 North African Literature Group Two ELS 4052 ELS 4152 ELS 4252 2ND SEMESTER Courses title 3 3 3 Negritude African in European Literature Women Writers in Africa LITERATURE IN SOCIAL CONTEXT ELS 4061 Literature and Revolution ELS 4062 The Sociology of Literature 3 3 3 3 3 WORLD LITERATURE ELS 4071 Survey of American Literature I ELS 4072 Survey of American Literature II ELS 4171 Harlem Renaissance ELS 4172 Comparative Studies on Black Women Writers 3 3 3 3 COURSE STUDIES ELS 4081 The 19th Century European Novel ELS 4082 The Novel in the Modern World 3 ELS 4181 19th Century Poetry ELS 4281 American Poetry 3 3 3 3 LANGUAGE STUDIES ELS 4091 Advanced English Grammar and Lexicology ELS 4092 Semantics 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ELS 1011 & 1012: ENGLISH COMPOSITION I AND II Two successive courses intended to improve the student’s competence in, and understanding of the use of writing, skills in the English Language. ELS 1021: INTRODUCTION TO PROSE 248 An introduction to the origins and nature of prose in art, and as a form to include a critical theory of prose as an art form. Characteristics to be drawn from texts of English, European, American, African and Caribbean Literature plus a fundamental knowledge of the poetics of prose. ELS 1022: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA To introduce students to drama in its different forms e.g. tragedy, comedy, melodrama, farce etc., and the theory behind its evolution. To equip students with the skills to appreciate the aesthetics of drama as art and as form. Students should be introduced to the germinal text, Aristotle’s. ELS 1031: INTRODUCTION TO POETRY Designed to acquaint students with the nature of poetry and its different forms, provide the critical criteria over the years, for the appreciation of poetry as an art form. ELS 1032: INTRODUCTION TO ORAL LITERATURE This course is designed to introduce students to the unique world of oral literature, it aspires to a global view of oral literature, paying attention to, among other things, its nature, characteristics and varying concepts in time and Millie. ELS 1041: INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS A course designed to acquaint students with an understanding of the study of the principles of linguistics and to examine the characteristics and properties of language. ELS 1042: HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE: A short study of the major treads, emphasizing the developments which have produced contemporary English including a consideration of the use of English as an international language. ELS 2011: AFRICAN PROSE This course will build on ELS 1021, Introduction to Prose. It will explore different forms of prose narrative in Africa, autobiography, short story, and the Novel. It will be a concentration on variety of prose forms and the minor writers in anticipation of the study of the major achievement of the African Novel in ELS 3011. ELS 2012: AFRICAN POETRY A study of traditional and modern, African poetic forms and techniques, through an examination of the style, content and themes of both oral and written poetry. ELS 2021: ORAL LITERATURE: THEORY AND FORMS An examination of oral Literature as a field of study linking it with related disciplines like folklore and anthropology. Emphasis will be on the consideration of Oral Literature theories, their origin and effects on the study of Oral Literature. ELS 2031: SURVEY OF CARIBBEAN LITERATURE This course will expose students to the Caribbean and its literature. It will study historical development in the Caribbean and relate it to the literature of the area. Selection of texts will be chronological and regional. ELS 2041 & 2042: SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE I & II A two-part study of the historical development of English Literature from, first the Anglo-Season period to 1660 and in the second part, from 1660 to the modern age. Interest will be on the relationship between political and social history and the emergence of literary movements, forms and genres. ELS 2051: STRUCTURE OF ENGLISH A course involving a close study of the nature and structure of modern English Language, intended to assist the student in acquiring writing and comprehension skills. It will examine the phonology and morphology of the English Language (prerequisite ELS 1031). ELS 2052: ENGLISH SYNTAX A course designed to introduce the students to the theory of grammar and grammatical structure of English. 249 ELS 2022: RESEARCH METHOD IN ORAL LITERATURE The course is designed to prepare students for future research work in oral literature. Concentration will be on the choice or research topics, preparation of prospectus (research proposals) selection of information, notetaking, note-making, presentation and documentation. ELS 2032: ADVANCED COMPOSITION The course is designed to stabilize the written expression of the students by exposing them to texts based on selection of prose writing of modern/contemporary English. The practical aspects of the course will lay emphasis on improvement of vocabulary, comprehension, guided and free composition. ELS 3011: THE AFRICAN NOVEL A detailed study of a variety of texts intended to illustrate the significant achievements of the African fiction. ELS 3012: CRITICAL THEORY An introduction to the history of critical theories and of the ideologies and methods, which have influenced contemporary literary critical activity. ELS 3022: NIGERIAN LITERATURE A detailed study of the literature of Nigeria, relating modern to traditional forms and including popular Nigerian Literature. ELS 3031: EUROPEAN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE A study of one of the major periods in Western Cultural history through its literature, emphasis will be placed on the rise of humanism, emergence of national literatures and the influence of classical sources. ELS 3031: AFRICAN DRAMA A detailed study in the field of African Drama, traditional and modern, and an examination of the various works of writers to illustrate their contribution to the development of this art form. ELS 3041: AFRICAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE II A survey of Afro-American Literature from the 1920s to the present. Interest will be on Black man’s contemporary, cultural dilemma in America and its expressions in their literature. ELS 3051: DISCOURSE ANALYSIS A look at language as a social activity. General principles of discourse analysis in relation to English language usage, the endophoric nature of texts, and an analysis of language events under the three main aspects of the substantial, the formal and the situational, Spoken versus written discourse, Co-reference and coherence in written discourse. Attempts will be made to apply Discourse analysis to language teaching. ELS 3052: THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE The principles of the various methods of teaching, with emphasis on the modern theory of language teaching. This will include the theory of material production as an accessory of language teaching. ELS 4011: REALISM AND ROMANTICISM IN WESTERN LITERATURE A study of the emergence and development of two primary and interacting features of European Literature from the late eighteenth century to the 20th century. ELS 4012: CRITICISM OF AFRICAN LITERATURE A study of the emergence of a body specifically African critical theory relating to various genres and applied to different texts. ELS 4021: GRADUATE ESSAY A substantial piece of critical writing on a literary or language topic to be selected in consultation with the Department and to be written under tutorial supervision. The subject will normally be on or about African Literature, the literature of African Diaspora and English Language in the Nigerian Situation. ELS 4041: STYLISTICS 250 This course treats stylistics as an extension of practical criticism and seeks to explore the uses of linguistic understanding and other critical tools in textual analysis. ELS 4042: ADVANCED STYLISTICS A study of the use of linguistic, stylistic, analysis as a means of supporting a literary or interpretative basis. It will consist of attempts to find the artistic principles underlying a written choice of language with emphasis on such categories that yield stylistically relevant information as lexical categories, grammatical categories, figures of speech etc. ELS 4031: ENGLISH AND THE NIGERIAN SITUATION An examination of the Nigeria Linguistic situation with particular reference to such concepts as a lingua franca, and English as a second or foreign language. The national language policy shall be studied in particular as it affects the teaching and learning of English in Nigeria. ELS 4032: COMPREHENSIVE A series of lectures by various members of the Department designed to re-acquaint students with the scope and intentions of the degree programme. ELS 4051: SOUTH AFRICAN LITERATURE A study focusing on apartheid and post apartheid society through selected words by South African writers in prose, poetry and drama. ELS 4251: EAST AFRICAN LITERATURE East African literary achievement in English or in translation of both minor and major works that show the development of this literature. ELS 4251 NORTH AFRICAN LITERATURE A study of various literary works, in English and through translation, from Africa North of the Sahara. ELS 4052: NEGRITUDE A study of the Negritude movements in Africa and the Caribbean with particular reference to its cultural nationalism in poetry. ELS 4061 LITERATURE AND REVOLUTION Studies the position of all forms of literature (Prose, Drama, Poetry) in relation to social revolution. Emphasis should be on the uses to which literature can and has been put in man’s guest for social transformation. ELS 4062: THE SOCIOLOGY OF LITERATURE A study of the relationship between literature and social phenomenon. The forces from within society create certain conditions which shape literature in specific ways; literature in turn, selectively records and shapes social events and phenomenon. ELS 4071: SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE I A survey of the history of American Literature from the colonial times to the American Renaissance. Emphasis will be on early American literature as a creation of peculiar historical circumstances. All literary genres, prose (fiction and non-fiction) poetry and drama shall be covered. ELS 4072 SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE II A study of late 19th C and 20th C. American Literature. Emphasis will be on modes of literary response to America’s industrialization cultural and political stature. All literary genres shall be covered (ELS 4071 Prerequisite. ELS 4171: HARLEM RENAISSANCE A study of the Harlem Renaissance, a significance epoch in Black American writing, through a detailed study of selected texts (pre-requisite, ELS 3041 and 3042). 251 ELS 4172: COMPARATIVE STUDIES ON BLACK WOMEN WRITERS This course is a study of selected major works of leading African, African American and Caribbean women writers. It is comparative in nature to help students appreciate the cross-cultural parallels and differences in vision and art. ELS 4081: THE 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN NOVEL A comparative study of one of European literature’s most significant achievements, the novel in Britain, France, Germany and Russia. ELS 4082: THE NOVEL IN THE MODERN WORLD A comparative study of novels from various cultures which aims to demonstrate the diversity of an inherited literary form in twentieth century writing. ELS 4181 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN POETRY A comparative study of poetry from Western Europe after romanticism and until the outbreak of the First World War, involving an examination of style and social content. ELS 4182: 20TH CENTURY POETRY A comparative study of early modern and contemporary poetry from Europe. North and South America, Asia and Africa with attention on thematic parallels and stylistic divergences. ELS 4281: AMERICAN POETRY A study of the development of American poetry from colonial times to contemporary experimental writing, with reference to the various influences, literary and social, which helped to shape this tradition. ELS 4091: ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LEXICOLOGY This course examines grammatical categories and functions in English and subjects them to traditional and structural analysis. It also touches on general principles of lexicology; lexical description and theory, the lexicon in English and the dictionary. ELS 4092: SEMANTICS Studies the meaning of utterances. constructions. It tries to go into the function or meaning of different syntactic ELS 4252: WOMEN WRITERS IN AFRICA A course designed for a contextual study of such areas as “The Place of the Women Writers in contemporary Africa”. “The Impact of Feminist ideology on Prose and Poetry” and the general contribution of female writers to the growth and development of contemporary African writing in English and French. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Programme Philosophy and Objectives The History and international Studies Programme of the University of Calabar is designed to enable students acquire good grasp of the content and methodology of Nigerian and African History in the context of World History, and to develop the abilities and benefits traditionally associated with historical study such as critical, analytical faculties, and balanced judgment. Furthermore, the programme reflects the belief that a proper understanding of History, apart from being indispensable to the education of any civilized man, should provide some perspective to related subjects in the humanities, social sciences and the natural sciences. The overall University programme caters for this multi-disciplinary approach to the study o the development of human society. Although the programme emphasizes Nigerian and African history in that order, the realities of our shrinking world necessitate the comparable development, in the long run, of other major areas of Europe, the Middle East, Asia, North America, Latin America and the Caribbean. These regional studies and the recent injection of courses in International Relations and Diplomacy are meant to emphasize the international dimensions of 252 historical studies. This would give the students opportunity to appreciate the main economic, political and social forces that have shaped would historical events. In summary, the programme aims at achieving the following objectives: To give students a thorough understanding of the content and methodology of Nigerian and African history in the context or world history. To enable students develop the abilities and benefits traditionally associated with historical study such as critical, analytical faculties and balanced judgment needed particularly in administrative and managerial responsibilities. To educate students on historical movements of global importance to enable them acquire better knowledge of the world and thus promote world peace. To make students understand the historical forces and developments which have shaped and are still shaping the lives of the peoples of Nigeria, Africa and the world. This understanding will enable them to consciously relate to these forces and developments in such a way that national unity, independence and prosperity can be achieved. Entry Requirement Prospective degree candidatures must satisfy both the general University Entry Requirements and the specific Faculty and Departmental Requirements. 1. Candidates for the four-year (8 semesters) B. A programme, admitted through JAMB University Matriculation Examination, must posses W.A.S.C., S.S.C.E., G.C.E. O/Level, NECO or other equivalent Certificate with credit level passes in at least five subjects taken at not more than two sittings. The five subjects must include English Language and History or Government. 2. Candidates for the three-year (6 semesters) B. A Programme that is, Direct Entry (D. E) candidates, must posses one of the following: (a) Diploma in History or in any other related discipline obtained from the University of Calabar or from any other institutions recognized by the University of Calabar with an overall pass of at least merit level. (b) G.C.E. A/Level Certificate with a minimum of two subjects, including History Or Government with at least a “D” Grade pass in each subject. (c) The National Certificate in Education (N.C.E.) with merit level passes in at least two subjects that should include History or Government. In all cases, D.E. candidates must possess the University Minimum Entry Requirements and the specific Faculty and Department Entry Requirement stated in (1) above. Degree Requirements In addition to any general requirements of the University of Calabar, a student must successfully complete a minimum of 129 course units, 90 of which must be in courses offered in the History Department, to obtain a B. A degree in History. The remaining 39 courses units are distributed as follows: a) General Studies 21 courses units b) Related Discipline 18 courses units Although the Department does not restrict students in their choice of Related Discipline Courses, these courses will be selected in consultation with their Academic Adviser and with the final approval of the Head of department. No student will be allowed to register for more than 24 course units in any one semester or 48 course units in any one session without approval. Examinations All courses shall be examined at the end of the semester in which they are offered. The only exceptions are the year-long courses, viz: the Project (or Long Essay) and the Special Paper courses which will be examined at the end of the academic session. In addition, there will be a comprehensive (or General Paper) examination in the second semester of the final year. 253 This examination is designed to assess historical knowledge across a broad spectrum, and a series of lectures will be given by the staff during the final year to assist students in the preparation for this General Examination. It must be emphasized that the University of Calabar operates on a course system and a grade point average (G.P.A) computation; so a good performance in each course throughout the four or three year programme is essential to the achievement of a good honours degree. Academic Adviser Each student on entering the department will be assigned an academic adviser from among the staff. The Adviser’s primary responsibility is to help the student formulate a well-integrated academic programme which meets the needs and interests of the student and complies with University regulations. Close liaison with an Academic Adviser is crucial to a successful academic experience. Project (or Long-Essay) Every student in the Department must submit during the second semester of their final year a project paper of approximately 10,000 words on a subject acceptable to the Department. Given the importance and complexity of this requirement, students are encouraged to start the process of formulating an appropriate topic by at least the beginning of their third year of studies. By the end of their third year of studies, each student must submit, and have approved, a suitable research topic. Once a topic has been approved, the student will be assigned a supervisor from among the academic staff. The special project will be researched and written under the guidance of the supervisor. The project requirement is designed to enable students handle problems of collecting, collating and synthesizing historical evidence. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR ONE Course Code GSS1101 GSS1111 1ST SEMESTER Course title Use of English I Citizenship Education Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code GSS1102 GSS1132 GSS1121 HIS1101 Philosophy and Logic Introductory History I 3 3 HIS1102 HIS1112 HIS1111 History of Africa to 1500 3 HIS1132 HIS1121 HIS1131 History of Europe to 1848 Introductory to International Studies and Diplomacy 3 3 HIS1132 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Use of English II History and Philosophy of Science Introductory History II History of Africa to 15001800 Law and Diplomatic Practices in Pre-Colonial Africa Major World Civilization 3 Total Number of Credit Hours Total Hours 21 Number of Credit Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 YEAR TWO Course Code HIS2101 HIS2211 HIS2221 HIS2231 1ST SEMESTER Course title History of Africa in the 19th Century History of Northern Africa from Classical Times to 19th Century History of Eastern Europe Themes in the History of 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Course Code HIS2202 3 HIS2212 History of Africa in the 20th Century U.S Policy toward Africa 3 3 HIS2222 HIS2232 History of the Middle East History of Asia 254 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 HIS2241 HIS2251 FRH1061 GSS2001 U.S.A Europe and the wider world since 1848 Theories and practices of Diplomacy French Language I Computer Appreciation Total Number of Credit Hours 3 HIS2242 History of Russia 3 3 HIS2252 3 3 3 24 FRH1062 GSS2002 History of Latin. American and the Caribbean French Language II Computer Appreciation Total Number of Credit Hours Students to take HIS 2201, HIS 2241, HIS 2251, GSS 2001, FRH 10612 any other two History courses from a related discipline. 3 24 andone course Students to take HIS 2202, HIS 2242, HIS 2252, GSS 2002, FRH 1062, two other history courses and one course from a related discipline. YEAR THREE Course Code HIS3301 HIS3311 HIS3321 HIS3331 HIS3341 HIS3351 HIS3361 HIS3371 HIS3381 1ST SEMESTER Course title History of Nigeria to 1800 History of West Africa to 1900 History of East and Central Africa History of Southern Africa to 1910 History of African Nationalism Comparative studies in Economic Growth & Development in the 19th and 20th Centuries History of Political Thought I The Military in African History Strategic Studies in Modern Times Total Number of Credit Hours 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Course Code HIS3302 3 HIS3312 3 HIS3322 3 HIS3332 3 HIS3342 3 HIS3352 The Cold War Diplomacy in the World War II Era 3 HIS3362 3 HIS3372 History of Political Thought II African Diaspora and African Development History of Nigeria since 1800 History of West Africa since 1900 History of East and Central Africa since 1800 History of Southern Africa since 1910 Field Research in History Total Hours 27 and Post Number of Credit Students to take, HIS 3301, HIS 3341, HIS 33811, any other two history courses and two course from a disciplines. Students to take, HIS 330, HIS 334, disciplines. Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 related HIS 3352, any other two history courses and two course from a related YEAR FOUR Course Code HIS4401 HIS4511 HIS4410 HIS4420 HIS4430 HIS4440 1ST SEMESTER Course title Special Project (Long Essay) Comprehensive Paper Atlantic Slave Trade Old Calabar and its environs Evolution of the Nigeria State Society and Economy in Nigeria Credit Hr 3 Course Code HIS4400 3 3 3 HIS4500 HIS4410 HIS4420 3 HIS4430 3 HIS4440 255 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Special Project (Long Essay) Comprehensive Paper Atlantic Slave Trade Old Calabar and its environs Evolution of the Nigeria State Society and Economy in Nigeria Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 HIS4450 HIS4460 HIS4470 HIS4401 HIS4411 HIS4421 HIS4431 HIS4441 HIS4451 Jihads of Northern Nigeria People, Trade and politics in the Cross River Region Liberation struggles in Africa Philosophy of History 3 3 HIS4470 HIS4402 Regional Co-operation and Integration in the third World History of Islam in Africa HIS4432 History of Christianity in Africa Theories of Imperialism Modern Revolutions HIS4452 HIS4441 HIS4462 HIS4472 Selected case Studies HIS4461 Historiography since 1800 HIS4471 Nigerian Urban History HIS4481 HIS4491 HIS4450 HIS4460 Slavery in Africa and the New World Economic History of Africa to the 19th Century Total Number of Credit Hours HIS4482 HIS4492 Jihads of Northern Nigeria People, Trade and politics in the Cross River Region Liberation struggles in Africa Nigeria and the International Economy Problems of Nation Building in Africa The changing Global, political and Economic Order Blacks in the New World Since Emancipation History of Pan-Africanism History of Asians in East Africa History of African Religion History of African Religion Economic History of Africa since the 19th Century Total Hours 57 3 Number of Credit 51 Students to take, HIS 4400, one from HIS 4410-4470, HIS 4401, HIS 4411, HIS 4441 and any other two history courses. COURSE DESCRIPTION HIS 1101/HIS 1102: INTRODUCTORY HISTORY I/II This course seeks to acquaint students with the nature of the discipline of history, to introduce them to some historical ideas and explanations, to train them in some basic historical skills and to teach them how to collect and use evidence. The course combines lectures with practical working sessions in order to give students training in the methods of studying history, the process of historical research and the presentation or research results in clear, accurate and imaginative form. Though illustrative examples are drawn from a variety of world areas, the major focus is on the African continent. HIS 1111: HISTORY OF AFRICA TO 1500 This course will cover such diverse topics as; Africa and the origin of man; The domestication of plants and animals; the Nile Valley Civilization and its impact on Africa South of the Sahara; patterns of migration and settlement, Africa and the Moslem World; State formation, the coming of the Europeans and their impact on African social, political and economic institutions. HIS 1121: HISTORY OF EUROPE TO 1848 An examination of political, social, intellectual and economic revolutions in Europe. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific revolution; enlightened despotism in Austria, Prussia and Russia; French Revolution, Industrial Revolution, Revolutions of 1848 and Unification of Italy and Germany. HIS 1131: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES AND DIPLOMACY This Course seeks to acquaint students with the nature of the discipline of international studies, to introduce them to some international ideas, concepts and explanations and to train them in some basic skills in international relations and politics. The course will cover such divers areas as: Theories of international politics, Foreign policy, international Monetary Economics and Trade, Elements of Power and International integration or interdependence. 256 Major concepts and policies like Alliances, Balance of Power, Balance of Terror, Universal and Regional Security Systems will be considered along with instruments of international Negotiation, Sanctions and International Technical Assistance. HIS 1112: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL STUDIES AND DIPLOMACY Expansion of European influence in Africa, the disintegration of African states and the consequences; the slave trade and major economic, social and political developments of the period form major focus of this course. HIS 1122: INTERNATIONAL LAW AND DIPLOMACY IN PRE-COLONIAL AFRICA This course examines in detail the types of inter-state laws prevalent in pre-colonial Africa, how they were used for the purpose of inter-state relations. It is also concerned with a thorough investigation of how the aims and purpose of diplomacy were achieved in Africa in the period under review. Emphasis will be placed on the origins and sources of international law in Pre-colonial Africa, Nature and uses of contractual obligations and inter-state Agreements, General Principle, Pre-colonial African Law, the use of Force, Settlement of Disputes, Pre-colonial Diplomatic methods and Procedures like Bargaining and Negotiation. HIS 1132: MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS A general survey of some of the major world civilizations and some of their major contributions to historical developments e.g. the Egyptians, the Arabs, the Greeks, the Romans, the Chinese and the Europeans. HIS 2201: AFRICA IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY The 19th Century as the age of religious, political, socio-economic and military revolutions, prelude to the European colonization of Africa; the impact of the movement to abolish the slave trade through missionary activities; African resistance to the establishment of European rule; and the partition of Africa are the major themes of this course. HIS 2211: HISTORY OF NORTHERN AFRICA FROM CLASSICAL TIMES TO THE 19TH CENTURY This course introduces the students to the classical age of African history, when neither America nor Australia was ever discovered and brought within the orbit of our impact of the latter on the rest of Africa, Europe and the Near East; the rise of Greece and Rome on the opposite shores of the Mediterranean sea; the interrelationship of the three Mediterranean continents as dictated by their physical environments and the eventual imperialistic involvements of Mediterranean Africa within the ambit of economic, social and political fortunes of Europe which finally left it more Europe than Africa, and whose aftermath made it an easy prey to Arabism. HIS 2221: HISTORY OF EASTERN EUROPE A survey of East European History from the times of the Slav and Magyar migrations to the present, with emphasis on the period since the formation of nation states in the area. Particular attention will be paid to the significance of the area in a global context; for instance, as the place where Geographically, the course will deal with East-Central Europe and the Balkans. HIS 2231: THEMES IN THE HISTORY OF U.S.A. This course is designed to introduce students to the origins of the United States and to the course of its development until the end of the civil war. Surveys of the revolutionary war, the making of the constitution, and the Jeffersonian and Jacksonian periods, will emphasize the ideals of distinctive institutions of the new national studies of the growth of slavery, the phenomenon of Manifest Destiny, and the civil war itself will indicate the challenges which the nation met or did not meet. HIS 2241: EUROPE AND THE WIDER WORLD SINCE 1870 The Course analyses and discusses Europe’s relations with other continents and peoples since 1870. While focusing on important developments in Europe itself, lectures will also give sharp relieve to Europe’s responses to challenges, and readjustments to her changing role in her mainstream of world history. Themes considered will include the rise of the German Empire and its challenge to the status quo; shifts in alliances and alignments; problems of Empire e.g. the “New Imperialism”; the World Wars; Dictatorship; Nazism and 257 Fascism; international organizations, e.g. The League of Nations and the United Nations; new power bases, e.g. The U.S.A., China, Russia, etc., Decolonization, and the Emergence of the Third World. HIS 2251: THEORIES AND PRACTICES OF DIPLOMACY An examination of the emergence of nation states in Europe and the growth of diplomatic inter-course. The course will also consider Diplomacy and the emergence of international law. Issues to be considered include inter alia, the Holy Alliance, Vienna Congress 1815, Aix-La-chapelle Congress 1818, the Hague System, the concept of Europe, Congress of Berlin, Colonialism, Trade and Diplomatic Theory. HIS 2201: AFRICA IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Africa under European rule; the different theories and practices of the European powers in administering Africa; the political, economic, social and cultural impact of European rule on Africa; independence movements; the problems of nation-building in Africa; are among the principle topics dealt with in this course. HIS 2212: US POLICY TOWARDS AFRICA This course examines the US policy towards Africa since the 19th Century. Issues to be considered include the origins of US relations with Africa, the strategic, political economic and cultural importance of Africa to US foreign policy and trade. The course shall also examine the implication of the Cold War Diplomacy on Africa and the importance of US to Africa in post-cold war era. HIS 2222: HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST This course is designed to provide a survey of Middle Eastern History, starting with the rise and expansion of Islam and ending with Petro-Dollar Diplomacy in the 20th Century. It also deals with important topics such as the Caliphate system, the Seljuk Empire, domination of the Ottoman Empire, reaction and reform in the Middle East, nationalism and the struggle for independence, creation of Israel, and the Arab-Israeli conflict. HIS 2232: HISTORY OF ASIA This course is essentially a survey of Asian History, but it will focus on the study of Chinese, Japanese and Indian modernization processes. Emphasis will be placed on factors that acted as catalysts, as well as constraints, in the modernization process. A comparative study of social, economic, cultural and political developments in these countries would provide the students an opportunity to find out resemblances, as well as contradictions, of similar developments in African countries. HIS 2242: HISTORY OF RUSSIA A survey of Russian History with emphasis on the Russian Empire in modern times, and on the soviet Union down to the present. The course will examine major political, economic and cultural developments, as well as the soviet impact on the world and its role as a superpower. HIS 2252: HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN This course centers on aspects of the political; social and economic history of the Latin American and Caribbean regions from the 15th Century to the present, with special emphasis on the 19th and 20th centuries. In examining the inter-relationships between the various peoples who came to inhabit the Countries of the region, the course will cover such topics as, society and culture in the pre-Columbian era; Spanish conquest and colonization; inter-European rivalry; the encomienda-system, plantation society movements; the decline of Europe and the rise of the U.S.A. in the Americas; nation-building processes; regional integration and modern political parties and military regimes. HIS 3301: HISTORY OF NIGERIA TO 1800 This course deals with the early historical development in the Niger/Benue basin before 1800. Nigeria as a country of the Niger Basin is emphasized along with the impact of various geographical features which determined primary inter-group association. The course also focuses on the gradual evolution of the early communities with specific emphasis on socio-economic interaction among various groups that now inhabit Nigeria. HIS 3311: WEST AFRICA TO 1800 258 This course examines the main social, political, economic and cultural developments among West African peoples before the era of increased European activities in the region. In accordance with modern African historiography, emphasis is on the African people’s themselves-their material, intellectual and other achievements (and failures0 as they tried to exploit their diversified environment for their livelihood. European activities are discussed only to the extent that they affected the African initiatives. The course underscores the underlying unity of the West African sub-region as well as the roots of the region’s present political, economic and cultural problems and the possibilities of their solution. HIS 3321: EAST AND CENTRAL AFRICA TO 1800 This course takes and adopts exploratory pattern. It examines the natural and internal dynamics of African States from the earliest times to the eve of European contact. Emphasis is placed on such themes and internal developments like long distance trade, and state formation processes in the sub-region. A critical look is taken at the geography of the area with the aim of assessing the implications of topography and the acquisition of iron culture, of population distribution and state formation. Additionally, students are afforded the opportunity to make an assessment of the extent and impact of the Indian Ocean trade on East and Central Africa. HIS 3331: SOUTHERN AFRICA TO 1910 An examination of the early history of Southern Africa up to the Union of South Africa in 1910. The course is building process, economic development and social integration in the Southern Africa region, that is, south Africa, Angola, Mozambique, Lesotho, Swaziland, Botswana and Namibia as a prelude to the events leading to the evolution of the modern histories of the various states. HIS 3341: HISTORY OF AFRICAN NATIONALISM This course concentrates on the various forms of African resistance to colonialism, from the primary struggles against the imposition of colonial rule to the decolonization process of the post war years. Attention is also focused on post colonial nationalist thought and strategy. The thrust of the course will be to show how the demand for independence developed out of African participating in struggles to improve conditions under colonialism, whether in the sphere of wages, working conditions, cash crop prices, land alienation, education, housing or promotion. The works of leading nationalist figures, such as Casely Hayford, Jabavu and Horton etc will of course be discussed. HIS 3351: COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT IN THE NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURY This is an advanced course, designed to explore a number of major economic themes in selected areas of Africa, Asia, Europe and the Americas up to the mid-nineteenth century. An in-depth analysis will be made of such economic themes as changing agricultural production structures and distribution systems, trading policies, mercantilism, maritime technology, the slave trade as well as the economic factors behind them. HIS 3361/HIS 3362: THE HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT-1/11 This course traces the development of political thought from Aristotle to the present. It will be structured over two semesters as follows: (1) Classical and Medieval European thinkers (2) Modern European Political thought from Machiavelli to Marx. (3) Socialist thought since Marx, and (4) Third World Political thought. Readings will include interpretative material as well as the original writings of some of the acknowledged scholars in this field. HIS 3371: THE MILITARY IN AFRICAN HISTORY This course encompasses studies in African military history from pre-colonial times to the present. Beginning with a look at the meaning of military historiography the course will pay attention to the nature and role of precolonial African military organization. Furthermore, it will examine in detail the beginnings, growth and role of colonial military organizations which became the legacy of independent African States. Other significant phenomena like the changing and expanding role of the military intervention and participation in the politics and governance of independent African states will also be discussed. HIS 3381: INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC STUDIES 259 This course will introduce students to some of the arguments over the historical origins of strategy, utility value of strategy, analysis of the economic, psychological and military dimensions of strategy. Students will also be exposed to some of the major economic, political, environmental and military theories of strategy as propounded by such early thinkers in the field as Sun-Tzu, Hannibal, Carl Von Clausewitz, Otto Von Bismark, Von Molke etc. HIS 3302: HISTORY OF NIGERIA 1800 This course is a study of: indigenous political and economic systems at the beginning of the 19th Century; the Jihad in Hausa land and its impact; expansion of European influences through Consular power and the Royal Niger Company: Nigeria under colonial rule; Economic, social and political developments since World War II: problems of nation building in Nigeria. HIS 3312: WEST AFRICA SINCE 1800 This course provides an in-depth study of the West African region through analysis of the major social, economic, cultural and political developments that occurred in the region since the beginning of 19th Century. The major focus is of the state of the West African societies and politics at the close of the 18 th Century; the development of indigenous states and societies during the 19th Century; Islamic religious movements, economic activities, changing nature of West Africa’s involvement with Europe; West African responses to expansion of European activities; European rule and its impact on West African Peoples and societies; African nationalist activities; problems of nation building in post colonial West Africa. HIS 3322: EAST AND CENTRAL AFRICA SINCE 1800 This course makes a general survey of historical developments in East and Central Africa on the advent of the first Europeans in the era of the Portuguese. This period was also one of greater European involvement and interference in African domestic affairs with the arrival of the British, the French, the Dutch, etc. The effect European presence on the traditional course and direction of trade is given considerable focus. An incisive study is also made on campaigns geared towards slave trade abolition, accompanied by the era of formal European administration, nationalism, decolonization and independence. The course generally arms the students with the tool of effectively appraising the impact of colonial rule on Africa traditional politics. HIS 3332: SOUTHERN AFRICA SINCE 1910 Covering the modern histories of the various states in the region, the course will concentrate on nationalist and liberation struggles in the region. It is designed to familiarize students with the economy, politics and the cultures of the region as a solid basis for a proper understanding of the issues of apartheid, African resistance movements and political integration. HIS 3342: FIELD RESEARCH IN HISTORY An examination of the major problems encountered in doing research on the history of non-literate or preliterate societies. Emphasis to be placed on the techniques of collecting, collating and interpreting oral and archaeological evidences. The course is designed to prepare students for their project papers. HIS 3352: COLD WAR AND ITS AFTERMATH This course is concerned with the emergence of the USA and the USSR as superpowers, each supported by faithful blocs in Europe and how it led to a state of global tension which centered particular on the boundaries between them. The course then examines the implications of the internationalization of the cold war politics in Africa. Areas to be covered in lectures include:- the geo-strategic significance of Africa miniaturization and cold war diplomacy in the Horn of Africa and South Africa. Emphasis will be placed on the social, economic, political and geo-strategic implications of cold war for Africa and the realities of post war politics in Africa. HIS 3372: AFRICAN DIASPORA AND AFRICAN DEVELOPMENT 1870 TO THE PRESENT This course examines the impulses which have shaped African American attitudes towards and by that token influenced the nature of their contributions towards African development during the post-emancipation period. Such attitudes have tended to change in sympathy with the radical climate in America, while African development needs to be properly addressed. In view of the critical nature of diasporaic contribution to the development of some states elsewhere, e.g. Israel, the course takes a critical look at the nature of African- 260 American responses to African development and vice versa. It identifies such responses in ideas and materials both in America and Africa. HIS 4400: PROJECT Every final year student of the Department must submit a long essay of about 10,000 words on a subject acceptable to the Department. The essay, to be written under the supervision of a senior member of the academic staff, is designed to test the student’s skills in handling problems of collecting, collating, analyzing and synthesizing historical evidence. HIS 4410: THE ATLANTIC SLAVE TRADE Based on selected documents, travelers’ documents and autobiographies of ex-slaves, the course examines the development of the Atlantic slave trade and its consequences for West Africa, Europe, the West Indies and the Americas. The movement for abolition of slave trade and slavery is also emphasized. HIS 4420: OLD CALABAR AND ENVIRONS BEFORE THE TWENTIETH CENTURY A study based on travellers’ and missionary accounts, intelligence reports and relevant Provincial papers of the evolution of the city states of old Calabar and the resultant dominant role of the Efik in the economic and cultural life of the peoples of the Cross River Basin. HIS 4430: THE EVOLUTION OF THE NIGERIA STATE A study based on documents and related material of the administrative and constitutional development in Nigeria from 1886 to independence. HIS 4440: ECONOMY AND SOCIETY IN NIGERIA This course is a study of the economic organization of the Nigerian peoples from the pre-colonial to the colonial times. Emphasis will however, be on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Knowledge of the traditional economic organization will be an essential background to the understanding of the economic trends of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Among the topics to be discussed are: indigenous sources of credit and growing crops, the money lender, the system of pledging land and leasing palm trees: the use of clubs, bank credit and the co-operative credit societies, they will be examined against the background of their contribution to societal growth and development. HIS 4450: THE JIHADS OF NORTHERN NIGERIA This course is an in-depth study of the nineteenth century Jihad movement in Northern Nigeria. Emphasis will be placed on its causes and consequences particularly its role in shaping the political, social and economic institutions in Nigeria. HIS 4460: TRADE AND POLITICS IN THE NORTHERN CROSS RIVER REGION TO 1900 This course examines the peopling of the Cross River Region. Its main focus will be on how various communities were affected politically by local and external trade, especially the trade with the Europeans. Factors that led to the evolution of social and political structures will be closely examined together with the organization, growth and patterns of trade and trade links. HIS 4470: LIBERATION STRUGGLES IN AFRICA Based on the new form of independence nationalism in Africa, the course would concentrate on the armed struggles in Africa-Cape Verde, Guinea Bissau, Mozambique and Algeria. In its basic contents, the course will concentrate on both the evolution and ideological content of the various struggles as well as the attendant resistance movements. The problems of race and culture would be highlighted. It is designed to give students an up to date account of new forms of African nationalism. HIS 4401: PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY The course examines the nature of history, its development as a discipline and its relevance to the society. HIS 4411: REGIONAL CO-OPERATION AND INTEGRATION IN THE THIRD WORLD 261 This course traces and analyses the evolution and development of the concept of regional co-operation and integration among the developing countries of the third world. In recent years, regional co-operation has become one of the topical issues in the field of economic development and integration. It has come to be considered as an important instrument in economic development of the third world. Regional integration and co-operation is widely acknowledged as a major way out of the deep and worsening political and economic crisis confronting the third world today. Students are to be introduced to the analysis of substantive issues. Though emphasis will be placed on the third world, European experience on regional co-operation and integration would be used to enrich the study. HIS 4421: HISTORY OF ISLAM IN AFRICA This course deals with the development of Islam from the 7th century A.D to the 20th century in various parts of Africa. The general aim of the course is to examine the degree of Islam acceptance and its consequent cultural assimilation by the Africans. The areas of conflict and compromise between Islam and traditional African religion are also analyzed. HIS 4431: HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY IN AFRICA This course deals with the advent of Christianity in Africa from the first century A.D to the 20 th Century. The role of Christianity as an agent of colonialism and European cultural imperialism, as well as the more positive contributions of Christianity in the field of Education and modernization are explored. HIS 4441: THEORIES OF IMPERIALISM This course will acquaint students with some of the major economic political, sociological and psychological theories of imperialism propounded by such thinkers as J.A. Hobson, V. I Lenin, J. A. Schumpetor, D. K. Field house, etc; arguments over the historical origin of imperialism, the relationship of imperialism to capitalism, underdevelopment imperialism and neo-colonialism and the possibility of imperialism without colonies. In addition, some attempt will be made to apply the various theories to some selected case studies on a worldwide basis. HIS 4451: MODERN REVOLUTIONS: SELECTED CASE STUDIES The course seeks to raise questions about the theory and practice of revolutions by examining in detail some theories of revolution and the applications of theory and deviation from it in modern revolutions. Students are given the opportunity to review the literature of some of the revolutions in America. Particular attention is focused on revolutions in Africa, especially toward the end of the course. The major objective of the course is to develop the ability of the students to interpret the contemporary historical realities in the light of the theoretical data and experience of the revolutions studied and to reach their own conclusion. HIS 4461: HISTORIOGRAPHY SINCE 1800 An analysis of the major trends and arguments concerning the nature, purpose, meaning, and varieties, of history since the professionalization of the discipline in the nineteenth century through the works of prominent historians and philosophers like Leopold Von Ranke, Barthold George, Niebuhr Thomas, Bebington Macaulay, Thomas Carlyle, Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, Arnold Toynbee and others. The major emphasis, however, will be placed on trends in the writing of African history since the 1950s. HIS 4471: NIGERIA URBAN HISTORY The growth of urban history-scope, methods and relevance, with special reference to Africa; Pre-Colonial urbanization in Nigeria-determinants and trends; urban policies in the colonial period-urban and town planning; administration and finance; internal characterization of towns; issues in modern urban development; and the city in Nigerian history; are the principal themes in this course. HIS 4481: SLAVERY IN AFRICA AND THE NEW WORLD A comparative analysis of the institution of slavery in pre-colonial Africa and selected areas of the New World. Special attention will be paid to the internal social, political and cultural organization of the slave communities. The role of white economic, social and cultural institutions in shaping life in the communities will also be stressed. HIS 4491: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF AFRICA TO THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 262 This is an advanced course in economic themes, on a comparative basis, throughout the African continent. Selected regions will be covered, varying over the years, depending on available staff and expertise. The interrelationship of internal economic developments and the growing absorption into international economy, the increasing emphasis on commodity production and exchange factors and the economic forces behind partition, the economics of early colonialism will be some of the major areas of concern. HIS 4402: NIGERIA AND THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMY SINCE 1960 This course examines the nature and character of Nigeria economic relationship with the wider world since independence. The course will evaluate the nature and impact of Nigeria’s relationship with international organizations such as the World Bank, the international Monetary Fund, the International Labour Organization, and her numerous bilateral and multi-lateral trade agreements. The position which the country occupies as one of the biggest markets in Africa and her potentials as a major exporter to the West African region will also be critically appraised. HIS 4432: PROBLEMS OF NATION BUILDING IN AFRICA SINCE 1945 The social, economic and political legacy of colonialism: party politics; problems of ethnicity with particular reference to Nigeria; the military in African politics; are some of the problems of Nation-building dealt with in this course. HIS 4442: THE CHANGING GLOBAL, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC ORDER This course examines the dynamic characteristics of international political economic relations in the evolving world (global) system. The surging search for alternative international order has occasioned changes in the global system both in model, structure, organization, etc, with varying implications for conduit, tension cooperator, dependence, interdependence etc. Specific issues reflective of these scenarios will be examined. HIS 4452: BLACK COMMUNITIES IN THE NEW WORLD SINCE EMANCIPATION A comparative analysis on the major social, political and economic issues confronting New World Blacks since Emancipation, Comparative Race Relation in Latin America, North America and the Caribbean since Emancipation; Black Response to segregation and discrimination, the Civil Right and Black Power Movements; New World Blacks and their Africa consciousness in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, are to be covered in this course. HIS 4462: HISTORY OF PAN-AFRICANISM An examination of the origins, nurturing and flowering of the pan-African idea in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries through the works of some of the better known exponents of the idea like: Henry Sylvester Williams, W. E. B. Dubois, Marcus Carvey, Edward Blyden, Malcoln X, Kwame Nkrumah and some contemporary Black leaders and spokesmen. Special attention will be paid to the organizational aspects of the phenomenon, including the pan-African Conferences and Congresses, the Back-to Africa Movements, the Organization of African Unity and similar efforts made to concretize the cultural dimensions of pan-Africanism. HIS 4472: HISTORY OF ASIANS IN EAST AFRICA An analysis of the establishment of Asian communities and their social, economic and political impact on the East Africa Region until recent times. HIS 4482: HISTORY OF AFRICAN RELIGION This course will examine various aspects of African religious beliefs such as: concepts of God and other supernational forces, the nature and function of spirits, magic and rituals, and ancestor veneration all within the framework of men’s relationship to God, nature and society. Additionally, some focus will be directed towards the interplay of religious focus within as historical context stimulating syncretic system and the restructuring of African cosmologies. The rise of indigenous churches, as well as the role played by some of the religions in the independence struggles, and some of the most significant development in African religious movements since independence, will be the other aspect studied in the final part of the course. HIS 4492: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF AFRICA SINCE THE NINETEENTH CENTURY This advanced course in economic history will focus on a number of major economic themes, on a comparative basis, throughout the Africa continent. Selected regions will be covered, varying over the years, depending on available staff and expertise. The interrelationship of internal economic developments and the 263 growing absorption into the international economy, the increasing emphasis on commodity production and exchange, the economic factors and the economic forces behind partition, the economics of, colonialism and post-independence strategies of development will be some of the major areas of concern. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND TRANSLATION STUDIES HISTORY This history of the Department of Modern Languages and Translation Studies, as is known today, dates back to the 1975/76 session when the University of Calabar was still a campus of the University of Nigeria, Nsukka. In 1976 when the University was statutorily established, the Department was called Department of Modern Languages offering a degree programme in French with subsidiary in German. In 1982, the Department was enlarged and renamed Department of Languages and Linguistics introducing thus the Linguistic component into the programme, that is, two programmes in one. It became necessary to restructure and reposition the Department as constituted, so as to cater for all aspects of French studies in addition to German, Spanish, African and Caribbean Literature, and Comparative Literature. A request for bifurcation and creation of a separate autonomous Department of Modern Languages was put before the Senate. Academic Programmes (A) Undergraduate The Department offers Undergraduate and Postgraduate Programmes in French Language and Translation Studies. Courses in the two disciplines were also undertaken at the level of Diploma in The Diploma in Language Studies (DLS) programme offered by the Department until recently. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME: B. A. HONS LANGUAGES (FRENCH) INTRODUCTION The department offers courses leading to the award of B.A. Degree in French with subsidiary Spanish and German. It also offers courses to B. A. Education/French majors as well as service courses to other departments in the Faculties of Law, Arts and Science. Other languages may be introduced from time to time depending on the availability of staff and resources and in response to need. FRENCH Cross River State, in which this university is located, shares a common border with the Republic of Cameroon, a French speaking country. This proximity underlines the relevance of French not only in the state but also in Nigeria surrounded, as it is, by French speaking counties. Although French is taught in secondary schools, the shortage of teachers and lack of facilities severally restrict the output of school leavers with a good foundation in French. Accordingly, courses in the Department lay great stress on quasi-remedial teaching in the first year. For admission to syllabus “A” in French, preference is given to candidates with GCE “O” level in French or its equivalent. A special alternative syllabus “B” is proposed for candidates with little or no previous knowledge of French. It is hoped that through the use of modern audio-visual methods and equipment, additional vacation courses in French speaking countries and a semester year spent abroad, a common level is achieved for both syllabus “A” and syllabus “B” students in the final year. SPANISH The introduction/teaching of Spanish is informed by the fact that Spanish is spoken in 20 countries and it is the fourth most widely spoken language in the world. It is recognized by the U.N.O. as a world language. The fact that it is the official language used in Equatorial Guinea, a neighbouring country also pleads in favour of its inclusion in our academic programme. 264 GERMAN This course is intended to be a subsidiary course primarily for students specializing in Modern Languages. It is an audio-visual course for absolute beginners in German. TRANSLATION The imperative of international diplomacy, globalization and the need for integration in the West African Subregion call for increased interest in translation studies and accounts for the weighting accorded translation in the programme. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR A FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMME AND A THREE YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMME IN LANGUAGES (FRENCH) A. 1. Four-Year Degree Programme In addition to the general entry requirements, a candidate should posses: 5 “0” level Credit passes in 5 subjects including English language and one other arts subject. Knowledge of French or Spanish is only an advantage but not a requirement. B. Three year Degree Programme Direct Entry 5 “0” Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English Language plus 2 A/L passes in two subjects one of which must be in French. OR 2. 4 “0” Level credit passes in 4 subjects including English Language plus 3A/L passes in 3 subjects one of which must be in French. OR 3. 5 “0” Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English Language plus 2 merit or credit passes in NCE one of which must be in French. 4. 5 “0” Level credit passes in 5 subjects including English Language plus Diploma in Language Studies at credit or merit level. COURSE OUTLINE B. A. (HONS.) FRENCH (Compulsory Courses) Course Syllabus (A) 1. YEAR ONE Course Code FRT1001 FRT1011 FRT1021 FRT1031 1ST SEMESTER Course title Corrective Grammar I French Comprehensive I Oral French I Introduction to Translation I Required Courses SPN1001 Audio-Lingual Spanish I OR GER1001 Audio-Lingual Spanish I GSS1101 Use of English I GSS1121 Philosophy and Logic GSS1111 Citizenship Education Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 Course Code FRT1002 FRT1012 FRT1022 FRT1031 3 SPN1002 3 GER1002 GSS1102 GSS1132 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Corrective Grammar II French Comprehensive II Oral French II Introduction to Translation II Required Courses Audio-Lingual Spanish II OR Audio-Lingual German II Use of English II History and Philosophy of Science Total Hours 24 Number of Credit Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 YEAR TWO Compulsory Courses 1ST SEMESTER Course Course title Code FRT2001 French Grammatical Structures I Credit Hr 3 Course Code FRT2002 265 2ND SEMESTER Courses title French Structures II Grammatical Credit Hr 3 FRT2011 Intro. to Modern French Literature Oral French III (Vowels) 3 FRT2012 3 FRT2022 Aspects to Translation I Required Courses SPN2001 Intermediate Spanish I OR GER2001 Intermediate German I LIN1001 Introduction to Linguistics I Elective outside the Dept. 3 FRT3032 3 SPN2001 Total Number of Credit Hours 21 FRT2021 FRT3031 3 3 3 GER2001 LIN1001 Introduction to Francophone Lit Oral French IV (Consonants) Aspects to Translation II Required Courses Intermediate Spanish II OR Intermediate German II Introduction to Linguistics II 3 GSS2112 Introduction to Computers Elective outside the Dept. Total Number of Credit Hours 3 3 24 3 3 3 3 3 YEAR THREE (Compulsory Courses) Course Code FRT3001 1ST SEMESTER Course title 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Credit Hr 3 Course Code FRT3002 French Lexis 3 FRT3042 Survey of Frenco Lit. 3 3 3 3 FRT3052 FRT3062 FRT3072 3 3 3 3 18 FRT3082 Composition in French II Practical French II French Cultural and Civilization Translation II Total Number of Credit Hours (One Semester is normally spent abroad or in the French Language Village, Badagry). 18 FRT3041 FRT3051 FRT3061 FRT3071 FRT3081 French Grammatical Structures III Survey of French Literature Composition in French I Practical French I African Cultural and Thought in French Translation I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 YEAR FOUR Compulsory Courses Course Code FRT4001 FRT4011 FRT4021 FRT4051 SPN2001 GER2001 FRT4065 1ST SEMESTER Course title Translation III French Literature 17th Century French Literature 19th Century Francophone Literature I Required Courses Intermediate Spanish I OR Intermediate German I Oral Literature in French Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code FRT4002 FRT4012 3 FRT4022 3 FRT4032 FRT4052 3 3 3 3 SPN2002 GER2002 FRT4075 18 266 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Translation IV French Literature 18th Century French Literature 20th Century Francophone Literature II Special Topic in French II Required Courses Intermediate Spanish II Intermediate German II Oral French and Advanced Composition Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 YEAR ONE Course Syllabus (B) (Compulsory Courses) 1ST SEMESTER Course Course title Code FRT1031 Intro. to Translation I FRT1051 Audio-Visual French I FRT1071 Audio-Lingual French I FRT1081 Audio-Oral French I Required Courses LIN1001 Introduction to Linguistics I Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 Course Code FRT1032 FRT1052 FRT1072 FRT1082 3 LIN1002 GSS1102 GSS1132 GSS1101 GSS1121 Use of English I Philosophy and Logic 3 3 GSS1111 Citizenship Education 3 Total Number Hours of Credit 24 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Intro. to Translation I Audio-Visual French I Audio-Lingual French I Audio-Oral French I Required Courses Audio-Lingual Spanish II Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 Use of English II History and Philosophy of Science 3 3 Total Hours 21 Number of Credit Course Syllabus Compulsory Courses YEAR TWO Course Code FRT2001 FRT2011 FRT2021 1ST SEMESTER Course title French Grammatical Structures I Intro. to Modern French Literature Oral French III (Vowels) FRT3031 Credit Hr 3 3 3 Aspects to Translation I Required Courses SPN2001 Intermediate Spanish I OR GER2001 Intermediate German I LIN1001 Introduction to Linguistics I An elective outside the Dept. 3 Total Number of Credit Hours 21 3 3 3 Course Code FRT2002 2ND SEMESTER Courses title French Grammatical Structures II FRT2012 Introduction to Francophone Lit FRT2022 Oral French IV (Consonants) FRT3032 Aspects to Translation II Required Courses SPN2002 Audio-Lingual Spanish II OR GER2002 Audio-Lingual Spanish I An elective outside the Dept. Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Total Hours Number of Credit 21 YEAR THREE * YEAR 3 (One Semester is normally spent abroad or at the French Language Village, Badagry). 1st and 2nd Semesters: Same as Syllabus A Programme YEAR FOUR Same as Syllabus A Programme DIRECT ENTRY A. Requirements These students will be admitted as 2nd Year French Students. They should, therefore, complete the B. A. Honours (French) Programme in three (3) years. 267 SYLLABUS FOR HOLDERS OF NCE (Compulsory Courses) YEAR ONE Course Code FRT2001 FRT2011 FRT2021 FRT3031 1ST SEMESTER Course title French Grammatical Structures I Intro. to Modern French Literature Oral French III (Vowels) Aspects to Translation I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code SPN1001 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Audio-Lingual Spanish II 3 OR 3 3 GER1001 Audio-Lingual German I LIN1001 Introduction to Linguistics I An elective (Outside the Dept.) Total Number of Credit Hours 12 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 12 Course Syllabus Compulsory Courses YEAR TWO Course Code FRT2001 1ST SEMESTER Course title French Grammatical Structures I FRT2011 Intro. to Modern French Literature FRT2021 Oral French III (Vowels) FRT3031 Aspects to Translation I Required Courses SPN2001 Intermediate Spanish I OR GER2001 Intermediate German I LIN1001 Intro. to Linguistics I An elective outside the Dept. Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 Course Code FRT2002 2ND SEMESTER Courses title French Grammatical Structures II FRT2012 Introduction to Francophone Lit FRT2022 Oral French IV (Consonants) FRT3032 Aspects to Translation II Required Courses SPN2002 Audio-Lingual Spanish II OR GER2002 Audio-Lingual Spanish I LIN1001 Intro. to Linguistics II An elective outside the Dept. Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 (Compulsory Courses) Course Syllabus YEAR THREE Course Code FRT3001 FRT3041 FRT3051 FRT3061 FRT3071 FRT3081 1ST SEMESTER Course title Advanced Studies in French Structures Survey of French Literature Composition in French I Practical French I African Cultural and Thought in French Introduction to Translation I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code FRT3002 3 FRT3042 3 FRT3052 3 3 FRT3062 FRT3072 3 FRT3082 18 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Advanced Studies in French Structures Survey of Frencophone Lit. Communication Skills in French II Practical French II Francophone Cultural and Civilization Introduction to Translation II Total Number of Credit Hours Year Three Same as syllabus “B” Programme SYLLABUS FOR HOLDERS OF ‘A’ LEVEL FRENCH OR DIPLOMA IN FRENCH 268 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 YEAR TWO Course Syllabus Compulsory Courses Course Code FRT2001 FRT2011 FRT3031 LIN1001 SPN1001 GER1001 GSS1101 GSS1121 GSS1111 1ST SEMESTER Course title French Grammatical Structures I Intro. to Modern French Literature Aspects to Translation I Required Courses Introduction to Linguistics I Audio-Lingual Spanish I OR Audio-Lingual German I Use of English I Philosophy and Logic Citizenship Education Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code FRT2002 3 FRT2012 3 FRT3032 3 LIN1002 3 SPN2002 3 3 3 GER2002 GSS1102 GSS1111 3 24 2ND SEMESTER Courses title French Grammatical Structures II Introduction to Francophone Lit Aspects to Translation II Required Courses Introduction to Linguistics II Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 Audio-Lingual Spanish II OR Audio-Lingual Spanish I Use of English History and Philosophy of Science 3 Total Hours 24 Number of Credit 3 3 3 1st Semester (See Direct entry NCE Year 3 Programme) 3 rd Year (See Entry Post NCE Programme) COURSES FOR EDUCATION STUDENTS (FRENCH MAJOR) Compulsory Courses YEAR ONE Course Code FRT2001 FRT1011 FRT1031 1ST SEMESTER Course title Corrective Grammar I French Comprehension I Introduction to Translation I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 Course Code FRT1002 FRT1012 FRT1032 9 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Corrective Grammar I I French Comprehension II Introduction to Translation II Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 9 Course Syllabus Compulsory Courses YEAR TWO Course Code FRT2001 FRT2011 FRT3031 1ST SEMESTER Course title French Grammatical Structures I Intro. to Modern French Literature Aspects to Translation I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code FRT2002 3 FRT2012 3 9 FRT3032 2ND SEMESTER Courses title French Grammatical Structures II Introduction to Francophone Lit Aspects to Translation II Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 9 Course Syllabus (Compulsory Courses) YEAR TWO Course Code FRT2021 FRT3001 1ST SEMESTER Course title Oral French (Vowels) French Grammatical Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code FRT2022 FRT3002 269 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Oral French (Consonants) French Lexis Credit Hr 3 3 FRT2031 Structures III Survey of French Literature Total Number of Credit Hours 3 FRT2032 9 Survey of Francophone Literature Total Number of Credit Hours 3 9 Compulsory Courses YEAR FOUR Course Code FRT4001 FRT4065 FRT2031 FRT4031 FRT4081 1ST SEMESTER Course title Translation III Oral Literature in French French Literature 19th Century OR Francophone Literature I OR French Caribbean Literature I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 Course Code FRT4002 FRT4072 FRT4022 3 FRT4081 FRT4032 FRT4081 15 2ND SEMESTER Courses title Translation IV OR Oral French and Advanced Composition French Literature 20th Century OR Francophone Literature II French Caribbean Literature I Total Number of Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 15 COURSE DESCRIPTION FRENCH FRT.1001: CORRECTIVE FRENCH GRAMMAR I The Course focuses on basic correct French Grammatical structures through practical exercise and aims at the elimination of areas of interference with English and the mother tongue. FRT.1002: CORRECTIVE FRENCH GRAMMAR II The course focuses on the formation of simple French sentences by means of basic morphological and lexical items and through corrective strategies. FRT. 1011: FRENCH COMPREHENSIVE I Oral and written comprehension of texts by means of audio-visual aids. FRT. 1012: FRENCH COMPREHENSIVE II A sustained form of FRH. 1011 supplemented by oral and written summary. FRT. 1021: ORAL FRENCH I Continuation of corrective exercise with examples of literary passages and conversation practice. FRT. 1022: ORAL FRENCH II Large remedial phonological analysis of phatic performance of identity areas and methods of corrective approach to improve aural perception and phonatory reproduction. FRT. 1031/1032: INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION This course is meant to get students introduced to the rudiments of translation. FRT. 1000: FRENCH FOR SCIENCE STUDENTS Beginner’s French for science students with emphasis on translation from French to English. FRT. 1051: AUDIO-VISUAL FRENCH I Intensive French Language course using modern audio-visual aids (e.g. De Vive Voix). Emphasis on lessons and dictation. 270 FRT. 1052: AUDIO-VISUAL FRENCH II Continuation of FRH. 1051 De Vive Volx lessons 12-21. Emphasis on lessons and advanced dictation exercises. FRT. 1061: INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LANGUAGE I French Grammar, composition and vocabulary courses. (Beginners’ French course for Arts students with little or no previous knowledge of French). FRT. 1062: INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LANGUAGE II Emphasis on Reading and Comprehension and simple translation from French to English. FRT. 1071: AUDIO-LINGUAL FRENCH I Intensive French Language course using modern audio-visual aids, Emphasis on grammatical structural exercises. FRT. 1072: AUDIO-LINGUAL FRENCH II Contamination of FRH. 1071. Emphasis on other grammatical structural exercises. FRT. 1081: AUDIO-ORAL FRENCH II Intensive French Language course using modern audio-visual methods. Emphasis on oral comprehension and composition as well as on conversation, drama and laboratory work. FRT. 1082: TRANSITIONAL FRENCH Passage from a predominantly oral course to a predominantly written one in comprehension and composition, to be supplemented with conversation and laboratory work. Introduction to easy reading of French literary texts in the second half of the second semester. FRT. 2001: FRENCH GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURES I Identification of different grammatical categories, actualization and description of morphological and lexical items in simple and complex sentences. FRT. 2002: FRENCH GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURES II Continuation of FRH. 2001 with emphasis on structural exercises. At the end of the course, the student will have been able to acquire the essential elements of French grammar and correct use of the language. FRT. 2011: INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE Introduction to 17th Century French Literature with extracts from set books. FRT. 2012: INTRODUCTION TO FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE Introduction to African and Caribbean Literature of French expression, with set books. FRT. 2021: ORAL FRENCH (VOWELS) Study of French vowels with emphasis on pronunciation, spelling and phonetic transcription. FRT. 2022: ORAL FRENCH (CONSONANTS) Study of French consonants with emphasis on pronunciation, spelling and phonetic transcription. FRT. 2031: ASPECTS OF TRANSLATION I This is an introductory course on types and methods of translation. FRT. 2032: ASPECTS OF TRANSLATION II A continuation of FRH. 2031 with more emphasis on the parameters of translation. FRT. 2061: INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I Reading and comprehension of simple French texts. A continuation of subsidiary French 1061. FRT. 2062: INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II 271 Reading, Comprehension and Translation of French Literary texts. A continuation of FRH. 2061. FRT. 3001: ADVANCED STUDIES IN FRENCH GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURES Study of Advanced grammatical principles governing the use of verbs, nouns, pronouns, adjectives, adverbs etc. and the nature and function of simple and complex sentences. FRT. 3002: FRENCH LEXIS Study of words and meaning depending on the situation of Communication; study of synonyms and antonyms, denotation and connotation. First meaning and secondary meaning, ambiguity and dissambiguity, etc. FRT. 3041: SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE A panorama of French Literature from the Renaissance to the present time. FRT. 3042: SURVEY OF FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE A panorama of African and Caribbean Literature of French expression. FRT. 3051: COMPOSITION IN FRENCH III Techniques of composition with emphasis on organization of thought and ideas. FRT. 3052: COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN FRENCH Language being an instrument of communication, this course emphasizes different oral and written communication strategies in different situations. FRT. 3061: PRACTICAL FRENCH I Commercial French, correspondence and other forms of business communication in French, such as advertising, marketing, etc. FRT. 3062: PRACTICAL FRENCH II Business and administrative correspondence of a more complex nature. FRT. 3071: FRENCH CULTURE AND THOUGHT A survey of the historical, political and economic background of French from the 15the Century to the present day. FRT. 3072: AFRICAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION A survey of the historical, political and economic background of Africa with special reference to French speaking countries of the continent. FRT. 3081: TRANSLATION I A course on bilingualism and the techniques to translation. FRT. 3082: TRANSLATION II This is practical translation course from French to English. Students will be introduced to basic skills necessary for effective translation. FRT. 4001: TRANSLATION III The theory and practice of translation. Linguistic and cultural obstacles to translation from the source language to the target language. Translation from French to English. FRT. 4002: TRANSLATION IV Practical translation course from English to French and from French to English. FRT. 4011: FRENCH LITERATURE: 17th CENTURY French Literature of the classical period, with prescribed text books. FRT. 4012: FRENCH LITERATURE: 18th CENTURY 272 French Literature of 18th Century, with text books. Emphasis on Voltaire, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Diderot, Montesquieu, Prevost, Baumarchais. FRT. 4021: FRENCH LITERATURE: 19th CENTURY Modern French Literature of the 19th Century with textbooks. Emphasis on Honore de Balzac, Victor Hugo, Emile Zola, Flabert, Baudeliaire, etc… FRT. 4022: FRENCH LITERATURE: 20th CENTURY Modern French Literature of the 20th Century with set books. Emphasis on Sarte, Camus, Malraux, Maruriac, Nouveau Roman. FRT. 4031: FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE I Literature of French speaking African Countries: Prose. Emphasis on writers like Beti, Kourouma, laye, Oyono, Goyemide, Kane, etc. FRT. 4032: FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE II Literature of French speaking African Countries: Poetry. FRT. 4051: SPECIAL TOPIC I This is a dissertation project based on literature, language, translation, culture, depending on the student’s area of interest. It is designed to introduce students into research techniques and develop in them the qualities of creativity and ability for continuous independent work and sound judgement. Emphasis is on detailed plan and bibliography. FRT. 4052: SPECIAL TOPIC II Continuation and completion of project dissertation resulting, in the form of a book and, thus, becoming a document fit for public consumption. FRT. 4061: GENERAL PAPER Students are required to have a broad-based knowledge of all the courses offered in the fourth year, ranging from literature to language and translation. FRT. 4065: ORAL LITERATURE IN FRENCH Oral Literature comprises different genres that are defined by their peculiar structure that is yet to be apprehended. This course aims at a scientific study of the structure and classification of the genres that constitute oral literature. FRT. 4075: ORAL FRENCH AND ADVANCED COMPOSITION Advanced phonology of French with orthrepic reading practice. Phonetic translation. Advanced composition in French. Advanced phonology and practice of “explication du texte” “commentaire compose” and “commentaries stylistiques”, problems of advanced composition in French. FRT. 4081/FRT. 4082: CARIBBEAN LITERATURE OF FRENCH EXPRESSION This course deals in depth with the works of major Caribbean Francophone authors such as Aime Cesaire, Jacques Roumain, Joseph Zobel, Edouard Glissant, Maryse Conde, Simone Schwarz-Bart, etc. Based on such works, it shall identify the characteristic traits of this literature and its evolution. GER. 10001: AUDIO-LINGUAL GERMAN I This is an audio-lingual course for absolute beginners of German. GER. 1002: AUDIO-LINGUAL GERMAN II It is a continuation of GER. 1001. GER. 2001: INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I It is a continuation of GER 1001 and 1002 at intermediate level. 273 GER. 2002: INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II This is a continuation of GER. 2002 at a more advanced level. SPN. 1001: AUDIO-LINGUAL SPANISH I This is an audio-lingual course for absolute beginners of Spanish. SPN. 1002: AUDIO-LINGUAL SPANISH II A continuation of SPN. 1001 but with the introduction of reading and writing exercises including composition. SPN. 2001: INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I It is a continuation of SPN. 1001 and SPN. 1002 at intermediate level. SPN. 2002: INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II This is a continuation of SPN. 2001 at a more advanced. Level. YEAR/SEMESTER ABROAD One of the requirements in the French B. A. (Honours) Programme is that the students should spend an approved period of their course in a French speaking territory. This period of linguistic and cultural immersion enhances acquisition of a competence in the language. In the past, it usually lasted one academic session, hence the name “Year Abroad”. Though this programme has remained mandatory for all Year Three students in Nigerian Universities, it is not being implemented in the same manner by all the Departments where French is thought. The “sejour” still lasts one full academic year for some institutions while for others, the “Semester Abroad” has been adopted. Students of the Department of Modern Languages and Translation Studies of the University of Calabar now spend one semester-(usually the second) of each year “Abroad”. Third Year Students from several Nigerian Universities attend The Nigerian French Language Village in Badagry, while many students in our Department also undergo the programme in Badagry, others travel to institutions outside Nigeria for the course. Such countries include France, Togo, Cameroun, Benin Republic and Ivory Coast. In the University of Calabar, sponsorship of the Programme remains the responsibility of the students involved in the “Year Abroad”. Post-Graduate Objectives The major objectives of the Post-graduate Degree Programme are to: (a) Train graduates to teach and conduct scholarly research in a chosen area of specialization. (b) Train students to be able to apply the knowledge acquired in their areas of specialization to Francophone countries in many capacities including commercial, diplomatic and cultural issues. Degrees Offered The Department offers courses of study and research leading to the award of M. A. and Ph.D. Degrees. Fields of Specialization Research for the award of the M. A. and the Ph.D. can be carried out in the following areas of specialization. Teaching of French as a Second Language French Language French Linguistics Francophone African Culture and Civilization French Literature African/Caribbean Literatures in French Oral Literature of Francophone Africa Comparative Literature French in International Relations Translation Studies COURSES OFFERED (A) M. A. FIRST SEMESTER 274 FRT5011 Research Methods FRT5021 Advanced Grammar FRT5031 Selected Topics in Contemporary African Literature in French FRT5041 Seminar French in Literature FRT5051 African Literature and Culture in French FRT5061 Theories & Methods of Translation FRT5071 Introduction to Caribbean SECOND SEMESTER FRT5012 Approaches to Literature Criticism FRT5022 Approaches to Language Teaching FRT5032 Oral Literature of Africa in French FRT5042 Seminar in Caribbean Literature in French FRT5052 Culture and History of French Speaking Africa FRT5062 Practice of Translation FRT5072 Trends in Caribbean Literature in French (B) Ph.D. FIRST SEMESTER FRT6011 French Linguistics FRT6021 French in International Relations FRT6031 French Literature FRT6041 Seminar in African Literature in French FRT6051 Modern Trends in Literary Criticism FRT6061 Translation and interpretation FRT6071 Caribbean Literature in French SECOND SEMESTER FRT6012 Linguistics and Literature FRT6022 Language and language teaching FRT6032 Selected Topics in Contemporary French Literature FRT6042 The Evolution of Caribbean Literature in French FRT6052 Comparative Literature FRT6062 Critical Appreciation of Literary Translation FRT6072 Independent Study (in area related to field of specialization). COURSE DESCRIPTION MASTER’S DEGREE First Semester FRT. 5011: RESEARCH METHODS The aim of the course is to acquaint the candidate with methods of literary research. It involves such topics as tools of research, documentation, technicalities in writing a good research paper, problems of style, format, etc… FRT. 5021: ADVANCED GRAMMAR (FRENCH) This course is designed to make graduate students develop a critical approach to modern French grammar. Attention will be on the notions of grammaticality in French. Such traditional French grammatical classifications and categories as the idea of a sentence (parts of speech), classification relationship in simple and complex constructions will be looked at. FRT. 5031: SELECTED TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH 275 The aim of the course is to broaden and deepen students’ knowledge of African fiction, poetry and drama in French. It will involve topics such as sources and influences of Francophone literature, protest, disenchantment, etc… Selection of specific authors for study will vary from year to year. FRT. 5041: SEMINAR IN FRENCH LITERATURE The emphasis here could be on a period of French literary evolution, a specific theme or concept, a set of themes and concepts in French literature. At the end of this exercise, students are required to produce a well researched and a well written paper of substantial length and scope. FRT. 5051: AFRICAN LITERATURE AND CULTURE IN FRENCH This course is designed to give students a broad, insightful and accurate picture of the social, cultural and political history and life in African French speaking countries. The evolutionary nature of the relationship between France and these countries will also be examined against the background of their literatures. FRT. 5061: THEORIES AND METHODS OF TRANSLATION This course will focus its attention on the theories of translation as propounded by various experts in the field. It will lay emphasis on definitions and techniques of translation to be adopted to arrive at a near perfect translation. FRT. 5071: INTRODUCTION TO CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH Here the students are introduced to the thoughts and ideas of the leading Caribbean writers such as Aime Cesaire, Edouard Glissant, Patrick Chamoiseau, Maryse Conde, Joseph Zobel, Schwarz-Bart, Lacrosil, etc… The impact of these ideas on the Caribbean society will be a major consideration. Second Semester FRT. 5012: APPROACHES TO LITERARY CRITICISM Students will be presented with a survey of different ways of studying literary texts. Emphasis will be placed on current developments in literary criticism and their application to literary works. FRT. 5022: APPROACHES TO LANGUAGE TEACHING The course aims at involving students in the critical study of different methods in language teaching. Attention will focus on these major components (psychological, philosophical, historical, sociological, etc…). It also includes some classroom observation and practical teaching of French in selected schools in Calabar. FRT. 5032: ORAL LITERATURE OF FRENCH AFRICA Here, emphasis will be on the existence of a rich pool of oral literature still flourishing in parts of French Africa such as Mali, Cameroun, Cote d’Ivoire, Senegal, Niger, Gabon, the two Congos, etc… the study will include an assessment of the art of the Griot in Western Sudan and that of his equivalent in other African French speaking societies. The material used in this course will be based on the works of such scholars and writers as Griaule, Calame-Griaule, Dieterlin, Camera, Niane, C. Seydou, Boubou Hama, Gordon Innes, Abdoulaye Diop, Ahmadou Hampate Ba, Birago Diop, etc… Samples of recorded, transcribed and annotated original oral material will also be examined and analyzed. FRT. 5032: SEMINAR IN CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH Students are required to produce a well-researched paper, substantial in length and scope. This paper could be on a specific theme or on a set of themes drawn from works of such great writers as Aime Cesaire, Raphael Tardon, Maryse Conde, Simone Schwraz-Zart, Joseph Zobel, Edouand Glissant, Patrick Chamoiseau, etc… FRT. 5052: CULTURE AND HISTORY OF FRENCH SPEAKING IN AFRICA This course is a continuation of FRT. 5051. Emphasis will be on the literary, cultural and socio-political development of these countries. FRT. 5062: PRACTICE OF TRANSLATION 276 It is a continuation of FRT 5061 except that emphasis is more on practical aspects of translation. The students will be given passages (legal, medical, scientific, literary) to translate and, thus, put into practice the theories learnt in the first semester. FRT. 5072: TRENDS IN CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH This is a continuation of FRT 5071. It attempts to discuss trends such as “Negritude”, “Antiollanite” and “Creolite” as seen in the works of French Caribbean major writers as listed in FRT 5071. Ph.D COURSES First Semester FRT. 6011: FRENCH LINGUISTICS The course is designed to acquaint students with principles of French linguistic theories such as the three Saussurian dichotomies: signifiant et signifie (sign and meaning), langue et parole (language as a social phenomenon on the one hand and language as an act of the individual on the other), sychronie et dachronie (current and historical changes in French language). It will also introduce students to theories of morphology, syntax, semantics and phonology. This will be followed by their practical application to French grammar. FRT. 6021: FRENCH IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS This course examines the use of French in international organization such as UNO, ECOWAS, AU, etc.. Specifically, it highlights the importance of French for Nigeria and Nigerians in their bilateral and multilateral relations with French speaking countries and their nationals especially in the West African sub-region. FRT. 6031: FRENCH LITERATURE The aim of this course is to pursue an in-depth study of a selection of some of the most outstanding contributions to French literature of all the periods. Themes, as well as development of ideas and forms and the various literary genres will be analyzed. The choice of authors and works will vary from year to year. FRT. 6041: SEMINAR IN AFRICAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH This is an advanced seminar for graduate students who have already acquired sufficient knowledge of the literatures of Francophone Africa. The study could centre around one or more authors such as Senghor, Beti, Beyala, Kourouma, Ousmane, Sow Fall, Camara Laye, etc… It could also focus on specific literary genres (poetry, drama, prose, and essay). At the end of the study, the candidates must produce a well-researched and a well-written paper of substantial length and scope. FRT. 6051: MODERN TRENDS IN LITERARY CRITICISM This is a continuation of FRT 5012. but here the students will be required to do a more profound study of major trends in modern literary criticism such as post-modernism and gender issues as raised in literary works. FRT. 6061: TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION The study is more or less a theoretical framework of translation and interpretation. The relationship between the two areas of study will be highlighted. Emphasis will be laid on the techniques involved in automatic and simultaneous translation and interpretation. FRT. 6071: CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH This is a continuation of FRT 5071 which is taken at the master’s degree level. An in-depth and a more profound study of some French Caribbean works and authors will be undertaken. Second Semester FRT. 6012: LINGUISTICS AND LITERATURE This course will provide students with a survey of current research in France, USA, Russia, etc… on the relationship between linguistics and literature; it will also provide information on the collection, conservation, transcription and other ways of translating and publishing traditional African literature. FRT. 6022: LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGE TEACHING It is a continuation of FRT 5022 which is done at the M. A. level. Emphasis will be on the problem of second language teaching/learning and bilingualism in Nigeria. 277 FRT. 6032: SELECTED TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE This course presupposes that the students are quite familiar with the background to 20 th century French literature. The course could centre around contemporary authors, literary themes and genres. FRT. 6042: THE EVOLUTION OF CARIBBEAN LITERATURE IN FRENCH This is a continuation of FRT 6071. FRT. 6052: COMPARATIVE LITERATURE This course is intended to help students understand French and Francophone literatures within the European or the world context. It includes the study of literary movements across international frontiers, the study of selected works or major genres, the study of selected works from African literature in relation to non-African wo Works in languages other than English and French. FRT. 6062: CRITICAL APPRECIATION OF LITERARY TRANSLATION This course involves a critical study of some literary works in translation. It may involve a critical appreciation of novels, plays, poems published in either French or English but translated into either of the two languages. In doing so, the students should see now far the translations of such works have succeeded in rendering the original message in the target language. FRT. 6072: INDEPENDENT STUDY This is to be done in areas related to the field of the students’ specialization. In this wise, a student may independently pursue the study of a specific topic or area, or a specific author relevant to the field of study. This study involves serious reading and research, including the completion of a high quality paper under the direct supervision of an expert or a scholar in this field. Students must obtain departmental authorization before they can enroll in the course. DEPARTMENT OF LINGUISTICS AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES HISTORY The history of this department dates from 1975-76 session when what is now known, as the University of Calabar was still a campus of the University of Nigeria, Nsukka. Even in 1975, when the University of Calabar was statutorily established, the department was still called Department of Modern languages offering a degree programme in French with German as subsidiary. In 1977, the Department was enlarged and renamed the Department of Languages and Linguistics. Thus, Linguistics as a discipline was formerly introduced in the University of Calabar. PHILOSOPHY The objective of the Department is to encourage the scientific and scholarly study and practical development of indigenous languages for wider communication. It is also to introduce and apply modern linguistic theories, emphasize the comparative and historical origins of indigenous languages. Linguistics provides an understanding of the general principles of the structure of language; these principles are not only applied to the study of particular languages but also to the various areas where language is put to use. Such areas as Literature focuse on the appreciation of literary genres both oral and written to give insight into the social role of language. In addition, linguistics provides translation of works from English and other modern languages into indigenous languages. In essence, linguistics provides the scientific background in language that can be applied for a scientific analysis of any language. Furthermore, it is to carry out research into the study and development of indigenous languages. The Department of linguistics encourages creative writing in indigenous language to portray, transmit and conserve the rich cultural heritage of Nigeria. CAREER PROSPECTS FOR GRADUATES OF THE DEPARTMENT 278 In the past, certain professions, limited in number, seem to have been prescribed by popular tradition as the unenviable domain of graduates of Linguistics. Recent developments, however, have shown that career prospects for graduates of our Department transcend, delightfully, all regular projections. Consequently, many graduates of our Department have been and are still being employed in the banking sector where not a small number of them, including the ladies, are in the managerial cadre. The aviation industry has also engaged a good number of our ex-students. Many others are known to be making their marks in Mobil Unlimited, Shell and in oil sector generally. The business community and the industrial sectors can boast of a large number of graduates from our Department. The media houses also are keenly interested in graduates of Linguistics. The civil service at the Federal and State levels have employed an impressive number of graduates from our Department. Several of them have been offered appointments after graduation to lecture in the Universities outside the Cross River State. Even the Drug Agency employs graduates of Linguistics. And by no means the last, the Church and Bible translation societies have found linguistic science very useful. Generally, the teaching profession is the theatre where the career of most graduates of our Department commences. But it is obvious that numerous opportunities exist for graduates of our Department outside the classroom. The foreign service has remained an attraction for graduates of our Department, a dream that so often has become a reality. And in the uniformed services, openings abound for our graduates. Career prospects for graduates of Linguistics are indisputably bright. ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES – UNDERGRADUATES The Department offers undergraduates and Post graduate programmes in Linguistics. B.A (HONS) LINGUISTICS Introduction The Linguistics Department aims primarily at preparing linguists who are well-equipped theoretically, practically and professionally to be able to describe and analyse scientifically any language, including those of which no linguistic work has yet been undertaken in a country with a multiplicity of languages, most of which are unwritten for a linguist has a very important role to play. The Cross River State is a complex linguistic environment with many languages some of which have never been studied. The University of Calabar is sensitive to the needs of the area in which it is located. Therefore, the linguistic department focuses attention on the indigenous languages within and outside Cross River State. The multiplicity of languages in the country and the Cross River State in particular offers an excellent opportunity for comparative studies. The Department, therefore, emphasizes comparative linguistics. Aims and Objectives i. To equip the student with a good knowledge of main principles of current theories and practice of linguistics. ii. To train them to be able to apply the knowledge and skill acquired to language related tasks and problems, particularly in their own environment. iii. To prepare them for further studies in the discipline and/or relevant careers in teaching, administration, the media, speech and hearing, remediation, and social engineering. Admission Requirement JME candidates need to fulfill the regular university requirement of five credits including; English language at O’ Level passes, Direct entry candidates must possess any of the following: i. Two NCE subjects with at least merit in Linguistics, any Nigerian or foreign language. ii. OR University College Diploma or certificate in TEFL (Teaching of English as a Foreign Language). iii. OR University College Diploma in Studies in any Nigerian Language. UNDERGRADUATE COURSE OUTLINE 279 YEAR ONE Compulsory LPT Course Code LIN1001 LIN1002 LIN1011 LIN1021 LIN1022 LIN1012 GSS1000 Course title Introduction to Linguistics I Introduction to Linguistics II Introduction to General Phonetics I Language of the World History of Linguistics Introduction to General Phonetics II All First year General Studies Courses Credit Hr 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 YEAR TWO Compulsory Course Code LIN2001 LIN2041 LIN2021 LIN2022 LIN2051 LIN2061 LIN2062 GSS2000 Course title Introduction to Phonology The Phonetics of English and Nigerian Languages Introduction to Morphology Morphologies of African Languages Phonemic Analysis Writing Systems I Graphic Design Writing system II/Orthographic Design All First year General Studies Courses Credit Hr 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Required An elective course of 3 credit units per semester chosen from any of the following: Education, Physics, Mathematics, Biology, Computers and Philosophy. YEAR THREE Compulsory Course Code LIN 3031 LIN 3032 LIN 3051 LIN 3092 LIN 3055 LIN 3081 LIN 3071 LIN 3041 LIN 3061 LIN 3041 LIN 3042 Course title Introduction to Syntax Generative Syntax Survey of Applied Linguistics Field Methods and Research Methodology Introduction to Sociolinguistics Generative Phonology Introduction to African Linguistics Error/Contrastive Analysis English in the Nigerian Setting Structure of a language I Efik/Ibibio Structure of a Language II Efik/Ibibio Credit Hr 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Elective: An elective course of 3 credit units per semester must be chosen from any of the following departments, Education, Physics, Mathematics, Biology, Computer Science and Philosophy. YEAR FOUR Compulsory Course Code LIN 4011 LIN 4012 LIN 4022 LIN 4031 LIN 4051 Course title Topics in Phonology Topics in Syntax The Problems of a Multilingual Nation Semantics Historical/Comparative Linguistics 280 Credit Hr 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 LIN 4081 LIN 4032 LIN 4042 LIN 4092 LIN 4041 LIN 4090 Dialectology Lexicography Psycholinguistics Projects/Long Essay Linguistics & Literature General Paper 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 COURSE DESCRIPTION LIN. 1001: INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS I This course seeks to explain what linguistics is about, its scope, its application, as well as to examine language, its nature and relation to animal language, relationship to culture and structure. LIN. 1002: INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS II Pre-requisite: LIN 1002 is a continuation of LIN 1001. This course will familiarize the students with linguistic concepts such as the phoneme, distinctive features, morpheme, etc and introduce them to linguistic methodology and a formal description of language. LIN. 1001: INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PHONETICS I LIN 1001 and LIN 1002 are related. They provide a general introduction to Phonetics as part of linguistics, LIN 1011 covers the nature of the speech-producing mechanism, articulatory phonetics, practice in the recognition, reproduction and transcription of the speech sounds of languages (preferably African) they are familiar with. LIN. 1002: INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PHONETICS II This course is a continuation of LIN 1001, which is a pre-requisite. LIN. 1012 includes introduction to acoustic phonetics and study of the non-segmental features such as tone, stress and intonation, in addition, the students will be expected to apply their acquired knowledge in a practical way through the study, analysis and transcription of the speech sounds of languages (preferably African) they are familiar with. LIN. 1021: LANGUAGES OF THE WORLD This is survey of the linguistic description of selected languages throughout the world. Such a survey should emphasis outstanding and linguistically interesting features of each language. LIN 1022: HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS This course provides knowledge of the historical development of linguistics as a scientific discipline from the Greeks days to the recent. It focuses attention on the various schools and models and the outstanding names who have helped to shape the discipline of linguistics. Attention should also be paid to the contribution of linguistics to language study and institutions in Nigeria. LIN 2011: INTRODUCTION TO PHONOLOGY This course is a general introduction to phonology in which the relationship between phonetics and phonology in a structural frame work and the principles of phonology are discussed. It includes the basic tenets and analysis based on the phonemic theory, the distinctive feature theory and generative phonology. LIN 2041 THE PHONETICS OF ENGLISH AND NIGERIAN LANGUAGES This is a more detailed phonetic description, classification and analysis of the sounds of the English language in comparison with those of a selected number of Nigerian languages. LIN 2021: INTRODUCTION TO MORPHOLOGY In this course, an introduction to morphology is given situation of the level in its relationship to phonology and syntax within a structural framework. The course also examines the identification of morphenmes, their classification (e.g. root or affix, or inflection or derivation) and morphological typology (e.g. isolating, agglutinative and fissional languages). LIN 2022: MORPHOLOGIES OF AFRICAN LANGUAGES Pre-requisite; LIN 2021, LIN 2022 is an application of the knowledge in LIN 2021 to the analysis of the morphologies of selected African Languages (e.g. Bantu). 281 LIN 2042: PHONEMIC ANALYSIS This course examines the different views of the phoneme and applications of these to language data analysis. LIN 2031: WRITING SYSTEMS: THE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION The aim of this course is to introduce the student to the relation between language and writing and to situate this in the context of the needs of a developing technological and literate society. This will be done by examining a variety of topics including relationship between spoken and written language, and examination of different types of writing systems, the functions of writing and the relation between language and literacy. LIN 2032: ORTHOGRAPHIC DESIGN A practical course focusing on the role of linguistics in designing an orthography for an unwritten language. Students will get a practical (or an unwritten language) based principally on the framework of the Orthographies of Nigerian Languages: published by the National Language Centre, Lagos. LIN 3031: INTRODUCTION TO SYNTAX This course is an introduction to the analysis of the sentence (as a unit of linguistic description) into parts and the grammatical description of these parts. It is a practical oriented course in which the students are exposed to the skills, techniques and formalism in syntactic descriptions and analysis. LIN 3032: GENERAL SYNTAX Pre-requisite LIN 3031. this is an introduction to the history and practice of the generative transformation model with emphasis on the explanation of the basic assumptions and concepts postulated in model (e.g deep and surface structures, based and transformational rules, the lexicon practical applications of these concepts and assumptions in the analysis of phonological, morphological and syntactic data. LIN 3051: SURVEY OF APPLIED LINGUISTICS This is a survey course on how, where and when general linguistics can be applied both for practical uses and to non-linguistic fields. Such uses include language teaching and language testing, language standardization, planning and development, the creation of orthographic and compilation of dictionaries. LIN 3052: ERROR/CONTRASTIVE ANALYSIS Introduction to the principles, goals and practice of contrastive analysis. This is applicable to the study of the English language and indigenous languages in order to establish the contrast. LIN 3055: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLINGUISTICS This course provides an introduction to the history, methodology, basic concepts and applications of sociolinguistics. It considers the relationship between language and society, focusing attention on attitudes towards language, varieties and social dialects, and the problems of multigualism. It includes discussion on the importance of language in relation to development. LIN 3071: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN LINGUISTICS This course examines the findings of various works on African languages with special reference to information on structural characteristics of the phonological and grammatical (e.g. toneme and Bantu-type noun) classification. LIN 3081: GENERATIVE PHONOLOGY This is an introduction to the principles of generative phonology and the theory of distinctive features. Emphasis is on the treatment of phonological processes and rules within the generative framework including topological processes and rules. LIN 3092: FIELD METHODS AND INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY This course and LIN 4092 are complementary. In LIN 3092 the student is taught how best to approach the gathering of data and the writing up of a grammar of a language totally new to him. The problems which are both practically and theoretically connected with field work are discussed. Simple elicitations from different 282 information are undertaken and the students’ methods critically analysed. Students are also introduced to research methods and project design. LIN 4011: TOPICS IN PHONOLOGY This course examines selected topics of relevance or currency such as tone, stress, vowel harmony, rules ordering, autosegmental phonology etc. LIN 4012: TOPICS IN SYNTAX This course examines the syntactic treatment of topics of relevance and currency. Recommended for inclusion are pronominalization, complement structures, case marking, thematic, roles, negation, grammatical categories (e.g. tense, aspect, etc) ‘theta’ marking etc. LIN 4022: THE PROBLEMS OF MULTILINGUAL NATIONS In a multilingual nation such as Nigeria, there are variety of linguistic issues which have social, cultural and even political implications. This include the problems of national languages, official orthographies languages to be taught in schools and the general problems of language policy and language planning. These problems are identified, studied and alnaysed in the course. LIN 4031: SEMANTICS The course introduces the students to the linguistic study of semantics, situating it within the general framework of the linguistic structure of language. LIN 4032: LEXICOGRAPHY/LEXICOLOGY This course provides a general introduction to words and dictionary making, writing of unwritten languages, phonetic transcription entries, definitions, frequency and rank cross references, lexical and semantic fields and types of classification and presentation (mono-bi-and multilingual glossaries and dictionaries encyclopedia, specialized glossaries, frequency dictionaries etc.) LIN 4041: LINGUISTICS AND LITERATURE This course deals with the analysis of socio-politico-cultural events in society through the use of language. LIN 4042: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS This course presents the psycholinguist’s account of language and the relationship between language and mind. Topics covered include language acquisition and language learning, language thinking and cognition language and the brain, language localization, linguistics performance and behaviour, prediction and comprehension and language impairment etc. LIN 4051: HISTORICAL/COMPARATIVE LINGUISTICS This course provides a general introduction to the subject of language classification, touching upon such matters as language change, reconstruction, classification and different methods in use. These are applied in the classification of selected African languages. LIN 4090: GENERAL PAPER Students are required to have a broad-based knowledge of all the courses offered in the final year. LIN 4092: PROJECT/LONG ESSAY The student’s maturity in linguistics should be reflected in this course. Under the direction and supervision of a lecturer, the student is expected to choose a research area of his/her interest within which a specific topic will be decided upon with the assistance of the supervisor. The finished project must be presented in a departmentally approved format, and defended before the Department Board, with the external examiner as Chairman. ACADEMIC PROGRAMME: POST GRADUATE COURSES – LINGUISTICS Introduction 283 The Department offers courses of study and research leading to the award of the M.A. and Ph.D degrees with specialization in various branches of Linguistics Programme objectives emphasize training of graduates to teach and conduct scholarly research in a chosen area of specialization at the University and comparable levels. Specific Requirements: Candidates with deficiencies in their chosen area of specialization will be required to make up for their deficiencies in accordance with their supervisor’s advice and recommendation to the Department Graduate Committee. M.A. Degree: With the recommendation of the major supervisor and the approval of the Departmental Board of Graduate studies, some relevant graduate courses may be taken from other Department as part of the required course programme for the M.A. degree. Ph.D Degree. I) Ph.D candidates must include in their course work at least two graduate seminars (6 credits). II) On completion of course work for the Ph.D. candidates must sit and pass Ph.D comprehensive examinations consisting of a written part and an oral part. This examination will comprise four specific areas in accordance with the chosen field of specialization. These examination areas will be chosen from the following list: i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. Phonology Phonetics Allied Linguistics Syntax Semantics Socio-Linguistics Historical Linguistics Psycho-Linguistics Objectives The department offers courses of study and research leading to the award of M.A and Ph.D degrees with specialization in various branches of Linguistics. The Programme objectives emphasize training of graduates to teach and conduct scholarly research in a chosen area of specialization at the University and comparable levels. M.A Programme Course Code LIN 5001 LIN 5011 LIN 5005 LIN 5002 LIN 5062 LIN 071 LIN 5091 LIN 5002 LIN 5011 LIN 5102 LIN 5142 LIN 5911/5931 LIN 5962 LIN 5090 Ph.D Programme Course Code LIN 6001 LIN 6011 Course title Research Methods Phonological Theories Psycholinguistics Advanced Syntax Sociolinguistics Semantics African Linguistics Linguistics and Logic Philosophy and Language Comparative Historical Linguistics Advances in Applied Linguistics Seminar in Linguistics Independent study M. A. Thesis Course title Research Methods Phonological Theories 284 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Credit Hr 3 3 LIN 6005 LIN 6002 LIN 6062 LIN 6071 LIN 6091 LIN 6002 LIN 6011 LIN 6102 LIN 6142 LIN 6911/6931 LIN 6962 LIN 6090 Psycholinguistics Advanced Syntax Sociolinguistics Semantics African Linguistics Linguistics and Logic Philosophy and Language Comparative Historical Linguistics Advances in Applied Linguistics Seminar in Linguistics Independent study M. A. Thesis 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Historical Background The department took off during the 1975/76 academic session when the University of Calabar became an autonomous institution, under a dual administrative arrangement with Religious Studies. Philosophy and Objectives The aim of the curriculum is to acquaint the student with the main contents of the history of ideas in the area of Philosophy. Particular emphasis is placed on the bearing this history has on the development of ideas within the African context. It is hoped that through this study students would be enabled to mature and develop their capacity for critical judgment on issues that deserve individual and collective assessment and come up with solutions that would add to the advancement of knowledge and overall societal progress. The Department of Philosophy thus offers courses designed to help the students develop his own capacity to reflect intelligently on questions of fundamental and lasting significance by focusing on the ideas of some of the world’s philosophers as well as an empirical understanding of his own society. Students are trained to appreciate African values, philosophies and world-view, with a view to encourage self-esteem, patriotism and national consciousness. Students are groomed in critical thinking, tools of logic and argumentation as a springboard for human, social and cultural development. In essence, the underlisted are the objectives of the curriculum. (i) To train students to understand the basic issues of human existence and to understand that the purpose of learning is to be molded into sound moral human beings. (ii) To train students how to use the tolls of logic, argumentation to avoid fallacies and errors which often undermine our aspiration to grow as a nation both in the religious, economic, political and social life. (iii) The students will be trained to appreciate African values, Philosophies and ways of doing things with a view to upholding the identity of the African people. (iv) To imbue in students the spirit of self-reliance and creativity, pragmatism, analytic mind, constructive criticalness, purposefulness, integrity, resourcefulness, self-confidence, decisiveness, proactiveness, God fearingness, vision, resilience, productiveness and high moral quality. (v) To train students who are knowledgably enough to handle academic issues and to analyze critical human situations that may confront them in their personal life or in the work place.] (vi) To produce well-rounded-off individuals who will show evidence of evaluation in character and learning. (vii) To train students who will come better equipped to teach both at the secondary and tertiary levels of our educational system. (viii) To train students who are imbued with sufficient patriotism to provide leadership at different leadership levels. (ix) To educate students on the need to be broadminded, global in perspective and at home with current developments in global trends in computer and information technologies now in vogue (x) To train students who seek the truth, establish and disseminate the truth. (xi) To stress and inculcate the need for entrepreneurial skills in our students. This will make for creativity 285 and self reliance. We bear the old Platonic adage in mind, which says that until philosophers becomes kings or kings be made to imbibe the values which philosophy imbue, there will be no peace for civil society. We train for impact in all areas of human endeavour. Admission: 1. Candidates with five ‘O’ level credits in WAEC or NECO are admitted through UME to a four year degree programme. 2. Candidates with diploma in philosophy, religion or theology are admitted through direct entry into a three year degree programme. 3. All candidates must sit and pass Post UME Aptitude Test as a pre-condition for admission. Departmental Journal The Department publishes SOPHIA: AN AFRICAN JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS with the ISSN 1119 443X. The journal is published twice a year April and September and articles published are indexed/abstracted in African Journal Online (AJOL). The journal welcomes articles in any branch of philosophy and related disciplines, with special interest in articles which encourage philosophizing within the African context. CURRICULUM ANALYSIS YEAR ONE Course Code PHL1001 PHL1021 PHL1031 GSS1101 GSS1121 GSS1131 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Introduction to Philosophy Introduction to Logic Introduction to Philosophy Introduction to logic Basic Methods of Philosophical Analysis Use of English One elective Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHL1012 3 3 3 3 PHL1022 PHL1032 GSS1102 GSS1122 3 3 21 GSS1132 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Introduction to Philosophy 11 3 Introduction to Logic 11 Philosophy of Culture Use of English History and Philosophy of Science Citizenship Education One elective Total credit hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 YEAR TWO Course Code PHL2011 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHL2012 3 3 PHL2022 PHL2032 PHL2021 PHL2031 History of Ancient Philosophy Symbolic Logic Ethics PHL2041 Epistemology I 3 PHL2042 PHL2051 PHL2061 Research Methodology Metaphysics 3 3 PHL2052 PHL2062 One Elective 3 PHL2072 PHL2082 Total credit hours 21 SECOND SEMESTER Course title History of Medieval Philosophy Symbolic Logic II Philosophy of Language (optional) Leadership Philosophies and Decision theories Philosophy and Gender Issues Philosophy of Religion (optional) Philosophy of Environment Philosophy of History (optional) One Elective Total credit hours YEAR THREE FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 286 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 Course Code PHL3011 PHL3021 PHL3031 PHL3041 PHL3051 PHL3061 PHL3071 Course title History of Modern Philosophy African Philosophy and Values Basic Notions of Science Social and Political Philosophy Professional Ethics Epistemology II Philosophy of Economics & Social Development Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHL3012 3 PHL3022 3 3 PHL3032 PHL3042 3 3 3 PHL3052 PHL3062 PHL3072 PHL3082 PHL3092 Total credit hours 21 Course title Credit Hr History of Modern Philosophy 3 African Philosophy and Values 11 Philosophy of Science Social and Political Philosophy Philosophy of Medicine Aesthetics Philosophy of Law (optional) 3 Philosophy of Peace and Conflict Resolution (Optional) Sociobiology (optional) Total credit hours 3 3 21 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 YEAR FOUR Course Code PHL4011 PHL4021 PHL4031 PHL4041 PHL4051 PHL4061 PHL4071 PHL4081 PHL4091 PHL4000 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHL4012 3 3 3 PHL4022 PHL4032 PHL4042 Analysis of Selected Texts (Optional) Philosophy of the Social Sciences (Optional) Philosophy of Law 3 Philosophy of Education Marxist Philosophy (Optional) Long Essay Total credit hours Kant and 19th Century Philosophers Philosophy of Mathematics Islamic Philosophy Oriental Philosophy 3 PHL4062 Phenomenology and Existentialism Comparative Philosophy Christian Philosophy Contemporary Analytic Philosophy Post Modernism (Optional) 3 PHL4072 Hermeneutics (Optional) 3 3 PHL4082 3 3 3 PHL4000 History & Philosophy of Technology Long Essay Total credit hours 21 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION (Year One) PHL 1011: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY A general introduction and definition of philosophy, the nature of philosophical problems and concept, language. Style and method of philosophy. A brief survey of the relationship between philosophy and other fields of study such as science, social science and other humanities. A brief survey of the history of philosophy. PHL 1021: INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC A general introduction of the definition, nature, purpose and importance of logic. A study of the key logical concepts, laws of thought, the nature of arguments, fallacies, nature of propositions definitions, types of logic (deductive and inductive, predicate and propositional). Logical contrasts, truth tables and translation from natural language to formal language, etc. PHL 1031: BASIC METHODS OF PHILOSOPICAL ANALYSIS Different methods of philosophical analysis will be examined namely, Socratic, deductive analysis, existential, phenomenological, Linguistic, etc. Emphasis also will be on how to identify philosophical problems and how to tackle them. It will include the application of the methods studied in the first Semester for analyzing philosophic texts and problems Electives 287 One Elective from the Humanities, Social Sciences, Education and Law. General Studies Requirement: Use of English Philosophy and Logic Citizenship Education This gives our first years a total of Eight Courses PHL 1012: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY II This course continues with exposing the students to the nature of philosophical problems and the outline of the history of philosophy. It examines in fuller details the problems of being, substance, existence and essence, universals and particulars, unity and diversity, causality, body and mind, freedom and determinism, etc. Major Philosophical Schools like Idealism, Realism, Materialism, Phenomenalism, Marxism, etc, will be studied. Philosophical issues like abstraction, knowledge by acquaintance and description, nature of truth, and positions like objectivism, absolutism, subjectivism, relativism, etc, will also be examined, etc. PHL 1022: INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC II The study and exercises on truth tables will continue. Conditional and direct proof, proving tautologies and invalidity will be taught. This will include standard form, the square of opposition, distribution, etc, syllogisms, types and application in ordinary reasoning. PHL 1032: PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE This course introduces the students to the subject matter of culture and the concepts that arise from it. It is a philosophical examination of the nature of culture and how best to philosophically understand cultures. Approaches to the study of African cultures are examined with reference to such scholars as Bassey Andah and Cheikh Anta Diop. It also examines the question of whether cross cultural communication is possible. Electives In addition the Student will take one elective from the Humanities, Social Sciences, Education and Law. General Studies Requirements: (i) Use of English (ii) History and Philosophy of Science Year Two PHL 2011: HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY This covers the beginnings of Western Philosophy with a background to the pre-philosophical thought (writings) of the poets, such as Homer and Hesiod; then, to the transition to the philosophical thoughts of the ancient philosophers, namely, Thales, Anaximander and Anaximenes. This will span through Presocratic, Platonic, Aristotelian to post Aristotelian periods. Special attention will be paid to their cosmology, epistemology and ethical theories. PHL 2021: SYMBOLIC LOGIC I The propositional Calculus: This course will be concerned with the nature of prepositions, truth tables and other decision procedures, translation from a natural to a formal language and deductive proofs in both propositional and predicate logic. The purpose of the course is to give students a good working knowledge of formal logic. PHL 2031: ETHICS A general introduction into the nature, branches and scope of ethics will be considered. Examination of basic ethical concepts will be carried out. There will be a distinction between normative, descriptive and meta ethics. A critical analysis of classical and modern ethical theories such as deontologism, teleologism, utilitarism, intuitionism, emotivism, prescriptivism, descriptivism, situation ethics, and Marxist ethics. Attention will also be focused on classical ethical theories like Platonism, Aristotelianism, Hedonism, Cyncism, Skepticism, Christian Ethics. We shall also study conceptual problems in Ethics, namely, the concept of good and evil, rightness and wrongness of actions, obligation and duty. We shall consider some moral philosophers such as Immanuel Kant, Hegel, Hume, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, G. E. Moore, J. S. Mill, etc, the good life – Socrates as a test case. 288 PHL 2041: EPISTEMOLOGY 1 The aim of this course is to introduce students to the fundamentals of Epistemology. It will include an examination of the definition of Epistemology, knowledge and cognition. It shall also deal with the epistemological theories from the ancient Greek era to modern epistemology (Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant). The nature of knowledge will be discussed. Other topics will include knowledge as justified – True – Belief, error and probable opinion, Memory, Judgment, knowing and believing. The empiricist and the rationalist theories of knowledge will be examined. PHL 2051: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Students shall be introduced to the importance of research. Also the concept of methodology will be exposed. The Research methodology used in the Arts, Humanities and the social sciences will be taught. Students are taught how to make use of different methods used in philosophy. The analytical, logical, synthetical, pragmatic, existential, experiential, methods will be examined the systematic and proper documentation of research materials used the procedure for proper adoption of the MLA will also be taught. PHL 2061: METAPHYSICS This course focuses on the definitions of metaphysics and on the different areas of metaphysics. It also touches on the nature and scope of metaphysics. Metaphysics and ontological cosmology, rational psychology are examined.Problems and theories of being, appearance and reality, universals and particulars, form and matter, space and time causality, induction and the uniformity of nature, mind-body problem, freewill and determinism, etc. shall be considered. PHL 2012: HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL PHILOSOOPHY This course is tailored to acquaint the students with the historical development of philosophical thought during the Medieval period. We shall see the relationship between philosophy and theology. Thereafter, we shall see the influence of the Christian faith on the philosophical thought patterns of the philosophers of this period. We shall examine the philosophers of St. Augustine’s William of Ockham, St. Thomas Aquinas, St. Anselm, Bonaventure, Don Scotus, Boethius, etc. PHL 2022: SYMBOLIC LOGIC II Studies in predicate calculus continue. We shall advance to quantificational logic, Quantifiers, Relations and Multiple Quantification, set theory, theory of deductive system, synthetic system, semantic concepts, Concepts of consistency, proofs of consistency, proof of decidability, etc. PHL 2032: PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE (Optional) This course aims at acquainting students with the subject matter of philosophy of language. Questions such as what is the philosophy of language? What necessitated it and what is the value as a course in philosophy will be handled. We shall also consider the problems of the philosophy of language, the problem of meaning, theories of meaning, theories of reference, dimensions of meaning, empirical criteria of meaning fullness and meaninglessness language and reality, the rules of language, logical positivism, logical atomism, language games, verificationism. PHL 2042: LEADERSHIP PHILOSOPHIES & DECISION THEORIES This course focuses on the nature of leadership, types of leadership, goals of leadership, ancient, modern and contemporary theories of leadership, and the problem of leadership in contemporary Africa. Emphasis will not only be on political leadership but leadership even at the domestic and corporate level. The goal of this course is to present a philosophic critique of leadership theories and to show the path for authentic leadership in various levels of our society. A critical examination of decision theories and strategic planning in the politics and economics of the new global order will be undertaken. PHL 2052: PHILOSOPHY AND GENDER ISSUES This is a relatively new area in philosophy. Its focus shall be on issues bordering on gender and human rights. Issues such as the justification for women empowerment, the role of women in the family and society, the need for greater education of women, human rights question, gender sensitivity. The issue of complementarity in gender discourse, right of mothers to abortion, rights of women to vote and be voted for, feminism and the environment, equality, justice, fairness as it relates to gender discourse, the new world order and gender, will 289 be examined in the course. PHL 2062: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (Optional) This course will focus on the philosophical interpretation of religion with particular reference to Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, African traditional religion. It will define what philosophy of religion is, its nature and scope. It will acquaint students with the philosophical analysis of concepts such as God, proof of the existence of God, religious or mystical experience, the problem of evil, meaning and significance of religious language. The relationship between religion and morality will be examined. The analyses of issues like miracles, immorality of the soul will be carried out. PHL 2072: PHILOSOPHY OF ENVIRONMENT One of the central philosophical themes of the 20th century is environmental philosophy. One of its founders is Arne Naess, a Norwegian who has called it “ecophilosophy” or “ecosophy”. This course will focus on philosophical reason for environment. Questions to be addressed in this course will include. Is man the only being to be considered in existence? Are other animals rational? Do they have a right to existence? Other topics to be examined in the course include: Philosophical defence of wildlife, the preservation of the flora and fauna of our environment, Environmental pollution, Gas flaring, water pollution, etc., Resource control and philosophical implications. PHL 2082: PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY (Optional) This course is tailored to acquaint students with the methodology and scope of philosophy of History such questions as; can history be studied philosophically? will be considered. Is there a law which provides a handle for the interpretation of history? Does the past bear any semblance to the present and the future? An examination of some theories of historical progress will be considered. (e.g. we have Vico, the French enlightenment philosophers, Herder, Hegel, Marx, Spengler, Toynbee, etc). We shall consider philosophical problems which arise in the course of historical explanation. Can history be studied scientifically? In addition to the courses listed above, the student is expected to take one elective from either the Humanities, Social Sciences, Education or Law. Year Three PHL 3011: HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY (RATIONALISM) This course will be concerned with the general characteristics of rationalism as a philosophical school. The major exponents of this school, namely, Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz will be examined. This study will be prefaced by the study of Francis Bacon for his position is igniting a renewed scientific spirit of that period. PHL 3021: AFRICAN PHILOSOPHY AND VALUES I The student will be acquainted with the problem of definition and existence of African philosophy. Is there an African philosophy? If there, is what is it? The students will be introduced to the progress made in African philosophy through the works of African philosophers such as Nkrumah, Nyerere, Fanon, Azikiwe, Awolowo, Senghor, Bodurin, Wiredu, Oruka, Hountondji, and others. PHL 3031: BASIC NOTIONS OF SCIENCE Here, we shall focus on the core notions of science, the methods and laws of the sciences and the fundamental concepts and principles of physics and chemistry. Students should also be acquainted with the nature of scientific explanation, the problem of induction, relationship between explanation and prediction, observation and theory, the role of hypothesis, experiment, theory, law, models, analogues, ontological status of theoretical entities. We shall also focus on the relationship between scientific knowledge and other spheres of human experience. PHL 3041: SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY I This course will involve analyses of political ideas such as justice and equality, freedom and responsibility, authority and political obligation, civil disobedience and resolution, state and nation, and a consideration of the concept of ideology with reference to such ideologies as socialism communism capitalism. The political ideas of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Bentham, J. S. Mill, Engels, Marx, Lenin, Gandhi, Popper, Claude Ake and others will be considered. PHL 3051: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 290 This course will focus on the application of some fundamental theories in ethics to the various professions which present moral/ethical problem to their practitioners and clients. It is a practical oriented course which focuses on medical, business, legal, engineering ethics and so on. Allocation of medical resources, moral foundation of the medical profession, Research involving Human subjects, its morality, hazards and prospects (scientific freedom and its limit). All the above will be examined. PHL 3061: EPISTEMOLOGY II Here, we shall consider more rigorously Kantian epistemology, the place of skepticism in Epistemology, Foundationalism and non-foundationalism, Coherentism, the Gettier problem, justification of knowledge claims, Naturalized and Humanized epistemology, Postmodernism and Epistemology, a critique of traditional western epistemological concepts and the quest for alternative epistemologies. PHL 3071: PHILOSOPHY OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (Optional) A study of the subject matter of Economics, economic theories and social development. An evaluation of the role of philosophy in the development of human society. A study of the concept of economic development, development theories and their consequence on the African continent and global politics. Major economic and political thinkers will also be studied. The role of economic institutions like IMF, World Bank, WTO, in the creation of value in Africa and the developing nations. PHL 3012: HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY (EMPIRICISM) We shall acquaint students with the basic contents of the ideas of the British empiricist philosophers. We shall consider the meaning of Idea, theories of Perception, Knowledge, Impression, etc. There will be a systematic comparison of their philosophies. These philosophers include John Locke, George Berkeley, and David Hume. We shall see Kant’s attempt at a synthesis of rationalism and empiricism. PHL 3022: AFRICAN PHILOSOPHY AND VALUES II We shall make further progress by examining the history of African philosophy, the controversies concerning the Greek origin of Philosophy and the question of African philosophy; the problems of the stolen legacy (see Anta Diop, Onyewuenyi, Bassey Andah, and others). We shall consider in detail the many works that are on African philosophy. Examination of concepts of philosophical interest will be carried out with the African mind set, e.g. Ujamaa, communalism, immorality, Body-mind problem, personhood, African identity, etc., ways of making African philosophy relevant will be further explored. PHL 3032: PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE We shall examine what the philosophy of science is all about. This will include a critical assessment of the scientific method. We shall examine the place of objectivity in science. How does science grow cumulatively or non-cumulatively? The idea of paradigms, normal science, revolutionary science will be examined. We shall examine the views of philosophers of science, such as, Thomas Kuhn, Karl Popper, Paul Feyerabend, Imre Lakatos, W. V. O. Quine, Hilary Putnam and others. In what ways does the philosopher contribute to the growth of science? Fundamental issues in the philosophy of Physics and the Philosophy of Biology will be examined, e.g. Bio-politics. PHL 3042: SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY II This course will continue with a consideration of the subject matter of social and political philosophy. It will evaluate the role of philosophy in the development of human society and its place in the system of social phenomena. We shall examine the paradox involved in the theory of democracy, the doctrine of justice as fairness, the concepts of liberty, equality, social responsibility, social determination and totalitarianism will be discussed. Comparative studies of Capitalism, Socialism and Communism will be carried out. Contemporary concerns like globalization, terrorism, resource control and minority rights will be studied. PHL 3052: PHILOSOPHY OF MEDICINE An in-depth understanding of the field of medicine and its relationship with philosophy. The role of logic in medicine, will also be examined. A metaphysical understanding of life, disease and death, holistic and African perspectives on the human person as against western perspectives on the person, Health from both the perspective of the patient and that of the physician, the role of the physician, the issue of confidentiality, lying and medical practice, the moral issue surrounding some contemporary medical practice such as cloning and 291 artificial insemination, contemporary issues that have bearing on man, his health, his environment will be explored and examined. PHL 3062: AESTHETICS A consideration of philosophical problems arising from the expression of art, arts representation, emotive expression, symbols. The role of intention, metaphor and analogy. Functionalist accounts of art and values. This course shall also ask such questions as: What is Aesthetics? Its brief history, what is a work of Art? Furthermore, the course will examine aesthetic description and evaluation, the possibility of a methodology of criticism, and the role of intention and the nature of metaphor and analogy. PHL 3082: PHILOSOPHY OF PEACE AND CONFLICTRESOLUTION (Optional) A Philosophical study of war and peace. Theories of conflicts and conflict resolution are critically examined. Perspectives ranging from metaphysical, ethical, historical, etc, are also considered. This course shall also examine Islamic, Christian and other cultural perspectives. And the positions of Marx, Marcuse, Gandhi, Luther King, Thoreau, Fanon, Malcolm X, etc., shall also be considered. There will also be a philosophical understanding of human nature, the dynamics of society and the preconditions for peace. PHL 3092: SOCIOBIOLOGY (Optional) This course will introduce the students to the fundamental issues in the Sociobiology debate, theories of human nature, biological determinism, the genetics of sociobiology, sociobiology versus biosociology, genetic engineering and biological reductionism, etc. Year Four PHL 4011: KANT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHERS Kant’s philosophy shall be carefully studied. Deliberate attempts must be made to enable the student understand the fundamental outline of Kant’s philosophy and the structure of the three Critiques. The line connecting Kant to the philosophical developments in the 19th century should be drawn (the transcendental pretence). Other philosophers such as J. S. Mill, Schopenhauer, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche will be studied. Critical questions on their epistemology, metaphysics and ethics shall be considered. PHL 4021: PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS The nature of philosophy of mathematics will be considered. Issues bordering on intuitionism, logicism, formalism will be discussed. The nature and characterization of mathematical concepts will be examined. The relation between logic and mathematics, the nature of mathematics and its relation to concepts of necessity, analyticity and certainty and the place of mathematics in human knowledge will be examined. PHL 4031: ISLAMIC PHILOSOPHY This course will examine the philosophies of outstanding Islamic philosophers, such as, Avicenna, Ibn Khaldun, etc. The basic tenets of Islam are examined and put through the philosophical crucible of analysis and criticism. The way of life enjoined by Islam, its moral foundations and metaphysics are considered in the light of alternative worldviews. PHL 4041: ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY This course surveys oriental philosophical traditions and concepts. Important issues in Japanese, Korean, Chinese, Indian and other eastern philosophies are studied. This course therefore covers issues in Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shintoism, and so forth. PHL 4051: ANALYSIS OF SELECTED TEXTS (Optional) This course involves the analytical study of selected philosophical classics. Students will be supervised to ensure that they read the original work themselves. PHL 4061: PHILOSOPHY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES (Optional) This course is concerned with examining the character of the courses in the social science. It asks the question: can the social sciences be truly scientific? It looks at the place of value in social research. It examines the concepts of explanation, laws, theories, causality, prediction in physical science and the applicability of these to the understanding of social life, the relation between theory and social science. The holistic, individualistic, 292 structuralist and functionalist approaches to the study of the social sciences will be examined, other concepts include, rationality, alienation, false consciousness, anomies deviance. PHL.4071: PHILOSOPHY OF LAW Students are to be acquainted with the basic issues in Law e.g. The Concept of law, law and other social concepts (eg. morality, justice, etc), schools of law, legal reasoning, justification of punishment, judicial precedent, etc. PHL 4081: PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION In this course, the relationship between philosophy and education will be examined. The course undertakes to elucidate basic concepts in education from a philosophical perspective. Different theories of education such as realist, idealist, pragmatist, existentialist theories will be considered. Students will be exposed to philosophical debate on how to fashion a fruitful philosophy of education for Nigeria. Themes such as, education for national development will be considered. PHL 4091: MARXIST PHILOSOPHY (Optional) In this course, students will be exposed to the historical development of Marxism both as a system of thought and as an ideology. It will consider matter as a philosophical category leading to the theory of dialectical materialism. We shall also consider the basic precepts and laws of dialects. The unity and struggle of opposite, quantitative and qualitative changes, the rogation of rogation. We shall consider the materialist theory of knowledge practice as the criterion of materialist truth. The Marxist conception of science, society, religion and politics in general will be discussed. PHL 4000: LONG ESSAY All students in the graduating class will be required to write a long essay of about 30 to 40 quarto pages on any topic approved by the Department. This long essay will be defended before the Departmental board before a final grade is awarded. Or the Department will organize the defence on the basis of 1st and 2nd readers before whom the candidate must orally defend his long essay. PHL 4012: PHENOMENOLOGY AND EXISTENTIALISM This course shall acquaint students with the development and nature of phenomenology as a method and as a philosophy of arriving at the essence of reality. Edmund Husser is the chief proponent of this philosophy. Issues such as descriptive phenomenology and transcendental phenomenology will be examined. Prevalent phenomenological terms such as eidetic reduction, phenomenological epoch, and intentionality will be considered. The phenomenological existentialism of Martin Heidegger will be thoroughly examined. His sein desein, facticity, existentiality, fallenness, etc, will be examined. Other existentialist. Philosophers such as Jean Paul Sartre, Albert Camus, Merleau Ponty, Gabriel Marcel, Karl Jaspers, Martin Buber will be considered. PHL 4022: COMPARATIVE PHILOSOPHY This course examines and compares concepts in the African, Western and Oriental traditions. The concepts can be derived from language, literature, philosophy and the norms of the three traditions. Such concepts as Soul, Mind, death, knowledge, truth, belief, liberty, equality, etc., can be studied. PHL 4032: CHRISTIAN PHILOSOPHY This course covers the philosophical study of the Christian religion. It examines the metaphysical, epistemological, aesthetic, political, ethical aspects of the religion, and so forth. Christian concepts like salvation, predestination, trinity, incarnation, baptism and ressurrection will also be examined. Issues like union and communion, salvation history, feminist perspectives and socio-political liberation will also be considered. PHL 4042: CONTEMPORARY ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY We shall in this course consider the development of analytic philosophic tradition after the collapse of the Absolute idealism of Hegel and the Neo-Hegelians, such as, Bradley and McTaggart (the metaphysical angle). We shall also consider the developments in mathematical logic in which Frege, Russell and Whitehead play important roles. The new analytic vision for philosophy through W.V.O Quine, Logical positivism, logical atomism, Wittgenstein’s Tractatus and Investigations will also be considered. 293 PHL 4062: POST MODERNISM (Optional) This course will dig deep into the origin and growth of Post Modernism and will examine the critique of reason, historicism, meaning, grand theorizing and philosophy as a whole. The students will be made to be acquainted with deconstructionism, structuralism and post structuralist philosophies. In particular, the philosophies of Lacan, Derrida, Foucault, Lyotard and feminists like Luce Irigeray will be studied. PHL 4072: HERMENEUTICS (Optional) This course will examine the meaning, origin and growth of Hermeneutics and its role in Philosophy today. It will also examine the ramifications and implications of interpretations. The works of scholars like Jurgen Habermas, Gadamer and Jacques Derrida will also be studied. The hermeneutic challenge as it relates to African studies and multicultural communication will also be examined. PHL 4082: HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF TECHNOLOGY (Optional) This course will dwell on the history and development of technology and will examine the philosophical issues that have arisen from the growth of technology. The connection between technology and development will be discussed and questions relating to technology, culture, alienation, and so on, will be raised. PHL 4000: LONG ESSAY The long essay concludes in the second semester. At the beginning of the second semester the coordinator of the philosophy unit of the Department will group lecturers for the purposes of oral defence by the students they are supervising either as first or second readers. A weeklong period called “Defence week” shall be scheduled by the Department and information about it made available in advance to affected students. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS AND CULTURAL STUDIES Aims and Objectives of Curriculum Revision 1. The emerging curriculum is designed to incorporate new ideas that will enhance progressive vocationalization and professionalization of Religious Studies. 2. The revised curriculum will assist the University to maintain the highest standards of accuracyand scholarship in Religious Studies. 3. As a core curriculum, course content are framed around individual interests, abilities and experiences. In conformity with contemporary trend in curriculum development, we have placed more emphasis on flexibility, adaptability and learner-centered approach. The philosophy of the revised curriculum is lifted from Benjamin Bloom’s Taxonomy (1965) which covers three domains of learning: affective (attitudes and emotions), cognitive (knowledge and information) and psychomotor (practical or physical skills). 4. The primary objective of the Department is academic, – that is, to pursue the truth, discover the truth, establish and disseminate the truth. 5. The curriculum will develop in the students the capacity to think clearly and objectively, with a reasonable degree of sophistication about religious, cultural and philosophical issues, drawing conclusions logically from an informed analysis of factual and descriptive situations. 6. The curriculum will develop in the students the capacity to distinguish between matters of fact and matters of opinion and between scientific (objective) statement and value judgment. 7. It will expand and fortify the intellectual horizon of the students to attain self – actualization, mental flexibility, openness to new ideas and dispassionate neutrality in the comparative study of Religion. 9. The curriculum will sharpen the intellectual potentials of the students to prepare them to be responsible citizens in the service of their country that is, people who can stand upto the spiritual, political and ethical problems which plague the nation. 10. The curriculum will equip the students to intellectually cope with the challenges facing religion in a complex technological and scientific age. It develops in the students the capacity to perceive the manysidedness of religious studies. 11. The curriculum will seek to articulate the indispensability and contributions of religion to the development of culture and society. In that bid, it stimulates and proffers informed scientific approaches to research in the areas of religion, culture and society . Rationale for adding a Cultural Component 294 Following the recommendations of the committee set up by the Religious Studies unit to review the nomenclature, curriculum and philosophy of the Department, it was decided that in view of the fact that other Nigerian universities have recently highlighted the cultural dimensions of religion, it was necessary to incorporate a cultural component into the reviewed and integrated curriculum of Religious Studies in the University of Calabar. In the face of modern trends in globalization, African culture faces the stiff challenge of (cultural) survival. As a result of this, academic discourses in matters related to culture have been brought to the fore. Besides, the contemporary emphasis on tourism has brought issues of culture into great prominence in this part of the world. In view of these, and given the fact that every religion is embedded in a culture, the need to highlight the cultural context of religions becomes imperative. The need to study culture in an academic setting cannot be over-emphasized. Culture adds value to tourism, which has become a viable foreign exchange earner for many countries of the world COURSE OUTLINE FIRST YEAR First Semester Course No RCS 1011 RCS 1021 RCS 1031 RCS 1041 RCS 1051 GSS 1101 GSS 1121 Course Title Remarks On Status Introduction to Religious Studies Same as in old curriculum Religions of Africa I (optional) Updated Introduction to Cultural Studies Newly introduced Introduction to Religious and Moral Education I (optional) Newly introduced Introduction to the Practice of Research in Newly introduced Humanities Use of English Same as in old Curriculum Philosophy and Logic “ “ Second Semester RCS 1012 Varieties of Religious Experience (optional) Updated RCS 1022 Religions of Africa II Same as in old Curriculum RCS 1032 Introduction to Cultural Studies II Newly introduced RCS 1042 Intro. to Religious and Moral Newly introduced Education II (optional) GSS 1102 Use of English Same as in old curriculum GSS 1132 History and Philosophy of Science “ “ GSS 1112 Citizenship Education “ “ INSTRUCTIONS: First year students are expected to offer a minimum of five courses and one elective from a related discipline in every semester. All courses are assigned three credit hours. SECOND YEAR First Semester RCS 2011 RCS 2021 RCS 2031 RCS 2041 RCS 2051 RCS 2061 RCS 2071 RCS 2081 RCS 2101 RCS 2201 GSS 2111 Sociology of Religion I Psychology of Religion I Christianity in West Africa Background to New Testament Religion and Art in Africa (optional) Religion, Medicine and Health 1 Introduction to Islam Cultural Anthropology 1 Background to Old Testament Culture and Personality I Introduction to Computer Practical Updated Newly introduced Updated “ “ Newly introduced Newly introduced Updated Newly introduced Updated Newly introduced Same as in old curriculum Second Semester RCS 2012 Sociology of Religion II Updated 295 RCS 2022 RCS 2032 RCS 2042 RCS 2052 RCS 2062 RCS 2072 RCS 2082 RCS 2102 RCS 2202 GSS 2112 Psychology of Religion II Newly Introduced Impact of Christianity in West Africa Updated New Testament Studies: The Gospels Updated Religion and Art: Western and Oriental Art Newly introduced Religion, Medicine and Health II Newly introduced Introduction to Islamic Civilization Newly introduced Cultural Anthropology II “ “ “ History and Religion of Israel Updated Culture and Personality II Newly introduced Introduction to Computer Practicals Same as in old curriculum INSTRUCTIONS: Second year students are expected to offer six courses and one elective from a related discipline in every semester. All courses are assigned three credit hours. THIRD YEAR First Semester RCS 3011 RCS 3021 RCS 3031 RCS 3041 RCS 3051 RCS 3061 RCS 3071 RCS 3081 RCS 3091 RCS 3101 RCS 3201 RCS 3401 RCS 3501 RCS 3601 Anthropology of Religion I Newly introduced Peoples and Cultures of Africa “ “ African Traditional Religion Updated Introduction to Missiology I Newly introduced New Religious Movements I Updated Contemporary Religious and Philosophical Thought I Updated Culture and Psychopathology I Newly introduced Religion and Medical Ethics I Newly Introduced History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 5 BC-AD 590 Updated History of Medieval Islam Newly introduced New Testament Studies: Acts of the Apostles Updated Social Psychology of Religion I “ “ Social and Cultural Evolution Newly introduced Media, Communication and Culture I Newly introduced THIRD YEAR Second Semester RCS 3012 Anthropology of Religion II RCS 3022 Nigerian Peoples and Cultures RCS 3042 Introduction to Missiology II RCS 3052 New Religious Movements in Africa RCS 3062 Contemporary Religious and Philosophical Thought II RCS 3072 Culture and Psychopathology II RCS 3082 Religion and Medical Ethics II RCS 3092 History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 590-1517 RCS 3102 History of Islam in West Africa RCS 3202 New Testament Studies: Pauline and General Epistles RCS 3402 Social Psychology of Religion II RCS 3502 Comparative Culture RCS 3602 Media, Communication and Culture II INSTRUCTIONS: Third year students are expected to offer a minimum of seven courses in every semester. All courses are assigned three credit hours. FINAL YEAR First Semester 296 RCS 4000 RCS 4011 RCS 4021 RCS 4041 RCS 4051 RCS 4071 RCS 4081 RCS 4101 RCS 4201 RCS 4301 RCS 4401 RCS 4501 Long Essay World Religious Traditions Philosophy of Religion I History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 1517-1648 Religion, Science and Technology Peacemaking and Conflict Resolution 1 Ethics of Science Social Ethics I Christianity and Modern Psychotherapies 1 Religion and Psychology of Women I Religion and Feminism I Religion and Cultural Tourism I Second Semester RCS 4000 Long Essay RCS 4002 General Paper RCS 4012 Comparative Religion RCS 4022 Philosophy of Religion II RCS 4102 Social Ethics II RCS 4042 History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 1648-2006 RCS 4052 Religion and Nigerian Youth RCS 4072 Peacemaking and Conflict Resolution II RCS 4082 Ethics and Human Sexuality RCS 4202 Christianity and Modern Psychotherapies II RCS 4302 Religion and Psychology of Women II RCS 4402 Religion and Feminism II RCS 4502 Religion and Cultural Tourism II INSTRUCTIONS: Final year students are expected to offer a minimum of seven courses in every semester. All courses are assigned three credit hours. CLASSIFICATION OF COURSES 1. CULTURAL STUDIES: RCS 1031 – RCS 1032 – RCS 2051 – RCS 2052 – RCS 2081 – RCS 2082 – RCS 3021 – RCS 3022 – RCS 3031 – RCS 3501 RCS 3502 – RCS 3601 RCS 3602 RCS 4011 – RCS 4012 – RCS 4501 RCS 4502 - Introduction to Cultural Studies I Introduction to Cultural Studies II (compulsory) Religion and Art in Africa Religion and Art: Western and Oriental Art Cultural Anthropology 1(compulsory) Cultural Anthropology II (compulsory) Peoples and Cultures of Africa Nigerian Peoples and Cultures African Traditional Religion (compulsory) Social and Cultural Evolution Comparative Culture (compulsory) Media, Communication and Culture I (compulsory) Media, Communication and Culture II World Religious Traditions (compulsory) Comparative Religion Religion and Cultural Tourism I Religion and Cultural Tourism II 2. SOCIAL – PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDIES OF RELIGION RCS 1011 – Introduction to Religious Studies (compulsory) RCS 1012 – Varieties of Religious Experience 297 RCS 2011 RCS 2012 RCS 2021 RCS 2022 RCS 2061 RCS 2062 RCS 2201 RCS 2202 RCS 3011 RCS 3012 RCS 3071 RCS 3072 RCS 3081 RCS 3082 RCS 3401 RCS 3402 RCS 4021 RCS 4022 RCS 4301 RCS 4302 RCS 4201 RCS 4202 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – - 3. CHRISTIAN STUDIES: RCS 2041 RCS 2042 – RCS 2101 – RCS 2102 – RCS 3041 – RCS 3042 – RCS 3201 RCS 3202 - Sociology of Religion I (compulsory) Sociology of Religion II Psychology of Religion I (compulsory) Psychology of Religion II Religion, Medicine and Health I Religion, Medicine and Health II Culture and Personality I (compulsory) Culture and Personality II Anthropology of Religion I (compulsory) Anthropology of Religion II Culture and Psychopathology I Culture and Psychopathology II Religion and Medical Ethics I Religion and Medical Ethics II Social Psychology of Religion 1 (compulsory) Social Psychology of Religion II Philosophy of Religion I (compulsory) Philosophy of Religion II Religion and Psychology of Women I Religion and Psychology of Women II Christianity and Modern Psychotherapies I Christianity and Modern Psychotherapies II Background to New Testament (compulsory) New Testament Studies: The Gospels Background to Old Testament (compulsory) History and Religion of Israel Introduction to Missiology I (compulsory) Introduction to Missiology II New Testament Studies: Act of the Apostles New Testament Studies: Pauline and General Epistles 4. HISTORICAL STUDIES OF RELIGION RCS 1021 – Religions of Africa I (compulsory) RCS 1022 – Religions of Africa II RCS 2071 – Introduction to Islam (compulsory) RCS 2072 – Introduction to Islamic Civilization RCS 2031 – Christianity in West Africa (compulsory) RCS 2032 – Impact of Christianity in West Africa RCS 3091 – History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 5 BC (compulsory) RCS 3092 – History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 590-1517 (compulsory) RCS 3101 – History of Medieval Islam (compulsory) RCS 3102 – History of Islam in West Africa RCS 4041 History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 1517-1648 (compulsory) RCS 4042 History and Doctrines of the Christian Church, 1648-2006 (compulsory) 5. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES RCS 1041 – Introduction to Religious and Moral Education I RCS 1042 – Introduction to Religious and Moral Education II RCS 3051 – New Religious Movements RCS 3052 – New Religious Movements in Africa RCS 3061 – Contemporary Religious and Philosophical Thought I RCS 3062 – Contemporary Religious and Philosophical Thought II RCS 4051 – Religion, Science, and Technology 298 RCS 4052 RCS 4081 RCS 4082 RCS 4071 RCS 4072 RCS 4101 RCS 4102 RCS 4401 RCS 4402 – – – – – – – Religion and Nigerian Youth Ethics of Science Ethics and Human Sexuality Peacemaking and Conflict Resolution I Peacemaking, and Conflict Resolution II Social Ethics I Social Ethics II Religion and Feminism I Religion and Feminism II COURSE DESCRIPTION RCS 1051: THE PRACTICE OF RESEARCH IN HUMANITIES This is a compulsory audited course, which every first year student must offer and pass in the first semester. It is an enrichment course, which is required for graduation. A combined team of three lecturers will teach the course. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FIRST YEAR RCS 1011: INTRODUCTION TO RELIGIOUS STUDIES This course introduces students to the academic study of religion, and to the variety and complexity of religion. There is a discussion on the various methods of studying the phenomenon of religion. These include the philosophical, historical, phenomenological, psychological, theological, sociological and anthropological dimensions. The course will cover topics such as the origins of religion, definitions of religion, magic and animism, totem and taboo, ancestor worship, and methodological issues in the study of religion as an academic discipline. RCS 1012: VARIETIES OF RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE This course is an attempt to expose the students to the religious experiences of mankind. The meaning of transcendence, ecstasy and the various modes of spirituality are explored through the theories of historians of religion, phenomenologists, psychologists and sociologists. The course will probe the mind–set and psychic– vent of homo religiosus in its variegated dimensions. RCS 1021: RELIGIONS OF AFRICA I A socio – historical study of three contending religious traditions in Africa--Christianity, Islam and traditional religion. The course will commence with a descriptive study of the peoples, geography and religious classification of Africa. The course content in the first semester will cover topics in African Traditional Religion and Islam. For ATR, the following topics will be treated; African Traditional Religion: A definition, nature of ATR, the structure and main features of ATR; the purpose of studying ATR; ATR in Western conceptual scheme; the concept of God in Africa and the cult of ancestors. For Islam, the following topics will be treated: the rise of Islam; Prophet Muhammad; the articles of faith; the prophets of Allah; the Quran; the concept of God in Islam; the advent of Islam in Egypt and North Africa, West Africa, Eastern Sudan and Central Africa. RCS 1022: RELIGIONS OF AFRICA II This course is a continuation of RCS 1021. In the second semester the course will concentrate on Christianity as an African religion. Students will be introduced to the history of ancient African Christianity. Topics will include the planting of Christianity at Kush, Axum, Egypt, Ethiopia and Alexandria. The involvement and contributions of Africans to ancient Christianity will be highlighted. Other topics include African Church fathers, mission Christianity in Africa, independent African churches, Africanization of Christianity, accretion and syncretism, the Aladura movement, Brotherhood of the Cross and Star, Godianism, Kimbanguism etc. RCS 1031/1032: INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL STUDIES A multi–disciplinary exploration of culture as the sum total of man’s achievement and success in social life. An examination of the normative basis of social action. The course will examine the various definitions of culture, theories of culture, dimensions of culture, cultural diversity, cultural integration, culture and the social order, 299 the development of social norms, symbols, meanings and cultural interpretation of the African continent. The historical dimension of the course will include a study of cultural imperialism in colonial Africa and the perception of Africa in Western ethnocentric vision. RCS 1041/1042: INTRODUCTION TO RELIGIOUS AND MORAL EDUCATION A study of historical development of educational thought with particular reference to religious and moral education. The course will highlight the relevance of religious and moral education in national development. Other topics include, the aims of religious and moral education, religious education and cultural development, religious education and citizenship, religion and morality, education of the conscience, nature and significance of moral education, moral education in historical perspectives, religious education from the perspective of world religious traditions, the contribution of psychology to religious education, religious thinking of the infant and adolescent, moral decadence and juvenile delinquency. RCS 1051: INTRODUCTION TO THE PRACTICE OF RESEARCH IN HUMANITIES This course introduces the students to the aims of research in humanities. Topics will include, research methods, evidence and causal analysis, selection and conceptual formation, population sampling, research design, methods of observation, data analysis, decision-making in scientific research, classification of ideas, writing from observation and imagination, research proposals, library research, documentation: APA guidelines, MLA guidelines and works cited. SECOND YEAR RCS 2011: SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION I This course provides a basic introduction to the sociological study of religion – its aims, scope and methodology. The course will cover the following topics, the social foundations of religion, theories of religion, theories of society, religious classification, religious organization, the protestant ethic, secularization, the social construction of reality, dimensions of religious commitment, and religious evolution. Students will be guided to study the writings of Emile Durkheim, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Robert Bellah, Peter Berger, Talcott Parsons et al. RCS 2012: SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION II This course examines the negative role of religion in the perpetuation of social inequality within the various cultures of the world. The course will study the origins and dimensions of social inequality. Other topics include, social stratification, class and status, race and racism, caste system in India, Osu in Igbo land, religion and the plight of the Negroes in the United States, racism in apartheid and post-apartheid South Africa, religion and the status of Women, feminism and the social construction of gender, religion in pre-industrial, industrial and industrializing societies, religion, economics and society, the social origins of denominationalism, Church and sect, Proliferation of Christianity in Africa etc. RCS 2021: PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION I This course examines the phenomena of religion both in individuals and groups. A critical study of the psychological dimensions of religious actions and practices. students will be guided to read the writings of Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, Erik Erikson, Abraham Maslow, Adrian van Kaam et al. Other topics include, Psychological definitions of religion, Psychological theories of religion, Sigmund Freud and the psychoanalytic movement, Gnosticism and faith, religion and extra – sensory – perception, religious dress and vestments etc. RCS 2022: PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION II This course examines the various means, which the religious man adopts to express his faith. Topics will include, religious leadership, religious experience, sacred places and sacred objects, Aladura pneumatology, Pentecostal spirit possession and ecstasy, liturgical practices, healing and exorcism, totems and taboos, integration of psychology with religion etc. RCS 2031: CHRISTIANITY IN WEST AFRICA 1800-2006 An historical exploration of the advent of Christianity in the West African sub-region. A study of the strategies and methods of promoting the expansion of Christianity in West Africa. Topics will include, the formation of missionary movements in Europe and America, the planting of Christianity in Nigeria, Ghana, Sierra Leone, Liberia, Togo, Senegal, Cameroon and Gabon. Students will be guided to read the writings of Jacob Ajayi, Emmanuel Ayandele, Ogbu Kalu, Patrick Crampton, Lamin Sanneh et al. 300 RCS 2032: IMPACT OF CHRISTIANITY IN WEST AFRICA 1800 – 2006 A study of the factors that aided the spread of Christianity in West Africa. Topics will include, missionaries and colonialism, Missionaries as agents of civilization, missionaries and social reforms, colonial education, the development of the health sector, the negative impacts of the missionary enterprise, the contributions of missionaries to the nationalist struggle, the emergence of African independent churches etc. The course will involve a comprehensive study of the biographies of foreign and indigenous missionaries like Hope Waddel, Mary Mitchell Slessor, Henry Venn, Essien Essien Ukpabio, Donald Ekong, Henry Townsend, J. C. Taylor, Thomas Birch Freeman, Father Lutz, William de Graft, Thomas Bowen, David Babcock, Samuel Crowder, David Hinderer, Hugh Goldie, Edgerly, Simon Jonas, Jean Coquard, Samuel Bill, RCS 2041: BACKGROUND TO NEW TESTAMENT A critical introduction to the traditions of Jesus in line with contemporary consensus in biblical scholarship. The social, cultural and political background of the period will be examined. Topics will include the biography of Jesus of Nazareth, the quest for the historical Jesus, the implication of the quest for Africa, the synoptic problems, the Qumran community, sects in Judaism, biblical criticism, history of interpretation, Hellenism, the peace of Rome etc. RCS 2042: NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES: THE GOSPELS A comprehensive study of the first four books of the New Testament --- Mathew, Mark, Luke and John -- in line with contemporary biblical scholarship. RCS 2051: RELIGION AND ART IN AFRICA An inter- disciplinary study of the cultural history of Africa and a reflection on the intellectual and creative background of Africa’s visual arts. Topics slated for discussion include primitive culture, primitive art, art in the service of religion, African music and dance, religion and agricultural festivals in Africa, African prehistory, African archaeology, sources of African art, stone age art in Africa, Negro art, African art in Europe and America, African cultures in the later stone age, the rock paintings and engravings of Africa, the history, purpose and types of museums, Nigerian museums. Students will be escorted on a lecture tour to the National Museum at Oron, Old Residency Museum in Calabar among others. RCS 2052: RELIGION AND ART: WESTERN AND ORIENTAL ARTS This course is an introduction to the cultural history of Euro- America and Oriental countries. Topics will include prehistory and early cultures of Euro-America, Asian arts and cultures, early civilizations, the origins of civilization, the Mesolithic period in northern Europe, the art of the steppes, Korean visual arts, ancient near Eastern visual arts, visual arts of European metal age cultures, ancient Greek visual arts, Roman visual arts, Byzantine visual arts, Japanese visual arts, Chinese visual arts, Russian visual arts, Georgian visual arts, Armenian visual arts, Coptic arts, Romanesque visual arts, Gothic visual arts, Renaissance visual arts, Baroque visual arts, neo-classical and Romantic visual arts, the age of reason, the industrial revolution , modernist revolution in art, impressionism, Fauvism and surrealism. RCS 2071: INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM This course seeks to introduce the students to the fundamental tenets of Islam. The rks.course will cover the following topics, Prophet Muhammad, the articles of faith, the prophets of Allah, God in Islam, the Islamic order for human society, introduction to the Hadith, introduction to Sharia, introduction to the Quran, ritual purity, the function of the Mosque, poor–rate, fasting, pilgrimage, marriage and divorce, Jihad, secularism and the concept of the way in Islam. RCS 2072: INTRODUCTION TO ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION An historical exploration of the contributions of Islam to global civilization. Topics will include, Islamic jurisprudence, the historical background of Islamic civilization, Arabic literature, Persian literature, Turkish literature, Islamic art, the contributions of Islam to science and medicines, classical Islamic philosophy and theology. Islamic influence in the Persian Gulf. RCS 2201/2202: CULTURE AND PERSONALITY This course will focus on the impact of culture on personality development. It will highlight the symbiotic relationship between the physical environment and human personality, with a conclusion that man is a product 301 of social and cultural upbringing. Other topics will include, culture and society, the meaning of personality, cultural factors in personality development. Karen Horney’s view of culture, culture and thought, cultural environment, beliefs and reasoning, cultural dimension of thinking, personality prejudice, ethnocentrism, egocentrism, social class and childhood personality, temperament and mentality, childhood and modalities of social life, cultural and social adjustment, the self and identity formation, the course will review theories of personality by G Stanley Hall, Sigmund Freud, Anna Freud, Ruth Benedict, Margaret Mead, Albert Bandura, Robert Havighurst, Abraham Maslow, Erik Erikson, John Coleman, Carl Gustav Jung et al. RCS 2101: BACKGROUND TO OLD TESTAMENT An examination of the historical sources of Old Testament. The course will examine contemporary trends in Old Testament study. Topics will include the development of Hebrew religion, archeology and Old Testament, the text of the Old Testament, Old Testament canon, the environmental background of the Old Testament, inspiration of the Old Testament, Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, Old Testament manuscripts, the development of textual criticism, monotheism, sovereignty, election, covenant, theocracy, law, sacrifice, faith, redemption, interpretation of the Old Testament, introduction to the pentateuch, pentateuchal criticism, semitic epigraphy and Hebrew philology, the historical books, chronology of the Old Testament, wisdom literature, poetical books, prophetic literature etc. RCS 2061/2062: RELIGION, MEDICINE AND HEALTH This course examines the relationship between religion, medicine and health. The concept of health is far more social than biological. It does not connote absence of physical ailment, but an apparent reciprocity between mind and matter. The course will analyze the magico-religious dimensions of traditional medicine in Africa. The course will offer guidance for future research in African traditional medicine, and suggest possible ways for its integration with modern medicines. RCS 2102: HISTORY AND RELIGION OF ISRAEL: FROM ABRAHAM TO THE RETURN FROM EXILE The course will examine the history, geography and religion of Israel, from the call of Abraham, through slavery in Egypt, to the institution of the monarchy, and the return from the exile. RCS 2081/ 2082: CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY The scientific study of all aspects of the world’s cultures and the factors that have affected their development. The course will study cultural diversities of Africans, Asians, Aboriginal Australians, Pacific Islanders, Europeans and Americans. Other topics will include, methods and theories in the study of cultural anthropology, technology, economic organization, kinship, associations, authority systems, law and organized aggression, marriage and the organization of domestic groups, symbolism and communication, the nature and aims of archaeology, dating methods and chronology, documenting cultural change, reconstructing the past, transmission of civilization through time and space, early civilizations, the origins of civilization, cities, states and empires in early civilization, pre-historic archaeology, African archaeology, archaeology and oral tradition. Writing and literacy, early writing, sound and syllable, ancient scripts, alphabets, literacy and education, technology of the intellect, consequences of literacy, literacy in traditional china, India, Thailand, Sudan, Ghana, New Guinea, Melanesia, and Nsibidi script in the lower and upper Cross River Basin. THIRD YEAR RCS 3011: ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION I An overview of the study of religion by classical anthropologists. The course will examine the link between ethnology, ethology, and religious studies. Topics will include, anthropological definitions of religions, methodological problems in the study of pre-historic religions, polytheism, monotheism, priesthood, rituals, sacrifice, mythology, prayer, purification rites and customs, morality in primitive societies etc. writings of leading theorists in the field like E. B. Tylor, J. F. Frazer, Levi-Strauss, B. Malinowski, Mary Douglas, V. Turner, C. Geertz, Levy – Bruhl, Margaret Mead, Radcliffe- Brown, Evans–Pritchard, Lucy Mair, John Beattie, Ruth Benedict et al will be studied. RCS 3012: ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION II A study of religion in primitive societies and cultures. A social – anthropological analysis of the meaning and significance of primitive beliefs and symbols. Topics will include, primitive culture, rites of passage, symbolism, body rituals, the naked and the nude, primitive man’s early development, the development of 302 natural instincts, naturism, spirit and spiritualism, burial, sacred places, witchcraft and sorcery, ancient Greek religions, ancient Roman religions, ancient German religions, ancient Celts religions, ancient Egyptian religions, ancient Mesopotamian religions, ancient Asian religions and African traditional religion. Students will be guided to read the writings of P. A. Talbot, M. D. W. Jeffreys, Jan Vansina, Mary H. Kingsley, Major Arthur Leonard et al. RCS 3021: PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF AFRICA A cross – cultural study of the peoples and societies of Africa. An objective examination of the cultural peculiarities and universality of African people. The course involves a descriptive study of the geography, ethnography and prehistory of Africa. An interesting dimension of the course will be an indepth ethnographic study of the following African societies and cultures: the Ganda of Uganda, the Kpelle of Liberia, the Kung Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert, the Northern Pastoral Somali of the Horn, the Zulu of South Africa, the Kasongo Neimbo of Zaire, the Lele of Kasai, the Abaluyia of Kavirondo, the Lovedu of the Transvaal, the Dogon of Sudan, the Mende of Sierra Leone, the Shilluk of the Upper Nile, the Bunyoro of Western Uganda, the Kingdom of Ruanda, the Fon of Dahomey, the Suku of Southern Congo, the Swazi of Swaziland, the Kaguru of East Africa, the Dinka of the Sudan, the Barabaig of East Africa, the Lugbara of Uganda, the Massai of East Africa etc. other topics includes, pastoralism, domestication and utilization of animals, development of agriculture, food gathering economies, external contacts. Students will be acquainted with the writings of Daryll Forde, James Gibbs, Newell Booth, Arthur Leonard, Mary Kingsley, P.A.Talbot, G.P. Murdock, J.H. Greenberg, V.C. Uchendu, John Beatties, Okon Uya, Mary Douglas, Lucy Mair, M. Fortes, E.E. Evan Pritchard et al. RCS 3022: NIGERIAN PEOPLES AND CULTURES A socio-historical study of the cultural regions of Nigeria. This course will examine the fundamental cultural problems of the Nigerian nation. Culture is studied as a catalyst for nation-building. Topics include national character, Nigeria’s natural landscapes, migrations and acculturation, urban Nigeria, cultural regions of Nigeria, Nigerian manners, Nigerian arts, Nigerian literature, entertainment and the mass media in Nigeria, sports and Nigerian culture, women in Nigeria, status and social class in Nigeria, centripetal and centrifugal forces in nation- building, ethnicity and the development of distinct nationalities, the course will involve a study of the ethnography of the following Nigerian peoples and cultures viz the Igbo of South – Eastern Nigeria, the Yoruba of South – Western Nigeria, the pastoral Fulani of Northern Nigeria, the Kanuri of Borno, the Ibibio of Southern Nigeria, the Efik of Southern Nigeria, the Oron people of the lower Cross River Basin of Nigeria, the Isoko people of Nigeria, the peoples and cultures of the upper Cross River Basin of Nigeria. RCS 3031: AFRICAN TRADITIONAL RELIGION The aim of this course is to introduce students to the study of the traditional religion of Africa. Social life in Africa is a religious phenomenon. Topics will include the divinities, God and man, the rites of passage, God and society, secret societies and the social order, the concept of reincarnation, oath–taking and detection of crime. Students will be guided to read the writings of John Mbiti, Bolaji Idowu, E. G. Parrinder, E. Ilogu, Emefie Ikenga – Metuh et al. RCS 3051: NEW RELIGIOUS MOVEMENTS This course introduces the students to some of the Western oriented religious movements which have infiltrated Africa. Topics will include, definitions of new religious movements, methods and theories in the study of new religious movements, causal factors of new religious movements, messianism, millennialism, prophetism, psychedelic movements, youth religion and spirituality, the charismatic leader, Madhist tradition in Islam, Christian science, spiritism, New Age Movement, Mormonism, Theosophy, Unity School of Christianity, Worldwide Church of God (Anglo - Israelism), Scientology, the Rosicrucian Order, Eckankar, Grail Message, Swedenborgianism, Satanism, Astrology, transcendental meditation, Hare -Krishna movement, the divine light, the way international, Aquarian gospel etc. RCS 3052: NEW RELIGIOUS MOVEMENTS IN AFRICA This course seeks to examine new religious movements in Africa. As an outgrowth of Euro–American Christianity, African new religious movements represent a resilient force and a counter culture aimed at engrafting “Africanness” into Christianity. The new religious movements represent a bold step toward Africanisation of Christianity. Topics include, African Independent churches, Pentecostal churches in Africa, typology of new religious movements in Africa. 303 RCS 3061: CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS AND PHILOSOPHICALTHOUGHT I A critical and objective analysis of the confrontation between fundamentalism and modernism in Christian theology. The course will focus on the impact of secularism, and the re–definition of the fundamental doctrines of Christianity by modernist theologians. Topics will include, fundamentalism, the liberal revolt, neo– orthodoxy, socialism, religion and violence, Jesus in modernist theology, Pentecostalism, Evagelicalism, Ecumenism, Pope John XXIII and the Second Vatican Council. RCS 3062: CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS AND PHILOSOPHICALTHOUGHT II This course will examine ideological and philosophical movements like scientism, civil religion, psychoanalysis, analytical psychology, communism, Marxism, humanism, existentialism, phenomenology pragmatism, socialism, classical positivism etc. The purpose of the course is to examine all the presuppositions of non–religious, ideological movements with a view to ascertaining whether such movements perform functions that are similar to the social functions of organized religion. HISTORY AND DOCTRINES OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH 5 B. C – A. D 590. An historical investigation of the decisive epoch of earliest Christianity from the beginnings of Jesus movement to the rise of the imperial Church. Topics will include, Judaism in first century Palestine, Greco– Roman empire, Gnosticism, Marcionism, Pelegianism, Montanism, Church fathers, Arianism, Monasticism, the rise of the Papacy, Constantine, christological and trinitarian controversies, pax Romana, Hellenism, mystery religions, ancient philosophies etc. RCS 3091: RCS 3092: HISTORY AND DOCTRINES OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH 590 - 1517 A study of Christianity in the medieval period from the rise of the papacy to the Renaissance. Topics will include, the first medieval pope, the Holy Roman empire, the supremacy of the papacy, the rise of the universities, medieval philosophy, the crusades, scholasticism, the mystics, conflict in the papacy, the Renaissance etc. RCS 3101: HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL ISLAM An historical study of Islam in the middle ages. Topics will include, Arabia and her neighbours, Arabia at the time of Muhammad, the first conquest, the civil wars, the Arab empire, the Abbasid revolut ion, the breakup of the Caliphate, the Ismailian schism, the Turkish erruption, the Christian counter-attack, the Mongol etc. RCS 3102: HISTORY OF ISLAM IN WEST AFRICA This course seeks to study from the historical perspective the advent of Islam in West Africa. The influence of Islam in the Western Sudan states of Ghana, Mali, Songhai, Kanem Borno and Hausa land. Great historical personages like Idris Alooma, Shehu Ahmad, Usman Fodio, Alhaji Umar, El-Kanemi, Rabeh Zubair, Samoi Toure et al will be studied in line with their contributions to the development of Islam in Western Sudan. RCS 3201: NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES: ACTS OF THE APOSTLES A study of the history of earliest Christianity as presented by Luke in the Acts of Apostles. The course will examine the status of Luke both as a theologian and as an historian, other topics are, leadership of St. Peter, the calling of St. Paul, persecution and global expansion of Christianity, the biographies of the Apostles from extra biblical sources etc. RCS 3202: NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES: PAULINE AND GENERAL EPISTLES This course examines all the writings of St. Paul. Paul is studied as a leading and crucial figure at the beginnings of Jesus movement. Apart from studying Paul’s biography, the course will focus on the specific reasons which led Paul to write each of the letters. Topics will include, extra biblical facts on Paul’s background, sources of Paul’s thought, Pauline psychology, Paul and Judaism, Paul and Old Testament, Paul and the mystery religions, revelation and tradition in Pauline thought, Pauline christology, soteriology, eschatology, ecclesiology, pneumatology. The course will also address topics such as Gnosticism, legalism, Hellenism, celibacy, glossolalia, stoicism and misogynism. The course will examine the seven epistles written by James, Peter, John and Jude, from the perspective of authorship, dates and place of writing, chapter analysis, theological messages, purpose of writing, style of writing, and the audience. The course will identify New 304 Testament theology from each of the books. Through group discussion and research findings, students will identify whether a particular book was apologetical, or polemical. RCS 3041/ 3042: INTRODUCTION TO MISSIOLOGY The purpose of this course is to introduce the students to theoretical issues in Christian missions: Topics will include Christianity as a universalistic religion, universalism, definitions of missions, missions in the Bible, the birth of missions, Israel as a missionary nation, hermeneutical problems in missions, missions and dialogue, missions and ecumenism, missions and theology of religions, the Church and missions, missions and modernism, missionary task, instruments of missions, the dynamics of missions, missions and evangelism, missions and anthropology, Christianity and culture, cultural differences, cultural assumptions of Western missionaries, cultural assimilation, vernacularization, theory of natural grouping, biculturalism. Students will be guided to read the writings of Michael Green, George Peters, Harold Lindsell, Adolf Harnack, Kenneth Latourette, Louis Luzbetak, Lucien Legard, Marvin Mayers, Lamin Sanneth, Paul Hiebert, E. Stanley Jones, Carrol Stuhmneller, Donald McGavran, Peter Wagner et al. RCS 3071/3072: CULTURE AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY A psychological study of the impact of culture on the human psyche. Topics will include, definitions and scope of psychopathology, mental torture, models of the mind, the conscious, unconscious and subconscious mind, nature of consciousness, tension and feelings, the human brain, the mind and somatic illness, childhood psychosis, madness, dimensions of mental disorder cross-cultural studies of behaviour, paranoia, neurosis, schizophrenia, depression, phobia, hysteria, anxiety, grieving and mourning, suicidology etc. RCS 3501: SOCIAL AND CULTURAL EVOLUTION A socio – anthropological study of cultural evolution and human societies. Topics will include, the study of evolution, legal evolution, religious evolution, the emergence of cultural essentials, early humans, essentials of human culture, evolutionary theory, socio-cultural continuity, socio-cultural diversification, structure and function of human societies, types and varieties of societies, pre-industrial societies, industrial and industrializing societies, the emergence of food production, theories of social change, socio-cultural development, modernization and development, sociology of development, the concept of social distance, education and cultural crises, the marginal man, religion and ethnicity, religion and racism, religion and ethnocentrism, segregation and discrimination, the world of minorities, structures and processes in multi-group society, blacks in United States of America, race and culture, race and behaviour, race and democracy, race and social status, racial attitudes, race and intelligence, man’s evolutionary origins, man in Africa, Charles Darwin and evolution theory, scientific creationism, the principles of inheritance, population and variability, evolution of species, natural selection and the mental capacities of mankind, RCS 3502: COMPARATIVE CULTURE. The aim of this course is to help students to appreciate cultural similarities and differences across the world. Topics will include society and culture, social institutions, cultural universals, cultural differences, cultural relativism,, cultural imperialism, Japanese culture, Indian culture, Korean culture, Chinese culture, AngloAmerican culture, Russian culture, Islamic culture, Anglo-Saxon culture, African culture etc. RCS 3601/3602: MEDIA, COMMUNICATION AND CULTURE: This course will examine the positive and negative impacts of the mass media in contemporary culture, topics will include, communication and civilization, communication and society, means of communication, images of the world, the nature of human language, semantics, social aspects of language, language in the computer age, living language, visual communication, written language, words in print, the language of science, stored communication, long-distance communication, brain, mind and language, language and mental development, the mass media as custodian of culture, cultural perspectives in the African mass media, mass communication and development in Nigeria, history of the mass media, evolution of the press in Nigeria, the contributions of Christian missionaries to the evolution of the print media in Africa, the church and the book industry in Africa, Africa and the new world information order, Christianity and communication, the rights and responsibilities of journalists, propaganda and public opinions, etc. FINAL YEAR RCS 4000: LONG ESSAY 305 This is a two semesters work. Every student is expected to submit a project report of not more than three thousand words. The topic must be approved by the department and supervised by a lecturer assigned to the student. The long essay topic must be selected from the students area of specialization. RCS 4011: WORLD RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS Set in the general context of the history of religion this course examines historically and phenomenological the world’s major religious traditions, viz Hinduism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shintoism, Jainism, Zoroastrianism etc. RCS 4012: COMPARATIVE RELIGION A chapter in the science of religion. This course introduces students to the materials, methods and motive in the comparative study of religions. Students will be encouraged to apply theory to practice by comparing selected themes and topics among the various religious traditions of the world. RCS 4021: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION I This course seeks to analyze through the aid of human reasoning and insight the nature of religion in the framework of a universal cosmology. Topics include, definitions of religion and philosophy, the subject matter and scope of philosophy of religion, the dimensions of religion for insiders, dimensions of religion for outsiders, existence of God, atheism, agnosticism, skepticism, the Vienna Circle and logical positivism, the challenge of science, subjective justifications of belief in God etc. RCS 4022: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION II Practical applications of theoretical issues are made in this semester. In line with modern approaches to the subject, materials are drawn from the major religious traditions. Topics will include the problem of evil, problem of suffering, immortality, miracles, etc RCS 4041: HISTORY AND DOCTRINES OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH 1517-1648 This course seeks to examine the causes and consequences of the reformation movement and its spread to different countries: Germany, Switzerland, France, England, Holland and Scotland. Special mention will be made of the dramatis personae of the reformation movement – Luther, Melanchton, Calvin, Loyola, Erasmus, Menno Simons, Zwingili and John Knox et al. the course will analyze the cultural impact of the reformation in world history, and the rise of the protestant movement. The history, expansion and doctrines of Protestantism will be treated. HISTORY AND DOCTRINES OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH 1648 – 2006 A comprehensive study of the development and global expansion of Christianity. Christianity is studied authoritatively as the custodian of culture and civilization. Topics will include, the establishment of Christianity in North America, the religious foundation of American nation, religious freedom in America, rationalism, Deism, Pietism, Methodism, revivalism, the American revolution, the French revolution, modern liberalism, the industrial revolution, foreign and domestic world wars, Martin Luther King Jr. and civil rights movement in America, Pope John XXIII and the Second Vatican Council. RCS 4042: RCS 4051: RELIGION, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY A consideration of the status of religion in a scientific age. A reflection on the historic conflict between science and religion. Topics will include, the scientific and technological revolution, the industrial revolution, communication and information technology, scientific world- view, cosmology, cosmogony, the birth of modern science, the challenge of science, Darwin and the evolutionary theory, religion and science etc. RCS 4081: ETHICS OF SCIENCE An empirical and theoretical study of the ethical and humanitarian issues in scientific cognition. A critical evaluation of humanistic values, and a reflection on the negative consequences of scientific research. As a relevant research, the course will cover the following topics: man as the subject and object of scientific studies, science and the devastation of war, science and global ecological problems, ethics and pornography, ethical issues in the development of nuclear power, technological progress, automation and unemployment. RCS 4071: PEACEMAKING AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION I 306 A study of contemporary issues in peacemaking, dialogue and conflict resolution. The course will cover the following topics, causes of war, social conflict, theories of war, war and disarmanent, human rights violation, justice and peace, pacifism, the concept of peace in Islam, Islamic concept of tolerance, peace-passages in the Quran, Islamic fundamentalism and peace in Nigeria, Islamic guidelines on inter-religious relations, ChristianMuslim dialogue in Nigeria, religious pluralism, religion as an instrument of peace in Nigeria, religious freedom in Nigeria etc. RCS 4072: PEACEMAKING AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION II A study of the role of religion in the resolution of conflict between nations, topics will include, religion and international diplomacy, religious influence in foreign policy development, religion and the use of force in international law, the concept of peace in international diplomacy, the impact of war on religious institutions. Mediation, arbitration and conciliation in international law, the religious dimension of the Middle East conflict, the status of Islam, Judaism and Christianity in the Middle East, Islamization and Arabization, the establishment of the Jewish state in 1948, Balfour declaration, Zionism, the manifesto of the United Arab Republic, Palestinian Liberation Organization, UN resolution on the internationalization of Jerusalem. The role of international organizations like the Red Cross, UN, AU, EU, OAS, ECOWAS, World Council of Churches, All-African Conference of Churches, International Court of Justice at Hague in conflict resolution. RCS 4052: RELIGION, AND NIGERIAN YOUTH This course examines the perception, interaction and mutual influence of religion and culture upon the Nigerian youth. It analyses critically, substance abuse, delinquent behaviour, gangsterism, sexual revolution, parental influence, childhood and society, anti–social behaviours, youth religion, peer groups, campus fellowships, adolescent sub-culture, sexually transmitted diseases, political thuggery, armed robbery, collective violence, unemployment, youth counseling, self – education, self–employment, career guidance, talent development etc. RCS 4101/4102: SOCIAL ETHICS A study of socio–ethical issues in contemporary society. The course will proffer solutions to protracted ethical problems. Topics will include, ethical options like absolutism, universalism, utilitarianism and situationism, ethical statements will be made concerning capital punishment, pluralism, alienation, human rights, dignity of labour, work, leisure, unemployment, poverty, wealth, equality, freedom, discrimination, dogmatism, civil liberty, civil disobedience, justice, rule of law, democracy, separation of power, prostitution, the function of the judiciary, social conflict, violence and respect for womanhood. Students will be guided to read the decrees of the Second Vatican council on social issues. RCS 4102: RELIGION AND MEDICAL ETHICS This course examines the symbiotic relationship between religion, ethics and medicine. It will address contemporary ethical issues in eugenics, human transplantation, artificial insemination (in vitro fertilization), embryo transfer, surrogate motherhood, abortion, sex education, euthanasia, family planning, contemporary development in suicidology, sanctity of human life, sterilization, hysterectomy, hospitalization, procreation, infertility, homosexuality, incest, rape, gerontology, ethical theory in the medical context, the Hippocratic oath, doctor-patient relationship, ethical medicine in a revolutionary age, medical paternalism, legalism and medical ethics, informed consent, professional responsibilities, definition of death, the right to refuse treatment, doxy consent for adults, legality and morality of abortion, infanticide, experimentation with human subjects, psychosurgery, genetic screening and prenatal diagnosis, human genetics. The pledge of Florence Nightingale, International Code of Medical Ethics, The Declaration of Geneva, ethical and religious directives for Catholic hospitals. Student will be guided to read John Arras and Nancy Rhoden, Ethical Issues in Modern Medicine. (1977), Karsten Struhl and Paula Struhl, Ethics in Perspective: A Reader. (1975),and Charles Mcfadden, Medical Ethics. (1961). RCS 4201/4202: CHRISTIANITY AND MODERN PSYCHOTHERAPIES Application of the principles of modern psychotherapies to social problems from the Christian perspective. A study of selected personality theorists, with a focus on the nature of personhood and meaning of human existence, behaviour therapy, classical psychoanalysis, rational emotive therapy, cognitive- behavioral therapy, Adlerian and reality therapy, person-centred therapy, transactional therapy, marriage and family therapies, Christian psychotherapy, oriental therapy, Theorists slated for consideration includes: Sigmund Freud, Karen Horney, Harry Stack Sullivan, Carl Gustav Jung, Alfred Adler, Otto Rank, Melanie Klein, Wilhelm Reich, 307 Adolf Meyer, Abraham Maslow, Rollo May, Carl Rogers, Gordon Allport, Eric Fromm, Ann Freud, Albert Bandura, John Coleman, Robert Havighurst, Peter Blos, G.S. Hall, Raymond Cattel, Henry Murray, Ronald Rohner, Adrian van Kaam, Ruth Benedict and Margaret Mead. RCS 3401/3402: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION A social-psychological study of the pervasive influence of religion on social organization and relationship. Topics will include, psychology and social structure, interpersonal relationships, roles and stereotypes, perceptions and attributions, attitude and attitudinal changes, conformity impulse control, altruism, self – perception, theories of the self, perceiving others, self-disclosure, self-knowledge, self-evaluation, selfregulation, self-assertion, collective violence, religious riots, psychology of the crowd, the development of attachment, Carl Rogers, Erich Fromm, Rollo May and Martin Buber on interpersonal communication, theories of early social development, temperament, theories of moral development, moral reasoning. RCS 4401/4402: RELIGION AND FEMINISM A sociological perspective on religion and feminism. Topics will include, definitions of feminism, theories of feminism , academic roots of feminism, sociology of sex and gender, women and social construction of knowledge, sex literacy, feminist criticisms of theology, psychology and sociology, feminist theory of the state, feminism and Marxism , sex equality, feminist jurisprudence, feminization of poverty in Africa, historical trends in women’s paid employment, women’s movement in the nineteenth and twentieth century, outstanding Nigerian women, feminist interpretation of the Bible, female genital mutilation, Paul and women, misogyny, misogamy, virgin Mary and feminism, feminine spirituality, the status of women in Islam, the status of women in Judaic- Christian tradition, the ordination of women, Tertullian and St. Jerome on women, Richard Hooker and Karl Barth on women. RCS 4301/4302: RELIGION AND PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN A religio- psychological study of the emotional lives of women. Topics will include, introduction to femininity, women understanding of men, social and biologic aspects of femininity, motherhood, motherliness and sexuality, redefining dependency, the sexual dilemma, women and health, women and religion, women, crime and deviance, women and work , women and housework, women and mid-life crisis, the neurotic woman, feminine spirituality, women and prayer, women and divorce, the flight from womanhood, feminine masochism, penis envy, cultural pressures, denial of women’s sexual pleasure, personal identity and sexual identity, masculinity and femininity, phobias after marriage, the trauma of eventlessness, innate biological passivity, submissiveness and helplessness, female psycho-sexual dysfunctions and religious belief, anatomical distinction, women and rites of passage, dream, anger and jealousy, sleep and sleep disorder etc. RCS 4082: ETHICS AND HUMAN SEXUALITY This course examines the symbiotic relationship between religion and human sexuality. Topics will include, definitions of sexuality, history of sexuality, sexuality and spirituality, body theology of James B. Nelson, adolescent and sexual freedom, premarital intercourse, moral codes on sex, ethics, morality and sex, marriage and adultery, the homosexual revolution, sexually transmitted diseases, rape, gay and lesbian relationships, the church and homosexuals, psychology and human sexuality, reproductive health, abortion, pornography, sex in internet, surrogate motherhood, family planning, sexual harassment in schools and work places, Sigmund Freud on sex, the psychology of frigidity, the bridge to womanhood, religion and impotence, psychological causes of impotence, myths and fallacies of impotence, psychology of sexual act, sex education. RCS 4501/4502 : RELIGION AND CULTURAL TOURISM This course introduces students to the impact of religion and culture on tourism development. Topics will include, definitions of tourism, history of tourism, organization of tourism, passenger transportation, hospitality services in tourism, sociology of tourism, popular music and dancing, international etiquette, vacation and travel, leisure and entertainment, recreation, sports and games, religious pilgrimages, sacred sites, festivals, national parks, zoo, art galleries, museums, tourism development, tourism and world peace, tourism and environment etc. 308 DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE AND MEDIA STUDIES Academic Programme The Department of Theatre Arts offers an integrated programme of courses that may lead to the following degrees: 1. Four-year (8-semester) B.A. Degree for UME candidates. 2. Three-year (6-semester) B.A. Degree for Degree for Direct Entry (DE) candidate. Admission Requirements 1. Prospective degree candidate must satisfy both the general University Minimum Entry Requirements, and the specific Faculty and Department Requirements 2. General University Minimum Entry Requirements provide three methods of admission into the University as follows. 3. Possession of W.A.S.C., (WA) S.S.CE., G.C.E. O/L, NECO, or other equivalent certificate with credit level passes in at least Five subject taken at not more than two sittings (and preferable not more than five years apart). 4. Possession of three subject at the W.A.S.C., (WA) S.S.C.E., G.C.E. O/L, NECO, or other equivalent examination at credit at level, plus the Teachers’ Grade Two Certificate (where still applicable). 5. In both 2 & 4, the SUBJECT CREDITS MUST INCLUDE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND ENGLISH LITERATURE (or, LITERATURE-IN-ENGLISH). 6. Then English language of TCII Must be at least at Merit level before it can be accepted as an equivalent of the English Language requirement. 7. By transfer from other recognized universities within and outside Nigeria. The Faculty of Arts specifically requires that : All candidates pass the UME and reach the appropriate cut-off point for the year of admission. All applications are routed in the first instance through J.A.M.B. 8. All candidates must obtain credit level passes in English Language at the W.A.S.C., NECO, (WA) SSCE or G.C.E., O/L and OFFER same in U.M.E. The Department of Theatre Arts specifically requires that: 9. Candidates for the Standard Four-year B.A. Programme must have passed at least at credit level in English Language and English Literature (or, Literature-in-English) at the W.A.S.C./N.E.C.O., (WA) S.S.C.E. or G.C.E. O/L examination. 10. In addition to the English Language and Literature credits, candidates may possess credit level passes in Fine Arts (Music, a Nigerian Language, or approved Social Science subjects. 11. Approved Social Science subjects acceptable include Economics, Government, Commerce, History, Christian Religious Knowledge (or B.K). 12. Fair grounding in major science subjects at Secondary School level may be an advantage, especially when it comes to practical theatre technology studies. 13. Candidates for the Standard Three Year B.A. Programme, that is, Direct Entry (D.E.) candidates, must possess one of the following qualifications: 14. Any other two-year Diploma in Theatre or other related studies from an approved/recognized postsecondary or equivalent institution within or outside Nigeria, at least at Merit level. 15. Other related (i.e. cognate) studies equivalent to the D.T.A. may include Diploma in Journalism, Radio and TV studies, Textile and Design studies, or Musical studies. 16. A G.C.E. A/L Certificate with a minimum of Three subjects, including English Literature with at least a “D” Grade pass. 17. The National Certificate in Education (N.C.E.) in Three major subjects, including Literature-in-English at least at Merit level pass. 18. The I.J.M.B. Certificate in Three relevant subjects including Literature-in-English with at least “D” Grade pass. 1. A two-year OND in Mass Communication from approved/recognized University or Polytechnic with at least a 2.75 G.P.A. at Merit level. In all cases above, from 1 to 19 candidates MUST still possess Five Credit level passes in English Language and Literature-in-English and any other three relevant and approved subjects in the G.C.E. O/L, NECO, W.A.S.S.C.E., or equivalent examination, but obtained at not more than two sittings. 309 NOTE: Fair grounding in Secondary Science subjects may be an advantage, as they include, by JSSIII and SSIII levels, element of Integrated Science, Mathematics, Chemistry and Physics, essential in applied theatre technology and play production studies. Areas of Specialization 1. THEATRE HISTORY & COMPARATIVE THEATRE, CODED Histories and Theatre “World” of Africa, Americas, Europe and the Orient. Also the Theatre “Movements” classicism through expressionism, romanticism, realism, to absurdism and other avantagardisms. 2. DRAMATIC THEORY AND CRITICISM, CODED Theories and principles of criticism and evaluation from Aristotle to Patrice Pavis,: “The poetic” to “semiotics”, including principles of aesthetics derived from purely Nigerian and/or African bases such as folklore and its practice. 3. DRAMATURGY, CODED Play writing: scripting and structuring ideas and action for stage, radio, TV and Film video. Directing In The Theatre & Media, Coded (cinema) and 4. TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN SCRIPT ANALYSIS, CODED Lighting and sound design: Scenery and Set and Props design and construction. Costume, and Masks design and construction. Make-up 5. PERFORMANCE ARTS, CODED Acting for stage, radio, TV and Film (cinema). Speech Communication, Mime, body language and various movements. 6. MEDIA AND FINE APPLIED ARTS, CODED Radio, TV, Film Studies as broadcast arts. Graphic, textiles and sculptural studies as they reflect in or relate to drama. 7. THEATRE IN EDUCATION, CODED Educational drama and its research methods creative dramatics, (including Children’s Therapeutic Theatre. Community Theatre. Theatre). 8. THEATRE ADMINISTRATION & APPLIED THEATRE, CODED Theatre Administration. Production Planning Stage management. Studio management. 9. THEATRE MUSIC AND CHOREOGRAPHY, CODED Dance and Kinesthetics in drama. Dance history and techniques. Music: ensemble, keyboard harmony, opera and operatic forms, also sound effect. Therefore, ten scholarship/subject areas shall form the core subject areas for course numbering and organization. Each is essentially a specialization area, and the ‘zero’ and the ‘first’ areas largely merge in practice to give Nine Working Areas. The aim of each is to meet the specific professional and Nigerian need as dictated by the changing times. COURSE OUTLINE Undergraduate Programme YEAR ONE Course Code THA1001 THA1101 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Traditional Theatre Introduction Theatre to African Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA1012 Drama 3 THA1502 310 SECOND SEMESTER Course title History of Drama & Theatre Beginnings to Medieval Basic Acting Skills Credit Hr 3 3 THA1401 THA1405 GSS1101 GSS1111 Intro. to Theatre Design & Technology OR Beginning Theatre Design & Tech The Use of English Communication Skill I Citizenship Education 3 THA1602 Basic Communication Theory 3 3 THA1805 OR Participation Orient to C.U.T. 3 3 GSS1102 3 GSS1121 Philosophic & Logic Required Elective Courses (Any one of the following) ELS1021 Introduction to Prose 3 FRH1061 3 Introduction Language I to French Use of English & Communication Skill II GSS1131 History & Philosophy of Science Required Elective Courses ELS1022 Introduction to Dramatic Literature FRH1062 Introduction to French Language II HIS1022 Introduction to History 3 EDF1202 Total credit hours 3 3 3 3 3 History & Philosophy of Education Total credit hours 21 3 21 YEAR TWO Course Code THA2011 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA 2022 3 THA 2032 3 3 THA 2202 THA 2402 3 THA 2512 THA2901 History of Drama & Theatre Renaissance to 19th Century Introduction to Dramatic Literature & Criticism Introduction to Directing Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice on the Stage Introduction to Dance GSS2111 Introduction to Computer 3 THA 2702 Required Elective Courses (Any one of the following) EDF 2201 School & Society 3 THA 2802 3 THA 2812 PHI 2041 SOC 2301 3 3 21 THA2111 THA2311 THA2511 History of Philosophy Sociology of the Family Total credit hours SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr History of Drama & Theatre: The Modern Period 3 African Dramatic Theatre: The Colonial Period Fundamentals of Playwriting Basic Scene & Stage Lighting Design 3 Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice in the Media Introduction to Creative Dramatics Introduction Stage Management Participation Orientation to C.U.T. 3 Total credit hours 24 3 3 3 3 3 YEAR THREE Course Code THA 3001 THA 3011 THA 3201 THA 3301 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Research Methods: Definitions & the style Manual Modern African Drama & Theatre Playwriting: The Scenario & Libretto Script Analysis and Interpretation Course Code SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 THA 3002 Research Methods: Applications & Sources 3 3 THA 3012 Orientation Theatre 3 3 THA 3402 Costume & make-up design 3 3 THA 3412 Scene design & stage lighting 3 311 Credit Hr THA 3701 Drama in Education 3 THA 3502 THA 3901 Basic Choreography & Kinesthetics 3 THA 3612 THA 3702 THA 3805 Total credit hours 21 Non-Verbal Communication for Actors Radio/TV/Film Production techniques OR Children Theatre Education 3 Participation Orientation to C.U.T. Total credit hours 3 3 3 24 STRUCTURE AND OUTLAY FOR THE THREE-YEAR PROGRAMME A. Direct Entry Qualification With An Agregate 5.1, Diploma Art Studies (D.T.A.) Direct entry qualification 5.7, o.n.d. In mass communication Course Code THA2011 THA2111 THA2311 THA2511 FIRST SEMESTER Course title History of Drama & Theatre Renaissance to 19th Century Introduction to Dramatic Literature & Criticism Introduction to Directing Course Code THA 1602 Basic Communication Theory 3 THA 2022 3 THA 2032 History of Drama & Theatre: The Modern Period African Dramatic Theatre: The Colonial Period OR 3 THA2901 Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice on the Stage Introduction to Dance GSS1121 Philosophic & Logic 3 THA 2402 GSS1111 Citizenship of Education 3 THA 2512 GSS1101 The Use of English Comm. Skills I 3 THA 2702 3 THA 2812 THA 2202 THA 2802 GSS 1132 Total credit hours SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 24 Fundamentals of Playwriting Fundamentals of Design Scenery, Lighting Design Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice in the Media Basic Scene & Stage lighting Design Introduction to Creative Dramatics Participation Orientation to C.U.T. Introduction Stage Management History & Philosophy of Science Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 27 B. Direct Entry qualification with a diploma agregate score of 5.4, 5.6, G.C.E. A/L or J.A.M.B. Course Code THA1001 THA1101 THA2311 GSS1111 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Traditional African Theatre Introduction to Drama Theatre History of Drama & Theatre Renaissance to the 19th Century Citizenship Education Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA1012 3 THA1602 3 3 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr History of Drama & Theatre Beginnings to Medieval Basic Communication Theory 3 THA 2022 History of Drama & Theatre the Modern Period 3 THA 2032 African Dramatic Theatre the 3 312 3 THA 2311 Introduction to Directing 3 THA 2402 THA 2511 Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice on stage Introduction to Dance 3 THA The Use of English Communication Skill I 3 THA 2802 3 THA 2812 GSS 1131 THA 2901 GSS 1101 Total credit hours THA 2702 24 Colonial Period Basic Scene & Stage lighting Design OR Acting Techniques Voice on stage 3 3 Introduction to Creative Dramatics Intro. to Stage Mgt. 3 Participation Orient to C.U.T. History & Philosophy of Science Total credit hours 3 3 3 20 C. Direct Entry With Nigerian Certificate In Education (Nce) Qualification 5.5, (Exmpt From GSS (See Appendix 3) Course Code THA1001 THA1101 THA1401 GSS2311 THA 2311 THA2011 THA 2511 THA 2901 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Traditional African Theatre Introduction to Drama Theatre Introduction to Theatre Design and Tech. Introduction to Directing Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA1012 3 THA1602 3 THA 2022 3 THA 2032 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr History of Drama & Theatre Beginnings to Medieval Basic Communication Theory 3 History of Drama & Theatre the Modern Period African Dramatic Theatre the Colonial Period OR Basic Scene & Stage Lighting Design 3 3 3 Introduction to Directing History of Dram & Theatre Renaissance to the 19th Century Basic Speech Arts & Acting Techniques Voice on stage Introduction to Dance 3 3 THA2402 3 THA 2702 Introduction to Creative Dramatics 3 3 THA2602 3 Total credit hours 21 Basic News & Documentary Design Participation Orient to C.U.T. Total credit hours THA 2812 3 3 3 18 YEAR FOUR (Standard 4 - Year & Standard 3-Year Programmes Merged Into The Specialization 0 – 9) Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA4201 THA4211 THA4305 THA4815 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies Theories of Dramatic Theories of Modern Theatre Advanced Playwriting Dimensional Dramaturgy Advanced Play Production Directing Industrial Theatre Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4002 3 THA4022 3 3 3 THA4005 THA4010 THA4012 THA4015 15 313 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Criticism 3 Comparative World Theatre & Drama Comprehensives Project/Thesis Studies in Dramatic Literature 3 Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 Total credit hours 21 3 3 3 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 YEAR FOUR Year Four (Standard 4-Year & Standard 3-Year Programmes Merged Into The Specialization 0-9 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Course Course title Hr Code Topics in Theatre Arts 3 THA4005 Comprehensives Studies Theories of Dramatic 3 THA4201 Theories of Modern Theatre Advanced Playwriting THA4012 3 THA4022 THA4211 THA4205 Dimensional Dramaturgy Advanced Playwriting 3 3 THA4010 THA4202 THA4025 Total credit hours Course Code THA4001 THA4011 15 3 THA4010 THA4201 3 THA4202 THA4211 THA4301 Dimensional Dramaturgy Experimental Directing 3 3 THA4205 THA4025 Total credit hours 15 THA4415 3 Studies in Dramatic Literature 3 Comparative World Theatre & Drama Project/Thesis Advanced Script Analysis & Interpretation Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 Total credit hours 21 YEAR FOUR Year Four (Standard 4-Year & Standard 3-Year Programmes Merged Into The Specialization 0-9 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Course Course title Hr Code Topics in Theatre Arts 3 THA4005 Comprehensives Studies Theories of Dramatic Theories of Modern Theatre Advanced Playwriting Credit Hr 3 3 3 Credit Hr 3 Project/Thesis 3 Advanced Script Analysis & Interpretation Principles of Adaptation Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 Technical Directing Total credit hours 3 21 3 3 YEAR FOUR (Standard 4-Year & Standard 3-Year Programmes Merged Into The Specialization 0-9 Course Code THA4001 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies Theories of Dramatic SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 Credit Hr Comprehensives 3 THA4405 THA4201 Design Formalism Advanced Playwriting 3 3 THA4010 THA4025 Project Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 3 THA4201 THA4815 Advanced Playwriting Industrial Theatre Total credit hours 3 3 15 THA4205 THA4201 Principles of Adaptation Advanced Playwriting Total credit hours 3 3 21 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Course Course 314 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Code THA4001 Hr 3 Code THA4005 Comprehensives 3 3 THA4010 Project 3 THA4405 Theories of Modern Theatre Design Formalism Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 THA4201 Advanced Playwriting 3 THA4412 3 THA4815 Industrial Theatre Total credit hours 3 15 THA4415 Advanced Costume & Makeup Design Technical Directing Total credit hours 3 21 Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Comprehensives 3 Theories of Modern Theatre Advanced Acting 3 THA4010 Project/Thesis 3 Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 Speech Communication Industrial Theatre Pantomime and Animation Total credit hours 3 3 3 18 THA4502 THA4512 Role Interpretation Acting Laboratory 3 3 Total credit hours 18 Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 Comprehensives 3 3 THA4010 Project/Thesis 3 3 3 THA 4025 THA 4605 3 3 3 THA 4702 3 21 THA 4815 Nigerian Drama & Theatre Theories of Plastic/Graphic Design Advanced Theatre in Education Industrial Theatre Total credit hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 Comprehensives 3 Theories of Modern Theatre Advanced Creative Dramatics Education Theatre 3 THA4010 Project/Thesis 3 Nigerian Drama & Theatre 3 3 THA 4702 3 Advanced Puppetry & Mime 3 THA 4712 Advanced Theatre in Education Dramatic Techniques tor the Classroom THA4011 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA4501 THA4505 THA4815 THA 4511 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA4205 THA4501 THA 4601 THA 4611 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA 4701 THA 4701 THA 4711 Topics in Theatre Arts Studies Theories of Dramatic FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies Theories of Modern Theatre Principle of Adaptation Advanced Play Production & Directing Advanced Radio/TV Production Advanced Film Studies Total credit hours FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies 3 3 3 THA4025 THA4025 THA 4025 315 SECOND SEMESTER Course title SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 18 Credit Hr 3 THA 4815 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA 4011 THA 4801 THA 4815 THA 4821 Course Code THA4001 THA4011 THA 4815 THA 4901 THA 4905 THA 4911 Industrial Theatre Total credit hours 3 18 THA 4802 Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 Comprehensives 3 Theories of Modern Theatre Principles of Adaptation Advance Studio Management Principles Industrial Theatre Advanced Theatre Aamin 3 THA4010 Project/Thesis 3 3 3 THA 4025 THA 4812 3 3 3 3 THA 4802 THA 4822 Total credit hours 18 Nigerian Drama & Theatre Advanced Production Planning Commercial Theatre Architectural Designs & Theatre Houses Total credit hours FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies FIRST SEMESTER Course title Topics in Theatre Arts Studies Theories of Modern Theatre Industrial Theatre Advanced Choreography & Kinesthetics Operatic Forms for the Stage Choreography & Storytelling Total credit hours Commercial Theatre Total credit hours SECOND SEMESTER Course title SECOND SEMESTER Course title 3 21 Credit Hr 3 3 21 Credit Hr 3 Course Code THA4005 Comprehensives 3 3 THA4010 Project/Thesis 3 3 3 THA 4025 THA 4902 Nigerian Drama & Theatre Formalism in Dance 3 3 3 THA 4912 Modern Dance and Ballet in Drama 3 3 Credit Hr 3 18 Total credit hours 18 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS - Degree Programme FIRST YEAR COURSE THA 1001: TRADITIONAL AFRICAN THEATRE A study of traditional theatre in Africa, as a non-written drama discipline in various African communities and as a form of theatre evolving from the festival in its various contexts and settings. THA 1005: ENTERTAINMENTS IN AFRICAN THEATRE ENVIRONMENTS A study of the foundations and components of indigenous entertainment in myths, folklore, songs, riddles and parables of various theatre cultures in Africa. The relation of my myths and festivals to the local calendar is emphasized. THA 1012: HISTORY OF DRAMA AND THEATRE: BEGINNINGS TO MEDIVAL A brief outline history of the theories of the origins and development of theatre and its practice from earliest ritual, oral, and written traditions the world over up unto the medieval times. Various contexts and texts will help focus attention on conditions of theatrical performance, concepts of stage house, play, and the social conventions that realized them. THA 1101: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA AND THEATRE An introductory course which explains the fundamental distinctions between the concepts of “drama” and “theatre” understanding the idea of drama as literature in action and the inter-relatedness of literature and performance as prelude to semiotic studies. 316 THA 1401: INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY An elementary study of fundamental of the major arms of theatre design, viz: scene, lighting and sound; and costume and make-up. THA 1405: BEGINNING THEATRE DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY A study scene designed to text in actual production by focusing on the factors that control design procedures for the varying media. THA 1502: BASIC ACTING SKILLS A theoretical practical introduction to the artistic and imaginative properties of the beginning actors’s equipment of body, poise and balance. The practical aspect shall be based on graded exercises. THA 1612: BASIC COMMUNICATION THEORY A study of the basic models and theories of communication as the process evolves from individual perceptions, language habits, and behaviour in intrapersonal, interpersonal and social transactions. THA 1805: PARTICIPATION ORIENTATION The participation of students in Calabar University Theatre (C.U.T.) production, as directors, actors, designers, technical directors. Stage and house managers and crew members are evaluated by the supervising teacher. Effective student contribution at critique meetings, before after the production is encouraged. HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE: RENAISSANCE TO 19TH CENTURY A historical survey of the major events and development in the theory and practice of world drama and theatre from the Renaissance to 1860. THA 2011: THA 2022: HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE: THE MODERN PERIOD A historical survey of the evolution of dram and theatre practice with their socio-economic factors since 1860. the concept of modernism and theatre is explored through the various forms and contexts of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, Symbolism, Impressionism, Expressionism, Dadaism and Absurdism. THA 2032: AFRICAN DRAMA & THEATRE: THE COLONIAL PERIOD A study of indigenous theatrical activity in Africa as it was based in churches, concert party bands, minstrelsy, and pop song groups from its beginnings to 1960. THA 2111: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC LITERATURE & CRITICISM An introductory study of critical methodologies since Aristotle, using selected plays. The student is expected to understand and appreciate how the criticism of drama has shaped and been shaped by the writer’s principles of selection and arrangement. THA 2202: FUNDAMENTALS OF PLAYWRITING With emphasis on plot and plot devices, characterization, theme and dialogue, the student is introduced to the art of play writing. Exercise will be used to develop the student’s grasp and execution of these elements in practice. THA 2311: INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTING A study of the basic mechanics of directing for the stage, the director’s application of the principles of composition. Picturization movement, rhythm and pantomimic dramatization is emphasized. THA 2402: FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN: SCENERY, LIGHTING AND COSTUMING AND EFFECTS A basic course in which design in scenery, costuming, lighting and effects, including sounds, are taught in relation to proscenium theatres and their deployment in a traveling theatre context, camping situations and, adhoc environment. 317 THA 2505: IMPROVISATION An exploration of the artistic imagination by focusing on the specific technique of acting which propel the performer emotionally, physically and verbally. THA 2511: BASIC SPEECH ARTS AND ACTING TECHNIQUES: VOICE ON THE STAGE Through basic exercise which differentiate and aid articulation and voice projection the student studies the phonemic and stress patterns of English and their interaction with various Nigeria language tones. So grounded the student learns to speak poetry and prose with differing dramatic effect as demanded by the acting context or the text. THA 2512: BASIC SPEECH ARTS AND ACTING TECHNIQUES: VOICE IN MEDIA Through basic exercises which differentiate and aid articulation and Voice projection the student studies public speaking and personality development in various media contexts from the electronic to written. THA 2602: BASIC NEW AND DOCUMENTARY DESIGN A study of major characteristics of the media of communication with a view to understanding the basic lay-out of new and documentary items on radio, television and in print. THA 2702: INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE DRAMATICS The student learns from historical and performance perspective, the objectives, purposes and values of developmental drama. Emphasis is laid on creative techniques in drama such as games theories, role-playing, story-telling, teaching strategies, the uses of the arts, music and puppetry, especially in relation to children and adolescent activities. Exercises are used to illuminate the foundations of learning through drama. THA 2802: INTRODUCTION TO STAGE MANAGEMENT THA 2812: PARTICIPATION ORIENTATION A supervised participation of student in Calabar University Theatre (C.U.T.) production such that the student learns critique writing, management, acting, directing or general backstage work as part of a term. THA 2901: INTRODUCTION TO DANCE A study of basic composition techniques, movement and coordination, and elementary choreographic designs in dance. THIRD YEAR COURSES THA 3001: RESEARCH METHODS: DEFINITIONS AND THE STYLE MANUAL A course in the basic approaches to scientific gathering of data definition of methodology, evolution of presentation style manuals, after the collection and analysis of material for research, in order to achieve a perfect finish of the essay, or project. THA 3002: RESEARCH METHODS: APPLICATIONS AND SOURCES A further development in research procedure that determines application of sources, following historically and practically the best and latest models for scholarly re-discovery and re-ordering emphasis on application and use of language. THA 3011: MODERN AFRICAN DRAMA AND THEATRE A study of the origins and development of written works of drama in Africa since 1800. the courses shows how major African authors have used theatre to respond to their cultural, social and political situations in various regions of the continent. THA 3012: MODERN AFRICAN DRAMA AND THEATRE A general survey of Japanese, Balinese, Indian and Chinese theatre by following their major movements, traditions, and developments in aesthetics and other departments of the theatre and in various contexts. THA 3022: EXPERIMENTAL AFRICAN THEATRE A study of how ritual, myth, history, and sociology have been used to identify and build dramatic modes and forms in Africa today. 318 THA 3301: DIRECTING ON STAGE: SCRIPT ANALYSIS & INTERPRETATION This courses, emphasized, using dramatic texts of various ages and cultures, that the play script is blue-print for the theatrical event. Students will learn to understand and appreciate the thematic and aesthetic values of scripts, and develop the artistic sense that will enable them to articulate ideas for performance. (Prerequisite THA 2311) THA 3402: COSTUME AND MAKEUP DESIGN The student follows the history and evolution of various style of costuming through the age. In the process, he notes how national and regional traditions of dressing, textiles, and garment textures have influenced the conceptions of costuming for the stage, and other performance media, as well as make-up techniques. (Prerequisite: THA 2402) THA 3412: SCENE DESIGN AND STAGE LIGHTING/EFFECTS The student concentrates, after the basic on wider principles of scene design and functions, styles, aesthetic and procedures for sound and effects designing for the stage and studio. By the end of the course, the student should be able to conceive, to record, and supervise the execution of a scenic vision. (Prerequisite THA 2402) THA 3502: NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION FOR THE ACTOR A study of non-verbal cues as the external stimuli emanating from body motion, characteristics of appearance and voice (kinesics) and the use of space and distancing (proxemics) which enable the actor to recognize and interpret the cultural and racial differences in communicating roles in various contexts. (Prerequisites: THA 1602) THA 3805: PARTICIPATION ORIENTATION Supervised student participation as directors, technical director, stage/studio managers, light/sound designers and other crew work, in Calabar University Theatre (C.U.T.) production. THA 3812: PRODUCTION PLANNING The student is taught the theory and practice of the processes that underline a theatrical production for stage and cinematic and television filming from script (selection) to the opening of the show. The artistic and commercial aspects of planning and scheduling are highlighted. The prime example will be the ‘Season’ of the Calabar University Theatre (C.U.T.) Productions. THA 3901: BASIC CHOREOGRAPHY & KINESTHETICS An exploration of the techniques of dance-drama idioms based on selected texts that reveal the interrelation of linear and non-linear activity, traditional relationships of dance to music, variation, direction, and rhythm. Suitable exercises will distinguish ‘set and ‘improvised’ dances. FOURTH YEAR COURSES THA 4001: TOPICS IN THEATRE ARTS STUDIES This course is a study of chief thematic categories of drama as determined from selected works of principal and seminar playwrights. Dramatic form and content are then used as an index of the social conditions in which plays are written, and their ideas choreographers and semoticians world-wide, Complement such major themes as politics, society religion, love, identity and alienation. THA 4002: THEORIES OF DRAMATIC CRITICISM A study of the main theories and the trends in dramatic criticism, its methodologies and approaches from Aristotle to Patrice Pavis using appropriately illustrative play texts. THA 4005: COMPREHENSIVE An integrated revisions course in which the nine basic core/scholarship areas of theatre studies, i.e. theatre history and criticism, dramaturgy, and design, performing arts and media, education and administration, choreography are systematized and schematized for easy comprehension as a succession of theories, ideas, and practical endeavours, for the well-versed student of theatre. THA 4010: PROJECT 319 This is a research project in which a student submits a reasoned essay in selected practical or theoretical areas of theatre arts and media studies, in not more than fifty pages, quarto-sized, typed double-spaced, and bound, together with reference notes, cited works and appendixes in the MLA/APA documentation format. THA 4011: THEORIES OF THE MODERN THEATRE An intensive study of the major theories of theatrical practice from the pre-modern through the modern into the post-modern periods. Theories, movements and concepts will be considered both in their textual and historical implications. THA 4012: STUDIES IN DRAMATIC LITERATURE An intensive study of the works of major playwrights from Aeschylus to the present. Emphasis is laid on how dramatic literature has reflected socio-historical, economic, cultural and intellectual traditions and values. THA 4025: MODERN NIGERIAN DRAMA & THEATRE A close focus on developments and trends in Nigerian Drama and Theatre since 1900 to see how playwrights, directors, proprietors of performance groups, designers, choreographers, technologists have handled the revolution of contemporary times and with what prospects for the allied media serviced by drama and theatre such as video and cinema. THA 4022: COMPARATIVE WORLD DRAMA AND THEATRE An intensive study of drama and theatre practice of selected dramatists from all over the world, and developments, as they compare with aspects of Greek, African, European and American equivalents. THA 4032: ADVANCED THEATRE RESEARCH A course designed to teach the student the practical use of fieldwork techniques, project write-ups, proposal writing and the use of achives and libraries as part of art education in developing reviews, critiques and summaries. THA 4201: ADVANCED PLAYWRITING A study and execution of exercises in the relationships between action in all its dimensions and shapes and the scripted word for different types of stages and various genres of drama-tragedy, comedy, farce, melodrama. Students will produce a script in any genre of their liking at the end. THA 4205: PRINCIPLES OF ADAPTATION A study of how to create drama out of historical, mythical and legendary tales, fiction, narrative poems, etc., with emphasis on meaningful, in-depth action, characterization and situation. THA 4211: DIMENSIONAL DRAMATURGY A study of how to suit styles of writing for radio, television and film to the demands of each of those arms of the media, particularly in character and plot development and achievement of contrast and variety. Students will complete a script in one of the areas. THA 4305: ADVANCED PLAY PRODUCTION AND DIRECTING The student applies critical, aesthetic and interpretative skills to produce a full-length play on any kind of drama arena, improvised, or proscenium such that they gain expertise in one specific area of production: designing, acting, directing, technical directing as participates in the production process. THA 4401: DESIGN FORMALISM A course designed to impact practical skills in the application of varying styles of Constructivism and Formalism to Realist and non-Realist production design, using facades and perspectives derived from architecture. THA 4402: CONTROL SYSTEMS Advanced work in the use of “Standard” lighting plans, major lighting instruments and control systems in various production contexts such as panoramic festivals, music studios, dance-halls, etc. THA 4405: ADVANCED THEATRE DESIGN 320 A study of the relation, in practice, between theatre spaces and the scenic designs they hold, between elements of text and script production approaches in any kind of venue, between artistic use of intensities, colours and movement and the scenario. THA 4412: ADVANCED COSTUME AND MAKEUP DESIGN A study of the specific theories and practices of garment and dress design and execution to suit a variety of ceremonial, festive, quasi-theatre, and theatrical performances, together with the matching makeup design and realization. THA 4415: TECHNICAL DIRECTING The student learns the pre-production duties of a Technical Director through the planning of work schedules, the deployment of crew, and the sharing of responsibilities. THA 4500: GUERILLA THEATRE A study of the actor as the chameleon of changing social configurations in militaristic, pious, intellectual, rural and urban settings and environments. THA 4501: ADVANCED ACTING The course teaches the student actor “how to do homework”, when he is developing a character and scoring a role with the animation of the human instrument. He learns to find the ”life” of the part within the frame of a given scene so as to realize uniquely the essence of the role. THA 4502: ROLE INTERPRETATION A study of the varied uses of intra-personal, dyadic interaction, and other awareness devices to alter and change communicative patterns for the individual actor as he prepares for roles in a variety of scripts. THA 4505: SPEECH COMMUNICATION An advanced course in which the various relationships of communication are studied as a composite of the transmission of information, ideas, emotions and skills; the use of not only pictures and figures, but also essentially by the use of the actor’s words articulated from a trained voice in a number of language situations. THA 4511: PANTOMIME AND ANIMATION A study of practical application of the principles of mine, puppetry and animation in various social uses. THA 4512: ACTING LABORATORY A practical study of dramatic texts, selected stereotypical characters, anomalous situations, and historical models, as a means to a full grasp of the problems of the actor on any of the media. THA 4601: ADVANCED RADIO/TV PRODUCTION An intensive study of Radio-TV-Film scripting of broadcast dramatics, news newsreels, advertisement jingles, and slogans. THA 4605: THEORIES OF PLASTIC AND GRAPHICS DESIGN A basic course which explores the relation of plastic, graphic, textile and sculptural arts of Nigeria to theatrical needs in the construction of masks, maches figurines and statuettes, posters, brochures, etc., in production, or in classroom, the demonstration arena, or other dramatic context. THA 4611: ADVANCED FILM STUDIES A study of the principles that underlie motion picture structures and aesthetics; of techniques of narration in documentaries and features, of styles of writing shooting scripts, such that a student masters them fully and can apply the theory and practice of film production. THA 4611: ADVANCED CREATIVE DRAMATICS A study of the use of creative techniques of drama, improvisation, games, theories, and narration techniques by the teacher for a variety of audiences and audience levels: literate and illiterate; adult and adolescent; professional and laymen, pre-school and school age. 321 THA 4702: ADVANCED THEATRE-IN-EDUCATION A practical application of the principles of conflict/conflict resolution, model-building, visual picturization and other theatrical arts skills in socially meaningful situations; the family, the classroom, the club, caucuses at bars, restaurants and motor parks. THA 4711: ADVANCED PUPPETRY AND MIME Creative application in defined situations of the techniques of robot-control, silent animation, gestures and other non-verbal characteristics of action, in order to interpret the symbolism or allegorical nature of the situation to varied audiences. THA 4712: DRAMA TECHNIQUES FOR CLASSROOM Essentially a course which elaborates the implications and methods of teaching as a performing art, emphasizing the methods of confidence building, planning and using ordered work programmes, charismatic projection use of audio-visual aids. THA 4705: EDUCATIONAL THEATRE RESEARCH METHODS A study of scientific methodology for gathering, storing, and analyzing data and information from various educative sources, nurseries, primary schools, secondary schools, and tertiary institutions, or order to build relevant curricular models for the enhancement of education through drama. THA 4801: ADVANCED STUDIO MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES A practical exposition of the problems of the broadcast studio management, floor management, organization and their solutions according to context and environmental factors. THA 4802: COMMERCIAL THEATRE A course in processes of turning theatre into paying business through objective management principles, the drawing-up of season timetables, brochures, canvassing, adverts, and other practical aids. THA 4812: ADVANCED PRODUCTION PLANNING A study of integral functions of the legal, artistic, and commercial aspects of the production as it is planned from text selection to the conclusion of the run. Students will be required to submit a model plan with a full write-up. THA 4815: INDUSTRIAL THEATRE This course studies the theatrical and practical systems whereby the administration and management of theatre as an industry can be enhanced through productive common theatre relationships, devolution of responsibilities in management and methods of decision-making. Students go out to the field, undertake a primary 3-month live-in theatre work experience and write-up a report. THA 4821: ADVANCED THEATRE ADMINISTRATION A study of the principles of commercial management, programming and administration of theatre houses in widely separated regions of the world and suiting the models by selection to Nigerian conditions. Practice is based on the organization and administration of Calabar University Theatre, and the running of Theatre Arts Department in its non-academic aspect. THA 4922: ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN & THEATRE HOUSES A study of how the architect’s functional use of space and structures can serve the theatre designer who has to build theatre houses at given sites using ordinary local materials. Both the historical alliance and the present interdependence of artist’s and architect’s skills are underscored, in an age when engineering, urban planning, and political decisions on culture are prominent. THA 4901: ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHY AND KINESTHETICS A course designed to synthesize skills in dance, general movements, aesthetic awareness, yoga, acrobatics and music. THA 4902: FORMALISM IN DANCE 322 A study of how a choreographer can design and teach various forms of the dance using fully concatenated movements, shapes, and ideas from a variety of cultural contexts. THA 4905: OPERATIC FORMS FOR THE STAGE A study of various musical theatre forms to explain musicals; operas, operattas, and musical theatres with examples from West Sida Story to Demas Nwoko’s New World that is the variety of universal contexts. THA 4911: CHOREOGRAPHY AND STORY-TELLING A study in which basic exercises will be used to show how dance movements and patterns can piece together a story adapted from texts, or invented, or improvised, in a practical theatre situation. THA 4912: MODERN DANCE AND BALLET IN DRAMA A course which explores and compares trends in modern dance schools: African pop, orchestrations, and European ballet concepts with the evolving concepts of dance in Africa with a view to evolving notations, keys, and methods of dance education for the contemporary theatre. POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME Objectives i. To train graduates for relevant careers in the managerial cadres of administration and teaching; in broadcasting for radio and television and in the management of cultural centres, museums and community theatres. ii. To equip graduate scholars and critics. iii. To equip such scholars and critics with in-depth knowledge of the latest theatrical developments and production procedures to enable them meet the challenges of the complex, diverse and sometimes conflicting cultural demands of a changing society. iv. To equip such graduates to become self-employable creative artist(e)s, managers, technologists, writers, directors, and choreographers. Degrees Offered M. F. A., M.A. and Ph.D Degrees. COURSES (a) M.A. Courses THA 5000 THA 5001 THA 5005 THA 5101 THA 5111 THA 5112 THA 5132 THA 5201 THA 5202 THA 5211 THA 5212 THA 5222 THA 5401 THA 5402 THA 5412 THA 5421 THA 5422 THA 5431 THA 5432 THA 5442 THA 5501 THA 5502 THA 5511 - Nigerian Cultures and The Nigerian Cultural Policy Research Methods in Theatre Studies Approaches to Arts Criticism Studies in Directing Theory and History of Directing Theory and History of Playwriting Experimental Playwriting Media History and Criticism Playwriting for the Media Directing for the Media Script Analysis for Directors Dance Education and Criticism Creative Dramatics for Children Theory and Criticism of Educational Drama Drama in the African Educational System Improvisational Techniques Educational Theatre Organization Techniques and Problems of Adaptation Directing for Teachers Teaching Practicum in Classroom Dramatic Education Theatre Marketing Policies and Problems Concepts, Principles and Practices of General Administration Audience Engineering 323 THA 5512 THA 5522 THA 5532 THA 5542 THA 5552 THA 6010 - (b) M.F.A. Courses THA 5232 THA 5301 THA 5305 THA 5311 THA 5322 THA 5332 THA 6231 THA 6211 THA 6222 THA 6331 THA 6421 THA 6301 THA 6311 THA 6321 THA 6352 THA 6372 THA 6382 THA 6252 THA 6262 THA 7000 - The Performing Arts and the Law Budgeting for, and Financing Productions Personnel Management in Theatre Institutions The Arts as an Industry Promotion Management Thesis of Projects Sociology of Dance and Choreography History and Development of Theatre Houses Research Methodology Technical Management Seminar Scenic Design for Stage and the Media Lighting for Radio, Television and Film Writing for Radio, Television and Film Modern African Choreography Studies in Directing and Theories of Acting Improvisational Techniques and Role-playing Educational Broadcasting Critical Approaches to Design Conceptualization Production Management Sound Technology on Stage and in the Media Scenic Styles and Special Lighting Effects History and Evolution of African Costume and Make-Ups Performance Venues and Functional Spaces Semiotics of the Performance Arts Introductory Semiotics Projects/Thesis (in The M.F.A. Programme) (c) M.F.A. & Ph.D Courses THA 7201 Creative Dramatics and Professional Performance in Nigeria THA 7212 Communication as a Social Focus THA 7221 Semiotic Approaches to Experimental Directing THA 7231 Issues in Choreography and Technology THA 7232 Perspectives in Media Drama THA 7211 Techniques and Problems of Transposition THA 7241 Dance History and Criticism THA 7251 Reading in Mass Communication THA 7300 Projects/Thesis (in The M.F.A. Technical. & Design Programme) Same in Technology and Design THA 7301 Issues in Technology and Design THA 7311 Communication and Technology Seminar THA 7321 Fabricating Equipment and Materials for Performance THA 7331 Scenery Design Procedures THA 7341 Physiology in Costume and Make-up THA 7351 Special Costume Design Procedure THA 7412 Theories of Educational Theatre THA 7422 Masters of Educational Drama Directing THA 7401 Studies in Drama-in-Education THA 7421 Creative Drama Workshop for Teachers THA 7501 Philosophy and Aesthetics in the Arts THA 7511 Artistic Concepts in Development THA 7521 Economic History of Arts THA 7531 Budgeting and Marketing of Arts THA 7502 Developing Arts Patrons and Audience THA 7512 Community Theatre and Development THA 7522 Human Relations in Organization 324 THA 7532 THA 7541 THA 7551 THA 7561 THA 7562 THA 8100 THA 8200 - Labour Relations and the Arts Management/Leadership in Arts Organization Arts Programming for Change Problems in Arts Management Arts Management Practicum Thesis/Project/Dissertation (For the Ph.D Programme Comprehensives A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES Introduction: The Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences of the University of Calabar is a foundation Faculty of the College of Medical Sciences established in 1978. It was then known as School of Basic Medical Sciences and was run by a Deputy Provost. DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY Objectives of the B.Sc. Programme This course is designed to provide a comprehensive training in Human Anatomy. This course is therefore planned to prepare a cadre of assistant teachers to fill the lacunae in various Medical Institutions in the country. At the end of their training, the students are expected to have acquired sound background in theoretical knowledge and proficiency in practical aspects of anatomical sciences to stimulate their minds into research and teaching. They will also be eligible for postgraduate studies in the subject. Admission Requirements Entry qualification for the B.Sc. course in Anatomy is similar to that required for B.Sc. courses in the college of Medical Sciences, University if Calabar. The UME entry requirements for the B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Programme in Anatomy are five (5) credit passes at ordinary level SSCE or GCE which should include credit passes in the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Mathematics, English Language obtained at not more than two sittings. COURSE OUTLINE YEAR ONE Course Code PHY 1101 CHM1011 MTH1111 BIO 1011 ZEB 2031 GSS1101 GSS 1131 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Introductory Physics 1 General Chemistry 1 General Mathematics General Biology 1 Introduction of Animal Physiology Use of English I History and Philosophy of Science Total Credit Hours SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 Course Code PHY 1102 CHM1012 BIO 1012 GSS1102 GSS1112 Introductory Physics II Organic Chemistry Introductory Biology Use of English II Citizenship Education 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 GSS1122 Philosophy and Logic 2 Total Credit Hours 15 19 Credit Hr YEAR TWO Course Code FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Course Code 325 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr ANA2011 ANA2021 ANA2031 ANA2041 PHS2011 PHS2021 BCM2031 GSS2111 General Anatomy and Gross Anatomy Upper and Lower Limbs Cell Biology& General Histology and Histology of digestive system 3 ANA2012 3 ANA2022 General Embryology/ Introductory Medical Genetics Anatomy for the Nurses 1 Introductory Physiology Blood 3 ANA2032 3 3 2 ANA2042 ANA2052 PHS 2042 Metabolism Carbohydrates Introduction Computer 2 PHS2052 of to BCM2062 GSS2112 Total Credit Hours 20 Gross Anatomy of Thorax and Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum Histology of Cardiovascular, Immune and Urogenital systems, skin and its appendages Embryology of Cardiovascular, Digestive and Respiratory system Anatomy for the Nurses II Neuroanatomy I Renal Physiology, Body fluid and Temperature Regulations Respiratory System 3 Chemistry and Metabolism of Nucleic acid Computer Applications Total Credit Hours 3 2 26 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 YEAR THREE Course Code ANA3011 ANA3021 ANA3031 ANA3041 PHS3011 BCM3031 GSS3101 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Gross Anatomy of Head and Neck and Special Senses Histology of Respiratory and Nervous systems, Special senses, Endocrine glands Embryology of Urogenital System, Head and Neck, Organs of Special Senses, Endocrine System. Neuroanatomy II Gastrointestinal Physiology Clinical Biochemistry Entrepreneurship Development Total Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code ANA3012 3 Functional Anatomy of the limb, Back, Head and Neck 3 ANA3022 Relevant laboratory Techniques 3 3 ANA3032 History of Anatomy/Medical Genetics 3 3 ANA3042 3 3 PHS3012 Cranial Nerves and Autonomic Nervous System Histochemistry I 3 2 BCM3032 GSS3102 Introductory Pharmacology Entrepreneurship Development II Total Credit Hours 3 2 20 3 20 YEAR FOUR Course Code ANA4011 ANA4021 ANA4031 ANA4041 ANA4051 BCM4011 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Gross Anatomy I Cell Biology 1 Histochemistry II Functional Anatomy of Thorax and Abdomen Systemic Histology and Basic Histopathology Research Methods and Biostatistics SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 Course Code ANA4012 ANA4022 ANA4032 ANA4042 Gross Anatomy II Systemic Embryology Cell Biology II Practical 3 3 3 3 3 ANA4052 Project/Viva 6 3 Credit Hr 3 326 Total Credit Hours 18 Total Credit Hours 18 COURSE DESCRIPTION ANA2011:GENERAL ANATOMY OF UPPER AND LOWER LIMBS Introduction, Definition of Anatomy, Subdivisions of anatomy, Anatomical terminologies, levels of structural organization. The skin and its appendages, The Muscles, The Circulatory System, The Nervous System, The Joints, The Skeletal System And Visceral System. Anatomical Variations. The Scapular Region, Anterior Thoracic Wall, Pectoral Region and Breast. The Axilla, the Arm, the Forearm, The Wrist and Hand. The Hip and The Thigh .The leg, Ankle and Foot. ANA2021: GENERAL HISTOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY DIGESTIVE SYSTEM Introduction, Definition of histology. Histological methods Electron microscopy, Histochemistry, Immunocytochemistry, Autoradiography. Levels of structural organization, cells, tissues, organs. Cell structure, General study of Primary tissues Epithelia Including Blood and Mononuclear phagocyte system, Cartilage and Bone; Muscle tissue and Nervous Tissue. Histology of Digestive system and related organs. Oral cavity (Teeth, tongue and salivary glands). Basic Structure of the gastrointestinal tract, Oesophagus, Stomach, Small intestine, Large intestine, Endocrine cells of the gut. The Liver, extrahepatic biliary apparatus and the pancreas. ANA 2031: GENERAL EMBRYOLOGY, EMBRYOLOGY OF BODY CAVITIES AND INTRODUCTORY MEDICAL GENETICS Introduction to the developing human. Developmental periods and significance of embryology. Descriptive terms in embryology. Germ cell and gametogenesis (Spermatogenesis/Oogenesis), Female Reproduction Cycles (Menstrual and Ovarian Cycles). Structure of ovum, Ovulation and its role in family planning. Fertilization, Cleavage, Formation of the blastocyst. Formation of germ layers, Formation of neural tube and notochord, Development of somites. Development and Subdivisions of Intraembryonic mesoderm and coelom, Development of placenta and anomalies. Further development of embryonic disc, Folding of Embryo. Formation of the tissues of the body and derivatives of germ layer. Formation of intraembryonic cavity, serous membrane, diaphragm and thoracic cavity. Introduction and definition of genetics. Role of genetics in the practice of medicine. Definition and structure of chromosome, Classification of chromosomes and the role of DNA in genetics. Anomalies of autosomal and sex chromosome structures, Mutation, Gene and Diseases. ANA 2012: GROSS ANATOMY OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, PELVIS AND PERINEUM The Thoracic Cage, Intercostal Spaces, The Mediastinum, The Lung and Pleura, The Heart and The Pericardium. Thoracic Diaphragm, Abdominal wall Muscles and Fasciae of Abdominal Wall. Formation of the Rectus Sheath, the Peritoneum. Abdominal viscera (Liver and gall bladder, stomach, intestine, spleen, kidneys, pancreas, suprarenal glands) and their blood supply, lymphatics, Autonomic Control and applied anatomy. The Bony Pelvis, Pelvic Peritoneum. Pelvic Viscera (Rectum, Anal Canal, Urinary Bladder, Urethra, Ovaries and Testes). Muscles and Fasciae of Pelvic Wall. Superficial Structures of Urogenital Triangle, Superficial and Deep Spaces of the Perineum. ANA 2022: HISTOLOGY OF CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM, IMMUNE SYSTEM AND UROGENITAL SYSTEM, SKIN AND ITS APPENDAGES Histology of Arteries, Arterioles, Veins, Venules, Capillaries, Sinusoids, Heart, Lymphatic Vessels, Lymph Nodes, Spleen and Thymus, Kidney, Ureters, Urinary Bladder and Urethra. Gonads (Ovary and Testis) and Accessory Urogenital Organs (Epididymis, Vas Deferens, Seminal Vesicle, Prostate Gland, Penis and Clitoris). Skin and Its Appendages (Hairs, Sebaceous Glands, Nails, Sweat Glands) ANA 2032: EMBRYOLOGY OF CARDIOVASCULAR, RESPIRATORY AND DIGESTIVE SYSTEMS Early Development of Cardiovascular System. Development of Heart and Great Vessels. Anomalies of Heart and Great Vessels. Aortic Arch Derivatives and Its Anomalies. Foetal Circulation, Development of Lymphatic 327 System. Development of The Larynx, Trachea, Bronchi, Lungs And Associated Anomalies. Development of the Diaphragm and Its Anomalies. Development of Digestive System (Foregut, Midgut, Hindgut) and Associated Organs –Liver, Gall Bladder, Spleen, Pancreas. Rotation of Gut and Anomalies of Development of GIT. ANA 2052: NEUROANATOMY I NEUROANATOMY OF SPINAL CORD, BRAIN STEM, TRACTS OF SPINAL CORD AND BRAIN STEM Introduction to Neuroanatomy and General Plan of the Nervous System, The Structure of the Neuron(Cell Bodies and Processes, Nerve Endings), Synapses, Peripheral Nerves, Degeneration and Regeneration of Neurons. Neuroglia. Gross and Microscopic Anatomy of the Spinal Cord. Tracts of spinal cord and brain stem. Descending tracts ending in spinal cord and brain stem, Ascending tracts of spinal cord and brain stem, Pathways connecting the spinal cord to cerebral cortex, Ascending pathways ending in brain stem and spinocerebellar pathways. The Brain Stem –Medulla oblongata, pons, midbrain and reticular formation. Sections of parts of brain stem at different levels. Applied anatomy of the different part of brainstem and spinal cord. ANA 3011: GROSS ANATOMY OF HEAD AND NECK The skull and cervical vertebrae. The scalp - Layers of the scalp, blood supply, nerve supply, lymphatic drainage and applied anatomy. The Face- Superficial structures and deep structures. Cranial Cavity - Brain and meninges, cerebral dura and its reflexions, the dural venous sinuses and their applied anatomy. Pituitary gland, Temporal and infratemporal fossa. The orbit - Eyeball, Nerves of the orbit, Extraocular and Intraocular muscles, vessels of the orbit, fascia(orbital and bulbar) and lacrimal Gland/sac. Parasympathetic ganglia - Otic, pterygopalatine, submandibular and ciliary ganglia. The Nose - the external nose and the nasal cavity. Paranasal air sinuses. The oral region - the mouth, the teeth and tongue, the hard and soft palate and palatine tonsils. Hypoglossal and glossopharyngeal nerves. Salivary glands - parotid, submandibular and sublingual glands. The Ear - External ear, middle ear and inner ear and vestibulocochlear nerve. Fascial planes and compartments of the neck. Triangles of the neck. Suboccipital region and applied anatomy. Muscles of the neck. Neck viscera - Thyroid gland and Parathyroid gland, Larynx and Trachea, Pharynx and Oesophagus. Blood vessels and lymphatic of head and neck. Cervical plexuses and cervical sympathetic ganglia and applied anatomy. ANA 3021: HISTOLOGY OF THE RESPIRATORY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM, SPECIAL SENSES AND ENDOCRINE GLANDS Histology of the nasal cavities, pharynx, larynx trachea and bronchial tree, the lungs. Histology of nervous system, neuron structure, ganglia, neuroglia. Cerebrum, cerebellum and spinal cord. Histology of special senses - Eye(sclera, cornea, choroids coat, retina, lens) and Ear (External ear, middle ear and internal ear). Endocrine glands. Histology of the pituitary gland, pineal gland, thyroid gland, parathyroid glands, suprarenal glands, APUD cell system. ANA 3031: EMBRYOLOGY OF THE UROGENITAL SYSTEM, HEAD AND NECK, NERVOUS SYSTEM, ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES AND ENDOCRINE SYSTEM Development of urinary system (Kidneys, ureters, urinary bladder, urethra). Development of genital system (development of gonads and their descent, genital ducts and associated glands, external genitalia). Development of suprarenal gland. The Pharyngeal apparatus. Development, fate, derivative and anomalies of pharyngeal arches, pharyngeal pouches, pharyngeal grooves and pharyngeal membranes; Development of thyroid glands, tongue, salivary glands, face, nasal cavities and palate. Development and congenital anomalies of spinal cord and brain. Development of peripheral nervous system and autonomic nervous system. Development of eye and related structures. ANA3041:NEUROANATOMY 11 NEUROANATOMY OF CEREBRUM, CEREBELLUM, THE DIENCEPHALON, BASAL NUCLEI, SPECIAL SENSES AND AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM Gross anatomy of cerebrum - Poles, surfaces, borders, lobes and ventricles of brains. Functional areas of cerebral cortex and white matter of cerebral hemisphere. Neurons and laminae of cerebral cortex. Gross anatomy of cerebellum - subdivisions, grey matter and white matter, cerebellar peduncles, structure of the cerebellar cortex and major connections of the cerebellum. Cerebellar peduncles and functions of the cerebellum. 328 The diencephalons - Subdivisons, nuclei and connections (Thalamus, hypothalamus, ventral thalamus, epithalamus.).Basal nuclei or ganglia, caudate nucleus, lentiform nucleus (Putamen and globus pallidus), Amygdaloid nuclear complex and claustrum. The subthalamic nuclei, the substantia nigra, ventral striatum and ventral palladium. The ventricles of the brain. Blood supply to central nervous system. Visual pathway and applied anatomy olfactory pathway and limbic system. Neuroanatomy of autonomic nervous system, sympathetic and parasympathetic. ANA 3012: FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF SKELETAL SYSTEM. JOINT AND MUSCULAR SYSTEM Skeletal system: Overview of skeleton, the skull, vertebra column and or thoracic cage, the Pectoral Girdle and Upper limb, the pelvic girdle and lower limb. Joints - Joint and their classification. Fibrous, cartilaginous and synovial joint. Muscular system - Structural and functional organization of muscles. Muscles of head and neck and trunk. Muscles acting on shoulder and upper limb. Muscles acting on hip and lower limbs. ANA 3022: RELEVANT LABORATORY TECHNIQUES Methods employed in preservation of cadavers ancient and modern. The aims of preservation, significance, chemicals used and their effects. Hazards and precautions. Setting up an embalming room. Basic museum techniques, Labeling and cataloguing of museum specimens. Care and maintenance of museum specimens. Maceration. Introduction to animal house and maintenance of Laboratory animals, Methods of sacrificing experimental animals. Methods of obtaining specimen from experimental animals. The processing for microscopic studies. ANA 3032: HISTORY OF ANATOMY AND MEDICAL GENETICS History of origin of Anatomy from Hippocrates through Galen to the present day. Development of anatomy from art to scientific study including history of Anatomy in Nigeria. Medical genetics, chromosomes, structural analysis, organization and mutation of common genetic and chromosomal phenotype. Anomalies of chromosomes ANA 3042: GROSS ANATOMY OF CRANIAL NERVES AND AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM Histogenesis of cranial nerves, Functional components of individual cranial nerves. The origin, course, distribution and applied anatomy of cranial nerves. Sympathetic trunk and parasympathetic neurons. Autonomic plexuses. Preganglionic and postganglionic and postganglionic neurons. Afferent autonomic pathway. ANA 3052: HISTOCHEMISTRY I History of Histochemistry, Introduction and definition of Histochemistry, Principles of Histochemistry, Microscopy, Histochemical tissue processing. Enzyme and Carbohydrate Histochemistry. Seminar papers. ANA 4011: GROSS ANATOMY OF SELECTED TOPICS IN UPPER AND LOWER LIMBS, HEAD AND NECK Seminar presentations on selected topics from upper limb, lower limbs, head and neck. Skeletal plan: Arrangement of muscles; Detailed anatomy of the nerve supply, blood supply and lymphatic drainage of upper and lower limbs, head and neck. ANA 4021: CELL BIOLOGY I The Cell Theory, Modern views of cell structure, Prokaryotic cells. Molecules in the cells. Organelles of eukaryotic cells, Cell division. ANA 4031: HISTOCHEMISTRY II Histochemistry of lipids, proteins, amino acids and nucleic acids. Histochemistry of pigment and minerals, Quantitative Histochemistry, ultrahistochemistry, Seminar papers. ANA 4041: FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF RESPIRATORY, REPRODUCTIVE, URINARY AND DIGESTIVE SYSTEM 329 Respiratory system: Anatomy of respiratory system, mechanics and neural control of ventilation; Gas exchange and transport; Blood Chemistry and the respiratory rhythm. Respiratory disorders. Reproductive system: Male reproductive system, sexual reproduction, sex determination and development. Male reproductive anatomy, puberty and climacteric, sperm and semen, male sexual response. Female reproductive system - Reproductive anatomy, Puberty and menopause, Oogenesis and sexual cycle, female sexual response, Pregnancy and childbirth, Lactation. Digestive system: General anatomy and digestive processes. The mouth through oesophagus, the stomach, the liver, gall bladder, pancreas and the Small Intestine. Chemical digestion and absorption. The Large Intestine. Mechanism of deglutition. Urinary system: Functions of the urinary systems. Anatomy of the kidney. Urine Formation, Glomerular filtration. Tubular reabsorption, secretion and water conservation. Urine and renal function Tests. Urine storage and elimination, mechanism of micturition. ANA 4051: SYSTEMIC HISTOLOGY AND BASIC HISTOPATHOLOGY A more detailed histology of the digestive, respiratory, urogenital, immune, nervous and endocrine systems. Introduction to pathology. Basic concepts of histopathology. ANA 4012: GROSS ANATOMY OF SELECTED TOPICS IN THORAX, ABDOMEN, PELVIS AND PERINEUM AND SELECTED TOPICS IN NEUROANATOMY Seminar presentations on some selected topics in thorax, abdomen, pelvis and perineum and neuroanatomy. A more detailed approach. ANA 4022: CELL BIOLOGY II Microtubules and cellular movement. The Nerve Cell. Electron microscopic properties of cell membranes. Methods of study of subcellular structures. ANA 4032: SYSTEMIC EMBRYOLOGY A review of embryology of Digestive, Respiratory, Cardiovascular, Nervous, Urogenital Systems and Head And Neck. Embryology of skeletal system: Development of bone and cartilage, joint, axial skeleton and appendicular skeleton. Embryology of the muscular system: Development of skeletal, smooth and cardiac Muscles. Development of limbs and their anomalies. Embryology of the Integumentary system: Development of skin, hair, nails mammary glands and teeth. ANA 4042: GROSS ANATOMY/HISTOLOGY PRACTICAL Complete dissection of all body parts in the cadaver and their demonstration. Complete study of histological slides of all the tissues of the body. Processing of tissue, sectioning, mounting and staining for microscopic study. ANA 4052: PROJECT/VIVA VOCE Special study of a selected topic in any area of human anatomy supported by dissertation Post-Graduate Diploma In Anatomy Admission Requirements In addition to “O” level requirement for admission into the University of Calabar, the candidates for admission into the post-graduate diploma in Anatomy must have the following qualifications; (a) B.Sc Second class (Hons) lower division with a CGPA lower than 3.00 or third class (Hons) degree in the subject of Anatomy from the University of Calabar or any other university approved by the senate of the University of Calabar. (b) B.Sc second class (Hons) degree in any related science discipline such as physiology, Biochemistry, Animal Science, Radiography and zoology from the University of Calabar or any other University approved by the Senate of University of Calabar (c) NIST final certificate or equivalent in Anatomy and Histopathology at credit level or above Course Work 330 Candidates are expected to register for and pass 24 units of course work (12 units per semester). Candidates will be expected to attend Departmental seminars and to act as demonstrators to undergraduate students as part of their training. Duration For candidates with B.Sc. in Anatomy, the programme shall run for 2 semesters of 12 months (6 months per semester). For candidates with other qualifications, the programme shall be 4 semesters of 24 months (i.e. 6 months per semester). PGD CONTENT OUTLINE FOR NON B.Sc. ANATOMY CANDIDATES Course Code ANA5011D ANA5021D ANA5031D ANA5041D FIRST SEMESTER Course title General anatomy, Gross anatomy of upper and lower limbs, thorax and thoracic viscera General Histology, Cytology, Histology of GIT and thoracic Viscera General Embryology, Systemic Embryology of thoracic viscera and abdominal viscera and Genetics Neuroanatomy of the spinal cord, brain stem, tracts of spinal cord and brain stem Total Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 Course Code ANA5012D 3 ANA5022D 3 ANA5032D 3 ANA5042D 12 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Gross anatomy of the abdomen, Pelvis, perineum, head and neck 3 Histology of tissues of head and Neck, nervous system, special sense Lymphatic and endocrine systems Systemic embryology of the structures of head and neck, nervous system, urogenital and endocrine systems Neuroanatomy of the cerebrum, Cerebellum, thalamic structures, special senses and autonomic nervous system Total Credit Hours 3 3 2 12 Ph.D COURSES IN ANATOMY Course Code ANA6011 ANA6021 ANA6031 PHS6011 PHS 6041 ANA 6041 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Course Code SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Radiographic and Clinical Anatomy Human Genetics and Cytogenetics Advance Developmental Biology 3 BCM 5092 Advanced tissue Biochemistry 3 3 ANA 6012 Advanced Neurobiology 3 3 ANA 6022 3 Ion channels of excitable tissues Cell signaling in health and disease Research Seminar II Total Credit Hours 3 ANA 6032 Advanced Histochemistry and Modern Histological techniques Cellular and molecular Biolog 3 BCM 6072 2 3 18 ANA 6042 Biochemical reaction mechanism Research Seminar II Total Credit Hours 331 3 3 18 Course Code ANA 6051 ANA6061 THIRD SEMESTER Course title Principles and practice of Photomicrography Research seminar Total Credit Hours Credit Hr 1 3 4 DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY Objectives of the Department From the start therefore the initial objectives of the department were clearly outlined. The department thus offered course of instruction to students of Medicine, Biological Sciences and Basic Medical Sciences at the undergraduate and post graduate levels. Research on pure and applied biochemistry form an integral part of the academic activity. Through these training programmes, the department has contributed its rightful share in relieving the shortage of medical and paramedical personnel, competent teachers and research workers in biochemistry. A breakdown of courses offered is as follows:a) MBBCH b) B.Sc(Hons) c) M.Sc/Ph.D M.Sc/Ph.D - Part I Biochemistry Biochemistry Nutrition and Food Science PGD in Applied Biochem and PGD in Nutrition and Food Science. Biochemistry courses are also offered as part of the following programmes: d) B.Sc.(Hons) Anatomy e) B.Sc(Hons) Physiology f) B.Sc(Hons) Biological Science g) B.Sc(Hons) Medical Laboratory h) B.Sc(Hons) Nursing i) B.Sc(Hons) Radiography j) B.Sc(Hons) Biological Oceanography The specific objectives of the teaching programme for a, b and c above are as follows: (a) MBBCH The teaching of Biochemistry consisting of lectures, practical and tutorial extends over a period of one and a half year through the first three semesters and covers aspects of Biochemistry relevant to students of medicine and which would be helpful for an understanding of such subjects like physiology, Pharmacology. Microbiology, Chemical Pathology, Human Genetics and Internal Medicine. Emphasis is placed on clinical biochemistry which is taught in detail during the first semesters of the second year in the college. (b) B.Sc The objective of the course is to provide a comprehensive training in theoretical and practical biochemistry to students who having acquired the qualification can work as Graduate Assistant in medical school or serve as biochemists in research institutes, industrial establishment or in service laboratories of hospitals. They will also be eligible for post graduate studies leading to the M.Sc, M.Phil or Ph.D degree. The teaching of biochemistry is spread through the second, third and fourth year. (c) Post Graduate Courses: The main objectives of the post graduate program is to train the much needed manpower for teaching and research in medical, agricultural, industrial and academic establishments. New knowledge is acquired through original research. Research work at post graduate level in the biochemistry department thus began in the areas of nutritional biochemistry, clinical biochemistry, red cell metabolism and biochemical toxicology. 332 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PURE/APPLIED BIOCHEMISTRY Regulations for the Post Graduate Diploma Programme in Applied Biochemistry (PGDABCM) Course Structure: Candidates shall choose 24 credit hours from the following first and second semester courses PGDABCM 5000 is compulsory. Course Code PGDABCM 5001 PGDABCM 5021 PGDABCM 5031 PGDABCM 5041 PGDABCM 5052 PGDABCM 5062 PGDABCM 5071 PGDABCM 5082 PGDABCM 5000 Course title Credit Hr Chemistry of Biochemistry Important compounds Physical and analytical aspect of Biochemistry 3 Metabolic aspects of Biochemistry Microbial Biochemistry Industrial Biochemistry Biochemical aspects of Agriculture Biochemical aspects of Medicine Molecular Biochemistry and Genetic Engineering Research Project Total Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 18 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCE Regulations for the Postgraduate Diploma Programme in Nutrition and Food Science Course Code First Semester Course title Credit Hr PGDABCM 5011 PGDABCM 5021 PGDABCM 5031 PGDABCM 5041 Nutrition, Food science and Food Industries Food chemistry and food Analysis Nutrition aspect of nutrient in food The roles of non-nutrients in food 3 3 3 3 PGDABCM 5052 PGDABCM 5062 PGDABCM 5072 PGDABCM 5082 PGDABCM 5000 Second Semester Food quality factors-assessment and monitoring Food preservation and processing Food production and formulation Public health aspects of food and nutrition Project in either nutrition or food science Total Credit Hours 3 3 3 3 6 18 DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY Objectives The main objectives of the postgraduate degree programmes in pharmacology are: 1. to train medical science graduates at the post-graduate level to meet the need for academic staff in this area of specialization; 333 2. to produce research workers who are well trained in pharmacology and can contribute positively to scientific knowledge; 3. to assist in human capacity development in this area of knowledge and produce skilled personnel who will feed the needs in the pharmaceutical and general health system in the country; 4. to ensure that a graduate with the M.Sc. degree from this programme will be able to successfully undertake doctorate studies in Pharmacology in this University and at any other academic institution; 5. to create improved career opportunities for individuals with a doctorate degree in pharmacology; 6. to train high-level manpower for teaching, research and service; 7. to equip professionals with in-depth theoretical knowledge and research skills in pharmacology; 8. to promote scholarship and advance the frontiers of knowledge in pharmacology. M. Sc. Programme The M.Sc. courses are designed to provide the students with in-depth and current academic exposure in pharmacology. Requisite concepts in related areas and biochemistry are intended to facilitate better appreciation of pharmacological concepts at the postgraduate level. A course in biostatistics was designed to give the candidate the basic knowledge necessary for effective analytical manipulation of data emanating from the thesis research project. Candidates are required to register for and pass a total of 24 (twenty four) credits of course work. At least 18 credit units taken shall be within the Department of Pharmacology. Ph.D Programme The Philosophy of the proposed Ph.d: the Ph.d. Degree in Pharmacology in the Department of Pharmacology, University of Calabar is predicated on the premise of a societal need for pharmacological scientists who possess broad clinical and experimental knowledge and experiences coupled with strong analytical and problem solving skills in the area of Applied Biomedical Research. This programme’s main focus is in the area of applied pharmacology and experimental therapeutics. This area naturally evolved as a consequence of the critical mass of college clinical and basic science faculty with strong research interests in experimental therapeutics. Other equally important but distinctly different areas of emphasis (e.g., Pharmacokinetics, Medicinal Plant Research, Toxicology and Teratology, Chemotherapy, Ethnopharmacology, Smooth Muscle Pharmacology; Neuropharmacology; Cardiopulmonary Pharmacology; Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics, Clinical Pharmacology, and Pharmacoepidemiology) are also included in this programme. The programme is administered from the Department of Pharmacology in conjunction with the Graduate School, University of Calabar. Participation of faculty from other divisions of biomedical science such as biochemistry reflects the interrelationship of the medical sciences and this is apt because experimental pharmacology draws extensively from methodologies of other medical sciences. Faculty members from the College of Medical Sciences will be are essential component of the evolution of this programme. The programme requires the M.Sc degree as a prerequisite for admission and attempts to build from this strong foundation. The programme is composed of extensive graduate level didactic course work with a strong biological and medical science emphasis. Thesis projects require integration of logical and laboratory skills directed toward the pursuit of knowledge relevant to problems in contemporary pharmacotherapeutics. The programme has as its goals: (i) To expose our students to the latest conceptual and technical developments in pharmacology and related biomedical sciences; (ii) To mentor our students in the development of their critical thinking, problem solving and communication skills, as well as technical proficiency in a laboratory setting; and (iii) To help our students identify and make progress toward their personal career goals. In addition, the doctoral programme in pharmacology is meant to link the historical development of the discipline, the growing commitment of the nation to provide health services to all, and the documented national need for medical scientists capable of, and committed to, quality care through novel scientific research and education. Courses of study are designed to meet the needs of individual students. Graduates are employed in academic research and in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries The Doctor of Philosophy curriculum is not lock-step; students do NOT graduate as a class at the end of a specific semester. The average time to degree is 334 approximately 5 years of full-time, year-round study; acceptable duration of the programme is between 3 and 7 years. The expressed needs and the goal of expanding the scientific and knowledge base of the university and the nation in general will be served by our newly established doctoral programme in Pharmacology. The health needs of the people is better served by a significant increase in the number of doctorally prepared Pharmacologists who would acquire skills that will also help in the research into the potential therapeutic benefits of a vast array of medicinal plants with which this country is richly blessed. Admission Requirements The M.Sc. degree programme in Pharmacology is open to University graduates who hold at least a second class honours degree in Pharmacology or in any other closely related health sciences discipline (Biochemistry, Physiology, Biology, Microbiology, Anatomy, Medical Laboratory Science) OR University graduates with the basic degree in Pharmacy (B. Pharm.) or Medicine (MB. BCh.) or Vetrinary medicine (DVM, BVM). For the Ph.D. programme, the admission requirements are as follows: (a) M.Sc. degree in pharmacology with cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of not less than 2.50 of max 4.0 points; 3.0 of max 5.0 points from the University of Calabar or any other recognized university. (b) Bachelors degree in Medicine (MB.BCh); Veterinary Medicine (DVM); in addition to a M.Sc. in Pharmacology. (c) Applicants are also required to submit a one-page MISSION STATEMENT to the Department of Pharmacology, University of Calabar. PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND COURSE OUTLINE M.Sc. Programme Course Code PHM 5011 PHM 5021 PHM 5031 PHM 5052 PHM 5062 PHM 5072 PHM 6012 BCM 5041 Course title Pharmacokinetics Radiopharmacology Theory Cardiovascular Pharmacology Toxicology Advanced Chemotherapy Neuroendocrine Pharmacology Biochemical Pharmacology Research Methods and Advanced Biometry Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Ph.D Programme Course Code PHM 6011 PHM 6021 PHM 6031 PHM 6041 PHM 6052 PHM 6062 PHM 6072 PHM 6081 PHM 6091 PHM 6101 Course title Advanced Neuroparmacology Advanced Immunopharmacology Advanced Pharmacology of Natural Products and Recent Advances Systematic Toxicology, Adverse Drug Reactions/ /Interactions Pharmacokinetics and Biopharmaceutics Instrumentation and Research Methods in Pharmacology Advanced Therapeutics and Recent Advances in Pharmacology Advanced Neurochemistry and Molecular Pharmacology Contemporary Issues in Drug Research and Development Clinical Pharmacology 335 Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PHM 7001 PHM 7002 PHM 7003 PHM 7004 PHM 7005 PHM 7006 PHM 7007 PHM 7008 PHM 7009 PHM 7010 PHM 7011 Research Seminar in Autonomic Nervous System Research Seminar in Chemotherapy Research Seminar in Clinical Pharmacology Research Seminar in Toxicology Research Seminar in Renal and Electrolyte Pharmacology Research Seminar in Endocrine Pharmacology Research Seminar in Central Nervous System Pharmacology Research Seminar in Smooth Muscle pharmacology Research Seminar in Pharmaco-epidemiology Research Seminar in Cardiopulmonary Pharmacology Project Dissertation/Thesis 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 12 Area of Specialization Available in the Department 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Autonomic and Central Nervous System Endocrine Pharmacology and Hormone Regulation of Metabolism Chemotherapy Ethnopharmacology Toxicology and Teratology Smooth Muscle Pharmacology Cardiopulmonary Pharmacology Renal and Electrolyte Pharmacology Clinical pharmacology Pharmaco-Epidemiology COURSE CONTENT AND DESCRIPTION FOR M.Sc. DEGREE IN PHARMACOLOGY PHM 5011: PHARMACOKINETICS Concepts basic to pharmacokinetics; Compartmental representation; Dose-dependent Pharmacokinetics; Timedependent pharmacokinetics; Drug metabolite kinetics; Kinetics of drug-drug interactions; Kinetics of pharmacological response; Quantitative structure –pharmacokinetic relationships; Assessment of rate and extent of drug absorption; Effects of disease on clinical pharmacokinetics; Non-linear kinetics and drug elimination; Therapeutic drug monitoring. PHM 5021 RADIOPHARMACOLOGY Atoms, nuclides and the nature of radioactive decay; interaction of radiation with matter, radiation detection, health physics and some basic principles in radioisotope utilization; isotopic and non-isotopic labeling; Biochemical and pharmacological rationales in radiotracer design; Tissue preparation for liquid scintillation and gamma counting; In-vivo measurement of transport and metabolic processes using radioisotopes; Techniques to study transport of radiotracers; Effect of transport in distribution of radio-ions and radio-labeled metabolites; Effect of solute structure in the transport of radiotracers; Renal secretion and filtration studies using radiotracers; Thyroid cell kinetics: studies using radiotracers; Study of hepatocyte function by 14CO2 breath analysis; Kinetic analysis of bone imaging agents; Mechanisms of localization of free radio-ions; role of phagocytosis and pinocytosis; Radiotracer techniques to study fibrin deposition and lyses. PHM 5031: CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY Cardiac cell membrane pharmacology; Factors that influence the rate of calcium ion transport in the sarcoplasmic reticulum; Blockers of ionic channels; Ionic basis for spontaneous phase 4 depolarization; factors that modify cardiac automaticity; cardiovascular effect of ions; regulatory factors for normal cardiac function; Hypertension; Drug therapy of hypertension; Cardiac glycosides and congestive heart failure; Antiarrhythmic agents; Angina pectoris; Seminars/Term papers. PHM 5052: TOXICOLOGY 336 General principles and evaluation of safety; Absorption, distribution and excretion of toxicants; Metabolism of toxic substances; Factors influencing toxicity; Mutagenicity, carcinogenicity and teratogenicity; Toxicology of metals; Solvents, vapors and plastics; Toxicology of pesticides; Contemporary issues in toxicology. PHM 5062: ADVANCED CHEMOTHERAPY General considerations in chemotherapeutic drug action and applications; Pharmacologic and biochemical basis of chemotherapeutics; Drug resistance phenomena; Drug interactions in chemotherapy; Modification of host immune responses in chemotherapy; Implications of host-parasite interactions for chemotherapy; Pharmacokinetic alterations in diseases caused by microorganisms: implications for chemotherapy; New approaches to chemotherapeutic drug design. PHM 5072 NEUROENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY Organization and control of endocrine systems; Inter-relation of nervous and endocrine systems; Theories of hormonal control of membrane, enzyme and organelle integration/regulation; Hormane regulation of metabolism; Genetics and endocrine functions; Shared characteristics of hormones; Research methods in hormone action; Hormones and clinical medicine; special topics and seminars. PHM 6012 BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY Concept of biochemical lesion; Sub-cellular structures in pharmacology; Cardiac cell membrane; Nucleic acids and proteins; Biotransformation of drugs; Pharmacogenetics; Structure-activity relationships; Enzyme inhibition and its significance for clinical medicine. COURSE CONTENT AND DESCRIPTION FOR PH.D. DEGREE IN PHARMACOLOGY PHM 6011 ADVANCED NEUROPHARMACOLOGY Pharmacology and biochemistry of the peripheral nervous system; Physiology of nerve impulse generation and synaptic function; Developmental biochemistry; Pharmacological action of drugs on nervous system; Neurohumoral transmission in autonomic nervous system; Cholinergic and adrenergic mechanisms; biochemical basis of receptor classifications in the CNS; Neuromuscular junction physiology and pharmacology of EndPlate membrane potentials; Neuromuscular and ganglionic blockers; Synaptic transmission and putative neurotransmitters in the CNS; Differential distribution of neurotransmitters and methods of study; Interactions of sex hormones with brain and pituitary; Neuro-hormonal control of reproduction; Brain monoamines and amino acids biosynthesis; Theory of depression; Affective disorders, psychoses and schizophrenias; Morphine receptor in the brain; Endorphins and Enkephalins; Sites of action of phenothiazines, benzodiazepines and CNS stimulant drugs; the barbiturate action. PHM 6021 ADVANCED IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY Autacoids, 5-HT, polypeptides, kinins, etc; The immune system and inflammation; Hypersensitivity reactions; immune tolerance; autoimmune diseases; immunosuppressant and anti-inflammatory drugs; HIV/AIDS and drugs used in the therapy and prophylaxis of disorders of the immune system; Allergic reactions to drugs; prostaglandins, prostacyclins and thromboxanes; Cancer inducers and promoters; Classes of anti-cancer agents; Specific anticancer drug effects; Cell-cycle specific drug action; Immunotherapy of cancer; Neoplastic cell biochemistry, structure and function. PHM 6031 ADVANCED PHARMACOLOGY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS Plant biochemistry-cells organelles, structure; Microscopic study of plant cells and tissues; Medicinal plantsproperties, chemistry, identification and classification; Extraction techniques; Isolation and purification of biologically active plant metabolites; phytochemistry; Measurements of biological activities of plant extracts; Orthodox drugs of medicinal plant origin; prospects for use of natural products in health care delivery systems. PHM 6041: SYSTEMATIC TOXICOLOGY, ADVERSE DRUG REACTIONS/INTERACTIONS Adverse drug reactions; Biological factors that influence toxicity; Chemical factors that influence toxicity; Influence of route of administration on toxicity; genetic factors that influence toxicity; Classification of harmful effects of chemicals; Normal toxic effects of chemicals; Abnormal responses to chemicals; Toxicological testing methods; Genetic toxicology; Formation of chemically reactive metabolites from drugs; Behavioural toxicology; Toxicology of the pre-synaptic aspect of neuromuscular junction; Toxicology of 337 exocrine sweat glands and melanocytes; Toxic responses of organ systems (CNS, liver, kidney, respiratory system, the eye, blood and gonads). PHM 6052: PHARMACOKINETICS AND BIOPHARMACEUTICS Chemical assay of drugs and drug metabolites; Compartmental analysis of drug distribution; Drug absorption and bioavailability; Effects of renal disease on pharmacokinetics; Pharmacokinetics in patients requiring renal replacement therapy; Non-compartmental vs. compartmental approaches to PK analysis; Effects of liver disease on pharmacokinetics; Population pharmacokinetics; Pathways of drug metabolism; Drug Interactions; Pharmacogenomics; PHM 6062: INSTRUMENTATION AND RESEARCH METHODS IN PHARMACOLOGY Instrument arrangement for various experimental designs in pharmacology; Extraction, separation and drying techniques; Isolation of pure substances and chemical identification; Cell, isolated tissue and whole animal techniques; Analytical procedures for therapeutic drug monitoring; Computer data analysis; Radioimmunoassay, ELISA; Atomic Absorption spectroscopy; Flame photometry; High pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC); Gas chromatography (GC); and Thin layer chromatography (TLC); Physiological solutions and culture media preparation; Functional analysis; Tissue perfusion and cell perfusion techniques. PHM 6072: ADVANCED THERAPEUTICS AND RECENT ADVANCES IN PHARMACOLOGY General concept of therapeutic agents; Classification of therapeutic agents e.g. drug therapy of diseases, chemotherapy of infections (such as fungal, bacterial and related infections, protozoa, multicellular organisms, neoplastic diseases); Antimicrobials; Microbial resistance to therapeutic agents; Drug combinations; Factors affecting microorganism response to drugs; Factors influencing drug therapy. PHM 6081 ADVANCED NEUROCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY Chemistry and biochemistry of peripheral and central nervous systems; The biochemistry of nerve impulses generated and synaptic function; Adaptation of nervous system to environmental factors; Developmental neurochemistry and biochemistry, structural and functional factors in neurochemistry; Biochemical action of drugs on nervous system; Biochemical aspects of mental and neurologic illness; Biochemistry of sleep; Recent advances in neurochemistry; Concept of biochemical lesion; Sub-cellular structures in pharmacology; Synaptic vesicles; The cardiac cell membrane; Nucleic acids and proteins; Biotransformation of drugs; Pharmacogenetic implications of G-proteins, second messenger systems and calcium signaling; Mechanisms of drug action in relation to regulatory kinases and phosphatases. PHM 6091: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN DRUG RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Drug monitoring and its requirement for responsible drug use; Problems of chronic diseases; Clinical evaluations of therapy;; Receptors and messengers; Drug design; Mechanistic biochemistry and analytical pathophysiology; The patient as a subject to medical research. PHM 6101: CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY Basics of pharmacology; clinical pharmacokinetics; monitoring drug therapy; adverse drug reactions; drug interactions; pharmacogenetics; prescribing for pediatric patients; prescribing for the elderly; principles for prescribing for pregnant and breast-feeding women; prescribing for patients with renal disease; prescribing for patients with hepatic disease; regulations affecting prescribing; the process of new drug development, testing and approval; patients adherence to therapy, PHM 7001 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Autonomic Nervous System PHM 7002 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CHEMOTHERAPY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Chemotherapy PHM 7003 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Clinical Pharmacology PHM 7004 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN TOXICOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Toxicology 338 PHM 7005 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN RENAL AND ELECTROLYTE PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in and Electrolyte Pharmacology PHM 7006 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Endocrine Pharmacology PHM 7007 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Central Nervous System Pharmacology PHM 7008 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN SMOOTH MUSCLE PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Smooth Muscle pharmacology PHM 7009 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN PHARMACOEPIDEMIOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Pharmacoepidemiology PHM 7010 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CARDIOPULMONARY PHARMACOLOGY Seminars are to involve review and presentation of current concepts in Cardiopulmonary Pharmacology PHM 7011 RESEARCH PROJECT DISSERTATION/THESIS Research project execution, documentation and defense DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY History The Physiology Department commenced its activities in July 1978 with the head of department as Professor K. M. Etta (1978-1985). The department started with its first batch of medical students in 1978/79 session. In 1979/80 session, B.Sc. Physiology programme was added to its curriculum. In 1987 the department introduced a new B.Sc. Physiology programme (B.Sc. intercalated in the MBBCh programme) in the college. This programme allows outstanding medical students after their part 1 MBBCh examinations to spend extra three semesters for a B.Sc. degree in Physiology, Biochemistry or Anatomy before continuing with their MBBCh programme. The department has finally granted full accreditation by the Nigerian University Commission (NUC). Admission requirement for B.Sc. (Hon) Physiology The entry for four-year B.Sc. degree programme are as follows: West African School Certificate or its equivalent qualification with credits in the following subjects: English language, mathematics, Physics, chemistry, Biology and other subjects. The candidate must also take and pass the competitive National J.M.E. for entry into Nigerian Universities and the University aptitude test. Admission Requirement for Postgraduate Diploma in Physiology In addition to having O’Level requirement for admission into University of Calabar, the candidates for admission into post graduate diploma in physiology must have any of the following qualifications: (a) NIST Final Certificate or equivalent in Physiology/Pharmacology (at credit level or above). (b) B.Sc. 2nd Class Hons. Degree in any related Sciences discipline (e.g. Biology). (c) Pass Degree 3rd Class Hons. Degree or Second Class Hons. Lower division with a low G.P.A. in Physiology. Admission Requirement for M.Sc. Programme in Physiology Admission into the programme is open to graduates of the University of Calabar or other universities recognised by the senate who holds at lease 2nd Class Hons. Degree in Physiology with 3.25 GPA or related 339 discipline. It is also open to holders of MBBCh, DVM or BVM or a pass at Credit level in postgraduate diploma in Physiology. Admission Requirement for Ph.D Programme in Physiology The programme is open to any candidate who has the following: i. ii. Master’s Degree in Physiology with a minimum of 3.0 grade point average. Outstanding performance during the M.Sc. Physiology programme. Such a candidate may be allowed to advance from M.Sc. to Ph.D. on the recommendation of the departmental and graduate committees to the Graduate School Board and after approval by the Senate of the University. COURSE OUTLINE B.Sc. Course In Physiology YEAR ONE Course Code GSS1101 GSS 1131 PHY 1101 CHM1011 MTH1111 BIO 1011 ZEB 2031 Course Code ANA2011 ANA2031 ANA2021 BCM2031 PHS2011 PHS2021 PHS2031 GSS2111 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Use of English I History and Philosophy of Science Introductory Physics 1 Introduction Chemistry 1 General Mathematics Introduction Biology 1 Plant and Animal Physiology Total Credit Hours FIRST SEMESTER Course title Course Code PHY 1102 CHM1012 Introductory Physics II Organic Chemistry 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 BIO 1012 GSS1102 GSS1112 GSS1122 Introductory Biology Use of English II Citizenship Education Philosophy and Logic 3 2 2 2 Total Credit Hours 19 19 YEAR TWO Credit Hr 3 Course Code ANA2012 3 BCM2042 General Histology, Cytology, Histology of the G.I. Tract, Cell Biology Carbohydrate Chemistry & Metabolism Introductory Physiology 3 BCM2052 3 PHS2032 3 PHS2042 Blood Physiology Cardiovascular Physiology Introduction to Computer Total Credit Hours 3 3 2 23 Gross Anatomy of Upper & Lower Limbs General Embryology, Systemic Embryology SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 PHS2052 GSS2112 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr Credit Hr Gross Anatomy of Thorax and Abdomen Chemistry and Metabolism of Lipid, Steroid & Biological Pigment Chemistry and Met. of Proteins & Amino Acid 3 Neurophsyiology I (Sensory System) Renal Physiology, Body Fluids & Temperature Regulation Respiratory System Introduction to Computer II 3 Total Credit Hours 20 3 3 3 3 2 YEAR THREE Course Code ANA3011 FIRST SEMESTER Course title BCM3011 Gross Anatomy of the Head & Neck Nutritional Biochemistry BCM3021 Clinical Biochemistry Credit Hr 3 Course Code PHS 3032 3 PHS 3042 3 PHS 3052 340 SECOND SEMESTER Course title Selected Topics in Neurophysiology Blood, regulation of Electrolytes and Fluids Selected Topics in GastroIntestinal Physiology Credit Hr 3 3 3 PHS3011 PHS3021 PHS3031 GSS3101 Gastrointestinal Physiology Endocrinology and Reproduction Motor System, Higher Cortical Function And ANS Entrepreneurship I Total Credit Hours 3 PHS 3062 Special Senses 3 3 PHM3022 Pharmacology 3 3 PHS 3072 Reproduction/Maternal Fetal Endocrinology 3 2 20 GSS 3102 Entrepreneurship II Total Credit Hours 2 20 YEAR FOUR Course Code PHS 4011 PHS 4021 PHS 4031 PHS 4041 PHS 4061 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Neuroendocrinology Cardiopulmonary Physiology Environmental Physiology and Metabolism Laboratory Teaching & Instrumentation Biostatistics Total Credit Hours SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code PHS 4032 PHS 4072 Credit Hr Project Research Methods 9 3 3 PHS 4052 Oral Defence 3 Total Credit Hours 15 3 3 15 DESCRIPTION AND CONTENT OF COURSES IN B.SC. PHYSIOLOGY PHS 2011: INTRODUCTORY PHYSIOLOGY Introduction to Physiology and its place in medicine. The composition cell, cell membrane and transport mechanism, membrane potentials. Physiology of excitable tissues. Types of ionic channels. Cell signalling, Introduction to patch clamp technique. PHS 2021: BLOOD PHYSIOLOGY General characteristics and functions of blood. Properties and functions of plasma, Red blood cells; factors involved erythropoiesis, blood groups. White blood cells, origin, types, properties, functions, antigenicity and immunities. Platelets and hemostatic mechanism. Reticulo endothelial system. Clotting and fibrinolytic system. PHS 2031: CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM Overall plan and functions of the cardiovascular system, physiological anatomy of the heart, mechanical events of cardiac cycle, cardiac output and its estimation, Electrocardiogram. The vascular system; gross sectional area of different vascular groups, systolic diastolic pulse and mean arterial pressures, Exchange of fluids across the capillaries, venous and central venous pressures. Integration of cardiovascular functions; central control centers, regulation of systemic blood pressure. Cardio vascular adaptations in health and disease. Circulation through special areas. PHS 2032: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY I SENSORY SYSTEM Development and general plan of the central nervous system. Classification of receptors. Properties of receptors. Physiological classification of nerve fibers. Dual system for transmission of somatosensory sensation. Coding for characteristics of a stimulus. Somatosensory cortex. Pain special sense organs. Ear (hearing). Vestibular Apparatus and Equilibrium. Taste, smell. The Eye. Spectrum of movements. Motor system hierarchy. Motor function of the spinal cord and lower brain stem. Monosynaptic reflexes, Bisynaptic reflexes. Polysynaptic reflexes. The effects of surgical removal of the higher nervous centers. Electrophysiological study of cord reflexes. PHS 2042: RENAL PHYSIOLOGY, BODY FLUIDS AND TEMPERATURE REGULATION The skin: Functional anatomy, temperature regulations; abnormalities of temperature regulation, Metabolism; factors regulating metabolism, conditions for measuring basal metabolic rate. Compartmentalization and composition of body fluid Physiologica anatomy of the kidney, renal circulation and autoregulation. 341 Glomerular filtration. Tubular Transport. Urine formation, counter-current system. Water, volume and ionic regulation. Acid-base balance. Micturition, Abnormalities of renal function. PHS 2052: RESPIRATORY SYSTEM Physiologic anatomy of respiratory apparatus, brief review of relevant gas laws, lung volumes, mechanics of breathing, gas diffusion through alveoli capillary membrane, pulmonary circulation, ventilation perfusion ratio oxygen and carbondioxide transport, control of respiration, hypoxias, oxygen treatment, abnormal types of breathing, attitude and depth, acclimatization. Respiratory adjustments in health and disease. PHS 3011: GASTROINTESTINAL PHYSIOLOGY Physiologic anatomy of the gastrointestinal tract. Review of smooth muscle function. Secretions in the G.I.T. and their control. movements of the gastrointestinal tract. Digestion and absorption of various food substances. Liver and its functions. Disorders of the gastrointestinal tract. PHS 3021: ENDOCRINOLOGY AND RESPRODUCTION Endocrine system. Introduction and neuroendocrine relationship. Hypothalamo-pituitary axis, endocrine glands; normal, hypo and hyper-functions. Other hormones of some clinical importance. Physiologic anatomy of male and female reproductive system. Male and female sex hormones. Cyclicity of hormone secretion in females. Physiology of contraception. PHS 3031: MOTOR SYSTEM, HIGHER CORTICAL FUNCTION & ANS Cortical control of motor function. The role of the Brain stem in control of motor function. The basal ganglia. The cerebellum. Neurotransmitters related to motor control and other functions. Maintenance of upright animal. Wakefulness, Sleep, Learning, memory, control of speech. Hypothalamus and limbic system. The Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF). Functional organization of Autonomic Nervous system, Basic characteristics of sympathetic and parasympathetic division. PHS 3032: SELECTED TOPICS IN NEUROPHYSIOLOGY Pathophysiology of pain. The association areas of the cortex.Physiological basis of motivated behaviours. Muscle spindle, function in motor control. maintenance of posture. Mechanism of locomotion. PHS 3042: BLOOD, REGULATION OF BODY ELECTROLYTES AND FLUIDS A review of the central properties and functions of blood. Functions and life cycle of various blood cells. Abnormalities of blood. Brief recapitulation of the functionality of the kidney. Renal handling of electrolytes. Current concepts of concentration and dilution or urine. The rennin-angiotensin system. Regulation of volumes/fluid derangements, Renal disorders. PHS 3052: SELECTED TOPICS IN GASTRO-INTESTINAL PHYSIOLOGY General review of gastro-intestinal functionality. Physiologic anatomy of a typical section of the gastrointestinal tract. General principles of the mechanism of gastrointestinal secretion. Animal experimental techniques for gastric acid analysis and measurement of gastric acidity. Movement of the gastrointestinal tract. Liver and liver functions tests. Basic principles of gastrointestinal absorption and methods of its investigation. Gastrointestinal disorders. Gastrointestinal hormones. PHS 3062: SPECIAL SENSES Physical principles optics. This optics of the eye. Optical instruments, Anatomy and structural/neural functions of the retina. Photo chemistry of vision. Function of the lateral Geniculate body. Primary visual cortex perimetry. Movements and their control. The tympanic membrane and the ossicular system. The cochlear control of auditory mechanisms. Hearing abnormalities. The sense of taste; sense of smell. PHS 3072: REPRODUCTION, MATERNAL/FETAL PHYSIOLOGY Male and female reproductive systems. Male and female sexual acts. Puberty and menachie. Seminal vesicles, prostate gland; semen. The ovary, menstrual cycle, ovulation; fertilization, menopause. Pregnancy, test of pregnancy. Parturition, placenta, mammary glands and lactation. Contraceptive technology, infertility. Assisted fertilization technology, cloning. Maternal adjustments to pregnancy. Special features of fetal and neonatal physiology. 342 PHS 4011: NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY Historical origins of a Neuro-endocrine connection. A review of the physiologic anatomy of hypothalamopituitary link. Current concepts of channels of communication between hypothalamus and the pituitary. Hypothalamic neurosecretions. The “master glands of the endocrine system. Pituitary secretions and their current concepts on the servo-mechanisms between the hypothalamus. The pituitary and other endocrine organs. PHS 4021: CARDIO-PULMONARY PHYSIOLOGY Developmental milestones in cardiovascular and respiratory physiology. Cardio-pulmonary function in the foetus and in old age. Cardio-pulmonary responses at rest and in moderate to severe stress physiological basis of hypertension. Principles of servomechanism as applied to cardio-pulmonary physiology. Aviation, space and deep sea physiology. PHS 4031: ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM Current concepts on the control of energy balance. Brief review of intermediary metabolism; interrelationships between metabolism of major food substrates, metabolism of specific organs; brain, renal, pulmonary and cardiac metabolism. Abnormal metabolism; diabetes mellitus some in-born errors of metabolism Physiological basis of topical environmental problems; Family planning, malnutrition. PHS 4041: LABORATORY TEACHING AND INSTRUMENTATION Opportunity for students to review the physiological concept of systems taught and understand them thoroughly so as to enable them demonstrate the concepts using available equipment to medical or more junior physiology students. Review of the various physiological concept of systems. Demonstration, using various equipment in the laboratory of practical methods to medical and paramedical students. Physiological solutions, buffers, hypotonic, isotonic, and hypertonic solutions. Laboratory animals, care and handling; isolated tissues and handling techniques, organ bath temperature and gases; drug administration and routes, basic pharmacological calculations. SI units; volumetric analysis, molarity normality. Interpretations of experimental records. PHS 4061: BIOSTATISTICS Orientation to statistics, definition and examples of basic statistic terminology. Descriptive statistics; Tabular and Graphical presentations. Populations, samples and the Normal Distribution. Design of experiments. Introduction to Demography in medicine. Procedures for hypothesis testing. Analysis of variance. Correlation and Regression. Chi square. Nonarametric techniques, relative risk and measures of strength of association. Computer and overview. PHS 4072: RESEARCH METHODS Author index, general subject index, current contents, index medicus, chemical/biological abstracts, reprint requests/personal communications, electronic bibliographical index (assignment/test). Data Handling; summary methods. Illustration of data. Writing scientific papers; Research proposals. Reviews and books, journal papers; common errors in the preparation of text, illustrations, references, units, symbols and abbreviations etc. Critical analysis and seminar presentation; critiques of published papers in local and international journals, oral presentation and seminar skills. PHS 4082: EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY Anatomical review of associated muscles of exercise. Exercise; definition and types Cardiopulmonary adaptation during exercise in trained and untrained athletes. Cardiac failure and exercise. Specific organs metabolism during exercise. PHS 4032: PROJECT. MASTER DEGREE IN PHYSIOLOGY Course Work Candidates are required to register for, attend and pass a total of 24 credits hours of prescribed courses with at least 15 credits obtained from the department. Each candidate is also required to carry out a research project, which carries 6 credit research may be undertaken in the following fields: 343 Neuroendocrinology, neurophysiology, Respiratory Physiology, Cardiovascular Physiology Blood, Gastrointestinal Physiology/Nutrition, Renal Physiology, Endocrinology, Pharmacology, Toxicology/Pharmacokinetics. M.Sc. Courses in Physiology Course Code PHS 5011 PHS 5021 PHS 5031 BCM5041 FIRST SEMESTER Course title Haematology Cardiopulmonary Physiology Renal Physiology Body fluids Research Methods Advanced Biometry SECOND SEMESTER Course title Credit Hr 3 3 Course Code PHS 5032 PHS 5042 and 3 PHS 5052 Gastro-internal Physiology Endocrinology/Neuroendocrinol ogy Motor Control and 3 PHS 5062 Special Senses 3 PHS 5000 Project 6 Total Credit Hours 18 Total Credit Hours 12 Credit Hr 3 3 3 PH.D. COURSES IN PHYSIOLOGY Course Code PHS 6011 PHS 6021 PHS 6031 PHS 6041 PHS 6051 PHS 6000 Course title Ion channels of excitable tissues Selected topics in Physiology Research Seminar I, II, III Cell Signalling in health and disease Advanced Neurochemistry and Biochemistry Ph.D. Thesis Total Credit Hours Credit Hr 3 3 3 3 3 15 FACULTY OF CLINICAL SCIENCES. DEPARTMENT OF INTERNAL MEDICINE DETAILS OF THE TRAINING CURRICULUM Academic Programmes, Admission Requirements, Course Description And Codes The Department of Medicine does not admit students on its own, nor does it award degree, diplomas or certificates. The degree obtained MB, BCh is awarded by the College, on successful completion of the required programme which involves many departments and faculties within the College. Scope Of Training/Academic Programme And Student Catered For: The Department accepts students in their 4th year, who have successfully undergone the pre-clinical years and passed Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry at the 2 MB examination. During their remaining 3 years, they will rotate through the department 4 Times (M1, M2, M3, and M4). The first rotation focuses mainly on History taking and Physical examination in Clinic and Ward bedside teaching. There is also 2 hours per week structured classroom lectures that go on simultaneously. This is phase 1 or Clinical Year 1 (year 4 of Medical School). Awards Two lecturers in the department of Internal Medicine, Professor Clement O. Odigwe and Dr Victor O. Ansa a Reader, were elected Fellows of the American College of Physicians. The conferment took place in San Diego, California, U. S. A. in April 2011. 344 Research The department is currently collaborating with the following foreign institutions as a centre in two large multicentre studies: population as Healith Research Institute 1. Mc Master University Research : RELY –Atrial Fibrillation study. (PHN) Ontario, Canada. 2. University of Cape Town, South Africa. Research: I. M. P. I. – investigation of the Management of Pericarsition trial In the 2nd Clinical year (5/6). Phase II), the third medical posting exposes the students to undergraduate psychiatry, and they rotate through the infectious Disease Hospital They also get more grounding in Clinical Medicine by way of further bedside teaching and regular seminars tutorials. In the final year a(6/6) Phase III, they consolidate all they have acquired in the curriculum by further tutorials, seminars and review lectures in Clinical Medicine and Therapeutics. The average total number of students per class 150. CURRICULUM This has undergone a major revision with a view to increasing its relevance to national and international needs. The average total number of students per class is 150. The curriculum in Internal Medicine encompasses: (a) Class Lectures 3 Phase of Clinical Clerkships (Posting) namely: Phase 1 M1 & M2, lasting 15 weeks, Phase II – M2 (12 weeks), and II M4, Lasting 8 weeks, Phase 2, (M2), comprises 4 weeks of Psychiatry, weeks of Infectious Diseases IDH Posting) and 4 weeks of General Medicine emphasizing Dermatology, Venereology and Rheumatology. (b) Regular Departmental Clinical meetings on Monday Afternoon 2.00-3.00 p.m. © Seminars and Tutorials form an integral part of Departmental programme of teaching, rotated through the various Specialties in the Department. During M1 & M2 postings students are introduced to the art of history taking and physical examination. This continues in M3 and is consolidated in M4. There is also a series of Seminars and Tutorials in Clinical Therapeutics organized by the Department of Internal Medicine and Pharmacology. The Department of Psychiatry takes care of Medical Jurisprudence. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND CODES LEVEL MED 4001 MED 4002 PHASE 1 MED 403 MED 404 MED 405 MED 406 MED 407 MED 408 MED 409 MED 400 MED 501 MED 502 MED 503 MED 504 NO. OF UNITS 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 COURSES Introduction to Clinical Medicine 1 Introduction to Clinical Medicine II Cardiology I Respiratory Medicine I Haematology (Clinical) Metabolic and Endocrine Medicine Neurology Nephrology I Application of Computer in Medicine Cardiology II Respiratory Medicine II Gastroenterology II Nephrology II 345 MED 505 MED 506 MED 507 MED 601 MED 602 MED 603 MED 604 MED 605 MED 606 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 Total Credit Hours Rheumatology Clinical Immunology Tropical Medicine Special Topics Psychiatry Dermatovenerology Medical Ethics & Jurisprudence Traditional Medicine Rural Posting Outline of the clinical curriculum in internal medicine is as follows: Introduction to Clinical Medicine 401, 402 4 units Medicine Phase 1-403-409 10 units Medicine Phase II -410-506 8 units Medicine Phase III – (including other specialties) 14 units Rural posting 606, 507-605 4 units Total = 40 units ACHIEVEMENTS/COMMUNITY SERVICE OF THE DEPARTMEBNT OVER THE YEARS The primary objective of the Department is to produce graduate physicians who would be good problemsolvers and life long learners, able to work productively in multidisciplinary teams and to communicate effectively both with their patients as well as their colleagues. The department also conducts relevant research, and is in fact the anchor of an active malaria research, surveillance team headed by Professor E N U Ezedinachi. Most of the projects are sponsored by the World Health Organization (WHO), Centre for the Communicable Diseases (CCCD) in the USA and Pharmaceutical companies. The department also provide professional expertise to the Cross River Chapter of the Diabetes Association of Nigeria – (DAN) whose current president is Professor C. O. Odigwe, Professor of Internal Medicine. Professor C. O. Odigwe also serves as a UNICEF Micronutirent Consultant to the National PHC Zone A comprising Cross River State, Akwa Ibom, Abia, Imo, Rivers, Anambra, Enugu and Benue States. In this capacity, he is actively involved with UNICEF assisted programmes on Universal Salt Iodization as the long-term strategy to control Iodine deficiency disorders (IDD) in Nigeria, and Vitamin A Supplement administration as a strategy to improve childhood survival and the nutritional status of mother and children in Nigeria. Dr E. J. Peters is the current Chairman, Health Management Board of the Akwa Ibom State Government, Uyo. Over the last 5 years, the department has successfully trained 3 consultants who have joined the staff list. Another 3 are in the final stages of their Fellowship examination. THE DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY Background The Department of Surgery is a clinical, hospital-based, department. Its functions are, teaching of medical students and training of post-graduate resident doctors, research into the health problems of and service to the community. Although primarily a university department, in discharging these functions, it has obligations to the University of /Calabar Teaching Hospital and the professional postgraduate colleges (National postgraduate Medical College of Nigeria and West African College of Surgeons.) 346 Undergraduate Training: Medical students who have successfully completed their preclinical training, are taught the art and science of Surgery through a well-structured programme of postings the postings range from Surgery I (S1) in their first clinical year, to surgery 4 (S4) in the third and final clinical year. During this period, they are taught through didactic lectures, seminars and other instructional techniques, a wide range of topics covering all, the requirements to undergraduate surgical training. They also participate fully in all the clinical activities of the units to which they are posted. Specialist Training: Resident doctors in the Residency Training programme of the postgraduate college are taught during the three years of junior residency by intensive, in depth lectures in the various surgical specialties. /as ‘apprentices’ in their chosen fields of specialization, they are taught the requisite-skills and are guided through the art of decision making in clinical practice. In the /senior Residency years that follow (also 3 years), having passed their part 1 Fellowship examination, the gains of the junior Residency years are consolidated, while further training is achieved by phase transfer of responsibility from consultant (Master) to Resident (Apprentice or indeed disciple as they were often referred to in times past, who is now on the way to becoming a master on passing the part 2 fellowship examination. During this period also, the senior resident is guided through choice of a subject, presentation of al proposal and preparation of a dissertation on that subject, as part of the requirements for the part 2 Fellowship of the NPMCN Research. Research is undertaken in the department by consultant and residents (guided by consultant) into different aspect of surgery and surgical care. The results of such research efforts are seen as publications in various reputable peer reviewed journals and dissertations presented to the postgraduate surgical college. Services: The department serves as a referral unit for surgical patients within the Cross River State and its environs. Consultants in the department offer highly specialized surgical services to such referred patients. Aims/Objectives The aims of the department of surgery are: 1. To train medical students to become doctors with a sound knowledge of common surgical diseases, their pattern and natural history and to develop sufficient acumen to practice effectively in Nigeria, the sub region and the world at large, with the capacity to pursue higher training anywhere in the world. 2. To train in conjunction with the post graduate surgical colleges, specialist surgeons who are well versed I the art and science of surgery, its progress and development who can serve as trainers, leaders and shapers of policy in their chosen specialties. 3. To help find solutions to the myriad of surgical problems besetting our populace by relentless pursuit of excellence in research andnservice. Objectives/Course Structure For Undergraduate Training. Upon successful completion of all the postings in surgery, the student should have a broad theoretical knowledge and understanding of common surgical conditions in our environment, develop adequate abilities and attitudes to enable him/her. 1. Take a proper history, write up the note, perform clinical examination and elicit clinical signs that enable him/her make a reasonable diagnosis. 2. Suspect from patient data and clinical findings the presence of emergency situation requiring urgent remedy. 3. Select appropriate and relevant laboratory/radiological investigations that would enable him/her confirm or review diagnosis. 4. Perform simple side Lab. Microbiological, Biochemical and Haematological examinations on specimens such as urine, sputum, blood, CSF, etc. 5. Initiate a satisfactory course of treatment on a provisional diagnosis. 6. Recognize correctly the need to refer a case of specialist evaluation as it arises. 7. Perform certain basic procedures that they would have been taught during the clinical postings as outlined below. These objectives are achieved by putting the students through various postings namely, the introductory course to clinical medicine, junior clinical postings (S1& S2) specialty postings (S3) and senior clinical posting (S4). 347 During the junior postings in the first clinical year, fresh entrans into clinical class are introduced to basic clinical skills in surgical practice and the foundation for the appreciation of surgical diagnosis is laid. This lasts for 4 months. The second clinical year introduces the students to the sub-specialties of surgery namely, orthopaedics and traumatology, otohinolaryngology, ophthalmology and Allied specialties to surgery (Anaesthesiology and Radiology). This takes 6 months. The third and final clinical year consolidates the gains of the previous two clinical years, the students are further taught patterns of surgical diseases, their natural history, diagnosis, investigations and treatment options. The durations for this is again 6 months. Clinical postings During the clinical postings the students are expected to:a) Be in attendance at the surgical outpatients department, examine patients participate fully in scientific discussions of patients care. b) Clerk inpatients, present such patients and take part in discussions during ward c) rounds. Each students is expected to have clearked and presented 20 patients in S1, S2, & S3. d) Be in attendance at operating sessions and assist whenever possible). They are taught: i. Methods of sterilization of themselves, the theatre, the gowns and the patients ii. Operative techniques and different operative procedures. iii. Application of dressing after operation iv. Methods of transportation of patients to the wards v. Writing of post operative notes. and d. Attend the accident and emergency department in the evenings where they are taught by casualty staff and consultants. They are expected to know how to: i. sterilize their hands and patient’s injured area ii. give injections – subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous, iii. put up an intravenous infusion line, iv. pass a urethral catheter v. pass a nasogastric tube vi. splint a fracture and supervise transfer of the patient to the ward vii. incise and drain an abscess viii. suture simple lacerations ix. aspirate a cyst x. remove drains, clips and sutures xi. have knowledge of wound care generally, the various dressing agents, when and how to use them, hoe to dress and bandage wounds. Orthopaedics and Traumatology Students spend two weeks in this unit for practical experience. They are given lecture beyond this period to cover the subject theoretically. While in the units, they are taught to: 1. diagnose injuries of the bone and limbs whether open or closed. 2. Determine appropriate radiological investigations for diagnosis and management, 3. reduce and split fractures, 4. put up POP casts. Otorhinolaryngology While in this unit, students are expected to study and examine the three main regions of this specialty well enough to enable them recognize and diagnose simple ailments like epistaxis, laryngeal obstruction, infections of the ear, foreign bodies in the ear, nose and throat. Logbook A record of participation/attendance at clinics wards rounds, theatre sessions, conferences, seminars etc and procedure observed or performed by each student is kept in logbook form. Each entry of participation, observation or performance of procedure in the logbook is endorsed by the supervising consultant at the point of such entry. Broad outline of lecture topics in surgery. 348 Throughout their three years of clinical posting, undergraduate medical students are exposed to extensive theoretical study of the subject. The following is in broad outline and list of topic by which they are taught: 1. General principles in Surgery Body fluid compartments Composition o the body fluid Water and electrolyte metabolism acid base balance surgical disturbance and correction inflammation Surgical wound infection and common causative organism incision and drainage wound excision and debridement Body responses to trauma: metabolic, endocrine & immunological Ebb, catabolic and anabolic phase The immune response Immunity to infection, bacterial fungal, viral and parasitic 2. Wound Healing Surgical wound management Healing in normal tissues Healing in specialized tissues Complicated wound healing Factors affecting wound healing 3. Tumour Biology Natural history of malignant growth General presentation and management of surgical tumours 4. Haemorhage Primary, reactionary, secondary Estimation and management of blood loss Consumption coagulopathy and its management D/C and its management. 5.Transfusion of blood and blood products Indications, methods complications Autologous blood transfusion Blood substitutes 6.Sepsis, Asepsis & Antisepsis Disinfection and sterilization Asepsis in theatre 7. Shock Definition and classification Aetiology Effect of shock on various organ Multiple organ failure Management of shock 8.Surgical Microbiology and Use of Antibiotics in Surgery Bactereamia, septicaemia, endotoxemia Gas gangrene and other forms of gangrene 9.Pain Relief in Surgery: Method of Management of Pain Medical 349 Surgical 10. General Surgery – HERNIAS Classification, presentation, complications and management 11.The breast Surgical Anatomy Infective/Inflammatory conditions – Benign lesions 12, Cancer of the Breast General principles of management. 13.Thyroid and parathyroid glands Surgical anatomy and embryology Biochemistry Goitre and iodine metabolism Hypo and hyper function Thyroid functions tests Hashimoto’s thyroiditis Carcinoma of the thyroid gland 14.Thyroidectomy Indications and preparation for Complication 15.The Peritoneum Peritoneal reflection and their significance Peritonitis-cause and management Abdominal tuberculosis Non surgical acute abdomen 16.Thyphoid enteritis and small bowel perforations 17.The Colon and rectum Large bowel obstruction Colorectal neoplasms Colostomy: indications types Rectal prolapse Haemorrhoide Ineffective processes of the ano-retum: rectal abscess, fissurein ano, fistula in ano, proctitis. 18.Veriform appendix Acute appendicitis Appendix mass Liver abscess 19. The Liver Surgical anatomy Infections and parasitic conditions Liver abscess Subphrenic abscess 20.Heptoma General principles of management 21.The Spleen Splenic rupture. Cause 350 Indications for splenectomy Splenorrhaphy 22.The stomach and duodenoun Surgical anatomy Gastric function tests Gastritis Haematemesis Oesophageal 23.Peptic Ulcer Disease Modern concepts of aetiology & management 24. Carcinoma of the stomach 25. Blunt and penetrating abdominal injuries 26. The gall bladder Surgical anatomy and physiology Cholecystitis Cholecystectomy Choledochotomy Urology 27. i. Ii Iii Anatomy and congenital anomalies of the GU tract Urolithiasis Hydronephrosis 28. The Kedney Acute and chronic renal failure, end stage renal stage disease Dialysis and renal transplantation. 29. i. Genito urinary tract injuries Ii Urethral structures 30. Renal neoplasms Wilm’s tumour Renal cell carcinoma 31. Bladder outlet obstruction Benign prostatic hypertrophy Carcinoma of the prostate gland 32. Disorders of microneutrion Enuresis and urinary incontinence Vesico-uretic reflux 33. The testis: Maldescent and ectopic Torsion Epididymo-orchitis Testicular tumours 34. Uninary tract infection In children In adult 35. i Phimosis, paraphimosis, circumcision ii Mechanism of erection; priapism 351 36 i ii Disturbances of fertility Testicular varicocele Paediatric surgery 37. Congenital anomalies of the abdominal wall of intestines Gastroschisis and managementy in the neonate Exomphalos Hirschprung;s disease 38. i ii Infantile hypertrophy pyloric stenosis Anorectal anomalies 39. Plastid and reconstructive surgery i The skin and its protective function ii Skin cover free graft, pedicle graft, other types of skin cover Biological dressings. 40. i Cancrumoris ii tropical ulcers, Buruli ulcer-causes and management iii Fournier’s gangrene & other forms of necrotising fascitis 41. Here lip, cleft lip, and other forms of facial defects 42. Burns Cardiothoracic surgery 43. The Oesophagus surgical anatomy Oesophageal atresia Tracheo oesophageal fistula 44. i ii iii Oesophagitis, Oesophageal stricture Carcinoma of the Oesophagus Oesophageal varices 45. i ii iii iv The diaphragm and its openings Dysphagia causes and its openings Hiatus hernia Achalasia 46 47 The Chest and lungs Periphery vascular disease varicose veins, DVT, and pulmonary embolism lymphoedems 48. i ii Congenital heart disease Diseases of the great vessels 49. i ii The heart and the great vessels Aoetic aneurisms 50. Chest injuries, blast injuries, gunshot injuries ORTHOPAEDIS AND TRAUMATOLOGY 51. 52. Congenitalanomalies Fractures 352 53. 54. classification mechanisms of injury complications management Bone tumours Osteomyelitie Acute Chronic Causative organisms, presentation and management 55. Infective conditions of the hand, presentation and management pupal space, nail bed infections paimar space infections tensoynovitis Neurosurgery 56. Congenital anomalies of the ;CNS Hydrocephalus Meningocele, meningocele, meningomyelocele Spinal bifida 57. Brain tumours 58. Spinal injury, complications and management 59. i Pheripheral nerve injuries ii Neurofibromatosis iii Otorhinolaryngology 60. The ear Congenital anomalies Trauma, foreign bodies Otitis, external, labyrinthitis 61. i ii iii iv Meniere’s disease Presbyacusis Acoustic tumour Hearing Loss 62 The nose and para-nasal sinuses Choanal atresia Encephaloceles Gliomas Trauma Ineffective conditions rhinitis, sinusitis and complications 63. Epistaxis, causes and management foreign body in the nose nasal allergy nasal polyps 64. Neoplasm tumours of the nasal cavity and sinuses 353 65. The Pharynx congenital masses in the naso pharynx adenoids tumour of the nasopharynx foreign bodies in the nasopharynx tumours of the nasopharynx 66. Larynx/Trachea congenital anomalies speech disorders Hoarseness and stridor in children and adults Laryngeal trauma, upper airway obstruction Tracheostomy DEPARTMENT OF PAEDIATRICS COURSE CONTENTS AND OBJECTIVES The course is designed to equip students to deal with common Paediatric problems and consolidate on the basic aspects of paediatrics and child health in the community. The course is given for a period of continuous 4 months. Emphasis is laid on paediatric history taking and approach to paediatric physical examination in addition to theoretical knowledge. This will include clerking of patients in the various units of paediatric care, physical examination and to arrive at a reasonable diagnosis or differential diagnoses and to learn the basic management of the case. The course is composed of two basic parts: a lecture in the morning at 8.30, 9.30, and another one hour lecture or tutorial from 2.00-3.00 p.m. BESIDE TEACHING Students are divided into 4 groups each which rotates through the Paediatric outpatient clinic, Children Emergency Room/Diarrhoea Training Unit, General paediatric ward and the neonatal unit. Consultants conduct the teaching ward rounds. In these clinical areas each student must clerk and present 3-4 cases (total 12 cases). The cases are presented to the consultants who award marks which count as part of the student Continuous Assessment scores. Each bedsides teaching round lasts for three hours (9.30 a.m, 12.30 p.m, Monday-Friday.) SOCIAL PAEDIATRIC VISITS Students are taken out in small groups of 4-5 to visit home of patient in the wards in company with the mother. The aim is to relate the patient’s problems to his home circumstances. Visits are also paid to Primary Health Care Centre so that the students can appreciate the practical details of Child survival strategies e.g, immunization, breast feeding, growth monitoring etc. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES At the conclusion of the course, students should be able to: a) Have a broad theoretical knowledge and understanding of the common paediatric diseases in the community. b) The student would have consolidate his clinical skills in taking history, clinical examination, make subjective clinical differential diagnose, make sure of the pertinent laboratory and radiological investigations to confirm his diagnosis. c) The student would have observed and participated in the common procedures such as blood taking, lumbar puncture etc, and record them in his logbook. d) The student would be able to manage the common childhood diseases in his community. SPECIFIC TOPICS CARDIOLOGY Cyanotic Heart Disease (TOF, TGA) Acyanotic Heart Disease (VSD/PDA) Rheumatic fever/Heart disease ONCOLOGY Burkitis Lymphom Neuroblastoma Leuaemia NEUROLOGY SOCIOLOGY 354 Convulsions/Epilepses Cerebral Palsy Neuromuscular Disorders Neural Tube Defect Hydrocephalus/Microcephaly Development Milestone NEPHROLOGY Acute Nephritis 1 Nephritic Syndrome 2 UTI 3 PULMONOLOGY 4 Asthma 5 Bronchiolitis Pneumonia 1 Gastroenteritis NEONATOOGY 3 Prematurity 4 Neonatal Sepsis 5 Neonatal Jaundice Birth Trauma Birth Asphyxia 1 Neonatal Tetanus 2 Infant Feeding Congenital infections (TORCH) Coma The abandoned Baby Home visiting Sickle Cell Counselling Adopting/Fostering Child Survival Strategies Accidents & Poisoning MISCELLANEOUS Chromosoma Disorders Failure to Thrive Growth/Anthropometry DiabetesMellitus Enuresis Nutrition/Gastroenterology Protein calorieMalnutrition Fluid Electrolyte Requirement Infant Feeding Rickets HAEMATOLOGY Sickle Cell Disease Anaemia in childhood TUTORIAL DEPARTMENT OF FAMILY MEDICINE Brief Description of each Proramme Objective a. The MB,BCh Programme – the objective of this training programme is to help the student doctors to develop proper orientation to the rendering of medical care in rural as well as urban settings without prejudice, as doctors of first contact, or front-line doctors. b. FMCGP and FWACP (GP) Programme:- The main objective of this training programme is to enable resident doctors in the specialty to acquire knowledge, attitude and skills needed to enamour them in the practice as front-line doctors who would not only be able to attend to patients presenting to them largely as undifferentiated cases, but will be able to carry out meaningful research into intriguing areas for the furtherance of knowledge in the discipline, Such doctors thus be able to serve competently in General hospital, military, voluntary agency, company Hospital, as the General outpatient Department of Teaching and Specialist Hospitals and General and private hospitals to mention but a few. List Of Courses Offered And Duration In Respect Of Each Programme a. MB.BCh Programme Two classes of medical students (first year clinical and final year) pass through the department each academic year. The department delivers courses (Phase 1) on general medical practice, and medical ethics and jurisprudence, in a regular calendar year from September to December to first year clinical class. It also offers clinical postings from January to February to April, three hours per day, four days per week, (phase II) to the same class. The final year class receives lectures and in rotations, takes on rural postings (including leprology), as well as, private practice clinical experiences in accredited private clinics from September to December. Each posting ends with a continuous assessment examination. b. FMCGPAND FWACP (GP): The training is spread into three parts Primary, part I, and Part II (final). Candidates are expected to meet the primary requirements which consist mainly of passing postgraduate examinations in the Basic Sciences 355 anatomy, Biochemistry and Physiology, before commencement of the Part I rotations. The Part I rotations as well as the Part II training, last two (2) year each , and are crowned by examinations. DETAILED COURSE OUTLAY FOR THE UNDERGRAUDATE (MB.BCH) TRAINING PROGRAMME IN THE DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL PRACTICE. 1st Year Clinical Lecturers/Clinical Postings 400 exposure is spread over a period of thirty (30) weeks of lecture shared with Medicine, Surgery, Pharmacology, and Laboratory Medicine Departments; superimposed on eighteen (18) weeks Clinical Postings shared with Medicine and Surgery Departments. GP 401: Lecturers on Principles of General Practice: Introduction to general practice, The family as a unit of care General Practice in Developed countries of the World The Scope of General Practice in Nigeria Development and Organization of Health Care System in Nigeria The Health Care System in Nigeria Primary in Relation to Secondary and Tertiary care Traditional Healers and Alternative Medical practitioners Paramedical Personnel Health Communications (Interview techniques and Exposition) The Concepts of illness, Sickness, Disease and Health The General practice Clinic and Armamentarium The Laboratory in General Practice. Financial Health Care Prescribing/The Essential drugs List Continuity of care (Referral and Follow up) FIRST CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT ONE HOUR PAPER:- DEPARTMENTAL GP 402: OUTPUT CLINCAL SKILLS IN GOVERNMENT HEALTH INSTITUTIONS At this level, students care posted to government owned health institutions like General Hospital, University medical centre, outpatient Department, Accident and emergency Unit of hospital, University Medical Centre, Outpatient Department, Accident and emergency Unit of the Teaching Hospital. Six (6) weeks of exposure is offered to each students in two (2) weeks rotation through the facilities, skills to acquired include: Fast/Emergency doctor- patient communication techniques Primary Assessment Management of undefrentiated minor health problems Concept of whole patients (Hostilic) treatment Health promotion and prevention GP 403: Lectures on Medical Ethics and Jurisprudence a. Medical Ethics Ethics relating to the Doctor and Society The Medical and Dental Council of Nigeria Ethical issues involved in contraception, sterilization, infertility and sex change Medical ethics in Primary care Ethical Dilemmas in Practice and Research b. 1. 2. Medical Jurisprudence Legal duties and Liabilities of the doctor in Nigeria Medicine and the law the doctor and the court Professional misconduct (case report) Professional Negligence I (case report) Professional Negligence II (case report) Second Continuous Assessments (2-Hour Essay questions):- Departmental Clinical Skill Examination in General Practice (Long Case, Short): College based. 356 NO OF COURSES ARE OFFERED AT THE 500 LEVEL 3rd/Final Year Clinical Lectures/Clinical Postings 600 Level: The 600 level training covers a period of sixteen weeks of lectures and Clinical postings in urban and rural settings (Lectures 6 weeks; clinical postings 10 weeks). It include private clinic postings, and clinical postings in Leprology and rural Medicine. The period is shared with Public (Community) Health Department and the students move in rotations. GP 601: Lectures on Hospital Management Principles of Management and Administration Managing Personnel and Finances in health institutions Materials management and maintenance Health Management in Private Clinics Medical Records Keeping and Medical Auditing. GP 602: Lectures on Common Conditions a. Communicable diseases Viral infections (e.g - Yellow Fever, Measles, etc). Bacteria Infections (e.g, Staphlococcal, streptococcal, etc). Endomic Protozoan Infection (Malaria) Parasitic Infection (Helminthiasis, Scabies) Fungal Infections (Tinea corporis, Candidiasis) b. Non-Communicable Conditions Athritis (and low back pain) Hypertension Anaemia and Nutritional Disorder Cardiac Failure Renal Insufficiency Cerebrovascular Accident Diabetes Melitus Epigastric Pain/Discomfort Acute Abdomen Head Injury Abdominal swellings. c. Special Topics Medical Examinations (routine, pre-school, pre-employment, pre-placement, periodic) Occupational Hazards Urban/rural population Venomous Bites and Stings Health care for special groups (under-fives, /adolescent, well-women, Geriastrics, displaced) The unconscious patient Immunizations STIs including HIV/AIDS Contraception/unwanted pregnancies Eye care in general practice The Ear in general practice Common fractures and their management Paediatrics care in general practice Fluid replacement (including diarrhoea, Diseases) and blood transfusion Itching and rashes Neurotic illness and manic states. GP 603: In out Patient Management skills in Private and Government Health Institutions Students are posted singly or in groups to private clinics manned by consultant/specialist staff with; a bias for general practice for four (04) weeks each, as well as to the leprosy Hospital, Ekpene Obom, Akwa Ibom State 357 for two (02) weeks, and comprehensive Health /centre, (a UCTH-Owned 33-bed Complex with primary and secondary care facilities) Okoyong, Odukpani L G A, Cross River State for four (04) weeks. Each student is expected to select and write up and five interesting cases met with during the three posting, discussing the physical problem, curative, preventive, as well as the promotive needs of the patient and his family in the light of the prevailing socio-economic conditions of the patients. The Skills to be acquired include: Proper communication and relationship with the patient, the family and other members of the health team Recognition and treatment of a wide range of disorders not requiring referral of hospitalization e.g., uncomplicated malaria, gastroenteritis, and pneumonia. Early detection of signs of serious disease which may be aborted, or, of which the complications may be reduced by early intervention e.g leprosy, pulmonary tuberculosis Simple Health Education including counselling and screening as part of this everyday practice for health promotion. Prompt referral to appropriate specialist units, those conditions that are beyond his clinical skill be it of an emergency type or not. Provision of continuity care for chronic disorders. Conduction of Immunization programmes and Organization of material and child health services including family planning. Recognition of inter-relationship between health care and other non-health sectors of the economy, which contribute to the patients health, and relate to them appropriately. Familiarity with the running of private clinics and their very prominent place in the Nation’s Health Care delivery service. Having a working knowledge of the Essential drug list as applicable to the Nigerian environment. 1. Managing Consultants in the clinics concerned evaluate the private clinic Exposures the appraisal (Scores) are taken as the continuous assessment score for that posting. 2. Final Continuous Assessment Stipple chess (Practical) Examinations – Departmental 3. Final (Part IV MB,BCh) in General Practice comprising theory papers (MCQ) and tradition essay) and clinical examinations(long case, short case, and oral) College based. CURRICULUM AND COURSE CONTENT OF THE DEPARTMENTAL RESIDENCY TRAINING PROGRAMME, IN THE DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL PRACTICE The Department adopts the well-documented Residency Training Programme of the Faculty of general Medical Practice National Postgraduate Medical College of Nigeria and Faculty of Family Medicine, West African College of Physicians copies of which are available at the two Colleges. Residents in the specialty are in their own interest sent through clinical rotations (experimental rotation) in the other departments at the hospital in Calabar, and other hospitals where specific skills could be acquired. They round up with 2 months residential posting as the 33-Bed Comprehensive Health Centre, CHC, Annex owned by the University of Calabar Teaching Hospital, which is under the clinical and community health programmes. The usual rotation schedule for Part I Residency Training, which commences after the candidate/resident has passed the Primary Fellowship examinations of the faculty is as follows: General Out patient (UCTH) Accident and Emergency Internal Medicine Radiology Paediatric Psychiatry General Surgery Orthopaedic Surgery Anaesthesia 1 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 1 358 month month months month months month months month month Obstetric & Gynaecology Otorhinolarynology (ENT) Laboratory Medicine Ophthalmology Community Medicine (preferably at (CHC) Health Services Administration 3 1 1 1 2 1 months month month month months month There is however room for flexibility. During the General outpatient and Accident and emergency posting the residents also involved in clinical duties at the 10-Bed In Patient facility of the department. During the experimental posting, each rotating resident is given weekly, Tuesday morning-release to attend the departmental seminar where clinical topics are discussed from the family medicine perspectives. The time at the CHC benefits the candidate in the expected exposure in home-based care in Family Medicine. The CHC is the accredited Part II Training Centre of the Department. The facilities available there make the centre a “Secondary Care Facility” with respect to other specialties. The Primary Health Care Unit offers immunization, maternal and child care specialties. The Part II Resident, Senior Registrar, is fully residential at the CHC throughout the duration of his training except for the brief 3-month period for Tutelage as required by the Faculty of General Medical Practice of the National Postgraduates College of Nigeria. They participate in clinical conference and meetings, and supervise and trains junior doctors. The resident in addition to his clinical responsibilities is also exposed to managerial and administrative responsibilities/duties covering personnel, financial and material management under supervision. He is involved in research in clinical conditions showing competence in choosing a researchable question, design its study and methodology, collect and analysis data, scientifically and objectively discuss results. He also collects and reports on 25 cases covering the whole range of family medicine. DEPARTMENT OF OBSTERTICS & GYNAECOLOGY Departmental Objectives The department trains medical students by giving formal lectures, tutorials, practical exposure by way of active participation in clinical and operation sessions. The students at the end of the posting acquire a lot of knowledge and skills in the management of common basic obstetrics and gynaecological problems. He is also able to recognize difficult cases in the discipline and refer them appropriately for specialized training, thus; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. pregnancy: (1) Aetiology including malaria and complications Anaemia in pregnancy: (2) prophylaxis and treatment including blood transfusion Haemogloblinopathies. Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy (1) Pre-eclampsia and eclampsia. Hypertensive Disorders in pregnancy (2) Essential hypertension; chronic renal disease Diabetes mellitus, Thyroid Diseases and Heart Diseases in Pregnancy Infections-meningitis, acute pyelonephritis, Tuberculosis, Diarrhoeal diseases, tetanus Bleeding in early pregnancy, Ante-partum haemorrhage: (1) placenta pracevia and its differential diagnosis Ante-partum haemorrhage (2) Abruption placenta Coagylation disorders in Obstetrics. Factors interfering with fetal oxygenation: Maternal and placental; intra-uterine growth restriction post maturity Assessment of fetal well-being and placenta function in pregnancy and labour identification of fetus at risk. Abdominal pain in pregnancy Jaundice in pregnancy HIV/AIDS in pregnancy, Diagnosis, prevention and control Mother-to-child transmission (Vertical transmission) and control. b. Reproductive Physiology 1. 2. 3. 4. Weight gain in pregnancy Circulatory and respiratory changes in pregnancy Renal and alimentary changes in pregnancy Metabolic changes in pregnancy 359 5. 6. 7. 8. Immunology or reproduction The placenta, amniotic fluid The physiology and psychology lactation fetal growth and development, fetal birth weight. c. Gynaecology 1. Anatomy of the female genital tract 2. Puberty, menstrual cycle, menopause and their endocrine basis 3. Menstrual disorders including dysfunctional uterine bleeding 4. development of the female genital tract, sex determination, inter-sexuality and congenital abnormalities 5. Unwanted pregnancy, sexual violence and abuse, traditional practices-female genital mutilation, puberty initiation rites, male child preference, forced early marriage 6. Pelvic inflammatory diseases: acute and chronic 7. Over fertility and family planning counselling technique and choosing a contraceptive effectiveness, safety and other considerations. 8. Over fertility land family planning barrier and Hormonal methods intra-uterine devices, emergency contraception sterilization, menstrual regulation 9. Infertility-male and female factors; management including assigned conception techniques, fostering and adoption. 10. Anatomy of the pelvic floor, uterovaginal prolapse 11. Control of micturition: Incontinence of urine; Genuine stress incontinence destrusor, instability, overflow incontinence, vesico-vaginal fistula retention of urine 12. Third degree perineal and rectovaginal fistula 13. The use of Hormones in gynaecological practice 14. Screening for gynaecological malignancies-carcinoma of the cervix 15. Benign and malignant diseases of the uterus. Uterine fibroid, Adenomyosis, Carcinoma of the endometrium 16. Trophoblastic disease primary-Benign and Malignant 17. Amenorhoae-primary and secondary 18. Sexually transmitted disease-management including syndromic management contact management and etiologic management. 19. Chronic vulva disorders 20. Endoscopy in gynaecological practice 21. Ectopic pregnancy and other acute gynaecological emergencies 22. Principles of pre operative and post operative care 23. Vaginal and rectal. Examinations in gynaecological practice. 24. Abortions-management of complications including MVA 25. Ovarian Tumours 26. Breast-self examination Benign and malignant disease of the breast. d. Labour Puerperium And Neonatal Care 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Physiology and conduct of normal labour Urine action. Normal and abnormal. The use of partogram in early detection of abnormal labour Trial of labour, management of prolonged labour Mal-presentation of fetal head: Occipito-posterior position, brow, face Obstructed labour, causes, diagnosis, principles of management Rupture of the gravid uterus Breech delivery: Conduct and hazards Multiple pregnancy: Management of twin delivery. The retained second twin. The epidemiology of prematurity and the conduct of premature labour induction of labour Prevention and treatment of postpartum haemorrhage. The use of ergometrine and other exytocic agents. 12. Management of oblique and transverse lie, prolapsed of the lord 13. Puerperal morbidity-causes: Investigation and control 14. Maternal mortality. Reduction in Nigeria 360 15. Biological and social factors in Obstetrics-age, parity stature, smoking, ethnic factors, post-natal examination 16. Physiological of the puerperium, including lactation post-natal examination 17. Conduct of labour in the presence of maternal medical disease haemoglobinopathies, anaemia, heart diseases, diabetes mellitus, chronic chest diseases and liver failure. 18. Blood transfusion on Obstertics and gynaecology 19. Radiology in Obstetrics and gynaecology 20. Operative deliveries, forceps delivery ventouse delivery, caesarean section destructive procedures. 21. Special problems of Anaesthesia in Obtertics and gynaecology 22. Prenatal and post-partum detection of congenital abnormalities of the newborn 23. The asphyxidated infact, resuscitation and management intracranial birth injuries. DEPATMENT OF ANAETHESIOLOGY Undergraduate Training Programme In Anaesthesia The relevance of teaching anaesthesia to medical students has not been in doubt but the problem has been how such time is allocated to anaesthesia in a crowded medical curriculum. A survey of curricula of medical school reveals that times allocated to anaesthesia varies from two weeks to six weeks. It will appear that for meaningful exposure, four to six weeks would be adequate. The curriculum also reveals that all universities offer anaesthesia after junior posting in surgery and Medicine. This would appear to be a convenient time to teach anaesthesia. In the University of Calabar only 2 weeks in allocated to the teaching of anaesthesia. Objective Of Training Universities devote the undergraduate a period of basic training as a result the objective is restricted to acquiring knowledge and attitude. In developing countries, doctors are usually required to start the anaesthetic or supervise the nurse who in most cases administers anaesthesia. Under this circumstance a broader objectives is desirable. Therefore, students graduating from our universities should not only have Sufficient knowledge of anaesthesia should also be able to administer anaesthesia. It is with this idea in mind that these objectives are formulated. Objective Of Undergraduate Teaching In Anaesthesia At the end of period in anaesthesiology the students should: a) Have a sound knowledge of an be able to perform life support procedures: viz i. Respiratory resuscitation ii. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation iii. Care of the unconscious patient iv. Other resuscitation measures. b) Have a sound knowledge of and be able to enumerate the general principles of operative anaesthesia. c) Have a sound knowledge of and be able to list and recognise the pharmacological actions of the common drugs used in procuring anaesthesia and analgesia and life support, and also to state the usual dosages. d) Be able to perform some regional anaesthetic techniques e) be able to give a general anaesthetic for minor surgical procedures. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. Have a sound knowledge of and be able to perform life support procedures: Via: a. Respiratory resuscitation b. Cardiopulmonary c. Care of the unconscious patient d. Other resuscitative measures. a. Be able to recognize, describe and manage respiratory insufficiency and respiratory arrest b. Be able to recognize, describe and manage the unconscious patients. 361 ACQUISITION OF BASIC CLINICAL SKILLS At the end of a demonstration practice, the student should be able to a. secure a vein, take blood samples, and set up an infusion b. to secure and maintain an airway in the unconscious patient c. to give successful respiratory resuscitation in the event of respiratory arrest by : i. mouth to mouth or mouth to nose ventilation ii. The use of aids like safa’s airway iii. Ambu bag and Mask d. to be able to perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Course Content I. Airway Management a. Anatomy of Airway b. Causes of obstruction c. Diagnosis of obstruction d. Consequences of obstruction e. Methods of securing and maintaining the airway II. Diagnosis and management of respiratory insufficiency a. Clinical features b. Laboratory investigation e.g, spirometry, blood gasses c. Management e.g. Oxygen therapy and positive pressure ventilation. III. Circulatory Insufficiency a. Factors affecting cardiac output, blood pressure and venous return b. Shock c. Cardiac Standstill IV Diagnosis and Management of circulatory Insufficiency and cardiac Arrest a. Clinical features of shock b. Clinical features of cardiac arrest c. Management of airway, ventilation, blood volume replacement, control of infection and monitoring devices d. Management of (b): Ventilation and external cardiac message and drugs. V The Unconscious patient a. Causes of Coma with particular reference to anaesthesia. b. Cardinal principles in the immediate management c. Management of patient in prolong coma d. Intensive care unit Instructional Objective Have a sound knowledge of and be able to enumerate the general principles of operative anaesthesia. Course Content a. Preparation of patient i. History and examination of patient ii Routine and special investigations iii Premedication iv Empty stomach/Emergency anaesthesia b. Choice of anaesthesia general or regional or local i. Induction and maintenance of anaesthesia ii. Interaction of drugs e.g of anaesthesia agents and drug for coincidental therapy iii. Techniques of anaesthesia e.g, inhalation, relaxant spinal spin epidural, field block, nerve blocks. 362 iv. The effect of anaesthesia on some diseases states e.g Diabetes, Hypertension with hypertensive heart diseases, sickles cell Diseases, Anaemia. INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVE Have a sound knowledge of and be able to list and recognize the pharmacological action of the common drugs used in procuring anaesthesia and life support, and also to state the usual dosage. Course Content a. Predominant drug-opiates, antiialogue, anxiolytic and sedative b. General anaesthetic agents i. Induction agents-thiopenistone, diazepam, ketamine, etc ii. Inhalation agents-halothane, Ether, Isoflurane enflurane, etc. iii. Adjuvants Muscle relaxants iv. Anticholinesterases v. NaHCO3 vi. Adrenaline vii. Calcium Gluconate viii. Vasopressors ix. Osmotic Diuretics INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVE Be able to perform some regional anaesthetic techniques a. Intravenous Regional anaesthesia b. Nerve blocks c. Spinal d. Local Infiltration Course Content i. Anatomy, Spinal Cord, Nerve plexuses autonomic outlet ii. Practical Be able to give a general anaesthetic for minor surgical procedures. Course Content = Anaesthetic Machine Anaesthetic equipment Practical = 2 weeks in theatre PROPOSED MODULE FOR THE OPHTHALMOLLOGY Component Of The Curriculum For Undergraduate Medical Education In West Africa Job description: At the end of training the graduate should posses adequate knowledge, skills and attitude necessary to perform the following duties. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Screen for visual loss diagnose and manage common eye disease and major causes of blindness and refer where necessary Counsel eye patients and provide relevant information Keep records and produce reports of eye conditions seen by him or her Advocate for eye care service to policy makers Facilitate integrated eye services Output Objectives: 363 On completion of the training, the student would be able to Knowledge 1. Define visual acuity, visual loss and blindness 2. Describe methods for measuring and recording visual loss 3. Describe the anatomy and function of the eye 4. Enumerate the symptoms and signs of common eye disorders and blinding disorders as well as ocular disorders of systemic diseases 5. Discuss the management of common eye disorde
